Title 24 Water Heater 2013 - Standards - FINAL

2013 BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY
STANDARDS
Title 24, Part 6, and Associated Administrative Regulations in Part 1
CALIFORNIA MA Y 2012
ENERGY COMMISSION
C EC ‐400 ‐2012 ‐004 ‐ CMF
Edmund G. Brown Jr., Governor
2013 Building Energy Efficiency Standards Page 1
ARTICLE 1 – ENERGY BUILDING REGULATIONS ........................................................................................... 3

SECTION 10-101 – SCOPE............................................................................................................................................... 3
SECTION 10-102 – DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................................. 3
SECTION 10-103 – PERMIT, CERTIFICATE, INFORMATIONAL, AND ENFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR
DESIGNERS, INSTALLERS, BUILDERS, MANUFACTURERS, AND SUPPLIERS .................................................. 7
SECTION 10-104 – EXCEPTIONAL DESIGNS ............................................................................................................ 23
SECTION 10-105 – ENFORCEMENT BY THE COMMISSION .................................................................................. 24
SECTION 10-106 – LOCALLY ADOPTED ENERGY STANDARDS ......................................................................... 24
SECTION 10-107 – INTERPRETATIONS ..................................................................................................................... 24
SECTION 10-108 – EXEMPTION .................................................................................................................................. 25
SECTION 10-109 – COMPLIANCE SOFTWARE, ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT PACKAGES, EXCEPTIONAL
METHODS, DATA REGISTRIES AND RELATED DATA INPUT SOFTWARE, AND ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT
REPOSITORIES .............................................................................................................................................................. 25
SECTION 10-110 – PROCEDURES FOR CONSIDERATION OF APPLICATIONS UNDER SECTIONS 10-104, 10-
106, 10-108, AND 10-109 ................................................................................................................................................ 27
SECTION 10-111 – CERTIFICATION AND LABELING OF FENESTRATION PRODUCT U-FACTORS, SOLAR
HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENTS AND AIR LEAKAGE................................................................................................... 28
SECTION 10-112 – CRITERIA FOR DEFAULT TABLES ........................................................................................... 30
SECTION 10-113 – CERTIFICATION AND LABELING OF ROOFING PRODUCT REFLECTANCE AND
EMITTANCE ................................................................................................................................................................... 31
SECTION 10-114 – DETERMINATION OF OUTDOOR LIGHTING ZONES AND ADMINISTRATIVE RULES
FOR USE.......................................................................................................................................................................... 32
SUBCHAPTER 1 ALL OCCUPANCIES—GENERAL PROVISIONS ................................................................ 35
SECTION 100.0 – SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................... 35
SECTION 100.1 – DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION ...................................................................... 40
SECTION 100.2 – CALCULATION OF TIME DEPENDENT VALUATION (TDV) ENERGY ................................. 71
SUBCHAPTER 2 ALL OCCUPANCIES—MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MANUFACTURE,
CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND BUILDING COMPONENTS ..... 72
SECTION 110.0 – SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT—GENERAL ................................................................................. 72
SECTION 110.1 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLIANCES ................................................................ 72
SECTION 110.2 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACE-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT ..................... 73
SECTION 110.3 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE WATER-HEATING SYSTEMS AND
EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................................................................................... 87
SECTION 110.4 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR POOL AND SPA SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT ....... 89
SECTION 110.5 – NATURAL GAS CENTRAL FURNACES, COOKING EQUIPMENT, AND POOL AND SPA
HEATERS: PILOT LIGHTS PROHIBITED ................................................................................................................... 90
SECTION 110.6 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR FENESTRATION PRODUCTS AND EXTERIOR
DOORS ............................................................................................................................................................................ 91
SECTION 110.7 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS TO LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE .................................................... 94
SECTION 10-101 – SCOPE

SECTION 110.8 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR INSULATION, ROOFING PRODUCTS AND

RADIANT BARRIERS.................................................................................................................................................... 95
SECTION 110.9 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES AND SYSTEMS,
BALLASTS, AND LUMINAIRES .................................................................................................................................. 99
SECTION 110.10 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR SOLAR READY BUILDINGS ...................................102
SUBCHAPTER 3 NONRESIDENTIAL, HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL, HOTEL/MOTEL OCCUPANCIES, AND
COVERED PROCESSES—MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................ 105
SECTION 120.0— GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................105
SECTION 120.1 – REQUIREMENTS FOR VENTILATION .......................................................................................105
SECTION 120.2 – REQUIRED CONTROLS FOR SPACE-CONDITIONING SYSTEMS .........................................109
SECTION 120.3 – REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPE INSULATION .................................................................................113
SECTION 120.4 – REQUIREMENTS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DUCTS AND PLENUMS ..................115
SECTION 120.5 – REQUIRED NONRESIDENTIAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE............................117
SECTION 120.6 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR COVERED PROCESSES..............................................118
SECTION 120.7 –MANDATORY INSULATION REQUIREMENTS .........................................................................125
SECTION 120.8 BUILDING COMMISSIONING........................................................................................................126
SECTION 120.9 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMERCIAL BOILERS. ..........................................129
SUBCHAPTER 4 NONRESIDENTIAL, HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL, AND HOTEL/MOTEL OCCUPANCIES—
MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT, AND ELECTRICAL
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ................................................................................................................ 130
SECTION 130.0 – LIGHTING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT—GENERAL .........................................................130
SECTION 130.1 – INDOOR LIGHTING CONTROLS THAT SHALL BE INSTALLED ...........................................133
SECTION 130.2 – OUTDOOR LIGHTING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT ...........................................................139
SECTION 130.3 – SIGN LIGHTING CONTROLS .......................................................................................................142
SECTION 130.4 –LIGHTING CONTROL ACCEPTANCE AND INSTALLATION CERTIFICATE
REQUIREMENTS ..........................................................................................................................................................143
SECTION 130.5 –ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ....................................................................144
PERFORMANCE AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE APPROACHES FOR ACHIEVING ENERGY
EFFICIENCY ..................................................................................................................................................... 148
SECTION 140.0 – PERFORMANCE AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE APPROACHES .................................148
SECTION 140.1 – PERFORMANCE APPROACH: ENERGY BUDGETS .................................................................148
SECTION 140.2 – PRESCRIPTIVE APPROACH .........................................................................................................149
SECTION 140.3 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ENVELOPES ...........................................150
SECTION 140.4 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACE CONDITIONING SYSTEMS ........................162
SECTION 140.5 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE WATER HEATING SYSTEMS ................172
SECTION 140.6 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR INDOOR LIGHTING ..................................................172
SECTION 140.7 – REQUIREMENTS FOR OUTDOOR LIGHTING ..........................................................................187
SECTION 140.8 – REQUIREMENTS FOR SIGNS ......................................................................................................191

SECTION 140.9 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR COVERED PROCESSES ............................................192

ADDITIONS, ALTERATIONS, AND REPAIRS ................................................................................................ 195
SECTION 141.0 – ADDITIONS, ALTERATIONS, AND REPAIRS TO EXISTING BUILDINGS THAT WILL BE
NONRESIDENTIAL, HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL, AND HOTEL/MOTEL OCCUPANCIES AND TO EXISTING
OUTDOOR LIGHTING FOR THESE OCCUPANCIES AND TO INTERNALLY AND EXTERNALLY
ILLUMINATED SIGNS .................................................................................................................................................195
SECTION 141.1 – REQUIREMENTS FOR COVERED PROCESSES IN ADDITIONS, ALTERATIONS TO
EXISTING BUILDINGS THAT WILL BE NONRESIDENTIAL, HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL, AND
HOTEL/MOTEL OCCUPANCIES ................................................................................................................................206
SUBCHAPTER 7 LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS – MANDATORY FEATURES AND DEVICES.... 207
SECTION 150.0 – MANDATORY FEATURES AND DEVICES ................................................................................207
SUBCHAPTER 8 LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS - PERFORMANCE AND PRESCRIPTIVE
COMPLIANCE APPROACHES FOR NEWLY CONSTRUCTED RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS ...................... 221
SECTION 150.1 – PERFORMANCE AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE APPROACHES FOR NEWLY
CONSTRUCTED RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS ...........................................................................................................221
SUBCHAPTER 9 LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS - ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS IN EXISTING
LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS........................................................................................................... 230
2010 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 24, PART 4
CHAPTER 6, DUCT SYSTEMS ....................................................................................................................................237
APPENDIX 1-A STANDARDS AND DOCUMENTS REFERENCED IN THE ENERGY EFFICIENCY ...............237
ARTICLE 1 – ENERGY BUILDING REGULATIONS

(a) This article contains administrative regulations relating to the energy building regulations in Title 24, Part 6. This
article applies to all residential and nonresidential buildings.
(b) Nothing in this article lessens any necessary qualifications or responsibilities of licensed or registered building
professionals or other designers or builders, or the duties of enforcement agencies that exist under state or local law.
NOTE: Authority cited: Sections 25402 and 25402.1, Public Resources Code. Reference: Sections 25402 and 25402.1,
Public Resources Code.
SECTION 10-102 – DEFINITIONS

In this article the following definitions apply:
ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS are "acceptance requirements for code compliance" as defined in Section
100.1(b) of Part 6.
ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN is a Field Technician as defined in Section 10-102 who is certified by an
authorized Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider pursuant to the requirements of Sections 10-103-A or
10-103-B.

LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN is a professional certified by an authorized

Lighting Controls Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider to perform nonresidential lighting controls
acceptance tests and complete the documentation required for nonresidential lighting controls acceptance tests as
required by the Building Energy Efficiency Standards.
MECHANICAL ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN is a professional certified by an authorized
Mechanical Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider to perform nonresidential mechanical acceptance
tests and complete the documentation required for nonresidential mechanical acceptance tests as required by the
Building Energy Efficiency Standards.
ACCEPTANCE TEST EMPLOYER is a person or entity who employs an Acceptance Test Technician and is
certified by an authorized Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider.
LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST EMPLOYER is a person or entity who is the employer of a
Lighting Controls Acceptance Test Technician and certified by an authorized Lighting Controls Acceptance Test
Technician Certification Provider.
MECHANICAL ACCEPTANCE TEST EMPLOYER is a person or entity who is the employer of a
Mechanical Acceptance Test Technician and certified by an authorized Mechanical Acceptance Test Technician
Certification Provider.
ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATION PROVIDER is an agency, organization or entity
approved by the Energy Commission to train and certify Acceptance Test Technicians and Acceptance Test
Employers according to the requirements of Sections 10-103-A or B.
LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATION PROVIDER is an
agency, organization or entity approved by the Energy Commission to train and certify Lighting Controls
Acceptance Test Technicians and Lighting Controls Acceptance Test Employers according to the requirements of
Section 10-103-A.
MECHANICAL ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATION PROVIDER is an agency,
organization or entity approved by the Energy Commission to train and certify Mechanical Acceptance Test
Technicians and Mechanical Acceptance Test Employers according to the requirements of Section 10-103-B.
ACM means ALTERNATIVE CALCULATION METHOD are compliance softwares, or alternative component
packages, or exceptional methods approved by the Commission under Section 10-109. ACMs are also referred to as
Compliance Software.
ACM APPROVAL MANUALS are the documents establishing the requirements for Energy Commission approval
of Compliance Software used to demonstrate compliance with the Building Energy Efficiency Standards for
Residential and Nonresidential Buildings currently adopted by the Energy Commission.
ACM REFERENCE MANUAL is the document establishing the procedures required to implement Sections 140.1
and 150.1 of Title 24, Part 6 of the California Code of Regulations in Compliance Software.
ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT PACKAGE is a set of building measures whose aggregate calculated energy use
is less than or equal to the maximum allowed Energy Budget.
APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY REGULATIONS are the regulations in Title 20, Section 1601 et. seq. of the
California Code of Regulations.
APPROVED CALCULATION METHOD is compliance software, or alternative component packages, or
exceptional methods approved under Section 10-109.
BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS are those regulations contained in Title 24, Part 6 of the
California Code of Regulations.
BUILDING PERMIT is an electrical, plumbing, mechanical, building, or other permit or approval, that is issued by
an enforcement agency, and that authorizes any construction that is subject to Part 6.
CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION is the California State Energy Resources Conservation and Development
Commission.
COMMISSION is the California State Energy Resources Conservation and Development Commission.

COMPLEX MECHANICAL SYSTEMS are defined here for the purposes of complying with the Design Phase
Review component of Section 10-103(a)1. Complex Mechanical Systems are systems that include 1) fan systems each
serving multiple thermostatically controlled zones, or 2) built-up air handler systems (non-unitary or non-packaged
HVAC equipment), or 3) hydronic or steam heating systems, or 4) hydronic cooling systems. Complex systems are
NOT the following: unitary or packaged equipment listed in Tables 112-A, 112-B, 112-C, and 112-E of the
Mechanical Code that each serve one zone, or two-pipe, heating only systems serving one or more zones.
COMPLIANCE APPROACH is any one of the allowable methods by which the design and construction of a
building may be demonstrated to be in compliance with Part 6. The compliance approaches are the performance
compliance approach and the prescriptive compliance approach. The requirements for each compliance approach are
set forth in Section 100.0(e)2 of Part 6.
COMPLIANCE DOCUMENT is any of the documents specified in Section 10-103(a) utilized to demonstrate
compliance with Part 6 (i.e., Certificate of Compliance, Certificate of Installation, Certificate of Acceptance, and
Certificate of Verification).
COMPLIANCE SOFTWARE is software that has been approved pursuant to Section 10-109 of Part 1.
CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA is the “conditioned floor area” as defined in Section 100.1(b) of Part 6.
CRRC-1 is the Cool Roof Rating Council document entitled “Product Rating Program”.
DATA REGISTRY is a web service with a user interface and database maintained by a Registration Provider that
complies with the applicable requirements in Reference Joint Appendix JA7, with guidance from the Data Registry
Requirements Manual, and provides for registration of residential or nonresidential compliance documentation used
for demonstrating compliance with Part 6.
RESIDENTIAL DATA REGISTRY is a data registry that is maintained by a HERS Provider that provides for
registration, when required by Part 6 of all residential compliance documentation and the nonresidential
Certificate of Verification.
NONRESIDENTIAL DATA REGISTRY is a data registry that is maintained by a Registration Provider
approved by the Commission that provides for registration, when required by Part 6 of all nonresidential
compliance documentation. However, nonresidential data registries may not provide for registration of
nonresidential Certificates of Verification.
DATA REGISTRY REQUIREMENTS MANUAL is a document that provides additional detailed guidance
regarding the functional and technical aspects of the data registry requirements given in Joint Appendix JA7.
DOCUMENTATION AUTHOR is a person who prepares a Title 24 Part 6 compliance document that must
subsequently be reviewed and signed by a responsible person in order to certify compliance with Part 6.
ENERGY BUDGET is the “energy budget” as defined in Section 100.1(b) of Part 6.
ENERGY COMMISSION is the California State Energy Resources Conservation and Development Commission.
ENFORCEMENT AGENCY is the city, county, or state agency responsible for issuing a building permit.
EXCEPTIONAL METHOD is a method for estimating the energy performance of building features that cannot be
adequately modeled using existing Compliance Software and that is approved by the Executive Director.
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR is the executive director of the Commission.
FIELD TECHNICIAN is a person who performs acceptance tests in accordance with the specifications in Reference
Joint Appendix NA7, and reports the results of the acceptance tests on the Certificate of Acceptance in accordance
with the requirements of Section 10-103(a)4.
HERS is the California Home Energy Rating System as described in Title 20, Chapter 4, Article 8, Section 1670.
HERS PROVIDER is an organization that administers a home energy rating system as described in Title 20, Chapter
4, Article 8, Section 1670.
HERS PROVIDER DATA REGISTRY is a data registry maintained by a HERS provider.

HERS RATER is a person who has been trained, tested, and certified by a HERS Provider to perform the field
verification and diagnostic testing required for demonstrating compliance with the Part 6 as described in Title 20,
Chapter 4, Article 8, Section 1670(i).
HVAC SYSTEM is the “HVAC system” as defined in Section 100.1(b) of Part 6.
MANUFACTURED DEVICE is the “manufactured device” as defined in Section 100.1(b) of Part 6.
NFRC 100 is the National Fenestration Rating Council document entitled “NFRC 100: Procedure for Determining
Fenestration Product U-factors.” (2011) NFRC 100 includes procedures for the Component Modeling Approach
(CMA) and site built fenestration formerly included in a separate document, NFRC 100-SB.
Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficients and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence.” (2011),
NFRC 202 is the National Fenestration Rating Council document entitled “NFRC 202: Procedures for Determining
Translucent Fenestration Product Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence.” (2011).
Visible Transmittance of Tubular Daylighting Devices.” (2012),
Fenestration Product Air Leakage.” (2010).
NSHP GUIDEBOOK is the New Solar Homes Partnership Guidebook, currently adopted by the Energy
Commission.
PART 6 is Title 24, Part 6 of the California Code of Regulations.
PUBLIC ADVISER is the Public Adviser of the Commission.
R-VALUE is the measure of the thermal resistance of insulation or any material or building component expressed in
ft²-hr-°F/Btu.
RECORD DRAWINGS are drawings that document the as installed location and performance data on all lighting
and space conditioning system components, devices, appliances and equipment, including but not limited to wiring
sequences, control sequences, duct and pipe distribution system layout and sizes, space conditioning system terminal
device layout and air flow rates, hydronic system and flow rates, and connections for the space conditioning system.
Record drawings are sometimes called “as built.”
REFERENCE APPENDICES the support document for the Building Energy Efficiency Standards and the ACM
Approval Manuals. The document consists of three sections: the Reference Joint Appendices (JA), the Reference
Residential Appendices (RA), and the Reference Nonresidential Appendices (NA) currently adopted by the Energy
Commission.
REFERENCE JOINT APPENDICES are the Reference Joint Appendices currently adopted by the Energy
Commission.
REFERENCE NONRESIDENTIAL APPENDICES are the Reference Nonresidential Appendices currently
adopted by the Energy Commission.
REFERENCE RESIDENTIAL APPENDICES are the Reference Residential Appendices currently adopted by the
Energy Commission.
REGISTERED DOCUMENT is a document that has been submitted to a residential or nonresidential data registry
for retention, and the data registry has assigned a unique registration number to the document.
REGISTRATION PROVIDER is an organization that administers a data registry service that conforms to the
requirements in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
STANDARD DESIGN BUILDING is a “Standard Design Building” as defined in Section 100.1(b) of Part 6.
NOTE: Authority cited: Sections 25402 and 25402.1, and 25213, Public Resources Code. Reference: Sections 25007,
25402 and 25402.1, 25402.4, 25402.5, 25402.8 and 25910, Public Resources Code.

SECTION 10-103 – PERMIT, CERTIFICATE, INFORMATIONAL, AND

ENFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGNERS, INSTALLERS,
BUILDERS, MANUFACTURERS, AND SUPPLIERS
(a) Documentation. The following documentation is required to demonstrate compliance with Part 6. This
documentation shall meet the requirements of Section 10-103(a) or alternatives approved by the Executive Director.
1. Certificate of Compliance. For all buildings, the Certificate of Compliance described in Section 10-103 shall be
signed by the person in charge of the building design, who is eligible under Division 3 of the Business and
Professions Code to accept responsibility for the building design (responsible person); and submitted in
accordance with Sections 10-103(a)1 and 10-103(a)2 to certify conformance with Part 6. If more than one person
has responsibility for the building design, each person shall sign the Certificate of Compliance document(s)
applicable to that portion of the design for which the person is responsible. Alternatively, the person with chief
responsibility for the building design shall prepare and sign the Certificate of Compliance document(s) for the
entire building design. Subject to the requirements of Sections 10-103(a)1 and 10-103(a)2, persons who prepare
Certificate of Compliance documents (documentation authors) shall sign a declaration statement on the
documents they prepare to certify the information provided on the documentation is accurate and complete. In
accordance with applicable requirements of 10-103(a)1, the signatures provided by responsible persons and
documentation authors shall be original signatures on paper documents or electronic signatures on electronic
documents conforming to the electronic signature specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
For all Nonresidential buildings, the Design Review Kickoff Certificate(s) of Compliance, and Construction
Document Design Review Checklist Certificate(s) of Compliance shall be completed and signed by a licensed
professional engineer. For buildings less than 10,000 ft2, the licensed professional engineer may be the engineer
of record. For buildings greater than 10,000 ft2 but less than 50,000 ft2, the licensed professional engineer shall be
a qualified in-house engineer with no other project involvement or a third party engineer. Contractors accepting
the responsibilities of the engineer under the provision of the Business and profession Code may also complete
and sign these certificates. For buildings greater than 50,000 ft2 and all buildings with complex mechanical
systems serving more than 10,000 ft2, the licensed professional engineer shall be a third party.
A. All Certificate of Compliance documentation shall conform to a format and informational order and content
approved by the Energy Commission.
These documents shall:
i. Identify the energy features, performance specifications, materials, components, and manufactured
devices required for compliance with Part 6.
ii. Identify the building project name and location. The building project name and location identification on
the Certificate of Compliance shall be consistent with the building project name and location
identification given on the other applicable building design plans and specifications submitted to the
enforcement agency for approval with the building permit application.
iii. Display the unique registration number assigned by the data registry if Section 10-103(a)1 requires the
document to be registered.
iv. Include a declaration statement to the effect that the building energy features, performance
specifications, materials, components, and manufactured devices for the building design identified on
the Certificate of Compliance indicate the building is in compliance with the requirements of Title 24,
Parts 1 and 6, and the building design features identified on the Certificate of Compliance are consistent
with the building design features identified on the other applicable compliance documents, worksheets,
calculations, plans, and specifications submitted to the enforcement agency for approval with the
building permit application.
v. Be signed by the documentation author to certify the documentation is accurate and complete. When
document registration is required by Section 10-103(a)1, the signature shall be an electronic signature on

DESIGNERS, INSTALLERS, BUILDERS, MANUFACTURERS, AND SUPPLIERS
an electronic document in accordance with the electronic signature specifications in Reference Joint
Appendix JA7.
vi. Be signed by the responsible person eligible under Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to
accept responsibility for the design to certify conformance with Part 6. When document registration is
required by Section 10-103(a)1, the signature shall be an electronic signature on an electronic document
in accordance with the electronic signature specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
B. For all low-rise residential buildings for which compliance requires HERS field verification, the person(s)
responsible for the Certificate(s) of Compliance shall submit the Certificate(s) for registration and retention
to a HERS provider data registry. The submittals to the HERS provider data registry shall be made
electronically in accordance with the specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
Contingent upon availability and approval of an electronic document repository by the Executive Director,
Certificate of Compliance documents that are registered and retained by a HERS provider data registry shall
also be automatically transmitted by the data registry, to an electronic document repository for retention in
accordance with the specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
C. For alterations to existing residential buildings for which HERS field verification is not required such as
water heater and window replacements, and for additions to existing residential buildings that are less than
300 square feet for which HERS field verification is not required, the enforcement agencies may at their
discretion not require any Certificate of Compliance documentation, or may develop simplified Certificate of
Compliance documentation for demonstrating compliance with the Standards.
Exemptions from submitting compliance documentation shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any
work to be done in any manner in violation of this code or other provisions of law.
D. Beginning on January 1, 2015, contingent upon approval of data registry(s) by the Commission, all
nonresidential buildings, high-rise residential buildings, and hotels and motels, when designated to allow use
of an occupancy group or type regulated by Part 6 the person(s) responsible for the Certificate(s) of
Compliance shall submit the Certificate(s) for registration and retention to a data registry approved by the
Commission. The submittals to the approved data registry shall be made electronically in accordance with
the specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
Certificate of Compliance documents that are registered and retained by an approved data registry shall also
be automatically transmitted by the data registry to an electronic document repository for retention in
2. Application for a building permit. Each application for a building permit subject to Part 6 shall contain at least
one copy of the documents specified in Sections 10-103(a)2A, 10-103(a)2B, and 10-103(a)2C.
A. For all newly constructed buildings, additions, alterations, or repairs regulated by Part 6 the applicant shall
submit the applicable Certificate(s) of Compliance to the enforcement agency for approval. The certificate(s)
shall conform to the requirements of Section 10-103(a)1, and shall be approved by the local enforcement
agency, in accordance with all applicable requirements of Section 10-103(d), by stamp or authorized
signature prior to issuance of a building permit. A copy of the Certificate(s) of Compliance shall be included
with the documentation the builder provides to the building owner at occupancy as specified in Section 10-
103(b).
For alterations to existing residential buildings for which HERS field verification is required, and when the
enforcement agency does not require building design plans to be submitted with the application for a
building permit, the applicable Certificate of Compliance documentation specified in 10-103(a)1 is not
required to be approved by the enforcement agency prior to issuance of a building permit, but shall be
approved by the enforcement agency prior to final inspection of the dwelling unit, and shall be made
available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections.
When the enforcement agency requires building design plans to be submitted with the application for a
building permit, the applicable Certificate of Compliance documents shall be incorporated into the building
design plans. When Section 10-103(a)1 requires document registration, the certificate(s) that are

incorporated into the building design plans shall be copies of the registered Certificate of Compliance
documents from a HERS provider data registry, or a data registry approved by the Commission.
B. When the enforcement agency requires building design plans and specifications to be submitted with the
application for a building permit, the plans shall conform to the specifications for the features, materials,
components, and manufactured devices identified on the Certificate(s) of Compliance, and shall conform to
all other applicable requirements of Part 6. Plans and specifications shall be submitted to the enforcement
agency for any other feature, material, component, or manufactured device that Part 6 requires be indicated
on the building design plans and specifications. Plans and specifications submitted with each application for
a building permit for Nonresidential buildings, High-rise Residential buildings and Hotels and Motels shall
provide acceptance requirements for code compliance of each feature, material, component or manufactured
device when acceptance requirements are required under Part 6. Plans and specifications for Nonresidential
buildings, High-rise Residential buildings and Hotels and Motels shall require, and indicate with a prominent
note on the plans, that within 90 days after the Enforcement Agency issues a permanent final occupancy
permit, record drawings be provided to the building owner.
For all buildings, if the specification for a building design feature, material, component, or manufactured
device is changed before final construction or installation, such that the building may no longer comply with
Part 6 the building must be brought back into compliance, and so indicated on amended plans, specifications,
and Certificate(s) of Compliance that shall be submitted to the enforcement agency for approval. Such
characteristics shall include the efficiency (or other characteristic regulated by Part 6) of each building
design feature, material, component, or device.
C. The enforcement agency shall have the authority to require submittal of any supportive documentation that
was used to generate the Certificate(s) of Compliance, including but not limited to the electronic input file
for the compliance software tool that was used to generate performance method Certificate(s) of
Compliance; or any other supportive documentation that is necessary to demonstrate that the building design
conforms to the requirements of Part 6.
3. Certificate of Installation. For all buildings, the person in charge of the construction or installation, who is
eligible under Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to accept responsibility for the construction or
installation of features, materials, components, or manufactured devices regulated by Part 6 or the Appliance
Efficiency Regulations (responsible person) shall sign and submit Certificate of Installation documentation as
specified in Section 10-103(a)3 to certify conformance with Part 6. If more than one person has responsibility for
the construction or installation, each person shall sign and submit the Certificate of Installation documentation
applicable to the portion of the construction or installation for which they are responsible; alternatively, the
person with chief responsibility for the construction or installation shall sign and submit the Certificate of
Installation documentation for the entire construction or installation scope of work for the project. Subject to the
requirements of Section 10-103(a)3, persons who prepare Certificate of Installation documentation
(documentation authors) shall sign a declaration statement on the documents they prepare to certify the
information provided on the documentation is accurate and complete. In accordance with applicable requirements
of 10-103(a)3, the signatures provided by responsible persons and documentation authors shall be original
signatures on paper documents or electronic signatures on electronic documents conforming to the electronic
signature specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
A. All Certificate of Installation documentation shall conform to a format and informational order and content
i. Identify the features, materials, components, manufactured devices, and system performance diagnostic
results required to demonstrate compliance with Part 6 and the Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
ii. State the number of the building permit under which the construction or installation was performed.
iii Display the unique registration number assigned by the data registry if Section 10-103(a)3 requires the

iv. Include a declaration statement indicating that the constructed or installed features, materials,
components or manufactured devices (the installation) identified on the Certificate of Installation
conforms to all applicable codes and regulations, and the installation conforms to the requirements given
on the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency.
document registration is required by 10-103(a)3, the signature shall be an electronic signature on an
electronic document in accordance with the electronic signature specifications in Reference Joint
Appendix JA7.
vi. Be signed by the responsible person eligible under Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to
accept responsibility for construction or installation in the applicable classification for the scope of work
specified on the Certificate of Installation document(s), or shall be signed by their authorized
representative. When document registration is required by 10-103(a)3, the signature shall be an
electronic signature on an electronic document in accordance with the electronic signature specifications
in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
B. For all low-rise residential buildings for which compliance requires HERS field verification, the person(s)
responsible for the Certificate(s) of Installation , or their authorized representative(s), shall submit all
Certificate of Installation documentation that is applicable to the building to a HERS provider data registry
for registration and retention in accordance with procedures specified in Reference Residential Appendix
RA2. The submittals to the HERS provider data registry shall be made electronically in accordance with the
specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
Certificate of Installation documents that are registered and retained by a HERS provider data registry shall
also be automatically transmitted by the data registry to an electronic document repository for retention in
C. For alterations to existing residential buildings for which HERS field verification is not required such as
water heater and window replacements, and for additions to existing residential buildings that are less than
300 square feet for which HERS field verification is not required, the enforcement agencies may at their
discretion not require any Certificate of Installation documentation, or may develop simplified Certificate of
Installation documentation for demonstrating compliance with the Standards.
Exemptions from submitting compliance documentation shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any
work to be done in any manner in violation of this code or other provisions of law.
D. Beginning on January 1, 2015, contingent upon approval of data registry(s) by the Commission, for all
Installation shall submit the Certificate(s) for registration and retention to a data registry approved by the
Certificate of Installation documents that are registered and retained by an approved data registry shall also
be automatically transmitted by the data registry to an electronic document repository for retention in
E. For all buildings, a copy of the Certificate(s) of Installation shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and shall be made available to the enforcement agency for all
applicable inspections. When document registration is required by 10-103(a)3, registered copies of the
Certificate(s) of Installation from a HERS provider data registry or a data registry approved by the
Commission shall be posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building, and shall
be made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. If construction on any portion of
the building subject to Part 6 will be impossible to inspect because of subsequent construction, the
enforcement agency may require the Certificate(s) of Installation to be posted upon completion of that

portion. A copy of the Certificate(s) of Installation shall be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy as specified in Section 10-103(b).
4. Certificate of Acceptance. For all nonresidential buildings, high-rise residential buildings, and hotels and
motels, when designated to allow use of an occupancy group or type regulated by Part 6 the person in charge of
the acceptance testing, who is eligible under Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to accept
responsibility for the applicable scope of system design, or construction, or installation of features, materials,
components, or manufactured devices regulated by Part 6 or the Appliance Efficiency Regulations (responsible
person), shall sign and submit all applicable Certificate of Acceptance documentation in accordance with section
10-103(a)4 and Nonresidential Appendix NA7 to certify conformance with Part 6. If more than one person has
responsibility for the acceptance testing, each person shall sign and submit the Certificate of Acceptance
documentation applicable to the portion of the construction or installation, for which they are responsible;
alternatively, the person with chief responsibility for the system design, construction or installation, shall sign
and submit the Certificate of Acceptance documentation for the entire construction or installation scope of work
for the project. Subject to the requirements of Section 10-103(a)4, persons who prepare Certificate of Acceptance
documentation (documentation authors) shall sign a declaration statement on the documents they prepare to
certify the information provided on the documentation is accurate and complete. Persons who perform acceptance
test procedures in accordance with the specifications in Reference Joint Appendix NA7, and report the results of
the acceptance tests on the Certificate of Acceptance (field technicians) shall sign a declaration statement on the
documents they submit to certify the information provided on the documentation is true and correct. In
accordance with applicable requirements of 10-103(a)4, the signatures provided by responsible persons, field
technicians, and documentation authors shall be original signatures on paper documents or electronic signatures
on electronic documents conforming to the electronic signature specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
A. All Certificate of Acceptance documentation shall conform to a format and informational order and content
i. Identify the features, materials, components, manufactured devices, and system performance diagnostic
results required to demonstrate compliance with the acceptance requirements to which the applicant
must conform as indicated in the plans and specifications submitted under Section 10-103(a)2, and as
specified in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7.
ii. State the number of the building permit under which the construction or installation was performed.
iii. Display the unique registration number assigned by the data registry if Section 10-103(a)4 requires the
iv. Include a declaration statement indicating that the features, materials, components or manufactured
devices identified on the Certificate of Acceptance conform to the applicable acceptance requirements as
indicated in the plans and specifications submitted under Section 10-103(a), and with applicable
acceptance requirements and procedures specified in the Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7, and
confirms that Certificate(s) of Installation described in Section 10-103(a)3 has been completed and is
posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
document registration is required by 10-103(a)4, the signature shall be an electronic signature on an
electronic document in accordance with the electronic signature specifications in Reference Joint
Appendix JA7.
vi. Be signed by the field technician who performed the acceptance test procedures and reported the results
on the Certificate of Acceptance. When document registration is required by 10-103(a)4, the signature
shall be an electronic signature on an electronic document in accordance with the electronic signature
vii. Be signed by the responsible person in charge of the acceptance testing who is eligible under Division 3
of the Business and Professions Code to accept responsibility for the system design, construction or
installation in the applicable classification for the scope of work identified on the Certificate of

Acceptance, or shall be signed by their authorized representative. When document registration is

required by 10-103(a)4, the signature shall be an electronic signature on an electronic document in
accordance with the electronic signature specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
B. Beginning on January 1, 2015, contingent upon approval of data registry(s) by the Commission, for all
Acceptance shall submit the Certificate(s) for registration and retention to a data registry approved by the
Certificate of Acceptance documents that are registered and retained by an approved data registry shall also
be automatically transmitted by the data registry, to an electronic document repository for retention in
C. A copy of the registered Certificate(s) of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the building
permit(s) issued for the building, and shall be made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable
inspections. If construction on any portion of the building subject to Part 6 will be impossible to inspect
because of subsequent construction, the enforcement agency may require the Certificate(s) of Acceptance to
be posted upon completion of that portion. A copy of the Certificate(s) of Acceptance shall be included with
the documentation the builder provides to the building owner at occupancy as specified in Section 10-103(b).
5. Certificate of Field Verification and Diagnostic Testing (Certificate of Verification). For all buildings for
which compliance requires HERS field verification, a certified HERS rater shall conduct all required HERS field
verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with applicable procedures specified in Reference Appendices
RA2, RA3, NA1, and NA2. All applicable Certificate of Verification documentation shall be completed, signed,
and submitted by the certified HERS Rater who performed the field verification and diagnostic testing services
(responsible person) in accordance with the requirements of Section 10-103(a)5, Reference Appendices RA2,
and NA1, to certify conformance with Part 6. If more than one rater has responsibility for the HERS verification
for the building, each rater shall sign and submit the Certificate of Verification documentation applicable to the
portion of the building for which they are responsible. Subject to the requirements of Section 10-103(a)5, persons
who prepare Certificate of Verification documentation (documentation authors) shall sign a declaration statement
on the documents they prepare to certify the information provided on the documentation is accurate and
complete. The signatures provided by responsible persons and documentation authors shall be electronic
signatures on electronic documents.
A All Certificate of Verification documentation shall conform to a format and informational order and content
i. Identify the installed features, materials, components, manufactured devices, or system performance
diagnostic results that require HERS verification for compliance with Part 6 as specified on the
Certificate(s) of Compliance for the building.
ii. State the number of the building permit under which the construction or installation was performed,
iii. Display the unique registration number assigned by the HERS provider data registry, and provide any
additional information required by Reference Appendices RA2, RA3, NA1, and NA2.
iv. Include a declaration statement indicating that the installed features, materials, components or
manufactured devices requiring HERS verification conform to the applicable requirements in Reference
Appendices RA2, RA3, NA1, NA2, and the requirements specified on the Certificate(s) of Compliance
approved by the local enforcement agency, and confirms the same features, materials, components or
manufactured devices are identified on the applicable Certificate(s) of Installation signed and submitted
by the person(s) responsible for the construction or installation as described in Section 10-103(a)3.

v. Be signed by the documentation author to certify the documentation is accurate and complete. The
signatures shall be electronic signatures on electronic documents in accordance with the electronic
signature specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
vi. Be signed by the HERS Rater who performed the field verification and diagnostic testing services
(responsible person). The signatures shall be electronic signatures on electronic documents in
accordance with the electronic signature specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA7.
B. For all buildings for which compliance requires HERS field verification, the certified HERS rater responsible
for the Certificate(s) of Verification shall submit the Certificates for registration and retention to a HERS
provider data registry in accordance with the applicable procedures in Reference Appendices RA2 and NA1.
The submittals to the HERS provider data registry shall be made electronically in accordance with the
Certificate of Verification documents that are registered and retained by a HERS provider data registry shall
also be automatically transmitted by the data registry, to an electronic document repository for retention in
C. For all buildings, a copy of the registered Certificate(s) of Verification shall be posted, or made available
with the building permit(s) issued for the building, and shall be made available to the enforcement agency for
all applicable inspections. If construction on any portion of the building subject to Part 6 will be impossible
to inspect because of subsequent construction, the enforcement agency may require the Certificate(s) of
Verification to be posted upon completion of that portion. A copy of the registered Certificate(s) of
Verification shall be included with the documentation the builder provides to the building owner at
occupancy as specified in Section 10-103(b).
EXCEPTION to Section 10-103(a): Enforcing agencies may exempt nonresidential buildings that have no more than
1,000 square feet of conditioned floor area in the entire building and an occupant load of 49 persons or less from the
documentation requirements of Section 10-103(a), provided a statement of compliance with Part 6 is submitted and
signed by a licensed engineer or the licensed architect with chief responsibility for the design.
(b) Compliance, Operating, Maintenance, and Ventilation Information to be provided by Builder.
1. Compliance information.
A. For low-rise residential buildings, at final inspection, the enforcement agency shall require the builder to
leave in the building, copies of the completed, signed, and submitted compliance documents for the building
owner at occupancy. For low-rise residential buildings, such information shall, at a minimum, include copies
of all Certificate of Compliance, Certificate of Installation, and Certificate of Verification documentation
submitted. These documents shall be in paper or electronic format and shall conform to the applicable
requirements of Section 10-103(a).
B. For nonresidential buildings, high-rise residential buildings and hotels and motels, at final inspection, the
enforcement agency shall require the builder to leave in the building, copies of the completed, signed, and
submitted compliance documents for the building owner at occupancy. For nonresidential buildings, high-
rise residential buildings and hotels and motels, such information shall include copies of all Certificate of
Compliance, Certificate of Installation, Certificate of Acceptance and Certificate of Verification
documentation submitted. These documents shall be in paper or electronic format and shall conform to the
applicable requirements of Section 10-103(a).
2. Operating information. At final inspection, the enforcement agency shall require the builder to leave in the
building, for the building owner at occupancy, operating information for all applicable features, materials,
components, and mechanical devices installed in the building. Operating information shall include instructions on
how to operate the features, materials, components, and mechanical devices correctly and efficiently. The
instructions shall be consistent with specifications set forth by the Executive Director. For low-rise residential
buildings, such information shall be contained in a folder or manual which provides all information specified in
Section 10-103(b). This operating information shall be in paper or electronic format.

For dwelling units, buildings or tenant spaces that are not individually owned and operated, or are centrally
operated, such information shall be provided to the person(s) responsible for operating the feature, material,
component or mechanical device installed in the building. This operating information shall be in paper or
electronic format.
3. Maintenance information. At final inspection, the enforcement agency shall require the builder to leave in the
building, for the building owner at occupancy, maintenance information for all features, materials, components,
and manufactured devices that require routine maintenance for efficient operation. Required routine maintenance
actions shall be clearly stated and incorporated on a readily accessible label. The label may be limited to
identifying, by title and/or publication number, the operation and maintenance manual for that particular model
and type of feature, material, component or manufactured device.
For dwelling units, buildings or tenant spaces that are not individually owned and operated, or are centrally
operated, such information shall be provided to the person(s) responsible for maintaining the feature, material,
component or mechanical device installed in the building. This information shall be in paper or electronic format.
4. Ventilation information. For low-rise residential buildings, the enforcement agency shall require the builder to
leave in the building, for the building owner at occupancy, a description of the quantities of outdoor air that the
ventilation system(s) are designed to provide to the building’s conditioned space, and instructions for proper
operation and maintenance of the ventilation system. For buildings or tenant spaces that are not individually
owned and operated, or are centrally operated, such information shall be provided to the person(s) responsible for
operating and maintaining the feature, material, component or mechanical ventilation device installed in the
building. This information shall be in paper or electronic format.
For nonresidential buildings, high-rise residential buildings and hotels and motels, the enforcement agency shall
require the builder to provide the building owner at occupancy a description of the quantities of outdoor and
recirculated air that the ventilation systems are designed to provide to each area. For buildings or tenant spaces
that are not individually owned and operated, or are centrally operated, such information shall be provided to the
person(s) responsible for operating and maintaining the feature, material, component or mechanical device
installed in the building. This information shall be in paper or electronic format.
(c) Equipment Information to be Provided by Manufacturer or Supplier. The manufacturer or supplier of any
manufactured device shall, upon request, provide to building designers and installers information about the device.
The information shall include the efficiency (and other characteristics regulated by Part 6). This information shall be
in paper or electronic format.
(d) Enforcement Agency Requirements.

1. Permits. An enforcement agency shall not issue a building permit for any construction unless the enforcement
agency determines in writing that the construction is designed to comply with the requirements of Part 6 that are
in effect on the date the building permit was applied for. The enforcement agency determination shall confirm
that the documentation requirements of Sections 10-103(a)1 and 10-103(a)2 have been met.
If a building permit has been previously issued, there has been no construction under the permit, and the permit
has expired, the enforcement agency shall not issue a new permit unless the enforcement agency determines in
writing that the construction is designed to comply with the requirements of Part 6 in effect on the date the new
permit is applied for. The enforcement agency determination shall confirm that the documentation requirements
of Sections 10-103(a)1 and 10-103(a)2 have been met.
“Determines in writing” includes, but is not limited to, approval of a building permit with a stamp normally used
by the enforcement agency.
2. Inspection. The enforcement agency shall inspect newly constructed buildings and additions, and alterations to
existing buildings to determine whether the construction or installation is consistent with the agency's approved
plans and specifications, and complies with Part 6. Final certificate of occupancy shall not be issued until such
consistency and compliance is verified. For Occupancy Group R-3, final inspection shall not be complete until
such consistency and compliance is verified.

Such verification shall include determination that:

A. All installed features, materials, components or manufactured devices, regulated by the Appliance Efficiency
Regulations or Part 6 are indicated, when applicable, on the Certificate(s) of Installation, Certificate(s) of
Acceptance and Certificate(s) of Verification , and are consistent with such features, materials, components
or manufactured devices given in the plans and specifications and the Certificate(s) of Compliance approved
by the local enforcement agency.
B. All required Certificates of Installation are posted, or made available with the building permit(s) issued for
the building, and are made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections, and that all
required Certificates of Installation conform to the specifications of Section 10-103(a)3.
C. All required Certificates of Acceptance are posted, or made available with the building permit(s) issued for
required Certificates of Acceptance conform to the specifications of Section 10-103(a)4.
D. All required Certificates of Verification are posted, or made available with the building permit(s) issued for
required Certificates of Verification conform to the specifications of Section 10-103(a)5.
EXCEPTION to Section 10-103(d): For newly constructed buildings that meet the requirements of the New Solar
Homes Partnership (NSHP) as specified in the NSHP Guidebook, the enforcement agency may waive the plan check
and inspection of all measures other than the mandatory measures in the building.
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 25402, Public Resources Code. Reference: Section 25402, Public Resources Code.
SECTION 10-103-A – NONRESIDENTIAL LIGHTING CONTROLS

ACCEPTANCE TEST TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION
(a) Scope. The requirements of this section apply to nonresidential lighting control Acceptance Test Technicians and
Employers, and the Certification Providers that train and certify them.
(b) Industry Certification Threshold. Lighting Controls Acceptance Test Technician and Employer certification
requirements shall take effect when the Energy Commission finds that each of the following conditions are met. Until
such time that 10-103-A(b)1 and 10-103-A(b)2 are met, Field Technicians are allowed to complete the acceptance test
requirements in Section 130.4 without completing the Acceptance Test Technician certification requirements.
1. Number of Certified Acceptance Test Technicians. There shall be no less than 300 Lighting Controls
Acceptance Test Technicians certified to perform the acceptance tests in Building Energy Efficiency Standards,
Section 130.4. The number of certified Acceptance Test Technicians shall be demonstrated by Certification
Provider-prepared reports submitted to the Energy Commission.
2. Industry Coverage by Certification Provider(s). The Certification Provider(s) approved by the Energy
Commission, in their entirety, shall provide reasonable access to certification for technicians representing the
majority of the following industry groups: electrical contractors, certified general electricians, professional
engineers, controls installation and start-up contractors and certified commissioning professionals who have
verifiable training, experience and expertise in lighting controls and electrical systems. The Energy Commission
will determine whether in their entirety reasonable access to certification is provided by considering factors such
as certification costs commensurate with the complexity of the training being provided, certification marketing
materials, prequalification criteria, class availability, and curriculum.
(c) Qualifications and Approval of Certification Providers. The Acceptance Test Technician Certification
Providers (ATTCPs) shall submit a written application to the Energy Commission with a summary and the
related background documents to explain how the following criteria and procedures have been met:
1. Requirements for Applicant ATTCPs to Document Organizational Structure. ATTCPs shall provide
written explanations of the organization type, by-laws, and ownership structure. ATTCPs shall explain in
writing how their certification program meets the qualification requirements of Title 24, Part 1, Section 10-
SECTION 10-103-A – NONRESIDENTIAL LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST TRAINING AND

CERTIFICATION
103-A(c). ATTCPs shall explain in their application to the Energy Commission how their organizational
structure and procedures include independent oversight, quality assurance, supervision and support of the
acceptance test training and certification processes.
2. Requirements for Certification of Employers. The ATTCPs shall provide written explanations of how
their program includes certification and oversight of Acceptance Test Employers to ensure quality control
and appropriate supervision and support for Acceptance Test Technicians.
3. Requirements for Applicant ATTCPs to Document Training and Certification Procedures. ATTCPs
shall provide a complete copy of all training and testing procedures, manuals, handbooks and materials.
ATTCPs shall explain in writing how their training and certification procedures include, but are not limited
to, the following:
A. Training Scope. Both hands-on experience and theoretical training such that Acceptance Test
Technicians demonstrate their ability to apply the Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance
testing and documentation requirements to a comprehensive variety of lighting control systems and
networks that are reflective of the range of systems currently encountered in the field. The objective of
the hands-on training is to practice and certify competency in the technologies and skills necessary to
perform the acceptance tests.
B. Lighting Controls Acceptance Test Technician Training.
(i) Curricula. Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider training curricula for Lighting
Control Acceptance Test Technicians shall include, but not be limited to, the analysis, theory,
and practical application of the following:
a) Lamp and ballast systems;
b) Line voltage switching controls;
c) Low voltage switching controls;
d) Dimming controls;
e) Occupancy sensors;
f) Photosensors;
g) Demand responsive signal inputs to lighting control systems;
h) Building Energy Efficiency Standards required lighting control systems;
i) Building Energy Efficiency Standards required lighting control system-
specific analytical/problem solving skills;
j) Integration of mechanical and electrical systems for Building Energy
Efficiency Standards required lighting control installation and commissioning;
k) Safety procedures for low-voltage retrofits (<50 volts) to control line voltage
systems (120 to 480 volts);
l) Accurate and effective tuning, calibration, and programming of Building
Energy Efficiency Standards required lighting control systems;
m) Measurement of illuminance according to the Illuminating Engineering
Society’s measurement procedures as provided in the IESNA Lighting
Handbook, 10th Edition, 2011, which are incorporated by reference;
n) Building Energy Efficiency Standards lighting controls acceptance testing
procedures; and
o) Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance testing compliance
documentation for lighting controls.

CERTIFICATION
(ii) Hands-on training. The ATTCP shall describe in their application the design and technical
specifications of the laboratory boards, equipment and other elements that will be used to meet
the hands-on requirements of the training and certification.
(iii) Prequalification. Participation in the technician certification program shall be limited to
persons who have at least three years of verifiable professional experience and expertise in
lighting controls and electrical systems as determined by the Lighting Controls ATTCPs, to
demonstrate their ability to understand and apply the Lighting Controls Acceptance Test
Technician certification training. The criteria and review processes used by the ATTCP to
determine the relevance of technician professional experience shall be described in the ATTCP
application to the Energy Commission.
(iv) Instructor to Trainee Ratio. A sufficient ratio of instructors to participants in classroom and
laboratory work to ensure integrity and efficacy of the curriculum and program. The ATTCP
shall document in its application to the Energy Commission why its instructor to trainee ratio is
sufficient based on industry standards and other relevant information.
(v) Tests. A written and practical test that demonstrates each certification applicant’s competence in
all specified subjects. The ATTCPs shall retain all results of these tests for five years from the
date of the test.
(vi) Recertification. Requirements and Procedures for recertification of Acceptance Test
Technicians each time the Building Energy Efficiency Standards is updated with new and/or
modified acceptance test requirements.
C. Lighting Controls Acceptance Test Employer Training. Training for Lighting Controls Acceptance
Test Employers shall consist of a single class or webinar consisting of at least four hours of instruction
that covers the scope and process of the acceptance tests in Building Energy Efficiency Standards,
Section 130.4.
D. Complaint Procedures. The ATTCPs shall describe in their applications to the Energy Commission
procedures for accepting and addressing complaints regarding the performance of any certified
acceptance test technician or employer, and explain how building departments and the public will be
notified of these procedures.
E. Certification Revocation Procedures. The ATTCPs shall describe in their applications to the Energy
Commission procedures for revoking the certification of Acceptance Test Technicians and Employers
based upon poor quality or ineffective work, failure to perform acceptance tests, falsification of
documents, failure to comply with the documentation requirements of these regulations or other specified
actions that justify decertification.
F. Quality Assurance and Accountability. The ATTCP shall describe in their application to the Energy
Commission how their certification business practices include quality assurance, independent oversight
and accountability measures, such as, independent oversight of the certification processes and
procedures, visits to building sites where certified technicians are completing acceptance tests,
certification process evaluations, building department surveys to determine acceptance testing
effectiveness, and expert review of the training curricula developed for Building Energy Efficiency
Standards, Section 130.4. Independent oversight may be demonstrated by accreditation under the
ISO/IEC 17024 standard.
G. Certification Identification Number and Verification of ATT Certification Status. Upon
certification of an ATT, the ATTCP shall issue a unique certification identification number to the ATT.
The ATTCP shall maintain an accurate record of the certification status for all ATTs that the ATTCP has
certified. The ATTCP shall provide verification of current ATT certification status upon request to
authorized document Registration Provider personnel or enforcement agency personnel to determine the
ATT's eligibility to sign Certificate of Acceptance documentation according to all applicable
requirements in Sections 10-103-A, 10-102, 10-103(a)4, and the Reference Joint Appendix JA7.

CERTIFICATION
(d) Requirements for ATTCPs to Provide Annual Reports. The ATTCP shall provide an annual report to the
Energy Commission summarizing the certification services provided over the reporting period, including the total
number of Acceptance Test Technicians and Employers certified by the ATTCP (a) during the reporting period
and (b) to date. The ATTCP shall report to the Energy Commission what adjustments have been made to the
training curricula, if any, to address changes to the Building Energy Efficiency Standards Acceptance Testing
requirements, adopted updates to the Building Energy Efficiency Standards or to ensure training is reflective of
the variety of lighting controls that are currently encountered in the field, no less than six months prior to the
effective date of any newly adopted, or amendment to existing, Building Energy Efficiency Standards. All
required reports shall contain a signed certification that the ATTCP has met all requirements for this program.
(e) Interim Approval of Lighting Controls Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider. The California
Advanced Lighting Controls Training Program (CALCTP) shall be approved as an authorized Lighting Controls
Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider subject to the below conditions:
1. Interim approval shall be conditioned upon submittal of an application that contains the information required
by subdivision (c)(1)-(3), including documentation demonstrating that the certification includes training and
testing on the Building Energy Efficiency Standards lighting control acceptance testing procedures and the
Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance testing compliance documentation for lighting control
systems.
2. Technicians who have been certified by CALCTP prior to the inclusion of training on the Building Energy
Efficiency Standards acceptance testing procedures and compliance documentation shall qualify as a
Lighting Control Acceptance Test Technicians upon successful completion of a class or webinar consisting
of at least four hours of instruction on the Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance testing
procedures and compliance documentation.
3. Employers who have been certified by CALCTP prior to the inclusion of training on the Building Energy
Efficiency Standards acceptance testing procedures and compliance documentation shall qualify as a
Lighting Control Acceptance Test Employer upon successful completion of a class or webinar consisting of
at least four hours of instruction on the Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance testing procedures
and compliance documentation.
4. Interim approval for all ATTCPs shall end on the later date of, July 1, 2014 or six months after the effective
date of the 2013 California Building Energy Efficiency Standards. The Energy Commission may extend the
interim approval period for up to six additional months total, if it determines the threshold requirements in
Section 10-103-A(b) have not been met for the certification requirements to take effect. If the Energy
Commission determines that an extension is necessary, its determination shall be approved at a publicly-
noticed meeting.
5. During the interim approval period, including any possible extensions to this interim period, the Energy
Commission may approve additional ATTCP providers meeting the requirements of 10-103-A(c).
(f) Application Review and Determination. The Energy Commission shall review Acceptance Test Technician
Certification Provider applications according to the criteria and procedures in Section 10-103-A(c) to determine if
such providers are approved to provide acceptance testing certification services.
1. Energy Commission staff will review and validate all information received on Acceptance Test Technician
Certification Provider applications, and determine that the application is complete and contains sufficient
information to be approved.
2. The Executive Director may require that the applicant provide additional information as required by staff to
fully evaluate the Provider application. The Executive Director shall provide a copy of its evaluation to
interested persons and provide a reasonable opportunity for public comment.
3. The Executive Director shall issue a written recommendation that the Energy Commission designate the
applicant as an authorized Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider or deny the Provider
application.
4. The Energy Commission shall make a final decision on the application at a publically noticed hearing.

CERTIFICATION
(g) Review by the Energy Commission.

If the Energy Commission determines there is a violation of these regulations or that an Acceptance Test Technician
Certification Provider is no longer providing adequate certification services, the Energy Commission may revoke the
authorization of the Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider pursuant to Section 1230 et. seq. of Title 20 of
the California Code of Regulations.
NOTE: Authority cited: Sections 25402, 25402.1, 25213, Public Resources Code. Reference: Sections 25007, 25402(a)-
(b), 25402.1, 25402.4, 25402.5, 25402.8 and 25910, Public Resources Code.
SECTION 10-103-B – NONRESIDENTIAL MECHANICAL ACCEPTANCE

TEST TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION
(a) Scope. The requirements of this section apply to nonresidential mechanical Acceptance Test Technicians and
Employers and the Certification Providers that train and certify them.
(b) Industry Certification Threshold. Mechanical Acceptance Test Technician and Employer certification requirements
shall take effect when the Energy Commission finds that each of the following conditions are met. Until such time
that 10-103-B(b)1 and 10-103-B(b)2 are met, Field Technicians are allowed to complete the acceptance test
requirements in Section 120.5 without completing the Acceptance Test Technician certification requirements.
1. Number of Certified Acceptance Test Technicians.
A. There shall be no less than 300 Mechanical Acceptance Test Technicians certified to perform all of the
acceptance tests in Building Energy Efficiency Standards, Section 120.5, except as provided in Subsection
10-103-B(b)1.B, below. The number of certified Mechanical Acceptance Test Technicians shall be
demonstrated by Certification Provider-provided reports submitted to the Energy Commission.
B. If there are less than 300 Mechanical Acceptance Test Technicians certified to perform all of the acceptance
tests in Building Energy Efficiency Standards, Section 120.5, than there shall be at least 300 Mechanical
Acceptance Test Technicians certified to complete the following tests:
(i) NA7.5.1 Outdoor Air Ventilation Systems

(ii) NA7.5.2 Constant Volume, Single Zone Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps
(iii) NA7.5.4 Air Economizer Controls
(iv) NA7.5.5 Demand Control Ventilation Systems
(v) NA 7.5.6 Supply Fan Variable Flow Controls
(vi) NA7.5.7, NA7.5.9 Hydronic System Variable Flow Controls
(vii) NA7.5.10 Automatic Demand Shed Controls
The number of certified Mechanical Acceptance Test Technicians shall be demonstrated by Certification
Provider-provided reports submitted to the Energy Commission.
2. Industry Coverage by Certification Provider(s). The Mechanical Acceptance Test Technician Certification
Provider(s) approved by the Energy Commission, in their entirety, provide reasonable access to certification for
technicians representing the majority of the following industry groups: Professional engineers, HVAC installers,
mechanical contractors, TAB certified technicians, controls installation and startup contractors and certified
commissioning professionals who have verifiable training, experience and expertise in HVAC systems. The
Energy Commission will determine reasonable access by considering factors such as certification costs
commensurate with the complexity of the training being provided, certification marketing materials,
prequalification criteria, class availability and curriculum.
(c) Qualifications and Approval of Certification Providers. The Acceptance Test Technician Certification
Providers (ATTCPs) shall submit a written application to the Energy Commission with a summary and the
necessary background documents to explain how the following criteria and procedures have been met:
SECTION 10-103-B – NONRESIDENTIAL MECHANICAL ACCEPTANCE TEST TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION

1. Requirements for Applicant ATTCPs to Document Organizational Structure. ATTCPs shall provide
written explanations of the organization type, by-laws, and ownership structure. ATTCPs shall explain in
writing how their certification program meets the qualifications of Building Energy Efficiency Standards,
Section 10-103-B(c). ATTCPs shall explain in their application to the Energy Commission how their
organizational structure and procedures include independent oversight, quality assurance, supervision and
support of the acceptance test training and certification processes.
2. Requirement for Certification of Employers. The ATTCPs shall provide written explanations of how their
program includes certification and oversight of Acceptance Test Employers to ensure quality control and
appropriate supervision and support for Acceptance Test Technicians.
3. Requirements for Applicant ATTCPs to Document Training and Certification Procedures. ATTCPs
shall provide a complete copy of all training and testing procedures, manuals, handbooks and materials.
ATTCPs shall explain in writing how their training and certification procedures include, but are not limited
to, the following:
A. Both hands-on experience and theoretical training such that Acceptance Test Technicians demonstrate
their ability to apply the Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance testing and documentation
requirements to a comprehensive variety of mechanical systems and controls that is reflective of the
range of systems currently encountered in the field.
B. Mechanical Acceptance Test Technician Training.
(i) Curricula: Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider training curricula for Mechanical
Acceptance Test Technicians shall include, but not be limited to, the analysis, theory, and
practical application of the following:
a) Constant volume system controls;
b) Variable volume system controls;
c) Air-side economizers;
d) Air distribution system leakage;
e) Demand controlled ventilation with CO2 sensors;
f) Demand controlled ventilation with occupancy sensors;
g) Automatic demand shed controls;
h) Hydronic valve leakage;
i) Hydronic system variable flow controls;
j) Supply air temperature reset controls;
k) Condenser water temperature reset controls;
l) Outdoor air ventilation systems;
m) Supply fan variable flow controls;
n) Boiler and chiller isolation controls;
o) Fault detection and diagnostics for packaged direct-expansion units;
p) Automatic fault detection and diagnostics for air handling units and zone
terminal units;
q) Distributed energy storage direct-expansion air conditioning systems;
r) Thermal energy storage systems;
s) Building Energy Efficiency Standards mechanical acceptance testing
procedures; and

t) Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance testing compliance

documentation for mechanical systems.
(ii) Hands-on training. The ATTCP shall describe in their application the design and technical
specifications of the laboratory boards, equipment and other elements that will be used to meet
the hands-on requirements of the training and certification.
(iii) Prequalification: Participation in the technician certification program shall be limited to
persons who have at least three years of verifiable professional experience and expertise in
mechanical controls and systems as determined by the Mechanical ATTCPs to demonstrate an
ability to understand and apply the Mechanical Acceptance Test Technician certification
training. The criteria and review processes used by the ATTCP to determine the relevance of
technician professional experience shall be described in the ATTCP application to the Energy
Commission.
(iv) Instructor to Trainee Ratio. A sufficient ratio of instructors to participants in classroom and
laboratory work to ensure integrity and efficacy of the curriculum and program. The ATTCP shall
document in its application to the Energy Commission why its instructor to trainee ratio is sufficient
based on industry standards and other relevant information.
(v) Tests. A written and practical test that demonstrates each certification applicant’s competence in
all specified subjects. The ATTCPs shall retain all results of these tests for five years from the date
of the test.
(vi) Recertification. Requirements and Procedures for recertification of Acceptance Test
Technicians each time the Building Energy Efficiency Standards is updated with new and/or
modified acceptance test requirements. Re-certification requirements and procedures shall only
apply to those specific elements that are new and/or modified in future updates to Building Energy
Efficiency Standards.
C. Mechanical Acceptance Test Employer Training. Training for Mechanical Acceptance Test Employers
shall consist of a single class or webinar consisting of at least four hours of instruction that covers the
scope and process of the acceptance tests in Building Energy Efficiency Standards, Section 120.5.
D. Complaint Procedures. Procedures described in writing for notifying building departments and the
public that the Acceptance Test Certification Provider will accept complaints regarding the performance
of any certified acceptance test technician or employer, and procedures for how the Provider will
address these complaints.
E. Certification Revocation Procedures. Procedures described in writing for revoking the certification of
Acceptance Test Technicians and Employers based upon poor quality or ineffective work, failure to
perform acceptance tests, falsification of documents, failure to comply with the documentation
requirements of these regulations or other specified actions that justify decertification.
F. Quality Assurance and Accountability. The ATTCPs shall describe in their applications to the Energy
Commission how their certification business practices include quality assurance, independent oversight
and accountability measures such as independent oversight of the certification processes and procedures,
visits to building sites where certified technicians are completing acceptance tests, certification process
evaluations, building department surveys to determine acceptance testing effectiveness, and expert
review of the training curricula developed for Building Energy Efficiency Standards, Section 120.5.
Independent oversight may be demonstrated by accreditation under the ISO/IEC 17024 standard.
G. Certification Identification Number and Verification of ATT Certification Status. Upon certification of
an ATT, the ATTCP shall issue a unique certification identification number to the ATT. The ATTCP
shall maintain an accurate record of the certification status for all ATTs that the ATTCP has certified.
The ATTCP shall provide verification of current ATT certification status upon request to authorized
document Registration Provider personnel or enforcement agency personnel to determine the ATT's
eligibility to sign Certificate of Acceptance documentation according to all applicable requirements in
Sections 10-103-B, 10-102, 10-103(a)4, and Reference Joint Appendix JA7.

(d) Requirements for ATTCPs to Provide Annual Reports. The ATTCP shall provide an annual report to the
Energy Commission summarizing the certification services provided over the reporting period, including the total
number of Acceptance Test Technicians and Employers certified by the agency (a) during the reporting period
and (b) to date. The ATTCP shall report to the Energy Commission what adjustments have been made to the
training curricula, if any, to address changes to the Building Energy Efficiency Standards Acceptance Testing
requirements, adopted updates to the Building Energy Efficiency Standards or to ensure training is reflective of
the variety of lighting controls that are currently encountered in the field, no less than six months prior to the
effective date of any newly adopted, or amendment to existing Building Energy Efficiency Standards. All
required reports shall contain a signed certification that the ATTCP has met all requirements for this program.
(e) Interim Approval of Mechanical Acceptance Test Technician Certification Providers. The Associated Air
Balance Council (AABC), National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB), and the Testing Adjusting and
Balancing Bureau (TABB) shall be conditionally approved as authorized Mechanical Acceptance Test
Technician Certification Providers, each separately subject to the below conditions:
1. Interim approval shall only apply to Mechanical Acceptance Test Technicians completing the following
mechanical acceptance tests required in Building Energy Efficiency Standards, Section 120.5. Mechanical
Acceptance Test Technicians certified by one of the above organizations do not have interim approval to
complete all other mechanical acceptance tests in Building Energy Efficiency Standards, Section 120.5.
A. NA7.5.1 Outdoor Air Ventilation Systems

B. NA7.5.2 Constant Volume, Single Zone Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps
C. NA7.5.4 Air Economizer Controls
D. NA7.5.5 Demand Control Ventilation Systems
E. NA 7.5.6 Supply Fan Variable Flow Controls
F. NA7.5.7, NA7.5.9 Hydronic System Variable Flow Controls
G. NA7.5.10 Automatic Demand Shed Controls
2. Interim approval shall be conditioned upon submittal of an application that contains the information required
by subdivision (c)(1)-(3), including documentation demonstrating that the certification includes training and
testing on the Building Energy Efficiency Standards mechanical acceptance testing procedures and the
Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance testing compliance documentation for mechanical systems.
3. Technicians who have been certified by AABC, NEBB, or TABB prior to the inclusion of training on the
Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance testing procedures and compliance documentation shall
qualify as a Mechanical Acceptance Test Technicians upon successful completion of a class or webinar on
the Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance testing procedures and compliance documentation.
4. Employers who have been certified by AABC, NEBB, or TABB prior to the inclusion of training on the
Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance testing procedures and compliance documentation shall
qualify as a Mechanical Acceptance Test Employer upon successful completion of a class or webinar
consisting of at least four hours of instruction on the Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance
testing procedures and compliance documentation.
5. Interim approval for all ATTCPs shall end on the later date of July 1, 2014 or six months after the effective
date of the 2013 California Building Energy Efficiency Standards. The Energy Commission may extend the
interim approval period for up to six additional months total, if it determines the threshold requirements in
Section 10-103-B(b) have not been met for the certification requirements to take effect. If the Energy
Commission determines that an extension is necessary, its determination shall be approved at a publicly-
noticed meeting.
6. During the interim approval period, including any possible extensions to this interim period, the Energy
Commission may approve additional ATTCP providers meeting the requirements of 10-103-B(c).
(f) Application Review and Determination. The Energy Commission shall review Acceptance Test Technician
Certification Provider applications according to the criteria and procedures in Section 10-103-B(c) to determine if
such providers are approved to provide acceptance testing certification services.

1. Energy Commission staff will review and validate all information received on Acceptance Test Technician
Certification Provider applications, and determine that the application is complete and contains sufficient
information to be approved.
2. The Executive Director may require that the applicant provide additional information as required by staff to
fully evaluate the Provider application. The Executive Director shall provide a copy of its evaluation to
interested persons and provide an opportunity for public comment.
3. The Executive Director shall issue a written recommendation that the Energy Commission designate the
applicant as an authorized Mechanical Acceptance Tester Certification Provider or deny the Provider
application.
4. The Energy Commission shall make a final decision on the application at a publically noticed hearing.
(g) Review by the Energy Commission.
If the Energy Commission determines there is a violation of these regulations or that an Acceptance Test Technician
Certification Provider is no longer providing adequate certification services, the Energy Commission may revoke the
authorization of the Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider pursuant to Section 1230 et. seq. of Title 20
of the California Code of Regulations.
SECTION 10-104 – EXCEPTIONAL DESIGNS

NOTE: See Section 10-109 for approval of calculation methods and Alternative Component Packages.
(a) Requirements. If a building permit applicant proposes to use a performance compliance approach, and the building
designs cannot be adequately modeled by an approved calculation method, an applicant shall be granted a building
permit if the Commission finds:
1. That the design cannot be adequately modeled with an approved calculation method;
2. Using an alternative evaluation technique, that the design complies with Part 6; and
3. That the enforcement agency has determined that the design complies with all other legal requirements.
(b) Applications. The applicant shall submit four copies of a signed application with the following materials to the
Executive Director:
1. A copy of the plans and documentation required by Section 10-103(a)2;
2. A statement explaining why meeting the energy budget cannot be demonstrated using an approved calculation
method;
3. Documentation from the enforcement agency stating that:
A. Meeting the energy budget requirements cannot be demonstrated using an approved calculation method; and
B. The design complies with all other legal requirements; and
4. A detailed evaluation of the energy consumption of the proposed building and the building's materials,
components, and manufactured devices proposed to be installed to meet the requirements of Part 6 using an
alternative evaluation technique. The evaluation shall include a copy of the technique, instructions for its use, a
list of all input data, and all other information required to replicate the results.
NOTE: Authority cited: Sections 25402 and 25402.1, Public Resources Code. Reference: Sections 25402 and 25402.1,
Public Resources Code.
SECTION 10-104 – EXCEPTIONAL DESIGNS

SECTION 10-105 – ENFORCEMENT BY THE COMMISSION

(a) Where there is No Local Enforcement Agency. Before new construction may begin in an area where there is no
local enforcement agency, the Executive Director shall determine in writing that the building design conforms to the
requirements of Part 6. The person proposing to construct the building shall submit the information described in
Sections 10-103(a)1 and 10-103(a)2 to the Executive Director when such a determination is sought.
(b) Where building construction is under the jurisdiction of a state agency. Pursuant to Public Resources Code
Section 25402.1(g)(5), no construction of any state building shall commence until the Department of General Services
or the state agency that otherwise has jurisdiction over the property determines that the construction is designed to
comply with the requirements of Part 6 and confirms that the documentation requirements of Sections 10-103(a)1 and
10-103(a)2 have been met, and that the plans indicate the features and performance specifications needed to comply
with Part 6. The responsible state agency shall notify the Commission’s Executive Director of its determination.
(c) Where the Enforcement Agency Fails to Enforce. If an enforcement agency fails to enforce the requirements of this
article or of Part 6 the Commission, after furnishing 10 days written notice, may condition building permit issuance
on submission of the information described in Sections 10-103(a)1 and 10-103(a)2 to the Executive Director and on
his or her written determination that proposed construction conforms to the requirements of Part 6.
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 25402.1, Public Resources Code. Reference: Section 25402.1, Public Resources Code.
SECTION 10-106 – LOCALLY ADOPTED ENERGY STANDARDS

(a) Requirements. Local governmental agencies may adopt and enforce energy standards for newly constructed
buildings, additions, alterations, and repairs to existing buildings provided the Energy Commission finds that the
standards will require buildings to be designed to consume no more energy than permitted by Title 24, Part 6.
(b) Documentation Application. Local governmental agencies wishing to enforce locally adopted energy standards shall
submit an application with the following materials to the Executive Director:
1. The proposed energy standards.
2. The local governmental agency's findings and supporting analyses on the energy savings and cost effectiveness of
the proposed energy standards.
3. A statement or finding by the local governmental agency that the local energy standards will require buildings to
be designed to consume no more energy than permitted by Part 6.
4. Any findings, determinations, declarations or reports, including any negative declaration or environmental impact
report, required pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act, Pub. Resources Code Section 21000 et
seq.
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 25402.1, Public Resources Code. Reference: Sections 25402.1, 21080.4, 21153, Public
Resources Code.
SECTION 10-107 – INTERPRETATIONS

(a) The Commission may make a written determination as to the applicability or interpretation of any provision of this
article or of Part 6 upon written application, if a dispute concerning a provision arises between an applicant for a
building permit and the enforcement agency, and the dispute has been heard by the local board of permit appeals or
other highest local review body. Notice of any such appeal, including a summary of the dispute and the section of the
regulations involved, shall if possible be sent to the Commission by the enforcing agency 15 days before the appeal is
heard, and the result of the appeal shall be sent to the Commission within 15 days after the decision is made. Either
party to the dispute may apply for a determination but shall concurrently deliver a copy of the application to the other
party. The determinations are binding on the parties.
SECTION 10-105 – ENFORCEMENT BY THE COMMISSION
(b) The Executive Director may, upon request, give written advice concerning the meaning of any provision of this article
or of Part 6. Such advice is not binding on any person.
SECTION 10-108 – EXEMPTION

(a) Requirements. The Commission may exempt any building from any provision of Part 6 if it finds that:
1. Substantial funds had been expended in good faith on planning, designing, architecture, or engineering of the
building before the adoption date of the provision.
2. Compliance with the requirements of the provision would be impossible without both substantial delays and
substantial increases in costs of construction above the reasonable costs of the measures required to comply with
the provision.
(b) Application. The applicant shall submit four copies of a signed application with the following materials to the
Executive Director:
1. A summary of the claimant's contracts for the project;
2. A summary of internal financial reports on the project;
3. Dated schedules of design activities; and
4. A progress report on project completion.
SECTION 10-109 – COMPLIANCE SOFTWARE, ALTERNATIVE

COMPONENT PACKAGES, EXCEPTIONAL METHODS, DATA
REGISTRIES AND RELATED DATA INPUT SOFTWARE, AND
ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT REPOSITORIES
(a) Compliance software, alternative component packages, exceptional methods, data registries and related data
input software, or electronic document repositories must be approved by the Commission in order to be used to
demonstrate compliance with Part 6.
(b) Application. Applications for approval of compliance software, alternative component packages, exceptional
methods, data registries and related data input software must be made as follows:
1. An applicant shall submit four copies of a signed application form specified by the Executive Director.
2. The application shall include the following materials:
A. A description of the functional or analytical capabilities of the compliance software, alternative component
package, calculation method, exceptional method, data registry or related data input software; and
B. A demonstration that the criteria in Section 10-109 are met; and
C. An initial fee of one thousand dollars ($1,000). The total fee shall cover the Commission's cost of reviewing
and analyzing the application. Within 75 days of receipt of an application, the Commission will provide an
estimate of the total maximum cost to review and analyze the application and make a determination as to the
completeness of the application. Consideration of the application will be delayed until the applicant submits
requested additional information. After the Commission determines the total cost, if the cost exceeds the
SECTION 10-108 – EXEMPTION

initial fee, the Commission shall assess an additional fee to cover the total cost. If the actual cost is less than
the initial, or any estimated maximum, fee the Commission shall refund the difference to the applicant.
(c) Compliance Software.
1. Public Domain Computer Programs. In addition to the public domain computer programs that are approved
pursuant to Public Resources Code section 25402.1, the Commission may, upon written application or its own
motion, approve additional public domain computer programs that may be used to demonstrate that proposed
building designs meet energy budgets.
A. The Commission shall ensure that users' manuals or guides for each approved program are available.
B. The Commission shall approve a program only if it predicts energy consumption substantially equivalent to
that predicted by the above-referenced public domain computer program, when it models building designs or
features.
2. Alternative Calculation Methods (All Occupancies). The Commission may approve non-public domain
computer programs as an alternative calculation method that building permit applicants may then use to
demonstrate compliance with the performance standards (energy budgets) in Part 6. In addition to the application
requirements of subdivision (b) above, an application for approval of compliance software must include
documentation demonstrating that the compliance software meets the requirements, specifications, and criteria set
forth in the Residential or Nonresidential ACM Approval Manual, as appropriate.
NOTE: Copies of the ACM Approval Manuals may be obtained from the Commission's website at:
www.energy.ca.gov/title24.
(d) Alternative Component Packages. In addition to the application requirements of subdivision (b) above, an
application for approval of an alternative component package must include documentation that demonstrates that the
package:
1. Will meet the applicable energy budgets, and
2. Is likely to apply to a significant percentage of newly constructed buildings or to a significant segment of the
building construction and design community.
(e) Exceptional Methods. The Commission may approve an exceptional method that analyzes a design, material, or
device that cannot be adequately modeled using the public domain computer programs. Applications for approval of
exceptional methods shall include all information need to verify the method's accuracy.
(f) Commission Action. The Commission may take the following actions on an application submitted pursuant to this
section:
1. Approve the application unconditionally,
2. Restrict approval to specified occupancies, designs, materials, or devices, or
3. Reject the application.
(g) Resubmittal. An applicant may resubmit a rejected application or may request modification of a restricted approval.
Such application shall include the information required pursuant to this section, and, if applicable, shall indicate how
the proposed compliance software, alternative component package, exceptional method, data registry or related data
input software has been changed to enhance its accuracy or capabilities, if applicable.
1. Modification. Whenever an approved compliance software, alternative component package, exceptional method,
data registry or related data input software is changed in any way, it must be resubmitted under this section for
approval.
2. The Commission may modify or withdraw approval of compliance software, an alternative component package,
an exceptional method, or a data registry or related data input software based on its approval of other programs,
methods, registries or data input software that are more suitable.
SECTION 10-109 – COMPLIANCE SOFTWARE, ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT PACKAGES, EXCEPTIONAL

METHODS, DATA REGISTRIES AND RELATED DATA INPUT SOFTWARE, AND ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT
REPOSITORIES
(h) In addition to the procedures and protocols identified in the Alternative Calculation Method Approval Manuals and
the Reference Appendices, the Commission may authorize alternative procedures or protocols that demonstrate
compliance with Part 6.
(i) Data Registries And Related Data Input Software, And Electronic Document Repositories.
1. Data Registries and Related Data Input Software.
Data registries and related data input software shall conform to the requirements specified in Reference Joint
Appendix JA7.
A. The Commission may approve residential data registries that provide for registration, when required by Part
6 of all residential compliance documentation and the nonresidential Certificates of Verification.
B. The Commission may approve nonresidential data registries that provide for registration, when required by
Part 6 of all nonresidential compliance documentation. However, nonresidential data registries may not
provide for registration of nonresidential Certificates of Verification.
C. The Commission may approve software used for data input to various data registries for registering, when
required by Part 6 residential or nonresidential compliance documentation.
2. Electronic Document Repositories.
A. The Commission may approve electronic document repositories that retain for the Commission electronic
compliance documentation generated by residential and nonresidential data registries when registration is
required by Part 6.
SECTION 10-110 – PROCEDURES FOR CONSIDERATION OF

APPLICATIONS UNDER SECTIONS 10-104, 10-106, 10-108, AND 10-109
(a) Within75 days of receipt of an application, the Executive Director shall determine if the application is complete with
all the supporting information required pursuant to Sections 10-104, 10-106, 10-108, or 10-109 (the complete
application package). If the application is complete, the Executive Director shall make the complete application
package available to interested parties. Comments from interested parties must be submitted within 60 days after
being made available.
(b) Within 75 days of the date the application is determined to be complete, the Executive Director may request any
additional information needed to evaluate the application. Consideration of the application will be delayed until the
applicant submits the requested additional information.
(c) Within 75 days of receipt of the date the application is determined to be complete, the Executive Director may
convene a workshop to gather additional information from the applicant and other interested parties. Interested parties
will have 15 days after the workshop to submit additional information regarding the application.
(d) Within 90 days the date the application is determined to be complete, or within 30 days after receipt of complete
additional information requested under Section 10-110(b), or within 60 days after the receipt of additional information
submitted by interested parties under Section 10-110(c), whichever is later, the Executive Director shall submit to the
Commission a written recommendation on the application.
(e) The complete application package, any additional information considered by the Executive Director, and the
Executive Director's recommendation shall be placed on the consent calendar and considered at the next business
meeting after submission of the recommendation. The matter may be removed from the consent calendar at the
request of any person.
(f) The Executive Director may charge a fee to recover the costs of processing and reviewing applications, with the
exception of Section 10-106 applications.
SECTION 10-110 – PROCEDURES FOR CONSIDERATION OF APPLICATIONS UNDER SECTIONS 10-104, 10-106,
10-108, AND 10-109
(g) All applicants have the burden of proof to establish that their applications should be granted.
SECTION 10-111 – CERTIFICATION AND LABELING OF FENESTRATION

PRODUCT U-FACTORS, SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENTS AND AIR
LEAKAGE
This section establishes rules for implementing labeling and certification requirements relating to U-factors, solar heat
gain coefficients (SHGCs), visible transmittance (VT) and air leakage for fenestration products under Section 110.6(a) of
Part 6. This section also provides for designation of the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) as the supervisory
entity responsible for administering the state's certification program for fenestration products, provided NFRC meets
specified criteria.
(a) Labeling Requirements.
1. Temporary labels.
A. Every manufactured fenestration product shall have attached to it a clearly visible temporary label that lists
the U-factor, the solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) and Visible Transmittance (VT) and that certifies
compliance with the air leakage requirements of Section 110.6(a)1. For the Component Modeling Approach
(CMA) and site-built fenestration products shall have a label certificate that lists the U-factor, the Solar Heat
Gain Coefficient (SHGC), and the Visible Transmittance (VT).
B. U-factor, SHGC and VT shall be determined by either:
i. Fenestration products rated and certified using NFRC 100, NFRC 200, NFRC 202 NFRC 203 or NFRC
400 Rating Procedures. The manufacturer shall stipulate that the ratings were determined in accordance
with applicable NFRC procedures. For manufactured fenestration products, a temporary label certificate
approved by the supervisory entity (NFRC) meets the requirements of this section. For component
modeling and site-built fenestration products, a label certificate approved by the supervisory entity
(NFRC) meets the requirements of this section.
ii. For manufactured or site-built fenestration products not rated by NFRC, a temporary label with the
words “CEC Default U-factor,” followed by the appropriate default U-factor specified in Section
110.6(a)2 and with the words “CEC Default SHGC,” followed by the appropriate default SHGC
specified in Section 110.6(a)3 and with the words "CEC Default VT," followed by the appropriate VT as
specified in Section 110.6(a)4, meets the requirements of this Subsection B.
C. Temporary labels shall also certify that the product complies with the air leakage requirements of Section
110.6(a)1 of the Standards.
2. Permanent labels. NFRC Rated products shall have a permanent label that is either a stand-alone label, an
extension or tab of an existing permanent certification label being used by the manufacturer/responsible party, or
series of marks or etchings on the product. The permanent label, coupled with observable product characteristics,
can be used to trace the product to certification information on file with the supervisory entity or to a directory of
certified products, published by the supervisory entity. For CMA and site-built fenestration products, a label
certificate approved by the supervisory entity meets the requirements of this section.
EXCEPTION to Section 10-111(a): Field-fabricated fenestration products.
(b) Certification Requirements.
1. Certification to default ratings. The manufacturer shall certify on the Default Label that the product's U-factor,
SHGC and VT meets the default criteria in Sections 110.6(a)2, 110.6(a)3 and 110.6(a)4; and .
SECTION 10-111 – CERTIFICATION AND LABELING OF FENESTRATION PRODUCT U-FACTORS, SOLAR HEAT
GAIN COEFFICIENTS AND AIR LEAKAGE
A. A temporary label, affixed to the product, that meets the requirements of Section 10-111(a)1B meets this
requirement.
B. If the product claims the default U-factor for a thermal-break product, the manufacturer shall also certify on
the label that the product meets the thermal-break product criteria, specified on the default table, on which
the default value is based. Placing the terms “Meets Thermal-Break Default Criteria” on the default
temporary label or default label certificate meets this requirement.
2. Certification to NFRC rating procedure. If a product's U-factor, SHGC or VT is based on the NFRC Rating
Procedure, the U-factor, SHGC or VT shall be certified by the manufacturer according to the procedures of an
independent certifying organization approved by the Commission.
A. A temporary label, affixed to the product or label certificate for CMA and site-built fenestration, meeting the
requirements of Section 10-111(a) certified by the independent certifying organization complies with this
requirement.
B. An “independent certifying organization approved by the Commission” means any organization authorized
by the supervisory entity to certify U-factor ratings, Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance
ratings in accordance with the NFRC Rating Procedure. If the Commission designates the NFRC as the
supervisory entity, any independent certification and inspection agency (IA) licensed by NFRC shall be
deemed to be an “independent certifying organization approved by the Commission.”
C. The “supervisory entity” means the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC), except as provided in
Section 10-111(c)1.
EXCEPTION to Section 10-111(b): Field-fabricated fenestration products.
(c) Designation of Supervisory Entity. The National Fenestration Rating Council shall be the supervisory entity to
administer the certification program relating to U-factors, SHGC, and VT ratings for fenestration products, provided
the Commission determines that the NFRC meets the criteria in Section 10-111(d).
1. The Commission may consider designating a supervisory entity other than NFRC only if the Commission
determines that the NFRC cannot meet the criteria in Section 10-111(d). Such other supervisory entity shall meet
the criteria in Section 10-111(d) prior to being designated.
2. The Commission shall periodically review, at least annually, the structure and operations of the supervisory entity
to ensure continuing compliance with the criteria in Section 10-111(d).
(d) Criteria for Supervisory Entity.
1. Membership in the entity shall be open on a nondiscriminatory basis to any person or organization that has an
interest in uniform thermal performance ratings for fenestration products, including, but not limited to, members
of the fenestration industry, glazing infill industry, building industry, design professionals, specifiers, utilities,
government agencies, and public interest organizations. The membership shall be composed of a broad cross
section of those interested in uniform thermal performance ratings for fenestration products.
2. The governing body of the entity shall reflect a reasonable cross-section of the interests represented by the
membership.
3. The entity shall maintain a program of oversight of product manufacturers, laboratories, and independent
certifying organizations that ensures uniform application of the NFRC Rating Procedures, labeling and
certification, and such other rating procedures for other factors affecting energy performance as the NFRC and
the Commission may adopt.
4. The entity shall require manufacturers and independent certifying organizations within its program to use
laboratories accredited by the supervisory entity to perform simulations and tests under the NFRC Rating
Procedure or by an NFRC Approved Calculation Entity (ACE) under the Component Modeling Approach
(CMA)- Product Certification Program(PCP).
5. The entity shall maintain appropriate guidelines for testing and simulation laboratories, manufacturers, and
certifying agencies, including requirements for adequate:
SECTION 10-111 – CERTIFICATION AND LABELING OF FENESTRATION PRODUCT U-FACTORS, SOLAR HEAT
GAIN COEFFICIENTS AND AIR LEAKAGE
A. Possession and calibration of equipment;

B. Education, competence, and training of personnel;
C. Quality control;
D. Record keeping and reporting;
E. Periodic review (including, but not limited to, blind testing by laboratories; inspections of products; and
inspections of laboratories, manufacturing facilities, and certifying agencies);
F. Challenges to certified ratings; and
G. Guidelines to maintain the integrity of the program, including, but not limited to, provisions to avoid
conflicts of interest within the rating and certification process.
6. The entity shall be a nonprofit organization and shall maintain reasonable, nondiscriminatory fee schedules for
the services it provides and shall make its fee schedules, the financial information on which fees are based, and
financial statements available to its members for inspection.
7. The entity shall provide hearing processes that give laboratories, manufacturers, and certifying agencies a fair
review of decisions that adversely affect them.
8. The entity shall maintain a certification policy committee whose procedures are designed to avoid conflicts of
interest in deciding appeals, resolving disputes, and setting policy for the certifying organizations in its program.
9. The entity shall publish at least annually a directory of products certified and decertified within its program.
10. The entity itself shall be free from conflict-of-interest ties or to undue influence from any particular fenestration
manufacturing interest(s), testing or simulation lab(s), or independent certifying organization(s).
11. The entity shall provide or authorize the use of labels and label certificates for Component Modeling Approach
and site-built fenestration products that can be used to meet the requirements of Section 110.6(a)2, 110.6(a)3 and
110.6(a)4, and this section.
12. The entity's certification program shall allow for multiple participants in each aspect of the program to provide
for competition between manufacturers, testing labs, simulation labs, and independent certifying organizations.
(e) Certification for Other Factors. Nothing in this section shall preclude any entity, whether associated with a U-
factor, SHGC and VT certification program or not, from providing certification services relating to factor other than
U-factors, SHGCs and VTs for fenestration products.
SECTION 10-112 – CRITERIA FOR DEFAULT TABLES

(a) The Commission shall maintain tables of default U-factors and SHGCs for use as an alternative to U-factors and
SHGCs derived based on the NFRC Rating Procedure. The default values shall meet the following criteria:
1. The values shall be derived from simulations of products using the same computer simulation program(s) used in
the NFRC Rating Procedure.
2. The default values shall be set so that they do not provide to any significant number of products a lower U-factor
or SHGC than those products would obtain if they were rated using the full NFRC Rating Procedure.
(b) The Commission shall periodically review and revise the default tables as necessary to ensure that the criteria are met.
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 25402.1, Public Resources Code.
SECTION 10-112 – CRITERIA FOR DEFAULT TABLES

SECTION 10-113 – CERTIFICATION AND LABELING OF ROOFING

PRODUCT REFLECTANCE AND EMITTANCE
This section establishes rules for implementing labeling and certification requirements relating to reflectance and
emittance for roofing products for showing compliance with Sections 140.1, 140.2, 140.3(a)1, 141.0(b)2B, 150.1(c)11,
150.2(b)1H, and 150.2(b)2 of Title 24, California Code of Regulations, Part 6. This section also provides for designation
of the Cool Roof Rating Council (CRRC) as the supervisory entity responsible for administering the state's certification
program for roofing products, provided CRRC meets specified criteria.
(a) Labeling Requirements.
Every roofing product installed in construction to take compliance credit or meet the Prescriptive requirements for
reflectance and emittance under Sections 140.1, 140.2, 140.3(a)1, 141.0(b)2B, 150.1(c)11, 150.2(b)1H or 150.2(b)2
shall have a clearly visible packaging label that lists the emittance and the initial and 3-year aged solar reflectance, or
a CRRC approved accelerated aged solar reflectance, tested in accordance with CRRC-1.
Packaging for liquid-applied roof coatings shall state the product meets the requirements specified in Section
110.8(i)4.
(b) Certification Requirements.
Every roofing product installed in construction to take compliance credit or meet the Prescriptive requirements for
reflectance and emittance under Sections 140.1, 140.2, 140.3(a)1, 141.0(b)2B, 150.1(c)11, 150.2(b)1H or 150.2(b)2
shall be certified by CRRC or another supervisory entity approved by the Commission pursuant to Section 10-113(c).
(c) Designation of Supervisory Entity. The Cool Roof Rating Council shall be the supervisory entity to administer the
certification program relating to reflectance and emittance ratings for roofing products, provided the Commission
determines that the CRRC meets the criteria in Section 10-113(d).
1. The Commission may consider designating a supervisory entity other than CRRC if the Commission determines
that the CRRC is not meeting the criteria in Section 10-113(d). Such other supervisory entity shall meet the
criteria in Section 10-113(d) prior to being designated.
2. The Commission shall periodically review, at least annually, the structure and operations of the supervisory entity
to ensure continuing compliance with the criteria in Section 10-113(d). The supervisory entity shall provide an
annual report to the Commission explaining all of the measures it has taken to comply with the criteria in Section
10-113(d).
(d) Criteria for Supervisory Entity.
1. Membership in the entity shall be open on a nondiscriminatory basis to any person or organization that has an
interest in uniform performance ratings for roofing products, including, but not limited to, members of the
roofing industry, building industry, design professionals, specifiers, utilities, government agencies, and public
interest organizations. The membership shall be composed of a broad cross section of those interested in uniform
thermal performance ratings for roofing products.
2. The governing body of the entity shall reflect a reasonable cross-section of the interests represented by the
membership.
3. The entity shall maintain a program of oversight of product manufacturers, laboratories, and independent
certifying organizations that ensures uniform application of the CRRC testing and rating procedures, labeling and
certification, and such other rating procedures for other factors that improves the accuracy of properties of
roofing products affecting energy performance as the CRRC and the Commission may adopt.
4. The entity shall require manufacturers and independent certifying organizations within its program to use only
laboratories accredited by the supervisory entity to perform tests under the CRRC rating procedure.
5. The entity shall maintain appropriate guidelines for testing laboratories and manufacturers, including
requirements for adequate:
SECTION 10-113 – CERTIFICATION AND LABELING OF ROOFING PRODUCT REFLECTANCE AND EMITTANCE
A. Possession and calibration of equipment; and

B. Education, competence, and training of personnel; and
C. Quality control; and
D. Record keeping and reporting; and
E. Periodic review (including but not limited to, blind testing by laboratories; inspections of products;
inspections of laboratories, and manufacturing facilities); and
F. Challenges to certified ratings; and
G. Guidelines to maintain the integrity of the program, including, but not limited to, provisions to avoid
conflicts of interest within the rating and certification process.
6. The entity shall be a nonprofit organization and shall maintain reasonable, nondiscriminatory fee schedules for
the services it provides, and shall make its fee schedules, the financial information on which fees are based, and
financial statements available to its members for inspection.
7. The entity shall provide hearing processes that give laboratories, manufacturers and certifying agencies a fair
review of decisions that adversely affect them.
8. The entity shall maintain a certification policy committee, whose procedures are designed to avoid conflicts of
interest in deciding appeals, resolving disputes and setting policy for the certifying organizations in its program.
9. The entity shall publish at least annually a directory of products certified and decertified within its program.
10. The entity itself shall be free from conflict-of-interest ties or to undue influence from any particular roofing
product manufacturing interest(s), testing or independent certifying organization(s).
11. The entity shall provide or authorize the use of labels that can be used to meet the requirements for showing
compliance with the requirements of Sections 140.1, 140.2, 140.3(a)1, 141.0(b)2B, 150.1(c)11, 150.2(b)1H and
150.2(b)2, and this section.
12. The entity's certification program shall allow for multiple participants in each aspect of the program to provide
for competition between manufacturers and between testing labs.
SECTION 10-114 – DETERMINATION OF OUTDOOR LIGHTING ZONES

AND ADMINISTRATIVE RULES FOR USE
This section establishes rules for implementing outdoor lighting zones to show compliance with Section 140.7 of Title 24,
California Code of Regulations, Part 6.
(a) Lighting Zones. Exterior lighting allowances in California vary by Lighting Zones (LZ).
(b) Lighting Zone Characteristics. TABLE 10-114-A specifies the relative ambient illumination level and the statewide
default location for each lighting zone.
(c) Amending the Lighting Zone Designation. A local jurisdiction may officially adopt changes to the lighting zone
designation of an area by following a public process that allows for formal public notification, review, and comment
about the proposed change. The local jurisdiction may determine areas where Lighting Zone 4 is applicable and may
increase or decrease the lighting zones for areas that are in State Default Lighting Zones 1, 2 and 3, as specified in
TABLE 10-114-A.
(d) Commission Notification, Amended Outdoor Lighting Zone Designation. Local jurisdictions who adopt changes
to the State Default Lighting Zones shall notify the Commission by providing the following materials to the Executive
Director:
SECTION 10-114 – DETERMINATION OF OUTDOOR LIGHTING ZONES AND ADMINISTRATIVE RULES FOR USE
1. A detailed specification of the boundaries of the adopted Lighting Zones, consisting of the county name, the city
name if any, the zip code(s) of the re designated areas, and a description of the physical boundaries within each
zip code.
2. A description of the public process that was conducted in adopting the Lighting Zone changes.
3. An explanation of how the adopted Lighting Zone changes are consistent with the specifications of
`Section 10-114.
(e) The Commission shall have the authority to not allow Lighting Zone changes which the Commission finds to be
inconsistent with the specifications of Section 10-114.
TABLE 10-114-A LIGHTING ZONE CHARACTERISTICS AND RULES FOR AMENDMENTS BY LOCAL
JURISDICTIONS
Zone Ambient State wide Default Location Moving Up to Higher Zones Moving Down to Lower
Illumination Zones
LZ1 Government designated parks,
recreation areas, and wildlife A government designated park,
preserves. Those that are wholly recreation area, wildlife preserve, or
Dark contained within a higher lighting portions thereof, can be designated as Not applicable.
zone may be considered by the local LZ2 or LZ3 if they are contained within
government as part of that lighting such a zone.
zone.
LZ2 Special districts and
Special districts within a default LZ2 government designated
zone may be designated as LZ3 or LZ4 parks within a default LZ2
Rural areas, as defined by the 2010 by a local jurisdiction. Examples include zone maybe designated as
Low
U.S. Census. special commercial districts or areas with LZ1 by the local
special security considerations located jurisdiction for lower
within a rural area. illumination standards,
without any size limits.
LZ3 Special districts within a default LZ3 Special districts and
may be designated as a LZ4 by local government designated
jurisdiction for high intensity nighttime parks within a default LZ3
Urban areas, as defined by the 2010
Medium use, such as entertainment or commercial zone may be designated as
U.S. Census.
districts or areas with special security LZ1 or LZ2 by the local
considerations requiring very high light jurisdiction, without any
levels. size limits.
LZ4 High None. Not applicable. Not applicable.
EFFICIENCY STANDARDS
CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS
TITLE 24, PART 6
SUBCHAPTER 1
ALL OCCUPANCIES—GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 100.0 – SCOPE

(a) Buildings Covered. The provisions of Part 6 apply to all buildings:
1. That are of Occupancy Group A, B, E, F, H, M, R, S, or U; and
2. For which an application for a building permit or renewal of an existing permit is filed (or is required by law to
be filed) on or after the effective date of the provisions, or which are constructed by a governmental agency; and
3. That are:
A. Unconditioned; or
B. Indirectly or directly conditioned, by mechanical heating or mechanical cooling, or process spaces; or
C. Low-rise residential buildings that are heated with a non-mechanical heating system.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 100.0(a): Qualified historic buildings, as regulated by the California Historic Building
Code (Title 24, Part 8). Lighting in qualified historic buildings shall comply with the applicable requirements in
Section 140.6(a)3Q.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 100.0(a): Building departments, at their discretion, may exempt temporary buildings,
temporary outdoor lighting or temporary lighting in an unconditioned building, or structures erected in response to a
natural disaster. Temporary buildings or structures shall be completely removed upon the expiration of the time limit
stated in the permit.
(b) Parts of Buildings Regulated. The provisions of Part 6 apply to the building envelope, space-conditioning systems,
water-heating systems, pool and spas, solar ready buildings, indoor lighting systems of buildings, outdoor lighting
systems, and signs located either indoors or outdoors, in buildings that are covered by Section 100.0(a), and set forth
in TABLE 100.0-A.
(c) Habitable Stories.
1. All conditioned space in a story shall comply with Part 6 whether or not the story is a habitable space.
2. All unconditioned space in a story shall comply with the lighting requirements of Part 6 whether or not the story
is a habitable space.
(d) Outdoor Lighting and Indoor and Outdoor Signs. The provisions of Part 6 apply to outdoor lighting systems and
to signs located either indoors or outdoors as set forth in TABLE 100.0-A.
(e) Sections Applicable to Particular Buildings. TABLE 100.0-A and this subsection list the provisions of Part 6 that
are applicable to different types of buildings covered by Section 100.0(a).
1. All buildings. Sections 100.0 through 110.10 apply to all buildings.
EXCEPTION to Section 100.0(e)1: Spaces or requirements not listed in TABLE 100.0-A.
2. Newly constructed buildings.
A. All newly constructed buildings. Sections 110.0 through 110.10 apply to all newly constructed buildings
within the scope of Section 100.0(a). In addition, newly constructed buildings shall meet the requirements of
subsections B, C, D or E, as applicable.
B. Nonresidential, high-rise residential, and hotel/motel buildings that are mechanically heated or
mechanically cooled.
SECTION 100.0 – SCOPESECTION 100.0 – SCOPE

i. Sections applicable. Sections 120.0 through 140.8 apply to newly constructed nonresidential buildings,
high-rise residential buildings, and hotels/motels that are mechanically heated or mechanically cooled.
ii. Compliance approaches. In order to comply with Part 6 newly constructed nonresidential buildings,
high-rise residential buildings, and hotels/motels that are mechanically heated or mechanically cooled
must meet the requirements of:
a. Mandatory measures: The applicable provisions of Sections 120.0 through 130.5; and
b. Either:
(i) Performance approach: Section 140.1; or
(ii) Prescriptive approach: Sections 140.2 through 140.8.
C. Unconditioned nonresidential buildings and covered processes. Sections 110.10, 120.6, 130.0 through
130.5, 140.3(c), 140.6, 140.7, and 140.8 apply to all newly constructed unconditioned buildings and process
spaces within the scope of Section 100.0(a).
D. Low-rise residential buildings.
i. Sections applicable. Sections 150.0 through 150.1 apply to newly constructed low-rise residential
buildings.
ii. Compliance approaches. To comply with Part 6 newly constructed low-rise residential buildings must
meet the requirements of:
a. Mandatory measures: The applicable provisions of Sections 110.0 through 110.10, and 150.0; and
b. Either:
(i) Performance approach: Section 150.1(a) and (b); or
(ii) Prescriptive approach: Section 150.1(a) and (c).
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 100.0(e)2Diib: Seasonally occupied agricultural housing limited by
state or federal agency contract to occupancy not more than 180 days in any calendar year.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 100.0(e)2Diib: Low-rise residential buildings that are heated with a
wood heater or another non-mechanical heating system and that use no energy obtained from
depletable sources for lighting or water heating.
E. Covered Processes.
i. Sections applicable. Sections 110.2, 120.6 and 140.9 apply to covered processes.
ii. Compliance approaches. In order to comply with Part 6 covered processes must meet the requirements
of:
a. The applicable mandatory measures in Section 120.6; and
b. Either:
(i) The Performance approach requirements of Section 140.1; or
(ii) The Prescriptive approach requirements of Section 140.9.
Note: If covered processes do not have prescriptive requirements, then only the applicable mandatory
measures in Section 120.6 must be met.
3. New construction in existing buildings.
A. Nonresidential, high-rise residential, and hotel/motel buildings. Section 141.0 applies to new
construction in existing buildings that will be nonresidential, high-rise residential, and hotel/motel
occupancies.
B. Low-rise residential buildings. Section 150.2 applies to new construction in existing buildings that will be
low-rise residential occupancies.

4. Installation of insulation in existing buildings. Section 110.8(d) applies to buildings in which insulation is
being installed in existing attics, or on existing water heaters, or existing space conditioning ducts.
5. Outdoor Lighting. Sections 110.9, 130.0, 130.2, 130.4, 140.7, and 150.0 apply to newly constructed outdoor
lighting systems, and Section 141.0 applies to outdoor lighting that is either added or altered.
6. Signs. Sections 130.0, 130.3 and 140.8 apply to newly constructed signs located either indoors or outdoors and
Section 141.0 applies to sign alterations located either indoors or outdoors.
(f) Mixed Occupancy. When a building is designed and constructed for more than one type of occupancy (residential
and nonresidential), the space for each occupancy shall meet the provisions of Part 6 applicable to that occupancy.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 100.0(f): If one occupancy constitutes at least 80 percent of the conditioned floor area of
the building, the entire building envelope, HVAC, and water heating may be designed to comply with the provisions
of Part 6 applicable to that occupancy, provided that the applicable lighting requirements in Sections 140.6 through
140.8 or 150.0(k) are met for each occupancy and space and mandatory measures in Sections 110.0 through 130.5,
and 150.0 are met for each occupancy and space.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 100.0(f): If one occupancy constitutes at least 90 percent of the combined conditioned
plus unconditioned floor area of the building, the entire building indoor lighting may be designed to comply with only
the lighting provisions of Part 6 applicable to that occupancy.
(g) Administrative Requirements. Administrative requirements relating to permit requirements, enforcement by the
Commission, locally adopted energy standards, interpretations, claims of exemption, approved calculation methods,
rights of appeal, and certification and labeling requirements of fenestration products and roofing products are
specified in California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 1, Sections 10-101 to 10-114.
(h) Certification Requirements for Manufactured Equipment, Products, and Devices. Part 6 limits the installation of
the following manufactured equipment, products, and devices to:
1. For items listed below that are regulated by Title 20, limited to those that have been certified to the Energy
Commission by their manufacturer, pursuant to the provisions of Title 20 Cal. Code of Regulations, Section 1606, to
meet or exceed minimum specifications or efficiencies adopted by the Commission; or
2. For items listed below that are required to be Certified to the Energy Commission and are not regulated by Title 20,
limited to those certified by the manufacturer in a declaration, executed under penalty of perjury under the laws of the
State of California, that all the information provided pursuant to the certification is true, complete, accurate and in
compliance with all applicable provisions of Part 6; and if applicable that the equipment, product, or device was tested
under the applicable test method specified in Part 6; or
3. For items listed below that are required to be listed in directories or certified by someone other than the Energy
Commission, limited to those that comply with the applicable provisions of item 4, below.
A. Central air-conditioning heat pumps and other central air conditioners (Sections 110.1 and 110.2).
B. Combination equipment: space heating and cooling, or space heating and water heating (Section 110.2(a)3).
C. Fenestration products (Section 110.6).
D. Fluorescent lamp ballasts (Section 110.1).
E. Gas space heaters (Sections 110.1 and 110.2).
F. Insulating materials and roofing products (Section 110.8).
G. Lighting control devices and lighting control systems (Section 110.9).
H. Oil-fired storage water heaters (Section 110.3).
I. Other heating and cooling equipment (Sections 110.1 and 110.2).
J. Plumbing fittings (Section 110.1).
K. Pool heaters (Section 110.4).
L. Refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers (Section 110.1).

M. Room air conditioners (Section 110.1).

N. Slab floor perimeter insulation (Section 150.0 (l)).
O. Water heaters (Section 110.3).
P. Track lighting integral current limiter (Section 110.9).
Q. High efficacy LED light sources (Section 110.9).
R. Ballasts for residential recessed luminaires (Section 110.9).
4. The certification status of any such manufactured device shall be confirmed only by reference to:
A. A directory published or approved by the Commission; or
B. A copy of the application for certification from the manufacturer and the letter of acceptance from the
Commission staff; or
C. Written confirmation from the publisher of a Commission-approved directory that a device has been
certified; or
D. A Commission-approved label on the device.
5. Part 6 does not require a builder, designer, owner, operator, or enforcing agency to test any certified device to
determine its compliance with minimum specifications or efficiencies adopted by the Commission.

TABLE 100.0-A APPLICATION OF STANDARDS

Occupancies Application Mandatory Prescriptive Performance Additions/Alterations
General Provisions 100.0, 100.1, 100.2, 110.0, 110.10
General 140.0 140.2
Envelope 110.6, 110.7,
140.3
(conditioned) 110.8,120.7
Envelope
(unconditioned N.A. 140.3(c)
process spaces)
140.1
110.2, 110.5, 120.0-
HVAC (conditioned) 140.4
120.5, 120.8
Water Heating 110.3, 120.3, 120.8 140.5
141.0
Indoor Lighting
110.9, 120.8, 130.0,
Nonresidential, High- (conditioned, process 140.3(c), 140.6
130.1, 130.4
Rise Residential, And spaces)
Hotels/Motels
Indoor Lighting
110.9, 120.8, 130.0,
(unconditioned and 140.3(c), 140.6
130.1, 130.4
parking garages)
110.9, 130.0, 130.2,
Outdoor Lighting 140.7
130.4
Building Electrical N.A.
130.5 N.A.
Power
Pool and Spa
110.4, 150.0(p) N. A. N. A.
Systems
Solar Ready
110.10 N.A. N.A.
Buildings
Envelope,
Covered Processes1 Ventilation, Process 140.1 120.6, 140.9
Loads 110.2, 120.6, 120.8 140.9
Signs Indoor and Outdoor 130.0, 130.3 140.8 N.A. 141.0

General 150.0
Envelope 110.6, 110.7, 110.8,
(conditioned) 150.0(a-e, g, l)
110.2, 110.5,
HVAC (conditioned)
150.0(h, i, m, o)
Water Heating 110.3, 150.0(j, n) 150.1(a, c) 150.1(a, b) 150.2
Indoor Lighting
Low-Rise Residential (conditioned, 110.9, 130.0,
unconditioned and 150.0(k)
parking garages)
Outdoor Lighting 110.9, 130.0,150.0(k)
Pool and Spa
110.4, 150.0(p) N. A. N.A. N.A.
Systems
Solar Ready
110.10 N. A. N.A. N.A.
Buildings
1
Nonresidential, high-rise and hotel/motel buildings that contain covered processes may conform to the applicable requirements of both occupancy
types listed in this table.
SECTION 100.1 – DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

(a) Rules of Construction.
1. Where the context requires, the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.
2. The use of "and" in a conjunctive provision means that all elements in the provision must be complied with, or
must exist to make the provision applicable. Where compliance with one or more elements suffices, or where
existence of one or more elements makes the provision applicable, "or" (rather than "and/or") is used.
3. "Shall" is mandatory and "may" is permissive.
(b) Definitions. Terms, phrases, words and their derivatives in Part 6 shall be defined as specified in Section 100.1.
Terms, phrases, words and their derivatives not found in Section 100.1 shall be defined as specified in Title 24, Part 2,
Chapter 2 of the California Code of Regulations. Where terms, phrases, words and their derivatives are not defined in
any of the references above, they shall be defined as specified in Webster's Third New International Dictionary of the
English Language, Unabridged (1961 edition, through the 2002 addenda), unless the context requires otherwise.
ACCA is the Air Conditioning Contractors of America.
ACCA MANUAL J is the Air Conditioning Contractors of America document titled “Manual J - Residential Load
Calculation” (ANSI/ACCA 2 Manual J – 2006).
ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CODE COMPLIANCE is a description of test procedures in the Reference
Nonresidential Appendices that includes equipment and systems to be tested, functions to be tested, conditions under
which the test shall be performed, the scope of the tests, results to be obtained, and measurable criteria for acceptable
performance.
ACCESSIBLE is having access thereto, but which first may require removal or opening of access panels, doors, or
similar obstructions.
ADDITION is any change to a building that increases conditioned floor area and conditioned volume. See also “newly
conditioned space.” Addition is also any change that increases the floor area and volume of an unconditioned building of
an occupancy group or type regulated by Part 6. Addition is also any change that increases the illuminated area of an
outdoor lighting application regulated by Part 6.
AGRICULTURAL BUILDING is a structure designed and constructed to house farm implements, hay, grain, poultry,
livestock or other horticultural products. It is not a structure that is a place of human habitation, a place of employment
where agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged, or a place used by the public.
AIR BARRIER is a combination of interconnected materials and assemblies joined and sealed together to provide a
continuous barrier to air leakage through the building envelope that separates conditioned from unconditioned space, or
that separates adjoining conditioned spaces of different occupancies or uses.
AIR CONDITIONER is an appliance that supplies cooled and dehumidified air to a space for the purpose of cooling
objects within the space.
AIR-COOLED AIR CONDITIONER is an air conditioner using an air-cooled condenser.
AIR-HANDLING UNIT or AIR HANDLER is a blower or fan that distributes supply air to a room, space, or area.
AIR FILTER EQUIPMENT or AIR FILTER DEVICE is air-cleaning equipment used for removing particulate matter
from the air.
AIR FILTER MEDIA is the part of the air filter equipment, which is the actual particulate removing agent.
AIR-TO-AIR HEAT EXCHANGER is a device which will reduce the heat losses or gains that occur when a building is
mechanically ventilated, by transferring heat between the conditioned air being exhausted and outside air being supplied.
AIR-SOURCE HEAT PUMP is an appliance that consists of one or more factory-made assemblies, that includes an
indoor conditioning coil, a compressor, and a refrigerant-to-air heat exchanger, and that provides heating and cooling
functions.
SECTION 100.1 – DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTIONSECTION 100.1 – DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF
CONSTRUCTION
ALTERATION is any change to a building's water-heating system, space-conditioning system, lighting system, or
envelope that is not an addition. Alteration is also any change that is regulated by Part 6 to an outdoor lighting system that
is not an addition. Alteration is also any change that is regulated by Part 6 to signs located either indoors or outdoors.
ALTERED COMPONENT is a component that has undergone an alteration and is subject to all applicable Standards
requirements.
ALTERNATIVE CALCULATION METHODS (ACMS) are compliance softwares, or alternative component
packages, or exceptional methods approved by the Commission under Section 10-109. ACMs are also referred to as
Compliance Software.
ALTERNATIVE CALCULATION METHODS (ACM) APPROVAL MANUAL are the documents establishing the
requirements for Energy Commission approval of Compliance Software used to demonstrate compliance with the
Building Energy Efficiency Standards for Residential and Nonresidential Buildings currently adopted by the Energy
Commission.
ANNUAL FUEL UTILIZATION EFFICIENCY (AFUE) is a measure of the percentage of heat from the combustion
of gas or oil which is transferred to the space being heated during a year, as determined using the applicable test method in
the Appliance Efficiency Regulations or Section 110.2.
ANNUNCIATED is a type of visual signaling device that indicates the on, off, or other status of a load.
ANSI is the American National Standards Institute.
ANSI C82.6-2005 is the American National Standards Institute document titled “Ballasts for High-Intensity Discharge
Lamps – Methods of Measurement.” (ANSI C82.6-2005)
ANSI/IES RP-16-10 is the document co-authored by the American National Standards Institute and the Illuminating
Engineering Society of North America, Recommended Practice titled "Nomenclature and Definitions for Illuminating
Engineering"
ANSI Z21.10.3 is the American National Standards Institute document titled “Gas Water Heaters - Volume III, Storage
Water Heaters With Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu Per Hour,” 2011 (ANSI Z21.10.3-2011/CSA 4.3-2011).
ANSI Z21.13 is the American National Standards Institute document titled “Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot
Water Boilers,” 2010 (ANSI Z21.13-2010/CSA 4.9-2010).
ANSI Z21.40.4A is the American National Standards Institute document titled “Addenda 1 to ANSI Z21.40.4-1996/CGA
2.94-M96, Performance Testing and Rating of Gas-Fired, Air Conditioning and Heat Pump Appliances,” 1998 (ANSI
Z21.40.4-1998/CGA 2.94A-M98).
ANSI Z21.47 is the American National Standards Institute document titled “Gas-Fired Central Furnaces,” 2006 (ANSI
Z21.47-2006/CSA 2.3-2006).
ANSI Z83.8 is the American National Standards Institute document titled “American National Standard/CSA Standard
For Gas Unit Heaters, Gas Packaged Heaters, Gas Utility Heaters and Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces,” 2009 (ANSI Z83.8 -
2009/CSA 2.6-2009).
APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY REGULATIONS are the regulations in Title 20, Section 1601 et seq. of the California
Code of Regulations.
APPROVED CALCULATION METHOD (See “alternative calculation methods”)
AHRI is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute.
AHRI 210/240 is the Air-conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled “Performance Rating of
Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment,” 2008 (ANSI/AHRI Standard 210/240-2008 with
Addenda 1 and 2).
ANSI/AHRI/CSA 310/380 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled “Standard for
Packaged Terminal Air-Conditioners and Heat Pumps (CSA-C744-04),” 2004 (ANSI/AHRI/CSA Standard 310/380-
2004).
AHRI 320 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled “Water-Source Heat Pumps,”
1998 (AHRI Standard 320-1998).
CONSTRUCTION
AHRI 325 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled “Ground Water-Source Heat
Pumps,” 1998 (ARI Standard 325-1998).
ANSI/AHRI 340/360 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled “Performance Rating
of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment,” 2007 (ANSI/AHRI Standard
340/360-2007 with Addenda 1 and 2).
ANSI/AHRI 365 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled "Commercial and
Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning Condensing Units," 2009 (ANSI/AHRI Standard 365 (I-P)-2009).
ANSI/AHRI 390 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled "Performance Rating of
Single Package Vertical Air-Conditioners and Heat Pumps," 2003 (ANSI/AHRI Standard 390 (I-P)-2003).
ANSI/AHRI 400 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled "Liquid to Liquid Heat
Exchangers," 2001 (ANSI/AHRI Standard 400 (I-P)-2001) with addenda 1 and 2.
ANSI/AHRI 460 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled “Performance Rating of
Remote Mechanical-Draft Air-Cooled Refrigerant Condensers,” 2005 (ANSI/AHRI Standard 460-2005).
AHRI 550/590 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled “Performance Rating of
Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle,” 2011 (AHRI Standard 550/590-(I-P)-2011).
ANSI/AHRI 560 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled “Absorption Water
Chilling and Water Heating Packages,” 2000 (ANSI/AHRI Standard 560-2000).
AHRI 680 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled “Performance Rating of
Residential Air Filter Equipment,” 2009 (ANSI/AHRI Standard 680).
AHRI 1230 is the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute document titled “Performance Rating of Variable
Refrigerant Flow (VRF) Multi-Split Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment,” 2010 (AHRI Standard 1230-2010)
with Addendum 1.
ASHRAE is the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-conditioning Engineers.
ASHRAE CLIMATIC DATA FOR REGION X is the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditioning Engineers document titled "ASHRAE Climatic Data for Region X, Arizona, California, Hawaii and
Nevada,” Publication SPCDX, 1982 and “Supplement,” 1994.
ASHRAE HANDBOOK, APPLICATIONS VOLUME is the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditioning Engineers document titled "ASHRAE Handbook: Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning Applications"
(2011).
ASHRAE HANDBOOK, EQUIPMENT VOLUME is the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditioning Engineers document titled "ASHRAE Handbook: Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning Systems and
Equipment" (2008).
ASHRAE HANDBOOK, FUNDAMENTALS VOLUME is the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditioning Engineers document titled "ASHRAE Handbook: Fundamentals" (2009).
ASHRAE STANDARD 52.2 is the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
document titled "Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size,”
2007 (ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 52.2-2007 including ANSI/ASHRAE Addendum b to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 52.2-
2007).
ASHRAE STANDARD 55 is the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers document
titled " Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy,” 2010 (ASHRAE Standard 55-2010).
ASHRAE STANDARD 62.2 is the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
document titled "Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low-Rise Residential Buildings,” 2010
(ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2-2010 including ANSI/ASHRAE Addenda b, c, e, g, h, i and l to ANSI/ASHRAE 62.2-
2010 published in the 2011 supplement, and ANSI/ASHRAE Addendum j to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2-2010
published in March, 2012, and ANSI/ASHRAE Addendum n to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.2-2010 published in
February, 2012).
CONSTRUCTION
ASHRAE STANDARD 193 is the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
document titled "Method of Test for Determining the Airtightness of HVAC Equipment," 2010 (ANSI/ASHRAE Standard
193-2010).
ASME is the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 is the American Society of Mechanical Engineers document titled “Plumbing Fixture
Fittings” 2011 (ASME Standard A112.18.1-2011/CSA B125.1-11)
ASTM is the American Society for Testing and Materials / International.
ASTM C1167 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Specification for Clay Roof
Tiles,” 2011 (ASTM C1167-11).
ASTM C1371 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Test Method for
Determination of Emittance of Materials Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers,” 1998 (ASTM C1371-
98).
ASTM C1583 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled, “Standard Test Method for Tensile
Strength of Concrete Surfaces and the Bond Strength or Tensile Strength of Concrete Repair and Overlay Materials by
Direct Tension” (Pull-off Method),” 2004 (ASTM C1583-04).
ASTM C177 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Test Method for Steady-
State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus,”
1997 (ASTM C177-97).
ASTM C272 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Test Method for Water
Absorption of Core Materials for Structural Sandwich Constructions,” 2001 (ASTM C272-01).
State Heat Transfer Properties of Horizontal Pipe Insulation,” 1995 (ASTM C335-95).
State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus,” 2002 (ASTM C518-02).
ASTM C55 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Specification for Concrete
Brick,” 2001 (ASTM C55-01).
ASTM C731 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Test Method for
Extrudability, After Package Aging of Latex Sealants,” 2000 (ASTM C731-00).
ASTM C732 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Test Method for Aging
Effects of Artificial Weathering on Latex Sealants,” 2001 (ASTM C732-01).
ASTM C836 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled, “Standard Specification for High Solids
Content, Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Course,” 2005
(ASTM C836-05).
ASTM C1492, the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Specification for Concrete
Roof Tile” 2009 (ASTM C1492-03(2009)).
ASTM C1549 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled, "Standard Test Method for
Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer,"2004 (ASTM
C1549-04).
ASTM D448 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled, "Standard Classification for Sizes of
Aggregate for Road and Bridge Construction,"2008 (ASTM D448-08).
ASTM D1003 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Test Method for Haze and
Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastics,” 2000 (ANSI/ASTM D1003-00).
ASTM D1653 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled, “Standard Test Methods for Water
Vapor Transmission of Organic Coating Films,” 2003 (ASTM D1653-03).
CONSTRUCTION
ASTM D1863 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled, "Standard Specification for Mineral
Aggregate Used on Built-Up Roofs,"2003 (ASTM D1863-03).
ASTM D2370 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled, “Standard Test Method for Tensile
Properties of Organic Coatings,” 2002 [ASTM D2370-98 (2002)].
ASTM D2824 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Specification for
Aluminum-Pigmented Asphalt Roof Coatings, Nonfibered, Asbestos Fibered, and Fibered without Asbestos,” 2002
(ASTM D2824-02).
ASTM D3468 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled, “Standard Specification for Liquid-
Applied Neoprene and Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Used in Roofing and Waterproofing,” 1999 (ASTM D3468-99).
ASTM D3805 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Guide for Application of
Aluminum-Pigmented Asphalt Roof Coatings,” 1997 (ASTM D3805-97 (reapproved 2003)).
ASTM D4798 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Test Method for
Accelerated Weathering Test Conditions and Procedures for Bituminous Materials (Xenon-Arc Method),” 2001 (ASTM
D4798-01).
ASTM D522 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled, “Standard Test Methods for Mandrel
Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings,” 2001 [ASTM D522-93a (2001)].
ASTM D822 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled, “Standard Practice for Filtered Open-
Flame Carbon-Arc Exposures of Paint and Related Coatings,” 2001 (ASTM D822-01).
ASTM D5870 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled, “Standard Practice for Calculating
Property Retention Index of Plastics,” 2003 [ASTM D5870-95 (2003)].
ASTM D6083 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled, “Standard Specification for Liquid
Applied Acrylic Coating Used in Roofing,” 2005 (ASTM D6083-05e1).
ASTM D6694 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled, “Standard Specification for Liquid-
Applied Silicone Coating Used in Spray Polyurethane Foam Roofing,” 2001 (ASTM D6694-01).
ASTM D6848 is the American Society of Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Specification for
Aluminum-Pigmented Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing,” 2002 (ASTM D6848-02).
ASTM E96 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Test Methods for Water
Vapor Transmission of Materials,” 200 (ASTM E96-00).
ASTM E283 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled “Standard Test Method for
Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure
Differences Across the Specimen,” 1991 (ASTM E283-91(1999)).
ASTM E408 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled, “Standard Test Methods for Total
Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using Inspection-Meter Techniques,” 1971 (ASTM E408-71(2002)).
ASTM E972 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled, "Standard Test Method for Solar
Photometric Transmittance of Sheet Materials Using Sunlight,"1996 (ASTM E972-96(2007).
ASTM E1918 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled, "Standard Test Method for
Measuring Solar reflectance of Horizontal and Low-Sloped Surfaces in the Field,"2006 (ASTM E972-06).
ASTM E2178-03 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled, "Standard Test Method for Air
Permeance of Building Materials."
ASTM E2357-05 is the American Society for Testing and Materials document entitled, "Standard Test Method for
determining air leakage of air barrier assemblies".
ATTIC is an enclosed space directly below the roof deck and above the ceiling beams.
AUTOMATIC is capable of operating without human intervention.
AUTOMATED TELLER MACHINE (ATM) is any electronic information processing device which accepts or
dispenses currency in connection with a credit, deposit, or convenience account without involvement by a clerk.
CONSTRUCTION
BELOW-GRADE WALL is the portion of a wall, enclosing conditioned space that is below the grade line.
BUBBLE POINT is the liquid saturation temperature of a refrigerant at a specified pressure.
BUILDING is any structure or space covered by Section 100.0 of the Building Energy Efficiency Standards.
BUILDING COMMISSIONING is a systematic quality assurance process that spans the entire design and construction
process, including verifying and documenting that building systems and components are planned, designed, installed,
tested, operated and maintained to meet the owner’s project requirements.
BUILDING ENVELOPE is the ensemble of exterior and demising partitions of a building that enclose conditioned
space.
CALL CENTER is a phone center that handles large number of phone calls including but not limited to help desk,
customer and sales support, technical support, emergency response, telephone answering service, and inbound and
outbound telemarketing.
CENTRAL FAN-INTEGRATED VENTILATION SYSTEM is a central forced air heating and/or cooling system
which is intended to operate on a regular basis to bring in outdoor ventilation air and/or distribute air around the home for
comfort and ventilation even when heating and cooling are not needed.
CERTIFIED TO THE ENERGY COMMISSION means, when used in association with appliances, certified under
Section 1606 of Title 20 of the California Code of Regulations; and otherwise means certified by the manufacturer in a
declaration, executed under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that all the information provided
pursuant to the certification is true, complete, accurate and in compliance with all applicable provisions of Part 6; and if
applicable that the equipment, product, or device was tested under the applicable test method specified in Part 6.
CERTIFYING ORGANIZATION is an independent organization recognized by the Commission to certify
manufactured devices for performance values in accordance with procedures adopted by the Commission.
CLIMATE ZONES are the 16 geographic areas of California for which the Commission has established typical weather
data, prescriptive packages and energy budgets. Climate zones are defined by ZIP code and listed in Reference Joint
Appendix JA2 FIGURE 100.1-A is an approximate map of the 16 climate zones.
CLOSED-CIRCUIT COOLING TOWER is a cooling tower that utilizes indirect contact between a heated fluid,
typically water or glycol, and the cooling atmosphere to transfer the source heat load through sensible heat, latent heat,
and mass transfer indirectly to the air, essentially combining a heat exchanger and cooling tower into an integrated and
relatively compact device.
CODES, CALIFORNIA HISTORICAL BUILDING CODE is the California Historical Building Code, California
Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 8 and Part 2 (Chapter 34).
CODES, CBC is the 2010 California Building Code.
CODES, CEC is the 2010 California Electric Code.
CODES, CMC is the 2010 California Mechanical Code.
CODES, CPC is the 2010 California Plumbing Code.
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP), COOLING, is the ratio of the rate of net heat removal to the rate of
total energy input, calculated under designated operating conditions and expressed in consistent units, as determined using
the applicable test method in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations or Section 110.2.
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP), HEATING, is the ratio of the rate of net heat output to the rate of total
energy input, calculated under designated operating conditions and expressed in consistent units, as determined using the
applicable test method in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations or Section 110.2.
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP), HEAT PUMP is the ratio of the rate of useful heat output delivered by
the complete heat pump unit (exclusive of supplementary heating) to the corresponding rate of energy input, in consistent
units and as determined using the applicable test method in Appliance Efficiency Regulations or Section 110.2.
COMBUSTION AIR POSITIVE SHUT-OFF is a means of restricting air flow through a boiler combustion chamber
during standby periods, used to reduce standby heat loss. A flue damper and a vent damper are two examples of
combustion air positive shut-off devices.
CONSTRUCTION
COMBUSTION EFFICIENCY is a measure of the percentage of heat from the combustion of gas or oil that is
transferred to the medium being heated or lost as jacket loss.
COMMERCIAL BOILER is a type of boiler with a capacity (rated maximum input) of 300,000 Btus per hour (Btu/h)
or more and serving a space heating or water heating load in a commercial building.
COMMISSION is the California State Energy Resources Conservation and Development Commission.
COMPLEX MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: are systems that include 1) fan systems each serving multiple thermostatically
controlled zones; or 2) built-up air handler systems (non-unitary or non-packaged HVAC equipment); or 3) hydronic or
steam heating systems; or 4) hydronic cooling systems. Complex systems are NOT the following: (a) unitary or packaged
equipment listed in Tables 110.2-A, 110.2-B, 110.2-C, and 110.2-E that each serve one zone, or (b) two-pipe, heating only
systems serving one or more zones.
COMPLIANCE SOFTWARE is software that has been approved pursuant to Section 10-109 of Part 1 of Title 24 of the
California Code of Regulations, to demonstrate compliance with the performance approach of Part 6.
COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM is a system of at least one compressor providing compressed air at 40 psig or higher.
COMPUTER ROOM is a room whose primary function is to house electronic equipment and that has a design
equipment power density exceeding 20 watts/ft2 (215 watts/m2) of conditioned floor area.
CONDENSER SPECIFIC EFFICIENCY is the full load condenser Total Heat of Rejection (THR) capacity at
standardized conditions divided by the fan input electric power (including but not limited to spray pump electric input
power for evaporative condensers) at 100 percent rated fan speed.
CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA (CFA) is the floor area (in square feet) of enclosed conditioned space on all floors of a
building, as measured at the floor level of the exterior surfaces of exterior walls enclosing the conditioned space.
CONDITIONED SPACE is space in a building that is either directly conditioned or indirectly conditioned.
CONDITIONED SPACE, DIRECTLY is an enclosed space that is provided with wood heating, is provided with
mechanical heating that has a capacity exceeding 10 Btu/hr-ft², or is provided with mechanical cooling that has a capacity
exceeding 5 Btu/hr-ft², ², unless the space-conditioning system is designed for process load. (See “process load” and
“process space.”)
CONDITIONED SPACE, INDIRECTLY is enclosed space, including, but not limited to, unconditioned volume in
atria, that (1) is not directly conditioned space; and (2) either (a) has a thermal transmittance area product (UA) to directly
conditioned space exceeding that to the outdoors or to unconditioned space and does not have fixed vents or openings to
the outdoors or to unconditioned space, or (b) is a space through which air from directly conditioned spaces is transferred
at a rate exceeding three air changes per hour.
CONDITIONED VOLUME is the total volume (in cubic feet) of the conditioned space within a building.
CONTINUOUS INSULATION (c.i.) is insulation that is continuous across all assemblies that separate conditioned from
unconditioned space. It is installed on the exterior or interior or is integral to any opaque surface of the building envelope
and has no thermal bridges other than fasteners and necessary service openings.
CONTROLLED ATMOSPHERE is an airtight space maintained at reduced oxygen levels for the purpose of reducing
respiration of perishable product in long term storage.
COOLER is a space to be capable of operation at a temperature greater than or equal to 28°F but less than 55°F.
COOL ROOF is a roofing material with high thermal emittance and high solar reflectance, or low thermal emittance and
exceptionally high solar reflectance as specified in Part 6 that reduces heat gain through the roof.
COOLING EQUIPMENT is equipment used to provide mechanical cooling for a room or rooms in a building.
CRAWL SPACE is a space immediately under the first floor of a building adjacent to grade.
CRRC-1 is the Cool Roof Rating Council document entitled “Product Rating Program Manual.”
CTI is the Cooling Technology Institute.
CTI ATC-105 is the Cooling Technology Institute document entitled “Acceptance Test Code for Water Cooling Towers,”
2000 (CTI ATC-105-00).
CONSTRUCTION
CTI ATC-105S(11) is the Cooling Technology Institute document entitled “Acceptance Test Code for Closed-Circuit
Cooling Towers,” 2011 (CTI ATC-105-11).
CTI STD-201 is the Cooling Technology Institute document titled “Standard for Thermal Performance Certification of
Evaporative Heat Rejection Equipment,” 2011 (CTI STD-201-11).
CURRENT AIR DEMAND is the actual cubic feet per minute (acfm) of total air flow necessary for end uses in a
compressed air system.
C-VALUE (also known as C-factor) is the time rate of heat flow through unit area of a body induced by a unit
temperature difference between the body surfaces, in Btu (hr x ft² x °F). It is not the same as K-value or K-factor.
CYCLES OF CONCENTRATION is the number of times the concentration of total dissolved solids (TDS) in cooling
tower water is multiplied relative to the TDS in the makeup water. Because evaporation of pure water leaves dissolved
solids behind in the system water, TDS increases over time as the tower operates. The number of times the dissolved
minerals are concentrated is relative to the TDS in the makeup water. For example, 5 cycles of concentration represents
five times the concentration of solids in the cooling tower system water relative to the TDS in the makeup water entering
the tower.
DAYLIT ZONE is the floor area under skylights or next to windows. Types of Daylit Zones include Primary Sidelit
Daylit Zone, Secondary Sidelit Daylit Zone, and Skylit Daylit Zone.
DEADBAND is the temperature range within which the HVAC system is neither calling for heating or cooling.
DECORATIVE GAS APPLIANCE is a gas appliance that is designed or installed for visual effect only, cannot burn
solid wood, and simulates a fire in a fireplace.
DEGREE DAY, HEATING, is a unit, based upon temperature difference and time, used in estimating fuel consumption
and specifying nominal annual heating load of a building. For any one day, when the mean temperature is less than 65°F,
there exist as many degree days as there are Fahrenheit degrees difference in temperature between the mean temperature
for the day and 65°F. The number of degree days for specific geographical locations are those listed in the Reference Joint
Appendix JA2. For those localities not listed in the Reference Joint Appendix JA2, the number of degree days is as
determined by the applicable enforcing agency.
DEMAND RESPONSE is short-term changes in electricity usage by end-use customers, from their normal consumption
patterns. Demand response may be in response to:
a. changes in the price of electricity; or
b. participation in programs or services designed to modify electricity use
i. in response to wholesale market prices or
ii. when system reliability is jeopardized.
DEMAND RESPONSE PERIOD is a period of time during which electricity loads are modified in response to a demand
response signal.
DEMAND RESPONSE SIGNAL is a signal sent by the local utility, Independent System Operator (ISO), or designated
curtailment service provider or aggregator, to a customer, indicating a price or a request to modify electricity
consumption, for a limited time period.
DEMAND RESPONSIVE CONTROL is a kind of control that is capable of receiving and automatically responding to a
demand response signal.
DEMISING PARTITION is a wall, fenestration, floor, or ceiling that separates conditioned space from enclosed
unconditioned space.
DESIGN CONDITIONS are the parameters and conditions used to determine the performance requirements of space-
conditioning systems. Design conditions for determining design heating and cooling loads are specified in Section
140.4(b) for nonresidential, high-rise residential, and hotel/motel buildings and in Section 150.0(h) for low-rise residential
buildings.
DESIGN HEAT GAIN RATE is the total calculated heat gain through the building envelope under design conditions.
CONSTRUCTION
DESIGN HEAT LOSS RATE is the total calculated heat loss through the building envelope under design conditions.
DESIGN REVIEW is an additional review of the construction documents (drawings and specifications) that seeks to
improve compliance with existing Title 24 regulations, to encourage adoption of best practices in design, and to encourage
designs that are constructable and maintainable. It is an opportunity for an experienced design engineer to look at a project
with a fresh perspective in an effort to catch missing or unclear design information and to suggest design enhancements.
DEW POINT TEMPERATURE is the vapor saturation temperature at a specified pressure for a substance undergoing
phase change from vapor to liquid.
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) is a type of control where controlled and monitored analog or binary data, such
as temperature and contact closures, are converted to digital format for manipulation and calculations by a digital
computer or microprocessor, then converted back to analog or binary form to control mechanical devices.
DISPLAY PERIMETER is the length of an exterior wall in a Group B; Group F, Division 1; or Group M, Occupancy
that immediately abuts a public sidewalk, measured at the sidewalk level for each story that abuts a public sidewalk.
DOOR is an operable opening in the building envelope that is not a fenestration product, including swinging and roll-up
doors, fire doors, and access hatches. Doors with glazed area, see Glazed door.
DUCT SEALING is a procedure for installing a space conditioning distribution system that minimizes leakage of air
from or to the distribution system. Minimum specifications for installation procedures, materials, diagnostic testing and
field verification are contained in the Reference Residential Appendix RA3 and Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA1.
DUCT SYSTEM is all the ducts, duct fittings, plenums, and fans when assembled to form a continuous passageway for
the distribution of air.
DUCTED SYSTEM is an air conditioner or heat pump, either a split system or single-packaged unit, that is designed to
be permanently installed equipment and delivers conditioned air to an indoor space through a duct.
DWELLING is a building that contains one or two dwelling units used, intended or designed to be used, rented, leased,
let or hired out to be occupied for living purposes.
DWELLING UNIT is a single unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons including
access permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation.
EAST-FACING (See “orientation”)
ECONOMIZER, AIR, is a ducting arrangement, including dampers, linkages, and an automatic control system that
allows a cooling supply fan system to supply outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling.
ECONOMIZER, WATER, is a system by which the supply air of a cooling system is cooled directly or indirectly by
evaporation of water, or other appropriate fluid, in order to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling.
ELECTRONICALLY-COMMUTATED MOTOR is a brushless DC motor with a permanent magnet rotor that is
surrounded by stationary motor windings, and an electronic controller that varies rotor speed and direction by sequentially
supplying DC current to the windings.
EMITTANCE, THERMAL is the ratio of the radiant heat flux emitted by a sample to that emitted by a blackbody
radiator at the same temperature.
ENCLOSED SPACE is space that is substantially surrounded by solid surfaces, including walls, ceilings or roofs, doors,
fenestration areas, and floors or ground.
ENERGY BUDGET is the maximum amount of Time Dependent Valuation (TDV) energy that a proposed building, or
portion of a building, can be designed to consume, calculated with the approved procedures specified in Part 6.
ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO (EER) is the ratio of net cooling capacity (in Btu/hr) to total rate of electrical energy
input (in watts), of a cooling system under designated operating conditions, as determined using the applicable test method
in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations or Section 110.2.
ENERGY FACTOR (EF) of a water heater is a measure of overall water heater efficiency, as determined using the
applicable test method in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
CONSTRUCTION
ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) is a computerized control system designed to regulate the
energy consumption of a building by controlling the operation of energy consuming systems, such as the heating,
ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC), lighting, and water heating systems, and is capable of monitoring environmental
and system loads, and adjusting HVAC operations in order to optimize energy usage and respond to demand response
signals.
ENERGY OBTAINED FROM DEPLETABLE SOURCES is electricity purchased from a public utility, or any energy
obtained from coal, oil, natural gas, or liquefied petroleum gases.
ENERGY OBTAINED FROM NONDEPLETABLE SOURCES is energy that is not energy obtained from depletable
sources.
ENFORCEMENT AGENCY is the city, county, or state agency responsible for issuing a building permit.
ENTIRE BUILDING is the ensemble of all enclosed space in a building, including the space for which a permit is
sought, plus all existing conditioned and unconditioned space within the structure.
ENVELOPE (See “building envelope”)
EXFILTRATION is uncontrolled outward air leakage from inside a building, including leakage through cracks and
interstices, around windows and doors, and through any other exterior partition or duct penetration.
EXTERIOR FLOOR/SOFFIT is a horizontal exterior partition, or a horizontal demising partition, under conditioned
space. For low-rise residential occupancies, exterior floors also include those on grade.
EXTERIOR PARTITION is an opaque, translucent, or transparent solid barrier that separates conditioned space from
ambient air or space. For low-rise residential occupancies, exterior partitions also include barriers that separate
conditioned space from unconditioned space, or the ground.
EXTERIOR ROOF/CEILING is an exterior partition, or a demising partition, that has a slope less than 60 degrees from
horizontal, that has conditioned space below, and that is not an exterior door or skylight.
EXTERIOR ROOF/CEILING AREA is the area of the exterior surface of exterior roof/ceilings.
EXTERIOR WALL is any wall or element of a wall, or any member or group of members, which defines the exterior
boundaries or courts of a building and which has a slope of 60 degrees or greater with the horizontal plane. An exterior
wall or partition is not an exterior floor/soffit, exterior door, exterior roof/ceiling, window, skylight, or demising wall.
EXTERIOR WALL AREA is the area of the opaque exterior surface of exterior walls.
FACTORY ASSEMBLED COOLING TOWERS are cooling towers constructed from factory-assembled modules
either shipped to the site in one piece or put together in the field.
FENESTRATION: Includes the following:
ACE is an NFRC-Approved Calculation Entity (ACE) that conducts calculations of fenestration product ratings for
certification authorization using the NFRC Component Modeling approach and issues label certificates to Specifying
Authorities for product certification authorization in accordance with NFRC requirements.
ALTERATION is any change to an existing building's exterior fenestration product that is not a repair (see Fenestration
Repair) that:
i. Replaces existing fenestration in an existing wall or roof with no net area added; or
ii. Replaces existing fenestration and adds new net area in the existing wall or roof; or
iii. Adds a new window that increases the net fenestration area to an existing wall or roof.
ALTERED COMPONENT is a new fenestration component that has undergone an alteration other than a repair and
is subject to all applicable Standards requirements.
BAY WINDOW is a combination assembly which is composed of three or more individual windows either joined
side by side or installed within opaque assemblies and which projects away from the wall on which it is installed.
Center windows, if used are parallel to the wall on which the bay is installed, the end panels or two side windows are
angled with respect to the center window. Common angles are 30° and 45°, although other angles may be employed.
CONSTRUCTION
CMA (Component Modeling Approach) is a Fenestration Product Certification Program from the National
Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) which enables energy-related performance ratings for nonresidential fenestration
products, including the thermal performance U-factor, Solar Heat Gain Coefficient, and Visible Transmittance.
CMAST (Component Modeling Approach Software Tool) is an NFRC approved software which allows a user to
create a fenestration product “virtually,” and generate its energy-related performance ratings, including the thermal
performance U-factor, Solar Heat Gain Coefficient, and Visible Transmittance.
CURTAIN WALL/STOREFRONT is an external nonbearing wall intended to separate the exterior non-conditioned
and interior conditioned spaces. It also consists of any combination of framing materials, fixed glazing, opaque
glazing, operable windows, or other in-fill materials.
GLAZED DOOR is an exterior door having a glazed area of 50 percent or greater of the area of the door.
DUAL-GLAZED GREENHOUSE WINDOWS is a double glass pane separated by an air or other gas space which
adds conditioned volume but not conditioned floor area to a building.
DYNAMIC GLAZING SYSTEMS are glazing systems that have the ability to reversibly change their performance
properties, including U-factor, Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC), and/or Visible Transmittance (VT) between
well-defined end points. These may include, but are not limited to chromogenic glazing systems and integrated
shading systems (Defined below). Dynamic Glazing systems do not include internally mounted or externally
mounted shading devices that attach to the window framing/glazing that may or may not be removable.
CHROMOGENIC GLAZING is a class of switchable glazing which includes active materials (e.g.
electrochromic) and passive materials (e.g. photochromic and thermochromic) permanently integrated into the
glazing assembly. Their primary function is to switch reversibly from a high transmission state to a low
transmission state with associated changes in VT and SHGC.
INTEGRATED SHADING SYSTEM is a class of fenestration products including an active layer: e.g. shades,
louvers, blinds or other materials permanently integrated between two or more glazing layers. The U-factor
and/or SHGC and VT of the insulating glass assembly can be altered by reversibly changing the enclosed active
layer.
FAÇADE is the contiguous exterior of a building surface, but not limited to fenestration products.
FENESTRATION AREA for windows is the total window rough opening area which includes the fenestration,
fenestration frame components in the exterior walls and roofs.
FENESTRATION PRODUCT is any transparent or translucent material plus any sash, frame, mullions and
dividers, in the facade of a building, including, but not limited to, windows, sliding glass doors, French doors,
skylights, curtain walls, dynamic glazing, garden windows and glass block.
FENESTRATION REPAIR is the reconstruction or renewal for the purpose of maintenance of any fenestration
product, component or system and shall not increase the preexisting energy consumption of the repaired fenestration
product, component, system, or equipment. Replacement of any component, system, or equipment for which there
are requirements in the Standards are considered an alteration (see Fenestration, Alterations) and not a repair and is
subject to the requirements of Part 6 of the Standards.
FIELD-FABRICATED is a fenestration product whose frame is made at the construction site of standard
dimensional lumber or other materials that were not previously cut, or otherwise formed with the specific intention of
being used to fabricate a fenestration product. Field fabricated does not include site-built fenestration.
FIN is an opaque surface, oriented vertically and projecting outward horizontally from an exterior vertical surface.
FIN OFFSET is the horizontal distance from the edge of exposed exterior glazing at the jamb of a window to the fin.
FIN PROJECTION is the horizontal distance, measured outward horizontally, from the surface of exposed exterior
glazing at the jamb of a window to the outward edge of a fin.
FIXED is fenestration that is not designed to be opened or closed.
GREENHOUSE or GARDEN WINDOW is a window unit that consists of a three-dimensional, five-sided structure
generally protruding from the wall in which it is installed. Operating sash may or may not be included.
CONSTRUCTION
MANUFACTURED or KNOCKED DOWN PRODUCT is a fenestration product constructed of materials which

are factory cut or otherwise factory formed with the specific intention of being used to fabricate a fenestration
product. Knocked down or partially assembled products may be sold as a fenestration product when provided with
temporary and permanent labels as described in Section 10-111; or as a site-built fenestration product when not
provided with temporary and permanent labels as described in Section 10-111.
Fenestration Product U-factors.” (2011; NFRC 100 includes procedures for site fenestration formerly included in a
separate document, NFRC 100-SB).
Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficients and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence.” (2011).
NFRC 202 is the National Fenestration Rating Council document entitled “NFRC 202: Procedures for Determining
Translucent Fenestration Product Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence.” (2011).
Visible Transmittance of Tubular Daylighting Devices.” (2012),
Fenestration Product Air Leakage.” (2010).
OPERABLE is fenestration that is designed to be opened or closed.
OPERABLE SHADING DEVICE is a device at the interior or exterior of a building or integral with a fenestration
product, which is capable of being operated, either manually or automatically, to adjust the amount of solar radiation
admitted to the interior of the building.
OVERHANG is a contiguous opaque surface, oriented horizontally and projecting outward horizontally from an
exterior vertical surface.
OVERHANG OFFSET is the vertical distance from the edge of exposed exterior glazing at the head of a window to
the overhang.
OVERHANG PROJECTION is the horizontal distance, measured outward horizontally from the surface of exposed
exterior glazing at the head of a window to the outward edge of an overhang.
RELATIVE SOLAR HEAT GAIN is the ratio of solar heat gain through a fenestration product (corrected for
external shading) to the incident solar radiation. Solar heat gain includes directly transmitted solar heat and absorbed
solar radiation, which is then reradiated, conducted, or convected into the space.
SITE-BUILT is fenestration designed to be field-glazed or field assembled units using specific factory cut or
otherwise factory formed framing and glazing units, that are manufactured with the intention of being assembled at
the construction site. These include storefront systems, curtain walls, and atrium roof systems.
SKYLIGHT is fenestration installed on a roof less than 60 degrees from the horizontal.
SKYLIGHT AREA is the area of the rough opening for the skylight.
SKYLIGHT TYPE is one of the following three types of skylights: glass mounted on a curb, glass not mounted on a
curb or plastic (assumed to be mounted on a curb).
SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENT (SHGC) is the ratio of the solar heat gain entering the space through the
fenestration area to the incident solar radiation. Solar heat gain includes directly transmitted solar heat and absorbed
solar radiation, which is then reradiated, conducted, or convected into the space.
SPANDRAL is opaque glazing material most often used to conceal building elements between floors of a building so
they cannot be seen from the exterior, also known as “opaque in-fill systems”.
TINTED GLASS is colored glass by incorporation of a mineral admixture resulting in a degree of tinting. Any
tinting reduces both visible and radiant transmittance.
VISIBLE TRANSMITTANCE (VT) is the ratio (expressed as a decimal) of visible light that is transmitted through
a glazing fenestration. The higher the VT rating, the more light is allowed through a window.
CONSTRUCTION
WINDOW is fenestration that is not a skylight and that is an assembled unit consisting of a frame and sash
component holding one or more pieces of glazing.
WINDOW AREA is the area of the surface of a window, plus the area of the frame, sash, and mullions.
WINDOW FILM is fenestration attachment products which consist of a flexible adhesive-backed polymer film
which may be applied to the interior or exterior surface of an existing glazing system.
WINDOW WALL RATIO is the ratio of the window area to the gross exterior wall area.
FIELD ERECTED COOLING TOWERS are cooling towers which are custom designed for a specific application and
which cannot be delivered to a project site in the form of factory assembled modules due to their size, configuration, or
materials of construction.
FIREPLACE is a hearth and fire chamber, or similar prepared place, in which a fire may be made and which is built in
conjunction with a flue or chimney, including but not limited to factory-built fireplaces, masonry fireplaces, and masonry
heaters as further clarified in the CBC.
FLOOR/SOFFIT TYPE is a type of floor/soffit assembly having a specific heat capacity, framing type, and U-factor.
FLUID COOLER is a fan-powered heat rejection device that includes a water or glycol circuit connected by a closed
circulation loop to a liquid-cooled refrigerant condenser, and may be either evaporative-cooled, air-cooled, or a
combination of the two.
FLUX is the rate of energy flow per unit area.
FOOD PREPARATION EQUIPMENT is cooking equipment intended for commercial use, including coffee machines,
espresso coffee makers, conductive cookers, food warmers including heated food servers, fryers, griddles, nut warmers,
ovens, popcorn makers, steam kettles, ranges, and cooking appliances for use in commercial kitchens, restaurants, or other
business establishments where food is dispensed.
FREEZER is a space designed to be capable of operation at less than 28°F.
GAS COOLING EQUIPMENT is cooling equipment that produces chilled water or cold air using natural gas or
liquefied petroleum gas as the primary energy source.
GAS HEATING SYSTEM is a system that uses natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas as a fuel to heat a conditioned
space.
GAS LOG is a self-contained, free-standing, open-flame, gas-burning appliance consisting of a metal frame or base
supporting simulated logs, and designed for installation only in a vented fireplace.
GLAZING (See “fenestration product”)
GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP) is the radiative forcing impact of one mass-based unit of a given
greenhouse gas relative to an equivalent unit of carbon dioxide over a given period of time.
GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL VALUE (GWP Value) is the 100-year GWP value published by the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in either its Second Assessment Report (SAR) (IPCC, 1995), or its
Fourth Assessment A-3 Report (AR4) (IPCC, 2007). Both the 1995 IPCC SAR values and the 2007 IPCC AR4 values are
published in table 2.14 of the 2007 IPCC AR4. The SAR GWP values are found in column “SAR (100-yr)” of Table
2.14.; the AR4 GWP values are found in column “100 yr” of Table 2.14.”
GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY is any public agency or subdivision thereof, including, but not limited to, any agency of
the state, a county, a city, a district, an association of governments, or a joint power agency.
GROSS EXTERIOR ROOF AREA is the sum of the skylight area and the exterior roof/ceiling area.
GROSS EXTERIOR WALL AREA is the sum of the window area, door area, and exterior wall area.
HABITABLE SPACE is space in a building for living, sleeping, eating or cooking. Bathrooms, toilets, hallways, storage
areas, closets, or utility rooms and similar areas are not considered habitable spaces.
HABITABLE STORY is a story that contains space in which humans may work or live in reasonable comfort, and that
has at least 50 percent of its volume above grade.
CONSTRUCTION
HEAT CAPACITY (HC) or thermal capacity, is the measurable physical quantity that characterizes the amount of heat
required to change a substance's temperature by a given amount..
HEAT PUMP is an appliance, that consists of one or more assemblies; that uses an indoor conditioning coil, a
compressor, and a refrigerant-to-outdoor air heat exchanger to provide air heating; and that may also provide air cooling,
dehumidifying, humidifying, circulating, or air cleaning.
HEATED SLAB FLOOR is a concrete floor either, on-grade, raised, or a lightweight concrete slab topping. Heating is
provided by a system placed within or under the slab, and is sometimes referred to as a radiant slab floor.
HEATING EQUIPMENT is equipment used to provide mechanical heating for a room or rooms in a building.
HEATING SEASONAL PERFORMANCE FACTOR (HSPF) is the total heating output of a central air-conditioning
heat pump (in Btu) during its normal use period for heating divided by the total electrical energy input (in watt-hours)
during the same period, as determined using the applicable test method in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
HI is the Hydronics Institute of the Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association (GAMA).
HI HTG BOILER STANDARD is the Hydronics Institute document entitled “Testing and Rating Standard for Rating
Boilers,” 1989.
HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING is a building, other than a hotel/motel, of Occupancy Group R-2 or R-4 with
four or more habitable stories.
HOTEL/MOTEL is a building or buildings that has six or more guest rooms or a lobby serving six or more guest rooms,
where the guest rooms are intended or designed to be used, or which are used, rented, or hired out to be occupied, or
which are occupied for sleeping purposes by guests, and all conditioned spaces within the same building envelope.
Hotel/motel also includes all conditioned spaces which are (1) on the same property as the hotel/motel, (2) served by the
same central heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning system as the hotel/motel, and (3) integrally related to the
functioning of the hotel/motel as such, including, but not limited to, exhibition facilities, meeting and conference facilities,
food service facilities, lobbies, and laundries.
HVAC SYSTEM is a space-conditioning system or a ventilation system.
IES HB (See IES Lighting Handbook)
IES LIGHTING HANDBOOK is the Illuminating Engineering Society document entitled “The IES Lighting Handbook:
Reference and Applications, Tenth Edition” (2011).
IES LM-79-08 is the Illuminating Engineering Society document titled, “IES Approved Method for the Electrical and
Photometric Measurements of Solid-State Lighting Products.’
IES TM-15-11 is the Illuminating Engineering Society document titled, “Luminaire Classification Systems for Outdoor
Luminaires
INFILTRATION is uncontrolled inward air leakage from outside a building or unconditioned space, including leakage
through cracks and interstices, around windows and doors, and through any other exterior or demising partition or pipe or
duct penetration. See AIR BARRIER.
INTEGRATED ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO (IEER) is a single-number cooling part load efficiency figure of
merit calculated per the method described in AHRI Standard 340/360. This metric replaces the IPLV for ducted and non-
ducted units.
INTEGRATED PART LOAD VALUE (IPLV) is a single-number part-load efficiency figure of merit calculated per the
method described in AHRI Standard 550/590 for use with chillers.
ISO STANDARD 17025 is the International Organization for Standardization document titled "General Criteria for the
Competence of Testing and Calibration Laboratories", 2005 (ANS/ISO/IEC Standard 17025:2005).
ISO 13256-1 is the International Organization for Standardization document entitled "Water-source heat pumps -- Testing
and rating for performance -- Part 1: Water-to-air and brine-to-air heat pumps," 1998.
ISO 13256-2 is the International Organization for Standardization document entitled "Water-source heat pumps -- Testing
and rating for performance -- Part 1: Water-to-water and brine-to-water heat pumps," 1998.
CONSTRUCTION
LANGELIER SATURATION INDEX (LSI) is expressed as the difference between the actual system pH and the
saturation pH. LSI indicates whether water will precipitate, dissolve, or be in equilibrium with calcium carbonate, and is a
function of hardness, alkalinity, conductivity, pH and temperature.
LARGEST NET CAPACITY INCREMENT is the largest increase in capacity when switching between combinations
of base compressors that is expected to occur under the compressed air system control scheme.
LIGHTING definitions:
Accent Lighting is directional lighting designed to highlight or spotlight objects. It can be recessed, surface mounted,
or mounted to a pendant, stem, or track.
Chandelier is a ceiling-mounted, close-to-ceiling, or suspended decorative luminaire that uses glass, crystal,
ornamental metals, or other decorative material.
Compact Fluorescent Lamp is a fluorescent lamp less than 9 inches maximum overall length (M.O.L.) with a T5 or
smaller diameter glass tube that is folded, bent, or bridged.
Decorative (Lighting/Luminaire) is lighting or luminaires installed only for aesthetic purposes and that does not
serve as display lighting or general lighting.
Display Lighting is lighting that provides a higher level of illuminance to a specific area than the level of
surrounding ambient illuminance. Types of display lighting include:
Floor: supplementary lighting required to highlight features, such as merchandise on a clothing rack, which is not
displayed against a wall.
Wall: supplementary lighting required to highlight features, such as merchandise on a shelf, which is displayed on
perimeter walls.
Window: lighting of objects such as merchandise, goods, and artifacts, in a show window, to be viewed from the
outside of a space through a window.
Case: lighting of small art objects, artifacts, or valuable collections which involves customer inspection of very fine
detail from outside of a glass enclosed display case.
General Lighting is installed electric lighting that provides a uniform level of illumination throughout an area,
exclusive of any provision for special visual tasks or decorative effect, exclusive of daylighting, and also known as
ambient lighting.
GU-24 is the designation of a lamp holder and socket configuration, based on a coding system by the International
Energy Consortium, where “G” indicates the broad type of two or more projecting contacts, such as pins or posts, “U”
distinguishes between lamp and holder designs of similar type but that are not interchangeable due to electrical or
mechanical requirements, and “24” indicates 24 millimeters center to center spacing of the electrical contact posts.
Illuminance is the incident luminous flux density on a differential element of surface located at a point and oriented
in a particular direction, expressed in lumens per unit area.
Illumination is light incident on a surface of body, or the general condition of being illuminated.
Lamp is an electrical appliance that produces optical radiation for the purpose of visual illumination, designed with a
base to provide an electrical connection between the lamp and a luminaire, and designed to be installed into a
luminaire by means of a lamp-holder integral to the luminaire.
Landscape Lighting is a type of outdoor lighting that is recessed into or mounted on the ground, paving, or raised
deck, which is mounted less than 42” above grade or mounted onto trees or trellises, and that is intended to be aimed
only at landscape features.
Lantern is an outdoor luminaire that uses an electric lamp to replicate the appearance of a pre-electric lantern, which
used a flame to generate light.
Light is the luminous equivalent of power and is properly called luminous flux.
Lighting, or illumination, is the application of light to achieve some practical or aesthetic effect.
Light Emitting Diode (LED) definitions used in Part 6 are in section 6.8 of ANSI/IES RP-16-10.
CONSTRUCTION
Low Voltage is less than 90 volts.

Lumen Maintenance is a strategy used to provide a precise, constant level of lighting from a lighting system
regardless of the age of the lamps or the maintenance of the luminaires.
Luminaire is a complete lighting unit consisting of lamp(s) and the parts that distribute the light, position and protect
the lamp(s), and connect the lamp(s) to the power supply.
Luminance is a measure of the light emitting power of a surface, in a particular direction, per unit apparent area.
Luminous Flux is visually evaluated radiant flux and defines “light” for purposes of lighting design and illuminating
engineering.
Marquee Lighting is a permanent lighting system consisting of one or more rows of many small lamps, including
light emitting diodes (LEDs), or fiber optic lighting, attached to a canopy.
Ornamental Lighting for compliance with Part 6 is the following:
Luminaires installed outdoor which are rated for 100 watts or less that are post-top luminaires, lanterns, pendant
luminaires, chandeliers, and marquee lighting.
Decorative Luminaires installed indoor that are chandeliers, sconces, lanterns, neon and cold cathode, light emitting
diodes, theatrical projectors, moving lights, and light color panels.
Pendant is a mounting method in which the luminaire is suspended from above.
Permanently Installed lighting consists of luminaires that are affixed to land, within the meaning of Civil Code
section 658 and 660, except as provided below. Permanently installed luminaires may be mounted inside or outside
of a building or site. Permanently installed luminaires may have either plug-in or hardwired connections for electric
power. Examples include track and flexible lighting systems; lighting attached to walls, ceilings, columns, inside or
outside of permanently installed cabinets, internally illuminated cabinets, mounted on poles, in trees, or in the ground;
attached to ceiling fans and integral to exhaust fans. Permanently installed lighting does not include portable lighting
or lighting that is installed by the manufacturer in exhaust hoods for cooking equipment, refrigerated cases, food
preparation equipment, and scientific and industrial equipment.
Portable Lighting is lighting, with plug-in connections for electric power, that is: table and freestanding floor lamps;
attached to modular furniture; workstation task luminaires; luminaires attached to workstation panels; attached to
movable displays; or attached to other personal property.
Post Top Luminaire is an outdoor luminaire that is mounted directly on top of a lamp-post.
Precision Lighting is task lighting for commercial or industrial work that illuminates low contrast, finely detailed, or
fast moving objects.
Radiant Power is the time-rate-flow of radiant energy.
Radiant Energy is the electromagnetic or photonic radiant energy from a source.
Sconce is a wall mounted decorative accent luminaire.
Source (light) is the general term used to reference a source of light. It can refer variously to an electric lamp, a light
emitting diode (LED), an entire luminaire with lamp and optical control, or fenestration for daylighting.
Special Effects Lighting is lighting installed to give off luminance instead of providing illuminance, which does not
serve as general, task, or display lighting.
Task Lighting is lighting that is not general lighting and that specifically illuminates a location where a task is
performed.
Temporary Lighting is a lighting installation, with plug-in connections, that does not persist beyond 60 consecutive
days or more than 120 days per year.
Track Lighting is a system that includes luminaires and a track, rails, or cables that both mount the system, and
deliver electric power. Track lighting includes the following types:
CONSTRUCTION
Line-Voltage Track Lighting is equipped with luminaires that, use line-voltage lamps or that are equipped with
integral transformers at each luminaire.
Low-Voltage Track Lighting is equipped with remote transformers for use with low-voltage equipment along
the entire length of track.
Track Mounted Luminaires are luminaires designed to be attached at any point along a track lighting system.
Track mounted luminaires may be line-voltage or low-voltage.
Tuning is the ability to set maximum light levels at a lower level than full lighting power.
LIGHTING CONTROLS consist of the following:
Astronomical Time-Switch Control is an Automatic Time-Switch Control that controls lighting based on the time of day
and astronomical events such as sunset and sunrise, accounting for geographic location and calendar date.
Automatic Daylight Control uses one or more photosensors to detect changes in daylight illumination and then
automatically adjusts the luminous flux of the electric lighting system in response.
Automatic Multi-Level Daylight Control adjusts the luminous flux of the electric lighting system in either a series of
steps or by continuous dimming in response to available daylight. This kind of control uses one or more photosensors to
detect changes in daylight illumination and then automatically adjusts the electric lighting levels in response.
Automatic Time Switch Control controls lighting based on the time of day.
Captive-Key Override is a type of lighting control in which the key that activates the override cannot be released when
the lights are in the on position.
Countdown Timer Switch turns lighting or other loads ON when activated using one or more selectable count-down
time periods and then automatically turns lighting or other loads OFF when the selected time period had elapsed.
Dimmer varies the luminous flux of the electric lighting system by changing the power delivered to that lighting system.
Dimmer, Full-Range (Also known as a Continuous Dimmer) varies the luminous flux of the electric lighting system over
a continuous range from the device's maximum light output to the device's minimum light output. without visually
apparent abrupt changes in light level between the various steps.
Dimmer, Stepped varies the luminous flux of the electric lighting system in one or more predetermined discrete steps
between maximum light output and OFF with changes in light level between adjacent steps being visually apparent.
Lighting Control, Self Contained is a unitary lighting control module that requires no additional components to be a
fully functional lighting control.
Lighting Control System requires two or more components to be installed in the building to provide all of the
functionality required to make up a fully functional and compliant lighting control.
Multi-Level Astronomical Time Switch is an Astronomical Time Switch Control that reduces lighting power in multiple
steps.
Multi-Level Lighting Control reduces power going to a lighting system in multiple steps.
Multiscene Programmable Control allows for two or more pre-defined lighting settings, in addition to all-OFF, for two
or more groups of luminaires to suit multiple activities in the space.
Occupant Sensing Controls automatically control levels of illumination, allow for manual operation, and consist of the
following types:
Motion Sensor is used outdoors, automatically turns lights OFF after an area is vacated of occupants, and
automatically turns the lighting load ON when the area is occupied.
Occupant Sensor is used indoors and automatically turns lights OFF after an area is vacated of occupants and is
capable of automatically turning the lighting load ON when an area is occupied.
Partial-ON Occupant/Motion Sensor automatically turns lights OFF after an area is vacated of occupants and is
capable of automatically or manually turning ON part of the lighting load when an area is occupied.
CONSTRUCTION
Partial-OFF Occupant/Motion Sensor automatically turns OFF part of the lighting load after an area is vacated of
occupants and is capable of automatically turning ON the lighting load when an area is occupied.
Vacancy Sensor automatically turns lights OFF after an area is vacated of occupants but requires lighting loads to be
turned ON manually.
Part-Night Outdoor Lighting Control is a time or occupancy-based lighting control device or system that is
programmed to reduce or turn off the lighting power to an outdoor luminaire for a portion of the night.
Photo Control automatically turns lights ON and OFF, or automatically adjusts lighting levels, in response to the amount
of daylight that is available. A Photo Control may also be one component of a field assembled lighting system, the
component having the capability to provide a signal proportional to the amount of daylight to a Lighting Control System
to continuously dim or brighten the electric lights in response.
Track Lighting Integral Current Limiter consists of a current limiter integral to the end-feed housing of a manufactured
line-voltage track lighting system.
Track Lighting Supplementary Overcurrent Protection Panel is a Panelboard containing Supplementary Overcurrent
Protection Devices as defined in Article 100 of the California Electric Code, and used only with line voltage track lighting
LISTED is in accordance with Article 100 of the California Electric Code.
LOW-GWP REFRIGERANT is a compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that is: (A) any compound or blend of
compounds, with a GWP Value less than 150; and (B) U.S. EPA Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP)-approved;
and (C) not an ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, §82.3 (as
amended March 10, 2009).
LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING is a building, other than a hotel/motel that is Occupancy Group:
R-2, multi-family, with three stories or less; or
R-3, single family; or
U-building, located on a residential site.
LPG is liquefied petroleum gas. Propane is one type of LPG.
MAKEUP AIR is outdoor air that: is intentionally conveyed by openings or ducts into the building from the outside; is
supplied to the vicinity of an exhaust hood, and; replaces air, vapor, and contaminants being exhausted by the exhaust
hood. Makeup air is generally filtered and fan-forced, and it may be heated or cooled. Makeup air may be delivered
through openings or ducts integral to the exhaust hood.
MANUAL is capable of being operated by personal intervention.
MANUFACTURED DEVICE is any heating, cooling, ventilation, lighting, water heating, refrigeration, cooking,
plumbing fitting, insulation, door, fenestration product, or any other appliance, device, equipment, or system subject to
Sections 110.0 through 110.9 of Part 6.
MECHANICAL COOLING is lowering the temperature within a space using refrigerant compressors or absorbers,
desiccant dehumidifiers, or other systems that require energy from depletable sources to directly condition the space. In
nonresidential, high-rise residential, and hotel/motel buildings, cooling of a space by direct or indirect evaporation of
water alone is not considered mechanical cooling.
MECHANICAL HEATING is raising the temperature within a space using electric resistance heaters, fossil fuel
burners, heat pumps, or other systems that require energy from depletable sources to directly condition the space.
MERV is the Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value as determined by ASHRAE Standard 52.2 Method of Testing
General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size.
METAL BUILDING is a complete integrated set of mutually dependent components and assemblies that form a building,
which consists of a steel-framed superstructure and metal skin. This does not include structural glass or metal panels such
as in a curtainwall system.
MICRO-CHANNEL CONDENSER is an air-cooled condenser for refrigeration systems which utilizes multiple small
parallel gas flow passages in a flat configuration with fin surfaces bonded between the parallel gas passages.
CONSTRUCTION
MINI-SPLIT AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS are air conditioner or heat pump systems that have a single
outdoor section and one or more indoor sections. The indoor sections cycle on and off in unison in response to a single
indoor thermostat.
MODELING ASSUMPTIONS are the conditions (such as weather conditions, thermostat settings and schedules,
internal gain schedules, etc.) that are used for calculating a building's annual energy consumption as specified in the
Alternative Calculation Methods (ACM) Approval Manuals.
MULTIPLE-SPLIT AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS are air conditioner or heat pump systems that have
two or more indoor sections. The indoor sections operate independently and can be used to condition multiple zones in
response to multiple indoor thermostats.
MULTIPLE ZONE SYSTEM is an air distribution system that supplies air to more than one Space Conditioning Zone,
each of which has one or more devices (such as dampers, cooling coils, and heating coils) that regulate airflow, cooling, or
heating capacity to the zone.
NET EXHAUST FLOW RATE is the exhaust flow rate for a hood, minus any internal discharge makeup air flow rate.
NEWLY CONDITIONED SPACE is any space being converted from unconditioned to directly conditioned or
indirectly conditioned space. Newly conditioned space must comply with the requirements for an addition. See Section
141.0 for nonresidential occupancies and Section 150.2 for residential occupancies.
NEWLY CONSTRUCTED BUILDING is a building that has never been used or occupied for any purpose.
NON-DUCTED SYSTEM is an air conditioner or heat pump that: is permanently installed; directly heats or cools air
within the conditioned space; and uses one or more indoor coils that are mounted on walls or ceilings within the
conditioned space. The system may be of a modular design that allows for combining multiple outdoor coils and
compressors to create one unified system.
NONRESIDENTIAL BUILDING is any building which is identified in the California Building Code Table;
Description of Occupancy as Group A, B, E, F, H, M, or S; and is a U; as defined by Part2 of Title24 of the California
Code or Regulation. NOTE: Requirements for high-rise residential buildings and hotels/motels are included in the
nonresidential sections of Part 6.
NONRESIDENTIAL BUILDING OCCUPANCY TYPES are building types in which a minimum of 90 percent of the
building floor area functions as one of the following, which do not qualify as any other Building Occupancy Types more
specifically defined in Section 100.1, and which do not have a combined total of more than 10 percent of the area
functioning of any Nonresidential Function Areas specifically defined in Section 100.1:
Auditorium Building is a public building in which a minimum of 90 percent of the building floor area are rooms
with fixed seating that are primarily used for public meetings or gatherings.
Classroom Building is a building for an educational institution in which a minimum of 90 percent of the building
floor area are classrooms or educational laboratories.
Commercial and Industrial Storage Building is a building for which a minimum or 90 percent of the building floor
area is used for storing items.
Convention Center Building is a building in which a minimum of 90 percent of the building floor area are rooms
for meetings and conventions, which have neither fixed seating nor fixed staging.
Financial Institution Building is a building in which a minimum of 90 percent of the building floor area are rooms
used for an institution which collects funds from the public and places them in financial assets, such as deposits,
loans, and bonds.
General Commercial and Industrial Work Building is a building in which a minimum of 90 percent of the
building floor area are rooms for performing a craft, assembly or manufacturing operation.
Grocery Store Building is a building in which a minimum of 90 percent of the building floor area is sales floor for
the sale of foodstuffs.
Library Building is a building which is in which a minimum of 90 percent of the building floor area are rooms use as
a repository of literary materials, such as books, periodicals, newspapers, pamphlets and prints, are kept for reading or
reference.
CONSTRUCTION
Medical Buildings and Clinic Buildings are non “I” occupancy buildings in which a minimum of 90 percent of the
building floor area are rooms where medical or clinical care is provided, does not provide overnight patient care, and
is used to provide physical and mental care through medical, dental, or psychological examination and treatment.
Office Building is a building of CBC Group B Occupancy in which a minimum of 90 percent of the building floor
area are rooms in which business, clerical or professional activities are conducted.
Parking Garage Building is a building in which a minimum of 90 percent of the building floor area is for the
purpose of parking vehicles, which consists of at least a roof over the parking area enclosed with walls on all sides.
The building includes areas for vehicle maneuvering to reach designated parking spaces. If the roof of a parking
structure is also used for parking, the section without an overhead roof is considered an outdoor parking lot instead of
a parking garage.
Religious Facility Building is a building in which a minimum of 90 percent of the floor area in the building floor
area are rooms for assembly of people to worship.
Restaurant Building is a building in which a minimum of 90 percent of the building floor area are rooms in which
food and drink are prepared and served to customers in return for money.
School Building is a building in which a minimum of 90 percent of the building floor area is used for an educational
institution, but in which less than 90 percent of the building floor area is classrooms or educational laboratories, and
may include an auditorium, gymnasium, kitchen, library, multi-purpose room, cafeteria, student union, or workroom.
A maintenance or storage building is not a school building.
Theater Building is a building in which a minimum of 90 percent of the building floor area are rooms having tiers of
rising seats or steps for the viewing of motion pictures, or dramatic performances, lectures, musical events and similar
live performances.
NONRESIDENTIAL COMPLIANCE MANUAL is the manual developed by the Commission, under Section
25402.1(e) of the Public Resources Code, to aid designers, builders, and contractors in meeting the energy efficiency
requirements for nonresidential, high-rise residential, and hotel/motel buildings.
NONSTANDARD PART LOAD VALUE (NPLV) is a single-number part-load efficiency figure of merit for chillers
referenced to conditions other than IPLV conditions. (See “integrated part load value”)
NORTH-FACING (See “orientation”).
NONRESIDENTIAL FUNCTION AREAS are those areas, rooms, and spaces within Nonresidential Buildings which fall
within the following particular definitions, and are defined according to the most specific definition:
Aisle Way is the passage or walkway between storage racks in a Commercial or Industrial Storage Building, where
the racks are used to store materials such as goods and merchandise, and permanently anchored to the floor.
Atrium is a large-volume indoor space created by openings between two or more stories but is not used for an
enclosed stairway, elevator hoistway, escalator opening, or utility shaft for plumbing, electrical, air-conditioning or
other equipment.
Auditorium Room is a room with fixed seats used for public meetings or gatherings.
Auto Repair Bay is a room or area used to repair automotive equipment and/or vehicles.
Beauty Salon is a room or area in which the primary activity is manicures, pedicures, facials, or the cutting or styling
of hair.
Civic Meeting Place is a space in a government building designed or used for public debate, discussion, or public
meetings of governmental bodies.
Classroom, Lecture, Training, Vocational Room is a room or area where an audience or class receives instruction.
Commercial and Industrial Storage Area is a room or area used for storing of items such as goods and
merchandise.
Commercial and Industrial Storage Area (refrigerated) is a room or area used for storing items where mechanical
refrigeration is used to maintain the space temperature at 55° F or less.
CONSTRUCTION
Convention, Conference, and Meeting Centers are rooms or areas that are designed or used for meetings,
conventions or events, and that have neither fixed seating nor fixed staging.
Corridor is a passageway or route into which compartments or rooms open.
Dining is a room or area where meals that are served to the customers will be consumed.
Electrical/Mechanical/Telephone Room is a room in which the building's electrical switchbox or control panels,
telephone switchbox, and/or HVAC controls or equipment is located.
Exercise Center or Gymnasium is a room or area equipped for gymnastics, exercise equipment, or indoor athletic
activities.
Exhibit, Museum Area is a room or area in a museum that has for its primary purpose exhibitions, having neither
fixed seating nor fixed staging. An exhibit does not include a gallery or other place where art is for sale. An exhibit
does not include a lobby, conference room, or other occupancies where the primary function is not exhibitions.
Financial Transaction Area is a room or area used by an institution which collects funds from the public and places
them in financial assets, such as deposits, loans and bonds, and includes tellers, work stations, and customers' waiting
areas; to complete financial transactions. Financial transaction areas do not include private offices, hallways,
restrooms, or other support areas.
General Commercial and Industrial Work Area is a room or area in which an art, craft, assembly or manufacturing
operation is performed. Lighting installed in these areas is classified as follows:
High bay: Where the luminaires are 25 feet or more above the floor.
Low bay: Where the luminaires are less than 25 feet above the floor.
Precision: Where visual tasks of small size or fine detail such as electronics assembly, fine woodworking, metal
lathe operation, fine hand painting and finishing, egg processing operations, or tasks of similar visual difficulty
are performed.
Grocery Sales Area is a room or area that has as its primary purpose the sale of foodstuffs requiring additional
preparation prior to consumption.
Hotel Function Area is a hotel room or area such as a hotel ballroom, meeting room, exhibit hall or conference
room, together with pre-function areas and other spaces ancillary to its function.
Kitchen/Food Preparation is a room or area with cooking facilities or an area where food is prepared.
Laboratory, Scientific is a room or area where research, experiments, and measurement in medical and physical
sciences are performed requiring examination of fine details. The area may include workbenches, countertops,
scientific instruments, and associated floor spaces. Scientific laboratory does not refer to film, computer, and other
laboratories where scientific experiments are not performed.
Laundry is a room or area primarily designed or used for laundering activities.
Library Area is a room or area primarily designed or used as a repository for literary materials, such as books,
periodicals, newspapers, pamphlets and prints, kept for reading or reference.
Reading Area: Is a room or area in a library containing tables, chairs, or desks for patrons to use for the purpose
of reading books and other reference documents. Library reading areas include reading, circulation, and checkout
areas. Reading areas do not include private offices, meeting, photocopy, or other rooms not used specifically for
reading by library patrons.
Stack Area: Is a room or area in a library with grouping of shelving sections. Stack aisles include pedestrian
paths located in stack areas.
Lobby
Hotel: Is the contiguous area in a hotel/motel between the main entrance and the front desk, including reception,
waiting and seating areas.
CONSTRUCTION
Main Entry: Is the contiguous area in buildings other than hotel/motel that is directly located by the main
entrance of the building through which persons must pass, including any ancillary reception, waiting and seating
areas.
Locker or Dressing Room is a room or area for changing clothing, sometimes equipped with lockers.
Lounge is a room or area in a public place such as a hotel, airport, club, , or bar, designated for people to sit, wait and
relax.
Mall is a roofed or covered common pedestrian area within a mall building that serves as access for two or more
tenants.
Medical and Clinical Care Area is a non “I” occupancy room or area in a building that does not provide overnight
patient care and that is used to provide physical and mental care through medical, dental, or psychological
examination and treatment, including, but not limited to, laboratories and treatment spaces.
Museum is a room or area in which the primary function is the care or exhibit of works of artistic, historical, or
scientific value. A museum does not include a gallery or other place where art is for sale. A museum does not include
a lobby, conference room, or other occupancies where the primary function is not the care or exhibit of works of
artistic, historical, or scientific value.
Office Area is a room, area in a building of CBC Group B Occupancy in which business, clerical or professional
activities are conducted.
Open Area is a warehouse facility term describing a large unobstructed area that is typically used for the handling
and temporary storage of goods.
Parking Garage Areas include the following:
Parking Areas are the areas of a Parking Garage used for the purpose of parking and maneuvering of vehicles on
a single floor. Parking areas include sloping floors of a parking garage. Parking areas do not include Daylight
Transition Zones, Dedicated Ramps, or the roof of a Parking Garage, which may be present in a Parking Garage.
Daylight Transition Zone in a Parking Garage is the interior path of travel for vehicles to enter a parking garage
as needed to transition from exterior daylight levels to interior light levels. Daylight Transition Zones only
include the path of vehicular travel and do not include adjacent Parking Areas.
Dedicated Ramps in Parking Garages are driveways specifically for the purpose of moving vehicles between
floors of a parking garage and which have no adjacent parking. Dedicated ramps do not include sloping floors of
a parking structure, which are considered Parking Areas.
Religious Worship Area is a room or area in which the primary function is for an assembly of people to worship.
Religious worship does not include classrooms, offices, or other areas in which the primary function is not for an
assembly of people to worship.
Restroom is a room providing personal facilities such as toilets and washbasins.
Retail Merchandise Sales Area is a room or area in which the primary activity is the sale of merchandise.
Server Room is a room smaller than 500 square feet, within a larger building, in which networking equipment and
Information Technology (IT) server equipment is housed, and a minimum of five IT severs are installed in frame
racks.
Server Aisle is an aisle of racks of Information Technology (IT) server equipment in a Server Room. While
networking equipment may also be housed on these racks, it is largely a room to manage server equipment.
Stairs is a series of steps providing passage for persons from one level of a building to another, including escalators.
Stairwell is a vertical shaft in which stairs are located.
Support Area is a room or area used as a passageway, utility room, storage space, or other type of space associated
with or secondary to the function of an occupancy that is listed in these regulations.
Tenant Lease Area is a room or area in a building intended for lease for which a specific tenant is not identified at
the time of building permit application.
CONSTRUCTION
Theater Areas include the following:

Motion Picture Theater is an assembly room or area with tiers of rising seats or steps for the showing of motion
pictures.
Performance Theater is an assembly room or area with tiers of rising seats or steps for the viewing of dramatic
performances, lectures, musical events and similar live performances.
Transportation Function Area is the ticketing area, waiting area, baggage handling areas, concourse, in an airport
terminal, bus or rail terminal or station, subway or transit station, or a marine terminal.
Videoconferencing Studio is a room with permanently installed videoconferencing cameras, audio equipment, and
playback equipment for both audio-based and video-based two-way communication between local and remote sites.
Vocational Area is a room or area used to provide training in a special skill to be pursued as a trade.
Waiting Area is an area other than a hotel lobby or main entry lobby normally provided with seating and used for
people waiting.
Wholesale Showroom is a room or area where samples of merchandise are displayed.
OCCUPIABLE SPACE is any enclosed space inside the pressure boundary and intended for human activities, including,
but not limited to, all habitable spaces, toilets, closets, halls, storage and utility areas, and laundry areas.
OPEN COOLING TOWER is an open, or direct contact, cooling tower which exposes water directly to the cooling
atmosphere, thereby transferring the source heat load from the water directly to the air by a combination of heat and mass
transfer.
ORIENTATION, CARDINAL is one of the four principal directional indicators, north, east, south, and west, which are
marked on a compass. Also called cardinal directions.
ORIENTATION, EAST-FACING is oriented to within 45 degrees of true east, including 45°00'00" south of east (SE),
but excluding 45°00'00" north of east (NE).
ORIENTATION, NORTH-FACING is oriented to within 45 degrees of true north, including 45°00'00" east of north
(NE), but excluding 45°00'00' west of north (NW).
ORIENTATION, SOUTH-FACING is oriented to within 45 degrees of true south including 45°00'00" west of south
(SW), but excluding 45°00'00" east of south (SE).
ORIENTATION, WEST-FACING is oriented to within 45 degrees of true west, including 45°00'00" north of due west
(NW), but excluding 45°00'00" south of west (SW).
OUTDOOR AIR (Outside air) is air taken from outdoors and not previously circulated in the building.
OUTDOOR LIGHTING is electrical lighting used to illuminate outdoor areas.
OUTDOOR AREAS are areas external to a building. These include but are not limited to the following areas:
Building entrance way is the external area of any operable doorway in or out of a building, including overhead
doors. These areas serve any doorway, set of doors (including elevator doors such as in parking garages), turnstile,
vestibule, or other form of portal that is ordinarily used to gain access to the building by its users and occupants.
Where buildings have separate one-way doors to enter and to leave, this also includes any area serving any doors
ordinarily used to leave the building.
Building façade is the exterior surfaces of a building, not including horizontal roofing, signs, and surfaces not visible
from any public accessible viewing location.
Canopy is a permanent structure, other than a parking garage area, consisting of a roof and supporting building
elements, with the area beneath at least partially open to the elements. A canopy may be freestanding or attached to
surrounding structures. A canopy roof may serve as the floor of a structure above.
Carport is a covered, open-sided structure designed or used primarily for the purpose of parking vehicles, having a
roof over the parking area. Typically, carports are free-standing or projected from the side of the building and are only
two or fewer car lengths deep. A Carport is not a Garage.
CONSTRUCTION
Hardscape is the area of an improvement to a site that is paved or has other structural features such as curbs, plazas,
entries, parking lots, site roadways, driveways, walkways, sidewalks, bikeways, water features and pools, storage or
service yards, loading docks, amphitheaters, outdoor sales lots, and private monuments and statuary.
Outdoor sales frontage is the portion of the perimeter of an outdoor sales area immediately adjacent to a street, road,
or public sidewalk.
Outdoor sales lot is an uncovered paved area used exclusively for the display of vehicles, equipment or other
merchandise for sale. All internal and adjacent access drives, walkway areas, employee and customer parking areas,
vehicle service or storage areas are not outdoor sales lot areas, but are considered hardscape.
Parking lot is an uncovered area for the purpose of parking vehicles. Parking lot is a type of hardscape.
Paved area is an area that is paved with concrete, asphalt, stone, brick, gravel, or other improved wearing surface,
including the curb.
Principal viewing location is anywhere along the adjacent highway, street, road or sidewalk running parallel to an
outdoor sales frontage.
Public monuments are statuary, buildings, structures, and/or hardscape on public land.
Sales canopy is a canopy specifically to cover and protect an outdoor sales area.
Stairways and Ramps. Stairways are one or more flights of stairs with the necessary landings and platforms
connecting them to form a continuous and uninterrupted passage from one level to another. An exterior stairway is
open on at least one side, except for required structural columns, beams, handrails and guards. The adjoining open
areas shall be either yards, courts or public ways. The other sides of the exterior stairway need not be open. Ramps are
walking surfaces with a slope steeper than 5 percent.
Vehicle service station is a gasoline, natural gas, diesel, or other fuel dispensing station.
OUTDOOR LIGHTING ZONE is a geographic area designated by the California Energy Commission in accordance
with Part 1, Section 10-114, that determines requirements for outdoor lighting, including lighting power densities and
specific control, equipment or performance requirements. Lighting zones are numbered LZ1, LZ2, LZ3, and LZ4.
PART 1 means Part 1 of Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations.
PART 6 means Part 6 of Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations.
PART LOAD OPERATION occurs when a system or device is operating below its maximum rated capacity.
PARTICLE SIZE EFFICIENCY is the fraction (percentage) of particles that are captured on air filter equipment as
determined during rating tests conducted in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 52.2 or AHRI Standard 680. Particle Size
Efficiency is measured in three particle size ranges: 0.3-1.0, 1.0-3.0, 3.0-10 microns.
POOLS, ANSI/NSPI-5 is the American National Standards Institute and National Spa and Pool Institute document
entitled “American National Standard for Residential Inground Swimming Pools” 2003 (ANSI/NSPI-5 2003).
POOLS, AUXILIARY POOL LOADS are features or devices that circulate pool water in addition to that required for
pool filtration, including, but not limited to, solar pool heating systems, filter backwashing, pool cleaners, waterfalls,
fountains, and spas.
POOLS, BACKWASH VALVE is a diverter valve designed to backwash filters located between the circulation pump
and the filter, including, but not limited to, slide, push-pull, multi-port, and full-flow valves.
POOLS, MULTI-SPEED PUMP is a pump capable of operating at two (2) or more speeds and includes two-speed and
variable-speed pumps.
POOLS, NSF/ANSI 50 is the NSF International (formerly National Sanitation Foundation) Standard and American
National Standards Institute document entitled “Circulation System Components and Related Materials for Swimming
Pools, Spas/Hot Tubs” 2005 (NSF/ANSI 50 – 2005).
POOLS, RESIDENTIAL are permanently installed residential in-ground swimming pools intended for use by a single-
family home for noncommercial purposes and with dimensions as defined in ANSI/NSPI-5.
CONSTRUCTION
PRESSURE BOUNDARY is the primary air enclosure boundary separating indoor and outdoor air. For example, a
volume that has more leakage to the outside than to the conditioned space would be considered outside the pressure
boundary. Exposed earth in a crawlspace or basement shall not be considered part of the pressure boundary.
PRIMARY AIRFLOW is the airflow (cfm or L/s) supplied to the zone from the air-handling unit at which the outdoor
air intake is located. It includes outdoor intake air and recirculated air from that air-handling unit but does not include air
transferred or air recirculated to the zone by other means.
PRIMARY STORAGE is compressed air storage located upstream of the distribution system and any pressure flow
regulators.
PROCESS is an activity or treatment that is not related to the space conditioning, lighting, service water heating, or
ventilating of a building as it relates to human occupancy.
PROCESS BOILER is a type of boiler with a capacity (rated maximum input) of 300,000 Btus per hour (Btu/h) or more
that serves a process.
PROCESS SPACE is a space that is thermostatically controlled to maintain a process environment temperature less than
55º F or to maintain a process environment temperature greater than 90º F for the whole space that the system serves, or
that is a space with a space-conditioning system designed and controlled to be incapable of operating at temperatures
above 55º F or incapable of operating at temperatures below 90º F at design conditions.
PROCESS, COVERED are processes that are regulated under Part 6 which include but are not limited to computer
rooms, laboratory exhaust, garage exhaust, commercial kitchen ventilation, refrigerator warehouses, supermarket
refrigeration systems, compressed air systems, process cooling towers, process boilers.
PROCESS, EXEMPT is a process that is not a covered process.
PROCESS LOAD the energy consumption of and/or the heat generated by a piece of equipment or device that is part of a
process.
PROCESS LOAD, COVERED the energy consumption of and/or the heat generated by a piece of equipment or device
that is part of a covered process.
PROCESS LOAD, EXEMPT the energy consumption of and/or the heat generated by a piece of equipment or device
that is part of an exempt process.
PROPOSED DESIGN BUILDING ENERGY USE is the predicted energy use of proposed building derived from
application of the building energy use modeling rules described in the Alternative Calculation Method (ACM) Approval
Manual
PUBLIC AREAS are spaces generally open to the public at large, customers or congregation members, or similar spaces
where occupants need to be prevented from controlling lights for safety, security, or business reasons.
R-VALUE is the measure of the thermal resistance of insulation or any material or building component expressed in ft2-
hr-oF/Btu.
RADIANT BARRIER is a highly reflective, low emitting material installed at the underside surface of the roof deck and
the inside surface of gable ends or other exterior vertical surfaces in attics to reduce solar heat gain.
RAISED FLOOR is a floor (partition) over a crawl space, or an unconditioned space, or ambient air.
READILY ACCESSIBLE is capable of being reached quickly for operation, repair or inspection, without requiring
climbing or removing obstacles, or resorting to access equipment.
RECOOL is the cooling of air that has been previously heated by space-conditioning equipment or systems serving the
same building.
RECOVERED ENERGY is energy used in a building that (1) is recovered from space conditioning, service water
heating, lighting, or process equipment after the energy has performed its original function; (2) provides space
conditioning, service water heating, or lighting; and (3) would otherwise be wasted.
REFERENCE APPENDICES is the support document for the Building Energy Efficiency Standards and the ACM
Approval Manuals. The document consists of three sections: the Reference Joint Appendices (JA), the Reference
Residential Appendices (RA), and the Reference Nonresidential Appendices (NA).
CONSTRUCTION
REFLECTANCE, SOLAR is the ratio of the reflected solar flux to the incident solar flux.
REFRIGERATED CASE is a manufactured commercial refrigerator or freezer, including but not limited to display
cases, reach-in cabinets, meat cases, and frozen food and soda fountain units.
REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSE is a building or a space greater than or equal to 3,000 square feet constructed for
storage or handling of products, where mechanical refrigeration is used to maintain the space temperature at 55° F or less.
REFRIGERATED SPACE is a space constructed for storage or handling of products, where mechanical refrigeration is
used to maintain the space temperature at 55° F or less.
REHEAT is the heating of air that has been previously cooled by cooling equipment or supplied by an economizer.
RELOCATABLE PUBLIC SCHOOL BUILDING is a relocatable building as defined by Title 24, Part 1, Section 4-
314, which is subject to Title 24, Part 1, Chapter 4, Group 1.
REPAIR is the reconstruction or renewal for the purpose of maintenance of any component, system, or equipment of an
existing building. Repairs shall not increase the preexisting energy consumption of the repaired component, system, or
equipment. Replacement of any component, system, or equipment for which there are requirements in the Standards is
considered an alteration and not a repair.
REPLACEMENT AIR is air that is used to replace air removed from a building through an exhaust system. Replacement
air may be derived from one or more of the following: makeup air, portions of supply air, transfer air, or infiltration air.
SUPPLY AIR is air entering a space from an air-conditioning, heating, or ventilating system for the purpose of comfort
conditioning. Supply air is generally filtered, fan-forced, and heated, cooled, humidified or dehumidified as necessary to
maintain specified temperature and humidity conditions.
TRANSFER AIR is air transferred, whether actively by fans or passively by pressure differentials, from one room to
another within a building through openings in the room envelope.
INFILTRATION AIR is outdoor air that enters a building or space through openings in the building or space envelope
due to negative pressure in the space or building relative to the exterior of the building envelope.
RESIDENTIAL BUILDING (See “high-rise residential building” and “low-rise residential building”)
RESIDENTIAL COMPLIANCE MANUAL is the manual developed by the Commission, under Section 25402.1 of the
Public Resources Code, to aid designers, builders, and contractors in meeting Energy Efficiency Standards for low-rise
residential buildings.
RESIDENTIAL SPACE TYPE is one of the following:
Bathroom is a room or area containing a sink used for personal hygiene, toilet, shower, or a tub.
Closet is a non-habitable room used for the storage of linens, household supplies, clothing, non-perishable food, or
similar uses, and which is not a hallway or passageway.
Garage is a non-habitable building or portion of building, attached to or detached from a residential dwelling unit, in
which motor vehicles are parked.
Kitchen is a room or area used for cooking, food storage and preparation and washing dishes, including associated
counter tops and cabinets, refrigerator, stove, ovens, and floor area.
Laundry is a non-habitable room or space which contains plumbing and electrical connections for a washing machine
or clothes dryer.
Storage building is a non-habitable detached building used for the storage of tools, garden equipment, or
miscellaneous items.
Utility room is a non-habitable room or building which contains only HVAC, plumbing, or electrical controls or
equipment; and which is not a bathroom, closet, garage, or laundry room.
ROOF is the outside cover of a building or structure including the structural supports, decking, and top layer that is
exposed to the outside with a slope less than 60 degrees from the horizontal.
ROOF, LOW-SLOPED is a roof that has a ratio of rise to run of 2:12 or less (9.5 degrees from the horizontal).
CONSTRUCTION
ROOF, STEEP-SLOPED is a roof that has a ratio of rise to run of greater than 2:12 (9.5 degrees from the horizontal).
ROOFING PRODUCT is the top layer of the roof that is exposed to the outside, which has properties including but not
limited to solar reflectance, thermal emittance, and mass.
ROOF RECOVER BOARD is a rigid type board, installed directly below a low-sloped roof membrane, with or without
above deck thermal insulation, to: (a) improve a roof system's compressive strength, (b) physically separate the roof
membrane from the thermal insulation, or (c) physically separate a new roof covering from an underlying roof membrane
as part of a roof overlay project.
RUNOUT is piping that is no more than 12 feet long and connects to a fixture or an individual terminal unit.
SATURATED CONDENSING TEMPERATURE (also known as CONDENSING TEMPERATURE) is: (a) for
single component and azeotropic refrigerants, the saturation temperature corresponding to the refrigerant pressure at the
condenser entrance, or (b) for zeotropic refrigerants, the arithmetic average of the Dew Point and Bubble Point
temperatures corresponding to the refrigerant pressure at the condenser entrance.
SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT is measurement, testing or metering equipment used for scientific research or investigation,
including but not limited to manufactured cabinets, carts and racks.
SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO (SEER) is the total cooling output of an air conditioner in Btu during its
normal usage period for cooling divided by the total electrical energy input in watt-hours during the same period, as
determined using the applicable test method in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
SERVICE WATER HEATING is heating of water for sanitary purposes for human occupancy, other than for comfort
heating.
SHADING is the protection from heat gains because of direct solar radiation by permanently attached exterior devices or
building elements, interior shading devices, glazing material, or adherent materials.
SHADING COEFFICIENT (SC) is the ratio of the solar heat gain through a fenestration product to the solar heat gain
through an unshaded 1/8-inch-thick clear double strength glass under the same set of conditions. For nonresidential, high-
rise residential, and hotel/motel buildings, this shall exclude the effects of mullions, frames, sashes, and interior and
exterior shading devices.
SIGN definitions include the following:
Electronic Message Center (EMC) is a pixilated image producing electronically controlled sign formed by any light
source. Bare lamps used to create linear lighting animation sequences through the use of chaser circuits, also known
as “chaser lights” are not considered an EMC.
Illuminated face is a side of a sign that has the message on it. For an exit sign it is the side that has the word “EXIT”
on it.
Sign, cabinet is an internally illuminated sign consisting of frame and face , with a continuous translucent message
panel, also referred to as a panel sign.
Sign, channel letter is an internally illuminated sign with multiple components, each built in the shape of an
individual three dimensional letters or symbol that are each independently illuminated, with a separate translucent
panel over the light source for each element.
Sign, double-faced is a sign with two parallel opposing faces.
Sign, externally illuminated is any sign or a billboard that is lit by a light source that is external to the sign directed
towards and shining on the face of the sign.
Sign, internally illuminated is a sign that is illuminated by a light source that is contained inside the sign where the
message area is luminous, including cabinet signs and channel letter signs.
Sign, traffic is a sign for traffic direction, warning, and roadway identification.
Sign, unfiltered is a sign where the viewer perceives the light source directly as the message, without any colored
filter between the viewer and the light source, including neon, cold cathode, and LED signs.
SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE is a building that is of Occupancy Group R-3.
CONSTRUCTION
SINGLE PACKAGE VERTICAL AIR CONDITIONER (SPVAC): Is a type of air-cooled small or large commercial
package air-conditioning and heating equipment; factory assembled as a single package having its major components
arranged vertically, which is an encased combination of cooling and optional heating components; is intended for exterior
mounting on, adjacent interior to, or through an outside wall; and is powered by single or three-phase current. It may
contain separate indoor grille, outdoor louvers, various ventilation options, indoor free air discharge, ductwork, wall
plenum, or sleeve. Heating components may include electrical resistance, steam, hot water, gas, or no heat but may not
include reverse cycle refrigeration as a heating means.
SINGLE PACKAGE VERTICAL HEAT PUMP (SPVHP): Is an SPVAC that utilizes reverse cycle refrigeration as its
primary heat source, with secondary supplemental heating by means of electrical resistance, steam, hot water, or gas.
SINGLE ZONE SYSTEM is an air distribution system that supplies air to one thermal zone.
SITE SOLAR ENERGY is thermal, chemical, or electrical energy derived from direct conversion of incident solar
radiation at the building site.
SMACNA is the Sheet Metal and Air-Conditioning Contractors National Association.
SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS is the Sheet Metal Contractors’ National Association
document "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible - 3rd Edition," 2006 (2006ANSI/SMACNA-006-2006
HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 3rd Edition)
SMACNA RESIDENTIAL COMFORT SYSTEM INSTALLATION STANDARDS MANUAL is the Sheet Metal
Contractors’ National Association document entitled “Residential Comfort System Installation Standards Manual, Seventh
Edition.” (1998).
SOCIAL SERVICES BUILDING is a space where public assistance and social services are provided to individuals or
families.
SOLAR REFLECTANCE INDEX (SRI) is a measure of the roof's ability to reject solar heat which includes both
reflectance and emittance.
SOLAR SAVINGS FRACTION (SSF) is the fraction of domestic hot water demand provided by a solar water-heating
system.
SOLAR ZONE is a section of the roof designated and reserved for the future installation of a solar electric or solar
thermal system.
SOUTH-FACING (See “orientation”)
SPA is a vessel that contains heated water in which humans can immerse themselves, is not a pool, and is not a bathtub.
SPACE-CONDITIONING SYSTEM is a system that provides heating, or cooling within or associated with conditioned
spaces in a building, and may incorporate use of components such as chillers/compressors, fluid distribution systems (e.g.,
air ducts, water piping, refrigerant piping), pumps, air handlers, cooling and heating coils, air or water cooled condensers,
economizers, terminal units, and associated controls.
STANDARD DESIGN BUILDING is a building that complies with the mandatory and prescriptive requirements in the
Title 24 Building Energy Efficiency Standards by using the building energy modeling rules described in the Alternative
Calculation Method (ACM) Reference Manual.
STORAGE, COLD, is a storage area within a refrigerated warehouse where space temperatures are maintained at or
above 32° F.
STORAGE, FROZEN is a storage area within a refrigerated warehouse where the space temperatures are maintained
below 32° F.
TENANT SPACE is a portion of a building occupied by a tenant.
THERMAL MASS is solid or liquid material used to store heat for later heating use or for reducing cooling requirements.
THERMAL RESISTANCE (R) is a measurement of the resistance over time of a material or building component to the
passage of heating (hr x ft² x ºF)/Btu.
CONSTRUCTION
THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE (TXV) is a refrigerant metering valve, installed in an air conditioner or heat
pump, which controls the flow of liquid refrigerant entering the evaporator in response to the superheat of the gas leaving
it.
TIME DEPENDENT VALUATION (TDV) ENERGY is the time varying energy caused to be used by the building to
provide space conditioning and water heating and for specified buildings lighting. TDV energy accounts for the energy
used at the building site and consumed in producing and in delivering energy to a site, including, but not limited to, power
generation, transmission and distribution losses.
TOTAL HEAT OF REJECTION (THR) is the heat rejected by refrigeration system compressors at design conditions,
consisting of the design cooling capacity plus the heat of compression added by the compressors.
TOWNHOUSE is a single-family dwelling unit constructed in a group of three or more attached units in which each unit
extends from the foundation to roof and with open space on at least two sides.
TRANSFER AIR is air transferred, whether actively by fans or passively by pressure differentials, from one room to
another within a building through openings in the room envelope.
TRIM COMPRESSOR is a compressor that is designated for part-load operation, handling the short term variable trim
load of end uses, in addition to the fully loaded base compressors.
U-FACTOR is the overall coefficient of thermal transmittance of a fenestration, wall, floor, or roof/ceiling component, in
Btu/(hr x ft² x ºF), including air film resistance at both surfaces.
UL is the Underwriters Laboratories.
UL 727 is the Underwriters Laboratories document entitled “Standard for Oil-Fired Central Furnaces,” 2006.
UL 731 is the Underwriters Laboratories document entitled “Standard for Oil-Fired Unit Heaters,” 2006 with revision 1
through 7.
UNCONDITIONED SPACE is enclosed space within a building that is not directly conditioned, or indirectly
conditioned.
UNIT INTERIOR MASS CAPACITY (UIMC) is the amount of effective heat capacity per unit of thermal mass, taking
into account the type of mass material, thickness, specific heat, density and surface area.
USDOE 10 CFR 430 is the regulation issued by Department of Energy and available in the Code of Federal Regulation -
Title 10, Chapter II, Sub-chapter D, Part 430 – Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products. Relevant testing
methodologies are specified in “Appendix N to sub-part B of Part 430 – Uniform test method for measuring the energy
consumption of furnaces and boilers.”
USDOE 10 CFR 431 is the regulation issued by Department of Energy and available in the Code of Federal Regulation -
Title 10, Chapter II, Sub-chapter D, Part 431 - Energy Conservation Program for Certain Commercial and Industrial
equipment. Relevant testing methodologies are specified in “Subpart E to Part 431 – Uniform test method for the
measurement of energy efficiency of commercial packaged boilers.”
VAPOR RETARDER CLASS is a measure of the ability of a material or assembly to limit the amount of moisture that
passes through the material or assembly meeting section 202 of the 2010 California Building Code.
VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) SYSTEM is a space-conditioning system that maintains comfort levels by varying
the volume of supply air to the zones served.
VENDING MACHINE is a machine for vending and dispensing refrigerated or non-refrigerated food and beverages or
general merchandise.
VERTICAL GLAZING (See “window”)
VERY VALUABLE MERCHANDISE is rare or precious objects, including, but not limited to, jewelry, coins, small art
objects, crystal, ceramics, or silver, the selling of which involves customer inspection of very fine detail from outside of a
locked case.
WALL TYPE is a type of wall assembly having a specific heat capacity, framing type, and U-factor.
WATER BALANCE IN EVAPORATIVE COOLING TOWERS The water balance of a cooling tower is:
CONSTRUCTION
M = E + B, where:
M = makeup water (from the mains water supply)
E = losses due to evaporation
B = losses due to blowdown
WEST-FACING (See “orientation”)
WOOD HEATER is an enclosed wood-burning appliance used for space heating and/or domestic water heating.
WOOD STOVE (See “wood heater”)
ZONE, CRITICAL is a zone serving a process where reset of the zone temperature setpoint during a demand shed event
might disrupt the process, including but not limited to data centers, telecom and private branch exchange (PBX) rooms,
and laboratories.
ZONE, NON-CRITICAL is a zone that is not a critical zone.
ZONE, SPACE-CONDITIONING, is a space or group of spaces within a building with sufficiently similar comfort
conditioning requirements so that comfort conditions, as specified in Section 140.4(b)3 or 150.0(h), as applicable, can be
maintained throughout the zone by a single controlling device.
CONSTRUCTION
CALIFORNIA BUILDING
CLIMATE ZONES
Alturas
S
#
Eureka #S
16
2 11
South Lake
S
#
Tahoe
SONOMA
S
#
Sacramento
12
San Francisco S
#
S
#
S
#
Fresno
4
13
Bakersfield
S
#
14
Barstow
S
#
16
9
6 10 16
8
N 7 15
W E
14
S
#
San Diego
S
50 0 50 100 Miles
CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION

SYSTEMS ASSESMENT & FACILITIES SITING DIVISION
CARTOGRAPHY UNIT
MARCH 2005
T:\Projects\CEC \Mexico\MX Border.apr VIEW: CZ Building B&W 8.5X11 LAYOUT :CZ Building B&W 8.5X11
FIGURE 100.1-A—CALIFORNIA CLIMATE ZONES

Climate Zones for Residential and Nonresidential Occupancies
CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 100.2 – CALCULATION OF TIME DEPENDENT VALUATION

(TDV) ENERGY
Time Dependent Valuation (TDV) energy shall be used to compare proposed designs to their energy budget when using
the performance compliance approach. TDV energy is calculated by multiplying the site energy use (electricity kWh,
natural gas therms, or fuel oil or LPG gallons) for each energy type times the applicable TDV multiplier. TDV multipliers
vary for each hour of the year and by energy type (electricity, natural gas or propane), by climate zone and by building
type (low-rise residential or nonresidential, high-rise residential or hotel/motel). TDV multipliers are summarized in
Reference Joint Appendix JA3. TDV multipliers for propane shall be used for all energy obtained from depletable sources
other than electricity and natural gas.
SECTION 100.2 – CALCULATION OF TIME DEPENDENT VALUATION (TDV) ENERGYSECTION 100.2 –

CALCULATION OF TIME DEPENDENT VALUATION (TDV) ENERGY
SUBCHAPTER 2
ALL OCCUPANCIES—MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS
FOR THE MANUFACTURE, CONSTRUCTION AND
INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND
BUILDING COMPONENTS
SECTION 110.0 – SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT—GENERAL

Sections 110.1 through 110.10 establish requirements for manufacturing, construction, and installation of certain systems,
equipment, appliances, and building components that are installed in buildings regulated by Part 6.
Systems, equipment, appliances, and building components may be installed in a building regulated by Part 6 only if:
(a) The manufacturer has certified that the system, equipment, appliances, or building component complies with the
applicable manufacturing provisions of Sections 110.1 through 110.10.
(b) The system, equipment or building component complies with all applicable installation provisions of Sections 110.1
through 110.10.
SECTION 110.1 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLIANCES

(a) Any appliance regulated by the Appliance Efficiency Regulations, Title 20 California Code of Regulations, Section
1601 et seq., may be installed only if the appliance fully complies with Section 1608(a) of those regulations
(b) Except for those circumstances described in Section 110.1(c), conformance with Part 6-specific efficiency
requirements shall be verified utilizing data from either:
1. The Energy Commission's database of certified appliances maintained pursuant to Title 20 California Code of
Regulations, Section 1606, and which is available at: www.energy.ca.gov/appliances/database/; or
2. An equivalent directory published by a federal agency; or
3. An approved trade association directory as defined in Title 20 California Code of Regulations, Section 1606(h).
(c) Conformance with Part 6-specific efficiency requirements may be demonstrated either by utilizing minimal efficiency
values defined in Part 6 or by criteria approved by the Commission pursuant to Section 10-109 of Title 24, Part 1,
when:
1. Data to verify conformance with Part 6-specific efficiency requirements is not available pursuant to subdivision
(b); or
2. Field verification and diagnostic testing is required for compliance with Part 6 and there is not an applicable field
verification and diagnostic test protocol available in Part 6 that is suitable to the appliance; or
3. The appliance meets the requirements of Section 110.1(a) and has been site-modified in a way that affects its
performance; or
4. The system has received a waiver under 10 CFR Section 430.27 or Section 431.401 and that waiver fails to
specify how the efficiency of the system shall be determined.
SECTION 110.0 – SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT—GENERAL

SECTION 110.2 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACE-

CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
Certification by Manufacturers. Any space-conditioning equipment listed in this section may be installed only if the
manufacturer has certified to the Commission that the equipment complies with all the applicable requirements of this
section.
(a) Efficiency. Equipment shall meet the applicable efficiency requirements in TABLE 110.2-A through TABLE 110.2-
K subject to the following:
1. If more than one efficiency standard is listed for any equipment in TABLE 110.2-A through TABLE 110.2-K, the
equipment shall meet all the applicable standards that are listed; and
2. If more than one test method is listed in TABLE 110.2-A through TABLE 110.2-K, the equipment shall comply
with the applicable efficiency standards when tested with each listed test method; and
3. Where equipment can serve more than one function, such as both heating and cooling, or both space heating and
water heating, it shall comply with all the efficiency standards applicable to each function; and
4. Where a requirement is for equipment rated at its "maximum rated capacity" or "minimum rated capacity," the
capacity shall be as provided for and allowed by the controls, during steady-state operation.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 110.2(a): Water-cooled centrifugal water-chilling packages that are not designed for
operation at ANSI/AHRI Standard 550/590 test conditions of 44°F leaving chilled water temperature and 85°F
entering condenser water temperature with 3 gallons per minute per ton condenser water flow shall have a maximum
full load kW/ton and NPLV ratings adjusted using the following equation:
Adjusted maximum full-load kW/ton rating = (full-load kW/ton from TABLE 110.2-D) / Kadj
Adjusted maximum NPLV rating = (IPLV from TABLE 110.2-D) / Kadj
Where:
Kadj = (A) x (B)
A = 0.00000014592 x (LIFT)4 – 0.0000346496 x (LIFT)3+0.00314196 x (LIFT)2 – 0.147199 x (LIFT) +
3.9302
LIFT = LvgCond – LvgEvap (°F)
LvgCond = Full-load leaving condenser fluid temperature (°F)
LvgEvap = Full-load leaving evaporator fluid temperature (°F)
B = (0.0015 x LvgEvap) + 0.934
The adjusted full-load and NPLV values are only applicable for centrifugal chillers meeting all of the following full-
load design ranges:
• Minimum Leaving Evaporator Fluid Temperature: 36°F
• Maximum Leaving Condenser Fluid Temperature: 115°F
• LIFT ≥ 20°F and ≤ 80°F
Centrifugal chillers designed to operate outside of these ranges are not covered by this exception.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 110.2(a): Positive displacement (air- and water-cooled) chillers with a leaving evaporator
fluid temperature higher than 32°F shall show compliance with TABLE 110.2-D when tested or certified with water
at standard rating conditions, per the referenced test procedure.
(b) Controls for Heat Pumps with Supplementary Electric Resistance Heaters. Heat pumps with supplementary
electric resistance heaters shall have controls:
SECTION 110.2 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACE-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT

1. That prevent supplementary heater operation when the heating load can be met by the heat pump alone; and
2. In which the cut-on temperature for compression heating is higher than the cut-on temperature for supplementary
heating, and the cut-off temperature for compression heating is higher than the cut-off temperature for
supplementary heating.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 110.2(b): The controls may allow supplementary heater operation during:
A. Defrost; and
B. Transient periods such as start-ups and following room thermostat setpoint advance, if the controls provide
preferential rate control, intelligent recovery, staging, ramping or another control mechanism designed to
preclude the unnecessary operation of supplementary heating.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 110.2(b): Room air-conditioner heat pumps.
(c) Thermostats. All unitary heating or cooling systems, including heat pumps, not controlled by a central energy
management control system (EMCS) shall have a setback thermostat.
1. Setback Capabilities. All thermostats shall have a clock mechanism that allows the building occupant to
Program the temperature setpoints for at least four periods within 24 hours. Thermostats for heat pumps shall
meet the requirements of Section 110.2(b).
EXCEPTION to Section 110.2(c): Gravity gas wall heaters, gravity floor heaters, gravity room heaters, non-central
electric heaters, fireplaces or decorative gas appliances, wood stoves, room air conditioners, and room air-conditioner
heat pumps.
(d) Gas- and Oil-Fired Furnace Standby Loss Controls. Gas-fired and oil-fired forced air furnaces with input ratings
≥225,000 Btu/h shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either power venting or a
flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for furnaces where combustion air is drawn
from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input ratings ≥225,000 Btu/h, including electric furnaces, that are not
located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input rating.
(e) Open and Closed Circuit Cooling Towers. All open and closed circuit cooling tower installations shall comply
with the following:
1. Be equipped with Conductivity or Flow-based Controls that maximize cycles of concentration based on local
water quality conditions. Controls shall automate system bleed and chemical feed based on conductivity, or in
proportion to metered makeup volume, metered bleed volume, recirculating pump run time, or bleed time.
Conductivity controllers shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications in order to maximize
accuracy.
2. Documentation of Maximum Achievable Cycles of Concentration. Building owners shall document the
maximum cycles of concentration based on local water supply as reported annually by the local water supplier,
and using the calculator approved by the Energy Commission. The calculator is intended to determine maximum
cycles based on a Langelier Saturation Index (LSI) of 2.5 or less. Building owner shall document maximum
cycles of concentration on the mechanical compliance form which shall be reviewed and signed by the
Professional Engineer (P.E.) of Record.
3. Be equipped with a Flow Meter with an analog output for flow either hardwired or available through a gateway
on the makeup water line.
4. Be equipped with an Overflow Alarm to prevent overflow of the sump in case of makeup water valve failure.
Overflow alarm shall send an audible signal or provide an alert via the Energy Management Control System to
the tower operator in case of sump overflow.
5. Be equipped with Efficient Drift Eliminators that achieve drift reduction to 0.002 percent of the circulated water
volume for counter-flow towers and 0.005 percent for cross-flow towers.
EXCEPTION to Section 110.2(e): Towers with rated capacity < 150 tons.
(f) Low Leakage Air-Handling Units. To qualify as a low leakage air-handling unit for use for meeting the
requirements for applicable low leakage air-handling unit compliance credit(s) available in the performance standards

set forth in Sections 150.1(b) and 140.1, the manufacturer shall certify to the Energy Commission that the air-
handling unit meets the specifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA9.
TABLE 110.2-A ELECTRICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS –
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
a
Efficiency c
Equipment Type Size Category Test Procedure
Before 1/1/2015 After 1/1/2015
b
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and 11.2 EER
b ANSI/AHRI 340/360
< 135,000 Btu/h 11.4 IEER Applicable minimum
efficiency values as
b
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and 11.0 EER determined by Title 20
Air conditioners,
< 240,000 Btu/h b California Code of
air cooled 11.2 IEER
Regulations Section 1605.1
both split system ≥ 240,000 Btu/h and 10.0 EER
b
and single package b ANSI/AHRI 340/360
< 760,000 Btu/h 10.1 IEER
b
9.7 EER
≥ 760,000 Btu/h b
9.8 IEER
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and 12.1 EERb

ANSI/AHRI 340/360
< 135,000 Btu/h 12.3 IEERb
b
≥135,000 Btu/h and 12.5 EER
b ANSI/AHRI 340/360
< 240,000 Btu/h 12.5 IEER
Air conditioners,
water cooled b
≥240,000 Btu/h and 12.4 EER
b ANSI/AHRI 340/360
< 760,000 Btu/h 12.6 IEER
b
12.2 EER
≥ 760,000 Btu/h b ANSI/AHRI 340/360
12.4 IEER
b
≥65,000 Btu/h and 12.1 EER
b ANSI/AHRI 340/360
< 135,000 Btu/h 12.3 IEER
b
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and 12.0 EER
b ANSI/AHRI 340/360
Air conditioners, < 240,000 Btu/h 12.2 IEER
evaporatively cooled
b
≥240,000 Btu/h and 11.9 EER
b ANSI/AHRI 340/360
< 760,000 Btu/h 12.1 IEER
b
11.7 EER
≥ 760,000 Btu/h b ANSI/AHRI 340/360
11.9 IEER
Condensing units, 10.5 EER
≥ 135,000 Btu/h
air cooled 11.8 IEER
≥ 135,000 Btu/h ANSI/AHRI 365
water cooled 14.0 IEER
≥ 135,000 Btu/h
evaporatively cooled 14.0 IEER
a
IEERs are only applicable to equipment with capacity control as per ANSI/AHRI 340/360 test procedures
b
Deduct 0.2 from the required EERs and IEERs for units with a heating section other than electric resistance heat.
c
Applicable test procedure and reference year are provided under the definitions.

TABLE 110.2-B UNITARY AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS, MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
Subcategory or Rating
Equipment Type Size Category Efficiency a Test Procedurec
Condition
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and 11.0 EERb

< 135,000 Btu/h 11.2 IEERb
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and 10.6 EERb
Air Cooled < 240,000 Btu/h Split system and 10.7 IEERb
ANSI/AHRI 340/360
(Cooling Mode) single package
9.5 EERb
≥ 240,000 Btu/h 9.6 IEERb
Water source (cooling ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and

86ºF entering water 12.0 EER ISO-13256-1
mode) < 135,000 Btu/h
Groundwater source
(cooling mode) < 135,000 Btu/h
Ground source (cooling

mode) < 135,000 Btu/h
Water source water-to-

water (cooling mode) < 135,000 Btu/h
Groundwater source
water-to-water (cooling 59ºF entering water 16.3 EER ISO-13256-1
mode) < 135,000 Btu/h
Ground source brine-to-

water (cooling mode) < 135,000 Btu/h
47° F db/43° F wb
3.3 COP
outdoor air
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and
Air Cooled < 135,000 Btu/h 17° F db/15° F wb
(cooling capacity) 2.25 COP
(Heating Mode) outdoor air
ANSI/AHRI 340/360
Split system and
single package 47° F db/43° F wb
≥ 135,000 Btu/h 3.2 COP
outdoor air
(cooling capacity)
17° F db/15° F wb
2.05 COP
outdoor air

Subcategory or Rating
Equipment Type Size Category Efficiency a Test Procedurec
Condition
Water source (heating < 135,000 Btu/h

68ºF entering water 4.2 COP ISO-13256-1
mode) (cooling capacity)
Groundwater source
< 135,000 Btu/h 50ºF entering water 3.6 COP ISO-13256-1
(heating mode)
(cooling capacity)
Ground source (heating

mode)
(cooling capacity)
Water source water-to-

water (heating mode)
(cooling capacity)
Groundwater source
water-to-water (heating < 135,000 Btu/h 50ºF entering water 3.1 COP ISO-13256-2
mode) (cooling capacity)
Ground source brine-to-

water (heating mode)
(cooling capacity)
a
IEERs are only applicable to equipment with capacity control as per ANSI/AHRI 340/360 test procedures.
b
Deduct 0.2 from the required EERs and IEERs for units with a heating section other than electric resistance heat.
c
TABLE 110.2-C AIR-COOLED GAS-ENGINE HEAT PUMPS

Equipment Type Size Category Subcategory or Rating Efficiency Test Procedurea
Condition
Air-Cooled Gas-
95° F db
Engine Heat Pump All Capacities 0.60 COP ANSI Z21.40.4A
Outdoor Air
(Cooling Mode)
Air-Cooled Gas-
47° F db/43° F wb
Engine Heat Pump All Capacities 0.72 COP ANSI Z21.40.4A
Outdoor Air
(Heating Mode)
a

TABLE 110.2-D WATER CHILLING PACKAGES – MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS a,b

Equipment Type Size Category Path A Efficiency a,b Path B Efficiency a,b Test Procedure c
≥ 9.562 EER
Air Cooled, With < 150 Tons N.A. d
≥ 12.500 IPLV
Condenser
≥ 9.562 EER
≥ 150 Tons N.A. d
Electrically Operated ≥ 12.750 IPLV
AHRI 550/590
Air Cooled, Air-cooled chillers without condensers must be rated
Without Condenser All Capacities with matching condensers and comply with the air-
cooled chiller efficiency requirements.
Electrically Operated
Water Cooled,
Electrically Operated, Reciprocating units must comply with the water-
All Capacities cooled positive displacement efficiency AHRI 550/590
Reciprocating requirements.
(Reciprocating)
≤0.780 kW/ton ≤ 0.800 kW/ton
< 75 Tons
≤ 0.630 IPLV ≤ 0.600 IPLV
≤ 0.775 kW/ton ≤ 0.790 kW/ton
Water Cooled, ≥ 75 tons and < 150 tons
≤ 0.615 IPLV ≤ 0.586 IPLV
Electrically Operated ≤ 0.680 kW/ton ≤ 0.718 kW/ton
≥ 150 tons and < 300 tons
Positive Displacement ≤ 0.580 IPLV ≤ 0.540 IPLV
≤ 0.620 kW/ton ≤ 0.639 kW/ton
≥ 300 Tons
≤ 0.540 IPLV ≤ 0.490 IPLV
AHRI 550/590
≤ 0.634 kW/ton ≤ 0.639 kW/ton
< 150 Tons
≤ 0.596 IPLV ≤ 0.450 IPLV
≤ 0.634 kW/ton ≤ 0.639 kW/ton
≥ 150 tons and < 300 tons
Water Cooled, ≤ 0.596 IPLV ≤ 0.450 IPLV
Electrically Operated, ≤ 0.576 kW/ton ≤ 0.600 kW/ton
Centrifugal ≥ 300 tons and < 600 tons
≤ 0.549 IPLV ≤ 0.400 IPLV
≤ 0.570 kW/ton ≤ 0.590 kW/ton
≥ 600 Tons
≤ 0.539 IPLV ≤ 0.400 IPLV

Equipment Type Size Category Path A Efficiency a,b Path B Efficiency a,b Test Procedure c
Air Cooled Absorption, All Capacities ≥0.600 COP N.A. d

Single Effect
Water Cooled
Absorption, Single All Capacities ≥ 0.700 COP N.A. d
Effect ANSI/AHRI 560
Absorption Double ≥ 1.000 COP

All Capacities N.A. d
Effect, Indirect-Fired ≥ 1.050 IPLV
Absorption Double ≥ 1.000 COP

All Capacities N.A. d
Effect, Direct-Fired ≥1.000 IPLV
Water Cooled Gas ≥ 1.2 COP

All Capacities N.A. d ANSI Z21.40.4A
≥ 2.0 IPLV
Engine Driven Chiller
a
No requirements for:
• Centrifugal chillers with design leaving evaporator temperature < 36°F; or
• Positive displacement chillers with design leaving fluid temperature ≤ 32°F; or
• Absorption chillers with design leaving fluid temperature < 40°F
b
Must meet the minimum requirements of Path A or Path B. However, both the full load (COP) and IPLV must be
met to fulfill the requirements of the applicable Path.
c
See Section 100.1 for definitions
d
NA means not applicable

TABLE 110.2-E PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS AND PACKAGED TERMINAL HEAT PUMPS –
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
Subcategory or Rating Efficiency
Equipment Type Size Category (Input) Test Procedure c
Condition Before 10/08/2012 After 10/08/2012
PTAC (Cooling mode)
Newly constructed or 12.5 - (0.213 x 13.8 - (0.300 x
All Capacities 95°F db Outdoor Air
newly conditioned Cap/1000)a EER Cap/1000)a EER
buildings or additions
PTAC (Cooling mode) 10.9 - (0.213 x 10.9 - (0.213 x

Replacements b Cap/1000)a EER Cap/1000)a EER
PTHP (Cooling mode)

Newly constructed or 12.3 - (0.213 x 14.0 - (0.300 x
newly conditioned Cap/1000)a EER Cap/1000)a EER
ANSI/AHRI/CSA
buildings or additions 310/380
PTHP (Cooling mode) 10.8 - (0.213 x 10.8 - (0.213 x
Replacements b Cap/1000)a EER Cap/1000)a EER
PTHP (Heating Mode)

Newly constructed or 3.2 - (0.026 x Cap/1000)a 3.7 - (0.052 x Cap/1000)a
All Capacities -
newly conditioned COP COP
buildings or additions
PTHP (Heating mode) 2.9 - (0.026 x Cap/1000)a 2.9 - (0.026 x Cap/1000)a

All Capacities -
Replacements b COP COP
Subcategory or Rating Efficiency

Equipment Type Size Category (Input) Test Procedure c
Condition Before 10/08/2012 After 10/08/2012
95°F db / 75°F wb
<65,000 Btu/h 9.0 EER 9.0 EER
Outdoor Air
≥65,000 Btu/h and 95°F db / 75°F wb
SPVAC (Cooling Mode) 8.9 EER 8.9 EER
<135,000 Btu/h Outdoor Air
≥135,000 Btu/h and 95°F db / 75°F wb
8.6 EER 8.6 EER
95°F db / 75°F wb
<65,000 Btu/h 9.0 EER 9.0 EER
Outdoor Air
≥65,000 Btu/h and 95°F db / 75°F wb
SPVHP (Cooling Mode) 8.9 EER 8.9 EER ANSI/AHRI 390
≥135,000 Btu/h and 95°F db / 75°F wb
8.6 EER 8.6 EER
47°F db / 43°F wb
<65,000 Btu/h 3.0 COP 3.0 COP
Outdoor Air
≥65,000 Btu/h and 47°F db / 43°F wb
SPVHP (Heating Mode) 3.0 COP 3.0 COP
≥135,000 Btu/h and 47°F db / 43°F wb
2.9 COP 2.9 COP

TABLE 110.2-F HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT

Equipment Type Subcategory Minimum Efficiencya Test Procedure b
Liquid-to-liquid heat exchangers Plate type NR ANSI/AHRI 400

a
NR = no requirement
b
Applicable test procedure and reference year are provided under the definitions
TABLE 110.2-G PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR HEAT REJECTION EQUIPMENT

Total System Heat Rejection Subcategory or Rating Performance e
Equipment Type a ,b, c, d Test Procedure
Capacity at Rated Conditions Condition Required ,
95°F entering water CTI ATC-105
Propeller or axial fan
All 85°F leaving water 42.1 gpm/hp and
Open-circuit cooling towers
75 °F entering air wb CTI STD-201
95°F entering water CTI ATC-105
Centrifugal fan
Open-circuit cooling towers
102°F entering water CTI ATC-105S
Propeller or axial fan
closed-circuit cooling towers
102°F entering water CTI ATC-105S
Centrifugal fan
closed-circuit cooling towers
125°F condensing temperature

R22 test fluid
Air cooled condensers All 190°F entering gas temperature 176,000 Btu/h·hp ANSI/AHRI 460
15°F subcooling
95°F entering drybulb
a
For purposes of this table, open-circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the water flow rating of the tower
at the given rated conditions divided by the fan motor nameplate power.
b
For purposes of this table, closed-circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the process water flow rating of
the tower at the given rated conditions divided by the sum of the fan motor nameplate rated power and the integral
spray pump motor nameplate power .
c
For purposes of this table air-cooled condenser performance is defined as the heat rejected from the refrigerant
divided by the fan motor nameplate power.
d
Open cooling towers shall be tested using the test procedures in CTI ATC-105. Performance of factory assembled
open cooling towers shall be either certified as base models as specified in CTI STD-201 or verified by testing in
the field by a CTI approved testing agency. Open factory assembled cooling towers with custom options added to
a CTI certified base model for the purpose of safe maintenance or to reduce environmental or noise impact shall be
rated at 90 percent of the CTI certified performance of the associated base model or at the manufacturer’s stated
performance, whichever is less. Base models of open factory assembled cooling towers are open cooling towers
configured in exact accordance with the Data of Record submitted to CTI as specified by CTI STD-201. There are
no certification requirements for field erected cooling towers.
e

TABLE 110.2-H Electrically Operated Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) Air Conditioners
Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Heating
Sub-Category or Test
Equipment Type Size Category Section Minimum Efficiency
Rating Condition Procedure
a
Type
VRF Multi-split
<65,000 Btu/h All 13.0 SEER
System
Electric 11.2 EER

≥65,000 Btu/h and VRF Multi-split
Resistance
<135,000 Btu/h System 13.1 IEER
b
(or none)
VRF Air
Conditioners, ANSI/AHRI
Air Cooled Electric 11.0 EER 1230
≥135,000 Btu/h and VRF Multi-split
Resistance
<240,000 Btu/h System 12.9 IEER
b
(or none)
Electric 10.0 EER

VRF Multi-split
≥240,000 Btu/h Resistance
System 11.6 IEER
b
(or none)
a
b
IEERs are only applicable to equipment with capacity control as per ANSI/AHRI 1230 test procedures.

TABLE 110.2-I Electrically Operated Variable Refrigerant Flow Air-to-Air and Applied Heat Pumps - Minimum
Efficiency Requirements
Heating Section Sub-Category or Rating
Equipment Type Size Category Minimum Efficiency Test Procedure b
Type Condition
<65,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System 13.0 SEER
≥65,000 Btu/h and Electric Resistance 11.0 EER

<135,000 Btu/h VRF Multi-split System a
(or none) 12.9 IEER c
VRF Air Cooled,
(cooling mode) ≥135,000 Btu/h and Electric Resistance 10.6 EER AHRI 1230
<240,000 Btu/h VRF Multi-split System a
≥240,000 Btu/h Electric Resistance 9.5 EER

VRF Multi-split System a
<65,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split systems a 12.0 EER AHRI 1230
86ºF entering water
VRF Water source ≥65,000 Btu/h and All VRF Multi-split System a 12.0 EER
(cooling mode) <135,000 Btu/h 86ºF entering water
≥135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System a 10.0 EER

<135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System 16.2 EER AHRI 1230
VRF Groundwater
source (cooling 59ºF entering water
mode)
<135,000 Btu/h All VRF Multi-split System a 13.4 EER AHRI 1230
VRF Ground source 77ºF entering water
(cooling mode)

Heating
Sub-Category or Rating Test
Equipment Type Size Category Section Minimum Efficiency
Condition Procedure b
Type
<65,000 Btu/h --- VRF Multi-split System 7.7 HSPF AHRI 1230
(cooling capacity)
≥65,000 Btu/h and --- VRF Multi-split system 3.3 COP

<135,000 Btu/h 47ºF db/ 43ºF wb outdoor
air
(cooling capacity)
VRF Multi-split system 2.25 COP

VRF Air Cooled
17ºF db/15ºF wb outdoor
(heating mode) air
≥135,000 Btu/h --- VRF Multi-split system 3.2 COP

(cooling capacity) 47ºF db/ 43ºF wb outdoor
air
VRF Multi-split system 2.05 COP

17ºF db/15ºF wb outdoor
air
<135,000 Btu/h --- VRF Multi-split System 4.2 COP AHRI 1230
VRF Water source (cooling capacity) 68ºF entering water
(heating mode)
≥135,000 Btu/h --- VRF Multi-split System 3.9 COP
(cooling capacity) 68ºF entering water
VRF Groundwater
source (cooling capacity) 50ºF entering water
(heating mode)
VRF Ground source (cooling capacity) 32ºF entering water
(heating mode)
a
Deduct 0.2 from the required EERs and IEERs for Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) Multi-split system units with
a heating recovery section.
b
c
IEERs are only applicable to equipment with capacity control as per ANSI/AHRI 1230 test procedures.

TABLE 110.2-J Warm-Air Furnaces and Combination Warm-Air Furnaces/Air-Conditioning Units, Warm-Air Duct
Furnaces, and Unit Heaters
Subcategory or Rating Minimum

Equipment Type Size Category (Input) Test Procedurea
Condition Efficiency
DOE 10 CFR Part 430 or Section 2.39, Thermal Efficiency,

Maximum Capacityb 78% AFUE or 80% Et
Warm-Air Furnace, Gas- < 225,000 Btu/h ANSI Z21.47
Fired
Maximum Capacityb 80% Et Section 2.39, Thermal Efficiency, ANSI Z21.47
≥ 225,000 Btu/h
Maximum Capacityb 78% AFUE or 80% Et DOE 10 CFR Part 430 or Section 42, Combustion, UL 727
< 225,000 Btu/h
Warm-Air Furnace, oil-Fired
Maximum Capacityb 81% Et Section 42, Combustion, UL 727
≥ 225,000 Btu/h
Warm-Air Duct Furnaces,

All Capacities Maximum Capacityb 80% Ec Section 2.10, Efficiency, ANSI Z83.8
Gas-Fired
Warm-Air Unit Heaters,

All Capacities Maximum Capacityb 80% Ec Section 2.10, Efficiency, ANSI Z83.8
Gas-Fired
Warm-Air Unit Heaters, Oil-

All Capacities Maximum Capacityb 80% Ec Section 40, Combustion, UL 731
Fired
a
b
Compliance of multiple firing rate units shall be at maximum firing rate.
c
Combustion units not covered by NAECA (3-phase power or cooling capacity greater than or equal to 19 kW) may comply with
either rating.
d
Et= thermal efficiency. Units must also include an interrupted or intermittent ignition device (IID), have jacket losses not
exceeding 0.75% of the input rating, and have either power venting or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to
a flue damper for those furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space.
e
Ec= combustion efficiency (100% less flue losses). See test procedure for detailed discussion.
f
As of August 8, 2008, according to the Energy Policy Act of 2005, units must also include interrupted or intermittent ignition
device (IID) and have either power venting or an automatic flue damper.

TABLE 110.2-K Gas- and Oil-Fired Boilers, Minimum Efficiency requirements
Equipment Sub Minimum

Size Category (Input) Test Procedure a
Type Category Efficiency b,c
< 300,000 Btu/h 82% AFUE DOE 10 CFR Part 430

≥ 300,000 Btu/h and
Gas-Fired ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/h d 80% Et
DOE 10 CFR Part 431
> 2,500,000 Btu/h e
82% Ec
Boiler, hot water
≥ 300,000 Btu/h and
Oil-Fired ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/h d 82% Et
DOE 10 CFR Part 431
> 2,500,000 Btu/h e 84% Ec
Gas-Fired < 300,000 Btu/h 80% AFUE DOE 10 CFR Part 430
≥ 300,000 Btu/h and
Gas-Fired all, ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/h d 79% Et DOE 10 CFR Part 431
except natural
draft > 2,500,000 Btu/h e 79% Et DOE 10 CFR Part 431
≥ 300,000 Btu/h and
Gas-Fired, ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/h d 77% Et DOE 10 CFR Part 431
Boiler, steam natural draft
> 2,500,000 Btu/h e 77% Et DOE 10 CFR Part 431

≥ 300,000 Btu/h and
Oil-Fired ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/h d 81% Et DOE 10 CFR Part 431
> 2,500,000 Btu/h e 81% Et DOE 10 CFR Part 431

SECTION 110.3 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE WATER-

HEATING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
(a) Certification by Manufacturers. Any service water-heating system or equipment may be installed only if the
manufacturer has certified that the system or equipment complies with all of the requirements of this subsection for
that system or equipment.
1. Temperature controls for service water-heating systems. Service water-heating systems shall be equipped with
automatic temperature controls capable of adjustment from the lowest to the highest acceptable temperature
settings for the intended use as listed in Table 2, Chapter 9 of the ASHRAE Handbook, HVAC Applications
Volume.
EXCEPTION to Section 110.3(a)1: Residential occupancies.
(b) Efficiency. Equipment shall meet the applicable requirements of the Appliance Efficiency Regulations as required by
Section 110.1, subject to the following:
1. If more than one standard is listed in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations, the equipment shall meet all the
standards listed; and
2. If more than one test method is listed in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations, the equipment shall comply with
the applicable standard when tested with each test method; and
3. Where equipment can serve more than one function, such as both heating and cooling, or both space heating and
water heating, it shall comply with all the requirements applicable to each function; and
4. Where a requirement is for equipment rated at its "maximum rated capacity" or "minimum rated capacity," the
capacity shall be as provided for and allowed by the controls, during steady-state operation.
(c) Installation. Any service water-heating system or equipment may be installed only if the system or equipment
complies with all of the applicable requirements of this subsection for the system or equipment.
1. Outlet temperature controls. On systems that have a total capacity greater than 167,000 Btu/hr, outlets that
require higher than service water temperatures as listed in the ASHRAE Handbook, Applications Volume, shall
have separate remote heaters, heat exchangers, or boosters to supply the outlet with the higher temperature.
2. Controls for hot water distribution systems. Service hot water systems with circulating pumps or with
electrical heat trace systems shall be capable of automatically turning off the system.
3. Temperature controls for public lavatories. The controls shall limit the outlet temperature to 110°F.
4. Insulation. Unfired service water heater storage tanks and backup tanks for solar water-heating systems shall
have:
A. External insulation with an installed R-value of at least R-12; or
B. Internal and external insulation with a combined R-value of at least R-16; or
C. The heat loss of the tank surface based on an 80°F water-air temperature difference shall be less than 6.5 Btu
per hour per square foot.
5. Water Heating Recirculation Loops Serving Multiple Dwelling Units, High-Rise Residential, Hotel/Motel
and Nonresidential Occupancies. A water heating recirculation loop is a type of hot water distribution system
that reduces the time needed to deliver hot water to fixtures that are distant from the water heater, boiler or other
water heating equipment. The recirculation loop is comprised of a supply portion, connected to branches that
serve multiple dwelling units, guest rooms, or fixtures and a return portion that completes the loop back to the
water heating equipment. A water heating recirculation loop shall meet the following requirements:
SECTION 110.3 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE WATER-HEATING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Air release valve or vertical pump installation. An automatic air release valve shall be installed on the
recirculation loop piping on the inlet side of the recirculation pump and no more than 4 feet from the pump.
This valve shall be mounted on top of a vertical riser at least 12” in length and shall be accessible for
replacement and repair. Alternatively, the pump shall be installed on a vertical section of the return line.
B. Recirculation loop backflow prevention. A check valve or similar device shall be located between the
recirculation pump and the water heating equipment to prevent water from flowing backwards though the
recirculation loop.
C. Equipment for pump priming. A hose bibb shall be installed between the pump and the water heating
equipment. An isolation valve shall be installed between the hose bibb and the water heating equipment. This
hose bibb is used for bleeding air out of the pump after pump replacement.
D. Pump isolation valves. Isolation valves shall be installed on both sides of the pump. These valves may be
part of the flange that attaches the pump to the pipe. One of the isolation valves may be the same isolation
valve as in item C.
E. Cold water supply and recirculation loop connection to hot water storage tank. Storage water heaters
and boilers shall be plumbed in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. The cold water piping
and the recirculation loop piping shall not be connected to the hot water storage tank drain port.
F. Cold water supply backflow prevention. A check valve shall be installed on the cold water supply line
between the hot water system and the next closest tee on the cold water supply line. The system shall comply
with the expansion tank requirements as described in the California Plumbing Code Section 608.3.
6. Service water heaters in state buildings. Any newly constructed building constructed by the State shall derive
its service water heating from a system that provides at least 60 percent of the energy needed for service water
heating from site solar energy or recovered energy.
EXCEPTION to Section 110.3(c)6: Buildings for which the state architect determines that service water heating
from site solar energy or recovered energy is economically or physically infeasible.
SECTION 110.3 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE WATER-HEATING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
SECTION 110.4 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR POOL AND SPA

SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
(a) Certification by Manufacturers. Any pool or spa heating system or equipment may be installed only if the
manufacturer has certified that the system or equipment has all of the following:
1. Efficiency. A thermal efficiency that complies with the Appliance Efficiency Regulations; and
2. On-off switch. A readily accessible on-off switch, mounted on the outside of the heater that allows shutting off
the heater without adjusting the thermostat setting; and
3. Instructions. A permanent, easily readable, and weatherproof plate or card that gives instruction for the energy
efficient operation of the pool or spa heater and for the proper care of pool or spa water when a cover is used; and
4. Electric resistance heating. No electric resistance heating; and
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 110.4(a)4: Listed package units with fully insulated enclosures, and with tight-fitting
covers that are insulated to at least R-6.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 110.4(a)4: Pools or spas deriving at least 60 percent of the annual heating energy
from site solar energy or recovered energy.
(b) Installation. Any pool or spa system or equipment shall be installed with all of the following:
1. Piping. At least 36 inches of pipe shall be installed between the filter and the heater or dedicated suction and
return lines, or built-in or built-up connections shall be installed to allow for the future addition of solar heating
equipment; and
2. Covers. A cover for outdoor pools or outdoor spas that have a heat pump or gas heater.
3. Directional inlets and time switches for pools. If the system or equipment is for a pool:
i. The pool shall have directional inlets that adequately mix the pool water; and
ii. A time switch or similar control mechanism shall be installed as part of the pool water circulation control
system that will allow all pumps to be set or programmed to run only during the off-peak electric demand
period and for the minimum time necessary to maintain the water in the condition required by applicable
public health standards.
SECTION 110.4 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR POOL AND SPA SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
SECTION 110.5 – NATURAL GAS CENTRAL FURNACES, COOKING

EQUIPMENT, AND POOL AND SPA HEATERS: PILOT LIGHTS
PROHIBITED
Any natural gas system or equipment listed below may be installed only if it does not have a continuously burning pilot
light:
(a) Fan-type central furnaces.
(b) Household cooking appliances.
EXCEPTION to Section 110.5(b): Household cooking appliances without an electrical supply voltage connection
and in which each pilot consumes less than 150 Btu/hr.
(c) Pool heaters.
(d) Spa heaters.
SECTION 110.5 – NATURAL GAS CENTRAL FURNACES, COOKING EQUIPMENT, AND POOL AND SPA HEATERS:
PILOT LIGHTS PROHIBITED
SUBCHAPTER 2
ALL OCCUPANCIES – MANDATORY REQUIRMENTS FOR THE
MANUFACTURE, CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS,
EQUIPMENT AND BUILDING COMPONENTS
SECTION 110.6 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR FENESTRATION

PRODUCTS AND EXTERIOR DOORS
(a) Certification of Fenestration Products and Exterior Doors other than Field-fabricated. Any fenestration product
and exterior door, other than field-fabricated fenestration products and field-fabricated exterior doors, may be
installed only if the manufacturer has certified to the Commission, or if an independent certifying organization
approved by the Commission has certified that the product complies with all of the applicable requirements of this
subsection.
1. Air leakage. Manufactured fenestration products and exterior doors shall have air infiltration rates not exceeding
0.3 cfm/ft² of window area, 0.3 cfm/ft² of door area for residential doors, 0.3 cfm/ft² of door area for
nonresidential single doors (swinging and sliding), and 1.0 cfm/ft² for nonresidential double doors (swinging),
when tested according to NFRC-400 or ASTM E283 at a pressure differential of 75 pascals (or 1.57 pounds/ft²),
incorporated herein by reference.
EXCEPTION to Section 110.6(a)1: Field-fabricated fenestration and field-fabricated exterior doors.
2. U-factor. The fenestration product’s U-factor shall be rated in accordance with NFRC 100, or use the applicable
default U-factor set forth in TABLE 110.6-A.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 110.6(a)2: If the fenestration product is a skylight or is a vertical site-built
fenestration product in a building covered by the nonresidential standards with less than 1,000 square feet of site-
built fenestration, the default U-factor may be calculated as set forth in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA6.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 110.6(a)2: If the fenestration product is an alteration consisting of any area
replacement of glass in a skylight product or in a vertical site-built fenestration product, in a building covered by
the nonresidential standards, the default U-factor may be calculated as set forth in Reference Nonresidential
Appendix NA6.
3. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC). The fenestration product’s SHGC shall be rated in accordance with
NFRC 200, or use the applicable default SHGC set forth in TABLE 110.6-B.
built fenestration, the default SHGC may be calculated as set forth in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA6.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 110.6(a)3: If the fenestration product is an alteration consisting of any area
replacement of glass in a skylight product or in a vertical site-built fenestration product, in a building covered by
the nonresidential standards, the default SHGC may be calculated as set forth in Reference Nonresidential
Appendix NA6.
4. Visible Transmittance (VT). The fenestration product’s VT shall be rated in accordance with NFRC 200 or
ASTM E972, for tubular skylights VT shall be rated using NFRC 203.
built fenestration, the default VT may be calculated as set forth in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA6.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 110.6(a)4: If the fenestration product is an alteration consisting of any area;
replacement of glass in a skylight product or in a vertical site-built fenestration product in a building covered by
the nonresidential standards, the default VT may be calculated as set forth in Reference Nonresidential Appendix
NA6.
SECTION 110.6 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR FENESTRATION PRODUCTS AND EXTERIOR DOORS
5. Labeling. Fenestration products shall:

A. Have a temporary label for manufactured fenestration products or a label certificate when the Component
Modeling Approach (CMA) is used and for site-built fenestration meeting the requirements of Section 10-
111(a)1. The label listing the certified U-factor, SHGC and VT, shall not be removed before inspection by
the enforcement agency. The temporary label shall certify that the air leakage requirements of Section
110.6(a)1 are met for each product line; and
B. Have a permanent label or a label certificate when the Component Modeling Approach (CMA) is used and
for site-built fenestration meeting the requirements of Section 10-111(a)2 if the product is rated using NFRC
procedures.
6. Fenestration Acceptance Requirements. Before an occupancy permit is granted, site-built fenestration products
in other than low-rise residential buildings shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code
Compliance, as specified in the Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7 to ensure that site-built fenestration
meet Standards requirements, including a matching label certificate for product(s) installed and be readily
accessible at the project location. A Certificate of Acceptance certifying that the fenestration product meets the
acceptance requirements shall be completed, signed and submitted to the enforcement agency.
EXCEPTION to Section 110.6(a): Fenestration products removed and reinstalled as part of a building alteration
or addition.
(b) Installation of Field-fabricated Fenestration and Exterior Doors. Field-fabricated fenestration and field-fabricated
exterior doors may be installed only if the compliance documentation has demonstrated compliance for the
installation using U-factors from TABLE 110.6-A and SHGC values from TABLE 110.6-B. Field-fabricated
fenestration and field-fabricated exterior doors shall be caulked between the fenestration products or exterior door and
the building, and shall be weatherstripped.
EXCEPTION to Section 110.6(b): Unframed glass doors and fire doors need not be weather stripped or caulked.
TABLE 110.6-A DEFAULT FENESTRATION PRODUCT U-FACTORS

FRAME PRODUCT TYPE SINGLE PANE 3, 4 DOUBLE PANE 1, 3, 4 GLASS BLOCK 2,3
U-FACTOR U-FACTOR U-FACTOR
Operable 1.28 0.79 0.87

1.19 0.71 0.72
Fixed
2.26 1.40 N.A.
Greenhouse/garden
Metal
window
1.25 0.77 N.A.
Doors
1.98 1.30 N.A.
Skylight
Operable N.A. 0.66 N.A.
N.A. 0.55 N.A.
Fixed
N.A. 1.12 N.A.
Metal, Thermal Greenhouse/garden
Break window
N.A. 0.59 N.A.
Doors
N.A. 1.11 N.A.
Skylight
Operable 0.99 0.58 0.60
1.04 0.55 0.57
Fixed
0.99 0.53 N.A.
Doors
Nonmetal
1.94 1.06 N.A.
Greenhouse/garden
windows
1.47 0.84 N.A.
Skylight
1. For all dual-glazed fenestration products, adjust the listed U-factors as follows:
a. Add 0.05 for products with dividers between panes if spacer is less than 7/16 inch wide.
b. Add 0.05 to any product with true divided lite (dividers through the panes).
2. Translucent or transparent panels shall use glass block values when not rated by NFRC 100.
3. Visible Transmittance (VT) shall be calculated by using Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA6.
4. Windows with window film applied that is not rated by NFRC 100 shall use the default values from this table.
TABLE 110.6-B DEFAULT SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENT (SHGC)

FENESTRATION PRODUCT SHGC
FRAME TYPE PRODUCT GLAZING
Single Pane2,3 Double Pane2,3 Glass Block1,2
SHGC SHGC SHGC
0.80 0.70 0.70
Operable Clear
0.83 0.73 0.73
Fixed Clear
Metal 0.67 0.59 N.A.
Operable Tinted
0.68 0.60 N.A.
Fixed Tinted
N.A. 0.63 N.A.
Operable Clear
N.A. 0.69 N.A.
Metal, Thermal Fixed Clear
Break N.A. 0.53 N.A.
Operable Tinted
N.A. 0.57 N.A.
Fixed Tinted
0.74 0.65 0.70
Operable Clear
0.76 0.67 0.67
Fixed Clear
Nonmetal 0.60 0.53 N.A.
Operable Tinted
0.63 0.55 N.A.
Fixed Tinted
1 Translucent or transparent panels shall use glass block values when not rated by NFRC 200.
2. Visible Transmittance (VT) shall be calculated by using Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA6.
3. Windows with window film applied that is not rated by NFRC 200 shall use the default values from this table
SECTION 110.7 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS TO LIMIT AIR

LEAKAGE
All joints, penetrations and other openings in the building envelope that are potential sources of air leakage shall be
caulked, gasketed, weather stripped, or otherwise sealed to limit infiltration and exfiltration.
SECTION 110.7 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS TO LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE

SECTION 110.8 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR INSULATION,

ROOFING PRODUCTS AND RADIANT BARRIERS
(a) Insulation Certification by Manufacturers. Any insulation shall be certified by Department of Consumer Affairs,
Bureau of Home Furnishing and Thermal Insulation that the insulation conductive thermal performance is approved
pursuant to the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 12, Chapters 12-13, Article 3, “Standards for Insulating
Material.”
(b) Installation of Urea Formaldehyde Foam Insulation. Urea formaldehyde foam insulation may be applied or
installed only if:
1. It is installed in exterior side walls; and
2. A four-mil-thick plastic polyethylene vapor retarder or equivalent plastic sheathing vapor retarder is installed
between the urea formaldehyde foam insulation and the interior space in all applications.
(c) Flame Spread Rating of Insulation. All insulating material shall be installed in compliance with the flame spread
rating and smoke density requirements of the CBC.
(d) Installation of Insulation in Existing Buildings. Insulation installed in an existing attic, or on an existing duct or
water heater, shall comply with the applicable requirements of subsections 1, 2, and 3 below. If a contractor installs
the insulation, the contractor shall certify to the customer, in writing, that the insulation meets the applicable
requirements of subsections 1, 2, and 3 below.
1. Attics. If insulation is installed in the existing attic of a low-rise residential building, the R-value of the total
amount of insulation (after addition of insulation to the amount, if any, already in the attic) shall meet the
requirements of Section 150.0(a).
EXCEPTION to Section 110.8(d)1: Where the accessible space in the attic is not large enough to accommodate
the required R-value, the entire accessible space shall be filled with insulation provided such installation does not
violate Section 1203.2 of Title 24, Part 2.
2. Water heaters. If external insulation is installed on an existing unfired water storage tank or on an existing back-
up tank for a solar water-heating system, it shall have an R-value of at least R-12, or the heat loss of the tank
surface based on an 80°F water-air temperature difference shall be less than 6.5 Btu per hour per square foot.
3. Ducts. If insulation is installed on an existing space-conditioning duct, it shall comply with Section 605.0 of the
CMC.
(e) Insulation Placement on Roof/Ceilings. Insulation installed to limit heat loss and gain through the top of
conditioned spaces shall comply with the following:
1. Insulation shall be installed in direct contact with a continuous roof or ceiling which is sealed to limit infiltration
and exfiltration as specified in Section 110.7, including but not limited to placing insulation either above or below
the roof deck or on top of a drywall ceiling; and
2. When insulation is installed at the roof in nonresidential buildings, fixed vents or openings to the outdoors or to
unconditioned spaces shall not be installed and the space between the ceiling and the roof is either directly or
indirectly conditioned space and shall not be considered an attic for the purposes of complying with CBC attic
ventilation requirements; and
3. Insulation shall not be placed on top of a suspended ceiling with removable ceiling panels to meet the
Roof/Ceiling requirement of Sections 120.7, 140.3 and 141.0; and
EXCEPTION to Section 110.8(e)3: When there are conditioned spaces with a combined floor area no greater
than 2,000 square feet in an otherwise unconditioned building, and when the average height of the space between
the ceiling and the roof over these spaces is greater than 12 feet, insulation placed in direct contact with a
suspended ceiling with removable ceiling panels shall be an acceptable method of reducing heat loss from a
conditioned space and shall be accounted for in heat loss calculations.
SECTION 110.8 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR INSULATION, ROOFING PRODUCTS AND RADIANT
BARRIERS
4. Insulation shall be installed below the roofing membrane or layer used to seal the roof from water penetration
unless the insulation has a maximum water absorption of 0.3 percent by volume when tested according to ASTM
Standard C272.
NOTE: Vents, which do not penetrate the roof deck, that are designed for wind resistance for roof membranes are not
within the scope of Section 110.8(e)2.
(f) Insulation for Demising Walls in Nonresidential Buildings. The opaque portions of framed demising walls in
nonresidential buildings shall be insulated with an installed R-value of no less than R-13 between framing members.
(g) Insulation Requirements for Heated Slab Floors. Heated slab floors shall be insulated according to the
requirements in A.
1. Insulation materials in ground contact must:
A. Comply with the certification requirements of Section 110.8(a); and
B. Have a water absorption rate for the insulation material alone without facings that are no greater than 0.3
percent when tested in accordance with Test Method A – 24 Hour-Immersion of ASTM C272.
C. Water vapor permeance no greater than 2.0 perm/inch when tested in accordance with ASTM E96.
2. Insulation installation must:
A. Be covered with a solid guard that protects against damage from ultraviolet radiation, moisture, landscaping
operation, equipment maintenance, and wind; and
B. Include a rigid plate, which penetrates the slab and blocks the insulation from acting as a conduit for insects
from the ground to the structure above the foundation.
TABLE 110.8-A SLAB INSULATION REQUIREMENTS FOR HEATED SLAB FLOOR

Insulation Location Insulation Installation Requirements Climate Insulation
Orientation Zone R-Value
From the level of the top of the slab, down 16 inches or 1 – 15 5

to the frost line, whichever is greater. Insulation may
Outside edge of heated
stop at the top of the footing where this is less than the
slab, either inside or Vertical required depth. For below grade slabs, vertical
outside the foundation wall insulation shall be extended from the top of the
foundation wall to the bottom of the foundation (or the 16 10
top of the footing) or to the frost line, whichever is
greater.
Vertical insulation from top of slab at inside edge of 1 – 15 5
outside wall down to the top of the horizontal
Between heated slab and Vertical and insulation. Horizontal insulation from the outside edge
outside foundation wall Horizontal 10 vertical
of the vertical insulation extending 4 feet toward the 16 and 7
center of the slab in a direction normal to the outside of horizontal
the building in plan view.
(h) Wet Insulation Systems. When insulation is installed on roofs above the roofing membrane or layer used to seal the
roof from water penetration, the effective R-value of the insulation shall be as specified in Reference Joint Appendix
JA4.
(i) Roofing Products Solar Reflectance and Thermal Emittance.
1. In order to meet the requirements of Sections 140.1, 140.2, 140.3(a)1, 141.0(b)2B, 150.1(c)11, 150.2(b)1H or
150.2(b)2, a roofing product’s thermal emittance and an aged solar reflectance shall be certified and labeled
according to the requirements of Section 10-113.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 110.8(i)1: Roofing products that are not certified according to Section 10-113 shall
assume the following default aged solar reflectance/thermal emittance values:
BARRIERS
A. For asphalt shingles: 0.08/0.75

B. For all other roofing products: 0.10/0.75
2. If CRRC testing for an aged solar reflectance is not available for any roofing products, the aged value shall be
derived from the CRRC initial value using the equation ρaged=[0.2+β[ρinitial-0.2], where ρinitial = the initial solar
reflectance and soiling resistance β is listed by product type in TABLE 110.8-B.
TABLE 110.8-B VALUES OF SOILING RESISTANCE β BY PRODUCT TYPE

Product Type CRRC Product Category β
Field-Applied Coating 0.65

Field-Applied Coating
Other 0.70
Not A Field-Applied Coating
3. Solar Reflectance Index (SRI), calculated as specified by ASTM E 1980-01, may be used as an alternative to
thermal emittance and an aged solar reflectance when complying with the requirements of Sections 140.1, 140.2,
140.3(a)1, 141.0(b)2B, 150.1(c)11, 150.2(b)1H,or 150.2(b)2. SRI calculations shall be based on moderate wind
velocity of 2-6 meters per second. The SRI shall be calculated based on the aged reflectance value of the roofing
products.
4. Liquid applied roof coatings applied to low-sloped roofs in the field as the top surface of a roof covering shall:
A. Be applied across the entire roof surface to meet the dry mil thickness or coverage recommended by the
coating manufacturer, taking into consideration the substrate on which the coating is applied, and
B. Meet the minimum performance requirements listed in TABLE 110.8-C or the minimum performance
requirements of ASTM C836, D3468, D6083, or D6694, whichever are appropriate to the coating material.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 110.8(i)4B: Aluminum-pigmented asphalt roof coatings shall meet the
requirements of ASTM D2824 or ASTM D6848 and be installed as specified by ASTM D3805.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 110.8(i)4B: Cement-based roof coatings shall contain a minimum of 20 percent
cement and shall meet the requirements of ASTM C1583, ASTM D822, and ASTM D5870.
BARRIERS
TABLE 110.8-C MINIMUM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR LIQUID APPLIED ROOF COATINGS
Physical Property ASTM Test Procedure Requirement
Initial percent elongation (break) D 2370 Minimum 200% 73° F (23° C)

Initial percent elongation (break) D 2370 Minimum 60% 0° F (-18° C)
OR
Initial Flexibility D522, Test B Minimum pass 1” mandrel 0° F (-18°
C)
Initial tensile strength (maximum stress) D 2370 Minimum 100 psi (1.38 Mpa) 73° F
(23° C)
Initial tensile strength (maximum stress) D 2370 Minimum 200 psi (2.76 Mpa) 0° F (-
18° C)
OR
Initial Flexibility D522, Test B
Minimum pass 1” mandrel 0° F (-18°
C)
Final percent elongation (break) after accelerated D2370
Minimum 100% 73° F (23° C)
weathering 1000 h
Final percent elongation (break) after accelerated D2370 Minimum 40% 0° F (-18° C)
weathering 1000 h
OR
Minimum pass 1” mandrel 0° F (-18°
Flexibility after accelerated weathering 1000h C)
Permeance D 1653 Maximum 50 perms
Accelerated weathering 1000 h D 4798 No cracking or checking1
1. Any cracking or checking visible to the eye fails the test procedure.
j) Radiant Barrier. A radiant barrier shall have an emittance of 0.05 or less, tested in accordance with ASTM C1371 or
ASTM E408, and shall be certified to the Department of Consumer Affairs as required by Title 24, Part12, Chapter 12-13,
Standards for Insulating Material.
BARRIERS
SECTION 110.9 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING

CONTROL DEVICES AND SYSTEMS, BALLASTS, AND LUMINAIRES
(a) All lighting control devices and systems, ballasts, and luminaires subject to the requirements of Section 110.9 shall
meet the following requirements:
1. Shall be installed only if the lighting control device or system, ballast, or luminaire complies with all of the
applicable requirements of Section 110.9.
2. Lighting controls may be individual devices (Self Contained Lighting Control) or systems (Lighting Control
Systems) consisting of two or more components.
3. Self Contained Lighting Controls, as defined in Section 100.1, shall be certified by the Manufacturer as required
by the Title 20 Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
4. Lighting Control Systems, as defined in Section 100.1, shall be a fully functional lighting control system
complying with the applicable requirements in Section 110.9(b), and shall meet the Lighting Control Installation
requirements in Section 130.4.
5. If indicator lights are integral to a lighting control system, they shall consume no more than one watt of power per
indicator light.
(b) All Installed Lighting Control Systems listed in Section 110.9(b) shall comply with the requirements listed below;
and all components of the system considered together as installed shall meet all applicable requirements for the
application for which they are installed as required in Sections 130.0 through 130.5, Sections 140.6 through 140.8,
Section 141.0, and Section 150.0(k).
1. Time-Switch Lighting Controls
A. Automatic Time-Switch Controls shall meet all requirements for Automatic Time Switch Control devices
in the Title 20 Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
B. Astronomical Time-Switch Controls shall meet all requirements for Astronomical Time-Switch Control
devices in the Title 20 Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
C. Multi-Level Astronomical Time-Switch Controls, in addition to meeting all of the requirements for
Astronomical Time-Switch Controls, shall include at least 2 separately programmable steps per zone.
D. Outdoor Astronomical Time-Switch Controls, in addition to meeting all of the requirements for
Astronomical Time-Switch Controls, shall have setback functions that allow the lighting on each controlled
channel to be switched or dimmed to lower levels. The set back functions shall be capable of being
programmed by the user for at least one specific time of day.
2. Daylighting Controls
A. Automatic Daylight Controls shall meet all requirements for Automatic Daylight Control devices in the
Title 20 Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
B. Photo Controls shall meet all requirements for Photo Control devices in the Title 20 Appliance Efficiency
Regulations.
3. Dimmers shall meet all requirements for Dimmer Control devices in the Title 20 Appliance Efficiency
Regulations.
4. Occupant Sensing Controls: Occupant, Motion, and Vacancy Sensor Controls shall meet the following
requirements:
A. Occupant Sensors shall meet all applicable requirements for Occupant Sensor Control devices in the Title
20 Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
SECTION 110.9 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES AND SYSTEMS, BALLASTS,
AND LUMINAIRES
B. Motion Sensors shall meet all applicable requirements for Motion Sensor Controls devices in the Title 20
Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
C. Vacancy Sensors shall meet all applicable requirements for Vacancy Sensor Controls devices in the Title 20
D. Partial-ON Sensors shall meet all applicable requirements for partial on sensing devices in the Title 20
E. Partial-OFF Sensors shall meet all applicable requirements for partial off sensing devices in the Title 20
EXCEPTION to Section 110.9(b)4: Occupant Sensing Control systems may consist of a combination of single
or multi-level Occupant, Motion, or Vacancy Sensor Controls, provided that components installed to comply with
manual-on requirements shall not be capable of conversion by the user from manual-on to automatic-on
functionality.
5. Part-Night Outdoor Lighting Controls, as defined in Section 100.1, shall meet all of the following
requirements:
A. Have sunrise and sunset prediction accuracy within +/- 15 minutes and timekeeping accuracy within five
minutes per year; and
B. Have the ability to setback or turn off lighting at night as required in Section 130.2(c), by means of a
programmable timeclock or motion sensing device; and
C. When controlled with a timeclock, shall be capable of being programmed to allow the setback or turning off
of the lighting to occur from any time at night until any time in the morning, as determined by the user.
(c) Track Lighting Integral Current Limiter. An integral current limiter for line-voltage track lighting shall be
recognized for compliance with Part 6 only if it meets all of the following requirements:
1. Shall be certified to the Energy Commission as meeting all of the applicable requirements in Section 110.9(c);
and
2. Shall comply with the Lighting Control Installation requirements in accordance with Section 130.4; and
3. Shall be manufactured so that the current limiter housing is used exclusively on the same manufacturer's track for
which it is designed; and
4. Shall be designed so that the current limiter housing is permanently attached to the track so that the system will
be irreparably damaged if the current limiter housing were to be removed after installation into the track.
Methods of attachment may include but are not limited to one-way barbs, rivets, and one-way screws; and
5. Shall employ tamper resistant fasteners for the cover to the wiring compartment; and
6. Shall have the identical volt-ampere (VA) rating of the current limiter, as installed and rated for compliance with
Part 6 clearly marked as follows; and:
A. So that it is visible for the building officials’ field inspection without opening coverplates, fixtures, or panels;
and
B. Permanently marked on the circuit breaker; and
C. On a factory-printed label that is permanently affixed to a non-removable base-plate inside the wiring
compartment.
7. Shall have a conspicuous factory installed label permanently affixed to the inside of the wiring compartment
warning against removing, tampering with, rewiring, or bypassing the device; and
8. Each electrical panel from which track lighting integral current limiters are energized shall have a factory printed
label permanently affixed and prominently located, stating the following: "NOTICE: Current limiting devices
installed in track lighting integral current limiters connected to this panel shall only be replaced with the same or
lower amperage. Adding track or replacement of existing current limiters with higher continuous ampere rating
will void the track lighting integral current limiter certification, and will require re-submittal of compliance
AND LUMINAIRES
documentation to the enforcement agency responsible for compliance with the California Title 24, Part 6
Building Energy Efficiency Standards.”
(d) Track Lighting Supplementary Overcurrent Protection Panel. A Track Lighting Supplementary Overcurrent
Protection Panel shall be used only for line-voltage track lighting and shall be recognized for compliance with Part 6
only if it meets all of the following requirements:
1. Shall comply with the Lighting Control Installation requirements in accordance with Section 130.4; and
2. Shall be listed as defined in Section 100.1; and
3. Shall be used only for line voltage track lighting. No other lighting or building power shall be used in a
Supplementary Overcurrent Protection Panel used to determine input wattage for track lighting; and
4. Be permanently installed in an electrical equipment room, or permanently installed adjacent to the lighting panel
board providing supplementary overcurrent protection for the track lighting circuits served by the supplementary
over current protection pane; and
5. Shall have a permanently installed label that is prominently located stating the following: "NOTICE: This Panel
for Track Lighting Energy Code Compliance Only. The overcurrent protection devices in this panel shall only be
replaced with the same or lower amperage. No other overcurrent protective device shall be added to this panel.
Adding to, or replacement of existing overcurrent protective device(s) with higher continuous ampere rating, will
void the panel listing and require re-submittal of compliance documentation to the enforcement agency
responsible for compliance with the California Title 24, Part 6 Building Energy Efficiency Standards.”
(e) Residential High Efficacy Light Emitting Diode (LED) Lighting. To qualify as high efficacy for compliance with
the residential lighting Standards in Section 150.0(k), a residential LED luminaire or LED light engine shall be
certified to the Energy Commission according to Reference Joint Appendix JA-8. LED lighting not certified to the
Energy Commission shall be classified as low efficacy for compliance with Section 150.0(k). Nonresidential LED
lighting is not required to be certified to the Energy Commission.
(f) Ballasts for Residential Recessed Luminaires. To qualify as high efficacy for compliance with Section 150.0(k),
any compact fluorescent lamp ballast in a residential recessed luminaire shall meet all of the following conditions:
1. Be rated by the ballast manufacturer to have a minimum rated life of 30,000 hours when operated at or below a
specified maximum case temperature. This maximum ballast case temperature specified by the ballast
manufacturer shall not be exceeded when tested in accordance to UL 1598 Section 19.15; and
2. Have a ballast factor of not less than 0.90 for non-dimming ballasts and a ballast factor of not less than 0.85 for
dimming ballasts.
AND LUMINAIRES
SECTION 110.10 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR SOLAR READY

BUILDINGS
(a) Covered Occupancies.
1. Single Family Residences. Single family residences located in subdivisions with ten or more single family
residences and where the application for a tentative subdivision map for the residences has been deemed
complete, by the enforcement agency, on or after January 1, 2014, shall comply with the requirements of Section
110.10(b) through 110.10(e).
2. Low-rise Multi-family Buildings. Low-rise multi-family buildings shall comply with the requirements of
Section 110.10(b) through 110.10(d).
3. Hotel/Motel Occupancies and High-rise Multi-family Buildings. Hotel/motel occupancies and high-rise multi-
family buildings with ten stories or fewer shall comply with the requirements of Section 110.10(b) through
110.10(d).
4. All Other Nonresidential Buildings. All other nonresidential buildings with three stories or fewer shall comply
with the requirements of Section 110.10(b) through 110.10(d).
(b) Solar Zone.
1. Minimum Area. The solar zone shall have a minimum total area as described below. The solar zone shall
comply with access, pathway, smoke ventilation, and spacing requirements as specified in Title 24, Part 9 or
other Parts of Title 24 or in any requirements adopted by a local jurisdiction. The solar zone total area shall be
comprised of areas that have no dimension less than five feet and are no less than 80 square feet each for
buildings with roof areas less than or equal to 10,000 square feet or no less than 160 square feet each for
buildings with roof areas greater than 10,000 square feet.
A. Single Family Residences. The solar zone shall be located on the roof or overhang of the building and have
a total area no less than 250 square feet.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 110.10(b)1A: Single family residences with a permanently installed solar
electric system having a nameplate DC power rating, measured under Standard Test Conditions, of no less
than 1000 watts.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 110.10(b)1A: Single family residences with a permanently installed domestic
solar water-heating system meeting the installation criteria specified in the Reference Residential Appendix
RA4 and with a minimum solar savings fraction of 0.50.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 110.10(b)1A: Single family residences with three stories or more and with a
total floor area less than or equal to 2000 square feet and having a solar zone total area no less than 150
square feet.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 110.10(b)1A: Single family residences located in climate zones 8-14 and the
Wildland-Urban Interface Fire Area as defined in Title 24, Part 2 and having a whole house fan and having a
solar zone total area no less than 150 square feet.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 110.10(b)1A: Buildings with a designated solar zone area that is no less than 50
percent of the potential solar zone area. The potential solar zone area is the total area of any low-sloped roofs
where the annual solar access is 70 percent or greater and any steep-sloped roofs oriented between 110
degrees and 270 degrees of true north where the annual solar access is 70 percent or greater. Solar access is
the ratio of solar insolation including shade to the solar insolation without shade. Shading from obstructions
located on the roof or any other part of the building shall not be included in the determination of annual solar
access.
EXCEPTION 6 to Section 110.10(b)1A: Single family residences having a solar zone total area no less
than 150 square feet and where all thermostats comply with Reference Joint Appendix JA5 and are capable
of receiving and responding to Demand Response Signals prior to granting of an occupancy permit by the
enforcing agency.
SECTION 110.10 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR SOLAR READY BUILDINGS

EXCEPTION 7 to Section 110.10(b)1A: Single family residences meeting the following conditions:
A. All thermostats comply with Reference Joint Appendix JA5 and are capable of receiving and responding
to Demand Response Signals prior to granting of an occupancy permit by the enforcing agency.
B. All applicable requirements of Section 150.0(k), except as required below:
i. All permanently installed indoor lighting is high efficacy as defined in TABLE 150.0-A or 150.0-B
and is installed in kitchens, bathrooms, utility rooms, and garages at a minimum.
ii. All permanently installed lighting in bathrooms is controlled by a vacancy sensor.
EXCEPTION to EXCEPTION 7Bii: One high efficacy luminaire as defined in TABLE 150.0-A
or 150.0-B with total lamp wattage rated to consume no greater than 26 watts of power is not
required to be controlled by a vacancy sensor.
iii. Every room which does not have permanently installed lighting has at least one switched receptacle
installed.
iv. Permanently installed night lights complying with Section 150.0(k)1E are allowed.
v. Lighting integral to exhaust fans complying with Section 150.0(k)1F is allowed.
vi. All permanently installed outdoor lighting is high efficacy as defined in TABLE 150.0-A or 150.0-
B and is controlled as required in Section 150.0(k)9Ai and iii.
B. Low-rise and High-rise Multi-family Buildings, Hotel/Motel Occupancies, and Nonresidential
Buildings. The solar zone shall be located on the roof or overhang of the building or on the roof or overhang
of another structure located within 250 feet of the building or on covered parking installed with the building
project and have a total area no less than 15 percent of the total roof area of the building excluding any
skylight area.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 110.10(b)1B: Buildings with a permanently installed solar electric system
having a nameplate DC power rating, measured under Standard Test Conditions, of no less than one watt per
square foot of roof area.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 110.10(b)1B: Buildings with a permanently installed domestic solar water-
heating system complying with Section 150.1(c)8Ciii.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 110.10(b)1B: Buildings with a designated solar zone area that is no less than 50
percent of the potential solar zone area. The potential solar zone area is the total area of any low-sloped roofs
where the annual solar access is 70 percent or greater and any steep-sloped roofs oriented between 110
degrees and 270 degrees of true north where the annual solar access is 70 percent or greater. Solar access is
the ratio of solar insolation including shade to the solar insolation without shade. Shading from obstructions
located on the roof or any other part of the building shall not be included in the determination of annual solar
access.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 110.10(b)1B: Low-rise and high-rise multi-family buildings meeting the
following conditions:
A. All thermostats in each dwelling unit comply with Reference Joint Appendix JA5 and are capable of
receiving and responding to Demand Response Signals prior to granting of an occupancy permit by the
enforcing agency.
B. All applicable requirements of Section 150.0(k), except as required below:
i. All permanently installed indoor lighting in each dwelling unit is high efficacy as defined in
TABLE 150.0-A or 150.0-B and is installed in kitchens, bathrooms, utility rooms, and private
garages at a minimum.
ii. All permanently installed lighting in bathrooms is controlled by a vacancy sensor.
EXCEPTION to EXCEPTION 4Bii: One high efficacy luminaire as defined in TABLE 150.0-A
or 150.0-B with total lamp wattage rated to consume no greater than 26 watts of power is not
required to be controlled by a vacancy sensor.

iii. Every room which does not have permanently installed lighting has at least one switched receptacle
installed.
iv. Permanently installed night lights complying with Section 150.0(k)1E are allowed.
v. Lighting integral to exhaust fans complying with Section 150.0(k)1F is allowed.
vi. All permanently installed outdoor lighting for private patios, entrances, balconies, and porches is
high efficacy as defined in TABLE 150.0-A or 150.0-B and is controlled as required in Section
150.0(k)9Ai and iii.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 110.10(b)1B: Buildings where the roof is designed and approved to be used for
vehicular traffic or parking or for a heliport.
2. Orientation. All sections of the solar zone located on steep-sloped roofs shall be oriented between 110 degrees
and 270 degrees of true north.
3. Shading.
A. No obstructions, including but not limited to, vents, chimneys, architectural features, and roof mounted
equipment, shall be located in the solar zone.
B. Any obstruction, located on the roof or any other part of the building that projects above a solar zone shall be
located at least twice the distance, measured in the horizontal plane, of the height difference between the
highest point of the obstruction and the horizontal projection of the nearest point of the solar zone, measured
in the vertical plane.
EXCEPTION to Section 110.10(b)3: Any obstruction, located on the roof or any other part of the building, that
is oriented north of all points on the solar zone.
4. Structural Design Loads on Construction Documents. For areas of the roof designated as solar zone, the
structural design loads for roof dead load and roof live load shall be clearly indicated on the construction
documents.
NOTE: Section 110.10(b)4 does not require the inclusion of any collateral loads for future solar energy systems.
(c) Interconnection Pathways.
1. The construction documents shall indicate a location for inverters and metering equipment and a pathway for
routing of conduit from the solar zone to the point of interconnection with the electrical service. For single family
residences the point of interconnection will be the main service panel.
2. The construction documents shall indicate a pathway for routing of plumbing from the solar zone to the water-
heating system.
(d) Documentation. A copy of the construction documents or a comparable document indicating the information from
Section 110.10(b) through Section 110.10(c) shall be provided to the occupant.
(e) Main Electrical Service Panel.
1. The main electrical service panel shall have a minimum busbar rating of 200 amps.
2. The main electrical service panel shall have a reserved space to allow for the installation of a double pole circuit
breaker for a future solar electric installation.
A. Location. The reserved space shall be positioned at the opposite (load) end from the input feeder location or
main circuit location.
B. Marking. The reserved space shall be permanently marked as “For Future Solar Electric”.

SUBCHAPTER 3
NONRESIDENTIAL, HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL,
HOTEL/MOTEL OCCUPANCIES, AND COVERED
PROCESSES—MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 120.0— GENERAL

Sections 120.1 through 120.9 establish requirements for the design and installation of building envelopes, ventilation,
space-conditioning and service water-heating systems and equipment in nonresidential, high-rise residential, and
hotel/motel buildings as well as covered processes that are subject to Title 24, Part 6. All such buildings and covered
processes shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 120.1 through 120.9.
SECTION 120.1 – REQUIREMENTS FOR VENTILATION

All nonresidential, high-rise residential, and hotel/motel occupancies shall comply with the requirements of Section
120.1(a) through 120.1(e).
(a) General Requirements.
1. All enclosed spaces in a building shall be ventilated in accordance with the requirements of this section and the
CBC.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.1(a)1: Refrigerated warehouses and other spaces or buildings that are not normally
used for human occupancy and work.
2. The outdoor air-ventilation rate and air-distribution assumptions made in the design of the ventilating system
shall be clearly identified on the plans required by Section 10-103 of Title 24, Part 1.
(b) Design Requirements for Minimum Quantities of Outdoor Air. Every space in a building shall be designed to
have outdoor air ventilation according to Item 1 or 2 below:
1. Natural ventilation.
A. Naturally ventilated spaces shall be permanently open to and within 20 feet of operable wall or roof openings
to the outdoors, the openable area of which is not less than 5 percent of the conditioned floor area of the
naturally ventilated space. Where openings are covered with louvers or otherwise obstructed, openable area
shall be based on the free unobstructed area through the opening.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.1(b)1A: Naturally ventilated spaces in high-rise residential dwelling units and
hotel/motel guest rooms shall be open to and within 25 feet of operable wall or roof openings to the outdoors.
B. The means to open required operable openings shall be readily accessible to building occupants whenever the
space is occupied.
2. Mechanical ventilation. Each space that is not naturally ventilated under Item 1 above shall be ventilated with a
mechanical system capable of providing an outdoor air rate no less than the larger of:
A. The conditioned floor area of the space times the applicable ventilation rate from TABLE 120.1-A; or
B. 15 cfm per person times the expected number of occupants.
For meeting the requirement in Section 120.1(b)2B for spaces without fixed seating, the expected number of
occupants shall be either the expected number specified by the building designer or one half of the maximum
SECTION 120.0— GENERAL

occupant load assumed for egress purposes in the CBC, whichever is greater. For spaces with fixed seating,
the expected number of occupants shall be determined in accordance with the CBC.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.1(b)2: Transfer air. The rate of outdoor air required by Section 120.1(b)2 may be
provided with air transferred from other ventilated spaces if:
A. None of the spaces from which air is transferred have any unusual sources of indoor air contaminants;
and
B. The outdoor air that is supplied to all spaces combined, is sufficient to meet the requirements of Section
120.1(b)2 for each space individually.
(c) Operation and Control Requirements for Minimum Quantities of Outdoor Air.
1. Times of occupancy. The minimum rate of outdoor air required by Section 120.1(b)2 shall be supplied to each
space at all times when the space is usually occupied.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.1(c)1: Demand control ventilation. In intermittently occupied spaces that do not
have processes or operations that generate dusts, fumes, mists, vapors or gasses and are not provided with local
exhaust ventilation (such as indoor operation of internal combustion engines or areas designated for unvented
food service preparation), the rate of outdoor air may be reduced if the ventilation system serving the space is
controlled by a demand control ventilation device complying with Section 120.1(c)4 or by an occupant sensor
ventilation control device complying with Section 120.1(c)5.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.1(c)1: Temporary reduction. The rate of outdoor air provided to a space may be
reduced below the level required by Section 120.1(b)2 for up to 30 minutes at a time if the average rate for each
hour is equal to or greater than the required ventilation rate.
2. Pre-occupancy. The lesser of the minimum rate of outdoor air required by Section 120.1(b)2 or 3 complete air
changes shall be supplied to the entire building during the 1-hour period immediately before the building is
normally occupied.
3. Required Demand Control Ventilation. HVAC systems with the following characteristics shall have demand
ventilation controls complying with 120.1(c)4:
A. They have an air economizer; and
B. They serve a space with a design occupant density, or a maximum occupant load factor for egress purposes
in the CBC, greater than or equal to 25 people per 1000 ft² (40 square foot or less per person); and
C. They are either:
i. Single zone systems with any controls; or
ii. Multiple zone systems with Direct Digital Controls (DDC) to the zone level.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.1(c)3: Classrooms, call centers, office spaces served by multiple zone systems
that are continuously occupied during normal business hours with occupant density greater than 25 people per
1000 ft² per Section 120.1(b)2B, healthcare facilities and medical buildings, and public areas of social services
buildings are not required to have demand control ventilation.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.1(c)3: Where space exhaust is greater than the design ventilation rate specified
in Section 120.1(b)2B minus 0.2 cfm per ft² of conditioned area.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 120.1(c)3: Spaces that have processes or operations that generate dusts, fumes, mists,
vapors, or gases and are not provided with local exhaust ventilation, such as indoor operation of internal
combustion engines or areas designated for unvented food service preparation, or beauty salons shall not install
demand control ventilation.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 120.1(c)3: Spaces with an area of less than 150 square feet, or a design occupancy of
less than 10 people per Section 120.1(b)2B.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 120.1(c)3: Spaces with an area of less than 1,500 square feet complying with Section
120.1(c)5.

4. Demand Control Ventilation Devices.

A. For each system with demand control ventilation, CO2 sensors shall be installed in each room that meets the
criteria of Section 120.1(c)3 with no less than one sensor per 10,000 ft² of floor space. When a zone or a
space is served by more than one sensor, signal from any sensor indicating that CO2 is near or at the setpoint
within a space, shall trigger an increase in ventilation to the space;
B. CO2 sensors shall be located in the room between 3 ft and 6 ft above the floor or at the anticipated height of
the occupants heads;
C. Demand ventilation controls shall maintain CO2 concentrations less than or equal to 600 ppm plus the
outdoor air CO2 concentration in all rooms with CO2 sensors;
EXCEPTION to Section 120.1(c)4C: The outdoor air ventilation rate is not required to be larger than the
design outdoor air ventilation rate required by Section 120.1(b)2 regardless of CO2 concentration.
D. Outdoor air CO2 concentration shall be determined by one of the following:
i. CO2 concentration shall be assumed to be 400 ppm without any direct measurement; or
ii. CO2 concentration shall be dynamically measured using a CO2 sensor located within 4 ft of the outdoor
air intake.
E. When the system is operating during hours of expected occupancy, the controls shall maintain system
outdoor air ventilation rates no less than the rate listed in TABLE 120.1-A times the conditioned floor area
for spaces with CO2 sensors, plus the rate required by Section 120.1(b)2 for other spaces served by the
system, or the exhaust air rate whichever is greater;
F. CO2 sensors shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate within plus or minus 75 ppm at a 600 and
1000 ppm concentration when measured at sea level and 25°C, factory calibrated, and certified by the
manufacturer to require calibration no more frequently than once every 5 years. Upon detection of sensor
failure, the system shall provide a signal which resets to supply the minimum quantity of outside air to levels
required by Section 120.1(b)2 to the zone serviced by the sensor at all times that the zone is occupied.
G. The CO2 sensor(s) reading for each zone shall be displayed continuously, and shall be recorded on systems
with DDC to the zone level.
5. Occupant Sensor Ventilation Control Devices. When occupancy sensor ventilation devices are required by
Section 120.2(e)3 or when meeting EXCEPTION 5 to Section 120.1(c)3, occupant sensors shall be used to
reduce the rate of outdoor air flow when occupants are not present in accordance with the following:
A. Occupant sensors shall meet the requirements in Section 110.9(b)4 and shall have suitable coverage and
placement to detect occupants in the entire space ventilated. Occupant sensors controlling lighting may be
used for ventilation as long as the ventilation signal is independent of daylighting, manual lighting overrides
or manual control of lighting. When a single zone damper or a single zone system serves multiple rooms,
there shall be an occupancy sensor in each room and the zone is not considered vacant until all rooms in the
zone are vacant.
B. One hour prior to normal scheduled occupancy, the occupancy sensor ventilation control shall allow pre-
occupancy purge as described in Section 120.1(c)2.
C. Within 30 minutes after being vacant for all rooms served by a zone damper on a multiple zone system, and
the space temperature is between the heating and cooling setpoints, then no outside air is required and supply
air shall be zero.
D. Within 30 minutes after being vacant for all rooms served by a single zone system, the single zone system
shall cycle off the supply fan when the space temperature is between the heating and cooling setpoints.
E. In spaces equipped with an occupant sensor, when vacant during hours of expected occupancy and the
occupied ventilation rate required by Section 120.1(b)2 is not provided, then the system or zone controls
shall cycle or operate to maintain the average outdoor air rate over an averaging period of 120 minutes equal
to 25percent of the rate listed in TABLE 120.1-A.
Exception to 120.1(c)5: If Demand Control Ventilation is implemented as required by Section 120.1(4).

(d) Ducting for Zonal Heating and Cooling Units. Where a return plenum is used to distribute outdoor air to a zonal
heating or cooling unit which then supplies the air to a space in order to meet the requirements of Section 120.1(b)2,
the outdoor air shall be ducted to discharge either:
1. Within 5 feet of the unit; or
2. Within 15 feet of the unit, substantially toward the unit, and at a velocity not less than 500 feet per minute.
(e) Design and Control Requirements for Quantities of Outdoor Air.
1. All mechanical ventilation and space-conditioning systems shall be designed with and have installed ductwork,
dampers, and controls to allow outside air rates to be operated at the larger of (1) the minimum levels specified in
Section 120.1(b) or (2) the rate required for make-up of exhaust systems that are required for an exempt or
covered process, for control of odors, or for the removal of contaminants within the space.
2. All variable air volume mechanical ventilation and space-conditioning systems shall include dynamic controls
that maintain measured outside air ventilation rates within 10 percent of the required outside air ventilation rate at
both full and reduced supply airflow conditions. Fixed minimum damper position is not considered to be
dynamic and is not an allowed control strategy.
3. Measured outdoor air rates of constant volume mechanical ventilation and space-conditioning systems shall be
within 10 percent of the required outside air rate.
TABLE 120.1-A MINIMUM VENTILATION RATES

TYPE OF USE CFM PER SQUARE FOOT OF
CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA
Auto Repair Workshops 1.50
Barber Shops 0.40
Bars, cocktail lounges, and casinos 0.20
Beauty shops 0.40
Coin-operated dry cleaning 0.30
Commercial dry cleaning 0.45
High-rise residential Ventilation Rates Specified by the CBC
Hotel guest rooms (less than 500 ft²) 30 cfm/guest room
Hotel guest rooms (500 ft² or greater) 0.15
Retail stores 0.20
All others 0.15

SECTION 120.2 – REQUIRED CONTROLS FOR SPACE-CONDITIONING

SYSTEMS
Space-conditioning systems shall be installed with controls that comply with the applicable requirements of Subsections
(a) through (i).
(a) Thermostatic Controls for Each Zone. The supply of heating and cooling energy to each space-conditioning zone or
dwelling unit shall be controlled by an individual thermostatic control that responds to temperature within the zone
and that meets the applicable requirements of Section 120.2(b).
EXCEPTION to Section 120.2(a): An independent perimeter heating or cooling system may serve more than one
zone without individual thermostatic controls if:
1. All zones are also served by an interior cooling system;
2. The perimeter system is designed solely to offset envelope heat losses or gains;
3. The perimeter system has at least one thermostatic control for each building orientation of 50 feet or more; and
4. The perimeter system is controlled by at least one thermostat located in one of the zones served by the system.
(b) Criteria for Zonal Thermostatic Controls. The individual thermostatic controls required by Section 120.2(a) shall
meet the following requirements as applicable:
1. Where used to control comfort heating, the thermostatic controls shall be capable of being set, locally or
remotely, down to 55°F or lower.
2. Where used to control comfort cooling, the thermostatic controls shall be capable of being set, locally or
remotely, up to 85°F or higher.
3. Where used to control both comfort heating and comfort cooling, the thermostatic controls shall meet items 1 and
2 and shall be capable of providing a temperature range or dead band of at least 5°F within which the supply of
heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.2(b)3: Systems with thermostats that require manual changeover between heating
and cooling modes.
4. Thermostatic controls for all unitary single zone, air conditioners, heat pumps, and furnaces, shall comply with
the requirements of Section 110.2(c) and Reference Joint Appendix JA5 or, if equipped with DDC to the Zone
level, with the Automatic Demand Shed Controls of Section 120.2(h).
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.2(b)4: Systems serving exempt process loads that must have constant
temperatures to prevent degradation of materials, a process, plants or animals.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.2(b)4: Gravity gas wall heaters, gravity floor heaters, gravity room heaters, non-
central electric heaters, fireplaces or decorative gas appliances, wood stoves, room air conditioners, and room air-
conditioner heat pumps.
(c) Hotel/Motel Guest Room and High-rise Residential Dwelling Unit Thermostats.
1. Hotel/motel guest room thermostats shall:
A. Have numeric temperature setpoints in °F and °C; and
B. Have setpoint stops, which are accessible only to authorized personnel, such that guest room occupants
cannot adjust the setpoint more than ±5°F (±3°C); and
C. Meet the requirements of Section 150.0(i).
EXCEPTION to Section 120.2(c)1: Thermostats that are integrated into the room heating and cooling
equipment.
SECTION 120.2 – REQUIRED CONTROLS FOR SPACE-CONDITIONING SYSTEMS

2. High-rise residential dwelling unit thermostats shall meet the requirements of Section 150.0(i).
(d) Heat Pump Controls. All heat pumps with supplementary electric resistance heaters shall be installed with controls
that comply with Section 110.2(b).
(e) Shut-off and Reset Controls for Space-conditioning Systems. Each space-conditioning system shall be installed
with controls that comply with the following:
1. The control shall be capable of automatically shutting off the system during periods of nonuse and shall have:
A. An automatic time switch control device complying with Section 110.9, with an accessible manual override
that allows operation of the system for up to 4 hours; or
B. An occupancy sensor; or
C. A 4-hour timer that can be manually operated.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.2(e)1: Mechanical systems serving retail stores and associated malls, restaurants,
grocery stores, churches, and theaters equipped with 7-day programmable timers.
2. The control shall automatically restart and temporarily operate the system as required to maintain:
A. A setback heating thermostat setpoint if the system provides mechanical heating; and
EXCEPTION to Section 120.2(e)2A: Thermostat setback controls are not required in nonresidential
buildings in areas where the Winter Median of Extremes outdoor air temperature determined in accordance
with Section 140.4(b)4 is greater than 32°F.
B. A setup cooling thermostat setpoint if the system provides mechanical cooling.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.2(e)2B: Thermostat setup controls are not required in nonresidential buildings
in areas where the Summer Design Dry Bulb 0.5 percent temperature determined in accordance with Section
140.4(b)4 is less than 100°F.
3. Multipurpose room less than 1000 ft2, classrooms greater than 750 ft2and conference, convention, auditorium and
meeting center rooms greater than 750 ft2 that do not have processes or operations that generate dusts, fumes,
vapors or gasses shall be equipped with occupant sensor(s) to accomplish the following during unoccupied
periods:
A. Automatically setup the operating cooling temperature set point by 2°F or more and setback the operating
heating temperature set point by 2˚F or more; and
B. Automatically reset the minimum required ventilation rate with an occupant sensor ventilation control device
according to Section 120.1(c)5.
EXCEPTION 1 to Sections 120.2(e)1, 2, and 3: Where it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
enforcing agency that the system serves an area that must operate continuously.
EXCEPTION 2 to Sections 120.2(e)1, 2, and 3: Where it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
enforcing agency that shutdown, setback, and setup will not result in a decrease in overall building source energy
use.
EXCEPTION 3 to Sections 120.2(e)1, 2, and 3: Systems with full load demands of 2 kW or less, if they have a
readily accessible manual shut-off switch.
EXCEPTION 4 to Sections 120.2(e)1 and 2: Systems serving hotel/motel guest rooms, if they have a readily
accessible manual shut-off switch.
Exception 5 to Sections 120.2(e)3:. If Demand Control Ventilation is implemented as required by Section
120.1(4).
4. Hotel and motel guest rooms shall have captive card key controls, occupancy sensing controls, or automatic
controls such that, no longer than 30 minutes after the guest room has been vacated, setpoints are setup at least
+5°F (+3°C) in cooling mode and set-down at least -5°F (-3°C) in heating mode.

(f) Dampers for Air Supply and Exhaust Equipment. Outdoor air supply and exhaust equipment shall be installed
with dampers that automatically close upon fan shutdown.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.2(f): Where it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency that the
equipment serves an area that must operate continuously.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.2(f): Gravity and other nonelectrical equipment that has readily accessible manual
damper controls.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 120.2(f): At combustion air intakes and shaft vents.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 120.2(f): Where prohibited by other provisions of law.
(g) Isolation Area Devices. Each space-conditioning system serving multiple zones with a combined conditioned floor
area of more than 25,000 square feet shall be designed, installed, and controlled to serve isolation areas.
1. Each zone, or any combination of zones not exceeding 25,000 square feet, shall be a separate isolation area.
2. Each isolation area shall be provided with isolation devices, such as valves or dampers that allow the supply of
heating or cooling to be reduced or shut-off independently of other isolation areas.
3. Each isolation area shall be controlled by a device meeting the requirements of Section 120.2(e)1.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.2(g): A zone need not be isolated if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
enforcement agency that the zone must be heated or cooled continuously.
(h) Automatic Demand Shed Controls. HVAC systems with DDC to the Zone level shall be programmed to allow
centralized demand shed for non-critical zones as follows:
1. The controls shall have a capability to remotely setup the operating cooling temperature set points by 4 degrees or
more in all non-critical zones on signal from a centralized contact or software point within an Energy
Management Control System (EMCS).
2. The controls shall have a capability to remotely setdown the operating heating temperature set points by 4
degrees or more in all non-critical zones on signal from a centralized contact or software point within an EMCS.
3. The controls shall have capabilities to remotely reset the temperatures in all non-critical zones to original
operating levels on signal from a centralized contact or software point within an EMCS.
4. The controls shall be programmed to provide an adjustable rate of change for the temperature setup and reset.
5. The controls shall have the following features:
A. Disabled. Disabled by authorized facility operators; and
B. Manual control. Manual control by authorized facility operators to allow adjustment of heating and cooling
set points globally from a single point in the EMCS; and
C. Automatic Demand Shed Control. Upon receipt of a demand response signal, the space-conditioning systems
shall conduct a centralized demand shed, as specified in 120.2(h)1 and 120.2(h)2, for non-critical zones
during the demand response period.
(i) Economizer Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD). All newly installed air-cooled unitary direct-expansion units,
equipped with an economizer and with mechanical cooling capacity at AHRI conditions of greater than or equal to
54,000 Btu/hr, shall include a Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) system in accordance with subsections
120.2(i)1 through 120.2(i)9. Air-cooled unitary direct expansion units include packaged, split-systems, heat pumps,
and variable refrigerant flow (VRF), where the VRF capacity is defined by that of the condensing unit.
1. The following temperature sensors shall be permanently installed to monitor system operation: outside air, supply
air, and return air; and
2. Temperature sensors shall have an accuracy of ±2°F over the range of 40°F to 80°F; and
3. Refrigerant pressure sensors, if used, shall have an accuracy of ±3 percent of full scale; and
4. The controller shall have the capability of displaying the value of each sensor; and

5. The controller shall provide system status by indicating the following conditions:
A. Free cooling available
B. Economizer enabled
C. Compressor enabled
D. Heating enabled
E. Mixed air low limit cycle active
6. The unit controller shall manually initiate each operating mode so that the operation of compressors,
economizers, fans, and heating system can be independently tested and verified; and
7. Faults shall be reported to a fault management application accessible by day-to-day operating or service
personnel, or annunciated locally on zone thermostats; and
8. The FDD system shall detect the following faults:
F. Air temperature sensor failure/fault
G. Not economizing when it should
H. Economizing when it should not
I. Damper not modulating
J. Excess outdoor air
9. The FDD System shall be certified by the Energy Commission as meeting requirements 120.2(i)1 through
120.2(i)8 in accordance with Section 100(h).

SECTION 120.3 – REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPE INSULATION

The piping for all space-conditioning and service water-heating systems with fluid temperatures listed in TABLE 120.3-A
shall have the amount of insulation specified in Subsection (a) or (b). Insulation conductivity shall be determined in
accordance with ASTM C335 at the mean temperature listed in TABLE 120.3-A, and shall be rounded to the nearest 1/100
Btu-inch per hour per square foot per °F.
Insulation shall be protected from damage, including that due to sunlight, moisture, equipment maintenance, and wind,
including but not limited to, the following:
Insulation exposed to weather shall be suitable for outdoor service by either being rated by the manufacturer for outdoor
use or by being covered e.g., protected by aluminum, sheet metal, painted canvas, or plastic cover. Cellular foam
insulation shall be protected as above or painted with a coating that is water retardant and provides shielding from solar
radiation that can cause degradation of the material.
Insulation covering chilled water piping and refrigerant suction piping located outside the conditioned space shall include
a vapor retardant located outside the insulation (unless the insulation is inherently vapor retardant), all penetrations and
joints of which shall be sealed.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.3: Factory-installed piping within space-conditioning equipment certified under Section
111 or 112.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.3: Piping that conveys fluids with a design operating temperature range between 60°F and
105°F.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 120.3: Gas piping, cold domestic water piping, condensate drains, roof drains, vents, or waste
piping.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 120.3: Where the heat gain or heat loss to or from piping without insulation will not increase
building source energy use.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 120.3: Piping that penetrates framing members shall not be required to have pipe insulation
for the distance of the framing penetration. Metal piping that penetrates metal framing shall use grommets, plugs,
wrapping or other insulating material to assure that no contact is made with the metal framing.
(a) For insulation with a conductivity in the range shown in TABLE 120.3-A for the applicable fluid temperature range,
the insulation shall have the applicable thickness shown in TABLE 120.3-A.
(b) For insulation with a conductivity outside the range shown in TABLE 120.3-A for the applicable fluid temperature
range, the insulation shall have a minimum thickness as calculated with:
INSULATION THICKNESS EQUATION
⎡ K
⎤
⎛ t ⎞ k
⎢
T = PR ⎜1 + ⎟ − 1⎥
⎢⎝ PR ⎠ ⎥
⎣ ⎦
WHERE:
T = Minimum insulation thickness for material with conductivity K, inches.

PR = Pipe actual outside radius, inches.
t = Insulation thickness from TABLE 120.3-A, inches.
K = Conductivity of alternate material at the mean rating temperature indicated in TABLE
120.3-A for the applicable fluid temperature range, in Btu-inch per hour per square

foot per °F.

k = The lower value of the conductivity range listed in TABLE 120.3-A for the applicable
fluid temperature range, Btu-inch per hour per square foot per °F.
TABLE 120.3-A PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS

CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER (in inches)
FLUID INSULATION
RANGE
TEMPERATURE MEAN RATING 8 and
(in Btu-inch per 1 and less 1 to <1.5 1.5 to < 4 4 to < 8
RANGE TEMPERATURE larger
hour per square
(°F) (°F)
foot per °F) INSULATION THICKNESS REQUIRED (in inches)
Space heating, Hot Water systems (steam, steam condensate and hot water) and Service Water Heating Systems
Above 350 0.32-0.34 250 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
251-350 0.29-0.31 200 3.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5
201-250 0.27-0.30 150 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0
141-200 0.25-0.29 125 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
105-140 0.22-0.28 100 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Space cooling systems (chilled water, refrigerant and brine)

40-60 0.21-0.27 75 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0
Below 40 0.20-0.26 50 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

SECTION 120.4 – REQUIREMENTS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

DUCTS AND PLENUMS
(a) CMC Compliance. All air distribution system ducts and plenums, including, but not limited to, building cavities,
mechanical closets, air-handler boxes and support platforms used as ducts or plenums, shall be installed, sealed and
insulated to meet the requirements of the 2010 CMC Sections 601.0, 602.0, 603.0, 604.0, 605.0, and
ANSI/SMACNA-006-2006 HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 3rd Edition, incorporated herein
by reference. Connections of metal ducts and the inner core of flexible ducts shall be mechanically fastened. Openings
shall be sealed with mastic, tape, aerosol sealant, or other duct-closure system that meets the applicable requirements
of UL 181, UL 181A, or UL 181B. If mastic or tape is used to seal openings greater than 1/4 inch, the combination of
mastic and either mesh or tape shall be used.
Portions of supply-air and return-air ducts conveying heated or cooled air located in one or more of the following
spaces shall be insulated to a minimum installed level of R-8:
1. Outdoors; or
2. In a space between the roof and an insulated ceiling; or
3. In a space directly under a roof with fixed vents or openings to the outside or unconditioned spaces; or
4. In an unconditioned crawlspace; or
5. In other unconditioned spaces.
Portions of supply-air ducts that are not in one of these spaces, including ducts buried in concrete slab, shall be
insulated to a minimum installed level of R-4.2 (or any higher level required by CMC Section 605.0) or be enclosed in
directly conditioned space.
(b) Duct and Plenum Materials.
1. Factory-fabricated duct systems.
A. All factory-fabricated duct systems shall comply with UL 181 for ducts and closure systems, including
collars, connections, and splices, and be labeled as complying with UL 181. UL 181 testing may be
performed by UL laboratories or a laboratory approved by the Executive Director.
B. All pressure-sensitive tapes, heat-activated tapes, and mastics used in the manufacture of rigid fiberglass
ducts shall comply with UL 181 and UL 181A.
C. All pressure-sensitive tapes and mastics used with flexible ducts shall comply with UL 181 and UL 181B.
D. Joints and seams of duct systems and their components shall not be sealed with cloth back rubber adhesive
duct tapes unless such tape is used in combination with mastic and drawbands.
2. Field-fabricated duct systems.
A. Factory-made rigid fiberglass and flexible ducts for field-fabricated duct systems shall comply with UL 181.
All pressure-sensitive tapes, mastics, aerosol sealants, or other closure systems used for installing field-
fabricated duct systems shall meet the applicable requirements of UL 181, UL 181A, and UL 181B.
B. Mastic sealants and mesh.
i. Sealants shall comply with the applicable requirements of UL 181, UL 181A, and UL 181B, and be
nontoxic and water resistant.
ii. Sealants for interior applications shall pass ASTM tests C731 (extrudability after aging) and D2202
(slump test on vertical surfaces), incorporated herein by reference.
iii. Sealants for exterior applications shall pass ASTM tests C731, C732 (artificial weathering test), and
D2202, incorporated herein by reference.
SECTION 120.4 – REQUIREMENTS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DUCTS AND PLENUMS
iv. Sealants and meshes shall be rated for exterior use.

C. Pressure-sensitive tape. Pressure-sensitive tapes shall comply with the applicable requirements of UL 181,
UL 181A, and UL 181B.
E. Drawbands used with flexible duct.
i. Drawbands shall be either stainless-steel worm-drive hose clamps or UV-resistant nylon duct ties.
ii. Drawbands shall have a minimum tensile strength rating of 150 pounds.
iii. Drawbands shall be tightened as recommended by the manufacturer with an adjustable tensioning tool.
F. Aerosol-sealant closures.
i. Aerosol sealants shall meet the requirements of UL 723 and be applied according to manufacturer
specifications.
ii. Tapes or mastics used in combination with aerosol sealing shall meet the requirements of this section.
(c) All duct insulation product R-values shall be based on insulation only (excluding air films, vapor retarder, or other
duct components) and tested C-values at 75°F mean temperature at the installed thickness, in accordance with ASTM
C518 or ASTM C177, incorporated herein by reference, and certified pursuant to Section 110.8.
(d) The installed thickness of duct insulation used to determine its R-value shall be determined as follows:
1. For duct board, duct liner, and factory-made rigid ducts not normally subjected to compression, the nominal
insulation thickness shall be used.
2. For duct wrap, installed thickness shall be assumed to be 75 percent (25 percent compression) of nominal
thickness.
3. For factory-made flexible air ducts, the installed thickness shall be determined by dividing the difference between
the actual outside diameter and nominal inside diameter by two.
(e) Insulated flexible duct products installed to meet this requirement must include labels, in maximum intervals of 3 feet,
showing the thermal performance R-value for the duct insulation itself (excluding air films, vapor retarder, or other
duct components), based on the tests in Section 120.4(c) and the installed thickness determined by Section 120.4(d)3.
(f) Protection of Insulation. Insulation shall be protected from damage, including that due to sunlight, moisture,
equipment maintenance, and wind but not limited to the following: Insulation exposed to weather shall be suitable for
outdoor service e.g., protected by aluminum, sheet metal, painted canvas, or plastic cover. Cellular foam insulation
shall be protected as above or painted with a coating that is water retardant and provides shielding from solar radiation
that can cause degradation of the material.
SECTION 120.4 – REQUIREMENTS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DUCTS AND PLENUMS
SECTION 120.5 – REQUIRED NONRESIDENTIAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM

ACCEPTANCE
(a) Before an occupancy permit is granted the following equipment and systems shall be certified as meeting the
Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance, as specified by the Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7. A
Certificate of Acceptance shall be submitted to the enforcement agency that certifies that the equipment and systems
meet the acceptance requirements:
1. Outdoor air ventilation systems shall be tested in accordance with NA7.5.1
2. Constant volume, single zone unitary air conditioning and heat pump unit controls shall be tested in accordance
with NA7.5.2.
3. Duct systems shall be tested in accordance with NA7.5.3 where either:
A. They are new duct systems that meet the criteria of Sections 140.4(l)1, 140.4(l)2, and 140.4(l)3; or
B. They are part of a system that meets the criteria of Section 141.0(b)2D.
4. Air economizers shall be tested in accordance with NA7.5.4.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.5(a)4: Air economizers installed by the HVAC system manufacturer and certified
to the Commission as being factory calibrated and tested are exempt from the Functional Testing section of the
Air Economizer Controls acceptance test as described in NA7.5.4.2.
5. Demand control ventilation systems required by Section 120.1(c)3 shall be tested in accordance with NA7.5.5
6. Supply fan variable flow controls shall be tested in accordance with NA7.5.6
7. Hydronic system variable flow controls shall be tested in accordance with NA7.5.7 and NA7.5.9
8. Boiler or chillers that require isolation controls per Section 140.4(k)2 or 140.4(k)3 shall be tested in accordance
with NA7.5.7
9. Hydronic systems with supply water temperature reset controls shall be tested in accordance with NA7.5.8
10. Automatic demand shed controls shall be tested in accordance with NA7.5.10.
11. Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for Packaged Direct-Expansion Units shall be tested in accordance with
NA7.5.11.
12. Automatic fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) for air handling units and zone terminal units shall be tested in
accordance with NA7.5.12.
13. Distributed Energy Storage DX AC Systems shall be tested in accordance with NA7.5.13.
14. Thermal Energy Storage (TES) Systems shall be tested in accordance with NA7.5.14.
15. Supply air temperature reset controls shall be tested in accordance with NA7.5.15.
16. Water-cooled chillers served by cooling towers with condenser water reset controls shall be tested in accordance
with NA7.5.16.
17. When an Energy Management Control System is installed, it shall functionally meet all of the applicable
requirements of Part 6..
(b) When certification is required by Title 24, Part 1, Section 10-103-B, the acceptance testing specified by Section
120.5(a) shall be performed by a Certified Mechanical Acceptance Test Technician (CMATT). If the CMATT is
operating as an employee, the CMATT shall be employed by a Certified Mechanical Acceptance Test Employer. The
CMATT shall disclose on the Certificate of Acceptance a valid CMATT certification identification number issued by
SECTION 120.5 – REQUIRED NONRESIDENTIAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE

an approved Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider. The CMATT shall complete all Certificate of
Acceptance documentation in accordance with the applicable requirements in Section 10-103(a)4.
NOTE: Authority cited: Sections 25402, 25402.1, and 25213, Public Resources Code. Reference: Sections 25007,
25402(a)-(b), 25402.1, 25402.4, 25402.5, 25402.8 and 25910, Public Resources Code.
SECTION 120.6 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR COVERED

PROCESSES
(a) Mandatory Requirements for Refrigerated Warehouses
Refrigerated Warehouses that are greater than or equal to 3,000 square feet shall meet the requirements of subsections
1, 2, 3, 6 and 7 of Section 120.6(a).
Refrigerated Spaces that are less than 3,000 square feet shall meet the requirements of the Appliance Efficiency
Regulations for walk-in coolers or freezers contained in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations (California Code of
Regulations, Title 20, Sections 1601 through 1608).
Refrigerated Spaces that (i) comprise a total of 3,000 square feet or more; and (ii) are collectively served by the same
refrigeration system compressor(s) and condenser(s) shall meet the requirements of subsections 4, 5 and 7 of Section
120.6(a).
1. Insulation Requirements. Exterior surfaces of refrigerated warehouses shall be insulated at least to the R-values
in TABLE 120.6-A.
TABLE 120.6-A REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSE INSULATION

SPACE SURFACE MINIMUM R-VALUE (°F·hr·sf/Btu)
Roof/Ceiling R-40
Wall R-36
Freezers Floor R-35
Floor with all heating from productive R-20
refrigeration capacity1
Roof/Ceiling R-28
Coolers
Wall R-28
1.
All underslab heating is provided by a heat exchanger that provides refrigerant subcooling or other means that result in
productive refrigeration capacity on the associated refrigerated system.
2. Underslab heating. Electric resistance heat shall not be used for the purposes of underslab heating.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.6(a)2: Underslab heating systems controlled such that the electric resistance heat
is thermostatically controlled and disabled during the summer on-peak period defined by the local electric utility.
3. Evaporators. New fan-powered evaporators used in coolers and freezers shall conform to the following:
A. Single phase fan motors less than 1 hp and less than 460 Volts in newly installed evaporators shall be
electronically commutated motors or shall have a minimum motor efficiency of 70 percent when rated in
accordance with NEMA Standard MG 1-2006 at full load rating conditions.
B. Evaporator fans served either by a suction group with multiple compressors, or by a single compressor with
variable capacity capability shall be variable speed and the speed shall be controlled in response to space
temperature or humidity.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.6(a)3B: Addition, alteration or replacement of less than all of the
evaporators in an existing refrigerated space that does not have speed-controlled evaporators.
SECTION 120.6 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR COVERED PROCESSES

EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.6(a)3B: Coolers within refrigerated warehouses that maintain a Controlled
Atmosphere for which a licensed engineer has certified that the types of products stored will require constant
operation at 100 percent of the design airflow.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 120.6(a)3B: Areas within refrigerated warehouses that are designed solely for
the purpose of quick chilling/freezing of products (space with design cooling capacities of greater than 240
Btu/hr-ft² (2 tons per 100 ft²)).
C. Evaporator fans served by a single compressor that does not have variable capacity shall utilize controls to
reduce airflow by at least 40 percent for at least 75 percent of the time when the compressor is not running.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.6(a)3C: Areas within refrigerated warehouses that are designed solely for the
purpose of quick chilling/freezing of products (space with design cooling capacities of greater than 240
Btu/hr-ft² (2 tons per 100 ft²)).
4. Condensers. New fan-powered condensers on new refrigeration systems shall conform to the following:
A. Design saturated condensing temperatures for evaporative-cooled condensers and water-cooled condensers
served by fluid coolers or cooling towers shall be less than or equal to:
i. The design wetbulb temperature plus 20°F in locations where the design wetbulb temperature is less
than or equal to 76°F; or
ii. The design wetbulb temperature plus 19°F in locations where the design wetbulb temperature is between
76°F and 78°F; or
iii. The design wetbulb temperature plus 18°F in locations were the design wetbulb temperature is greater
than or equal to 78°F.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.6(a)4A: Compressors and condensers on a refrigeration system for which
more than 20 percent of the total design refrigeration cooling load is for quick chilling or freezing, or process
refrigeration cooling for other than a refrigerated space.
B. Design saturated condensing temperatures for air-cooled condensers shall be less than or equal to the design
drybulb temperature plus 10°F for systems serving freezers and shall be less than or equal to the design
drybulb temperature plus 15°F for systems serving coolers.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.6(a)4B: Condensing units with a total compressor horsepower less than 100
HP.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.6(a)4B: Compressors and condensers on a refrigeration system for which
more than 20 percent of the total design refrigeration cooling load is for quick chilling or freezing, or
process refrigeration cooling for other than a refrigerated space.
C. All condenser fans for evaporative-cooled condensers or fans on cooling towers or fluid coolers shall be
continuously variable speed, and the condensing temperature control system shall control the speed of all
fans serving a common condenser high side in unison. The minimum condensing temperature setpoint shall
be less than or equal to 70°F.
D. All condenser fans for air-cooled condensers shall be continuously variable speed and the condensing
temperature or pressure control system shall control the speed of all condenser fans serving a common
condenser high side in unison. The minimum condensing temperature setpoint shall be less than or equal to
70°F.
E. Condensing temperature reset. The condensing temperature set point of systems served by air-cooled
condensers shall be reset in response to ambient drybulb temperature. The condensing temperature set point
of systems served by evaporative-cooled condensers or water-cooled condensers (via cooling towers or fluid
coolers) shall be reset in response to ambient wetbulb temperatures.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.6(a)4E: Condensing temperature control strategies approved by the Executive
Director that have been demonstrated to provide at least equal energy savings.

F. Fan-powered condensers shall meet the condenser efficiency requirements listed in TABLE 120.6-B.
Condenser efficiency is defined as the Total Heat of Rejection (THR) capacity divided by all electrical input
power including fan power at 100 percent fan speed, and power of spray pumps for evaporative condensers.
G. Air-cooled condensers shall have a fin density no greater than 10 fins per inch.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.6(a)4G: Micro-channel condensers.
TABLE 120.6-B FAN-POWERED CONDENSERS – MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS

CONDENSER TYPE REFRIGERANT TYPE MINIMUM EFFICIENCY RATING CONDITION
Outdoor Evaporative-Cooled
with THR Capacity > 8,000 All 350 Btuh/Watt
MBH 100°F Saturated Condensing
Outdoor Evaporative-Cooled Temperature (SCT), 70°F
with THR Capacity < 8,000 Outdoor Wetbulb Temperature
All 160 Btuh/Watt
MBH and Indoor Evaporative-
Cooled
Ammonia 75 Btuh/Watt 105°F Saturated Condensing
Outdoor Air-Cooled Temperature (SCT), 95°F
Halocarbon 65 Btuh/Watt Outdoor Drybulb Temperature
Indoor Air-Cooled All Exempt
5. Compressors. Compressor systems utilized in refrigerated warehouses shall conform to the following:
A. Compressors shall be designed to operate at a minimum condensing temperature of 70°F or less.
B. New open-drive screw compressors in new refrigeration systems with a design saturated suction temperature
(SST) of 28°F or lower that discharges to the system condenser pressure shall control compressor speed in
response to the refrigeration load.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.6(a)5B: Refrigeration plants with more than one dedicated compressor per
suction group.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.6(a)5B: Compressors and condensers on a refrigeration system for which
more than 20 percent of the total design refrigeration cooling load is for quick chilling or freezing, or process
refrigeration cooling for other than a refrigerated space.
C. New screw compressors with nominal electric motor power greater than 150 HP shall include the ability to
automatically vary the compressor volume ratio (Vi) in response to operating pressures.
6. Infiltration Barriers. Passageways between freezers and higher-temperature spaces, and passageways between
coolers and non-refrigerated spaces, shall have an infiltration barrier consisting of strip curtains, an
automatically-closing door, or an air curtain designed by the manufacturer for use in the passageway and
temperature for which it is applied.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.6(a)6: Openings with less than 16 ft2 of opening area.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.6(a)6: Dock doorways for trailers.
7. Refrigeration System Acceptance. Before an occupancy permit is granted for a new refrigerated warehouse, or
before a new refrigeration system serving a refrigerated warehouse is operated for normal use, the following
equipment and systems shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance, as
specified by the Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7. A Certificate of Acceptance shall be submitted to the
enforcement agency that certifies that the equipment and systems meet the acceptance requirements:
A. Electric resistance underslab heating systems shall be tested in accordance with NA7.10.1.
B. Evaporators fan motor controls shall be tested in accordance with NA7.10.2.
C. Evaporative condensers shall be tested in accordance with NA7.10.3.1.

D. Air-cooled condensers shall be tested in accordance with NA7.10.3.2.

E. Variable speed compressors shall be tested in accordance with NA7.10.4.
(b) Mandatory Requirements for Commercial Refrigeration
Retail food stores with 8,000 square feet or more of conditioned area, and that utilize either: refrigerated display
cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units, shall meet the
requirements of Subsections 1 through 4.
1. Condensers serving refrigeration systems. Fan-powered condensers shall conform to the following
requirements:
A. All condenser fans for air-cooled condensers, evaporative-cooled condensers, air or water-cooled fluid
coolers or cooling towers shall be continuously variable speed, with the speed of all fans serving a common
condenser high side controlled in unison.
B. The refrigeration system condenser controls for systems with air-cooled condensers shall use variable-
setpoint control logic to reset the condensing temperature setpoint in response to ambient drybulb
temperature.
C. The refrigeration system condenser controls for systems with evaporative-cooled condensers shall use
variable-setpoint control logic to reset the condensing temperature setpoint in response to ambient wetbulb
temperature.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.6(b)1B and C: Condensing temperature control strategies approved by the
Executive Director that have been demonstrated to provide equal energy savings.
D. The minimum condensing temperature setpoint shall be less than or equal to 70°F.
E. Fan-powered condensers shall meet the specific efficiency requirements listed in Table 120.6-C.
TABLE 120.6-C FAN-POWERED CONDENSERS –SPECIFIC EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
CONDENSER TYPE MINIMUM SPECIFIC EFFICIENCYa RATING CONDITION
100°F Saturated Condensing Temperature (SCT), 70°F Entering

Evaporative-Cooled 160 Btuh/W
Wetbulb Temperature
105°F Saturated Condensing Temperature (SCT), 95°F Entering

Air-Cooled 65 Btuh/W
Drybulb Temperature
a
See Section 100.1 for definition of condenser specific efficiency.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.6(b)1E: Condensers with a Total Heat Rejection capacity of less than
150,000 Btuh at the specific efficiency rating condition.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.6(b)1E: Stores located in Climate Zone 1.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 120.6(b)1E: Existing condensers that are reused for an addition or alteration.
F. Air-cooled condensers shall have a fin density no greater than 10 fins per inch.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.6(b)1F: Micro-channel condensers.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.6(b)1F: Existing condensers that are reused for an addition or alteration.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.6(b)1: New condensers replacing existing condensers when the attached
compressor system Total Heat of Rejection does not increase and less than 25 percent of both the attached
compressors and the attached display cases are new.
2. Compressor Systems. Refrigeration compressor systems and condensing units shall conform to the following
requirements.

A. Compressors and multiple-compressor suction groups shall include control systems that use floating suction
pressure logic to reset the target saturated suction temperature based on the temperature requirements of the
attached refrigeration display cases or walk-ins.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.6(b)2A: Single compressor systems that do not have continuously variable
capacity capability.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.6(b)2A: Suction groups that have a design saturated suction temperature of
30°F or higher, or suction groups that comprise the high stage of a two-stage or cascade system or that
primarily serve chillers for secondary cooling fluids.
B. Liquid subcooling shall be provided for all low temperature compressor systems with a design cooling
capacity equal or greater than 100,000 Btu/hr with a design saturated suction temperature of -10°F or lower,
with the subcooled liquid temperature maintained continuously at 50°F or less at the exit of the subcooler,
using compressor economizer port(s) or a separate medium or high temperature suction group operating at a
saturated suction temperature of 18°F or higher.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.6(b)2B: Low temperature cascade systems that condense into another
refrigeration system rather than condensing to ambient temperature.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.6(b)2: Existing compressor systems that are reused for an addition or alteration.
3. Refrigerated Display Cases. Lighting in refrigerated display cases, and lights on glass doors installed on walk-in
coolers and freezers shall be controlled by one of the following:
A. Automatic time switch controls to turn off lights during non-business hours. Timed overrides for any line-up
or walk-in case may only be used to turn the lights on for up to one hour. Manual overrides shall time-out
automatically to turn the lights off after one hour.
B. Motion sensor controls on each case that reduce display case lighting power by at least 50 percent within 30
minutes after the area near the case is vacated.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.6(b)3: Stores which are normally open for business 140 hours or more per week.
4. Refrigeration Heat Recovery.
A. HVAC systems shall utilize heat recovery from refrigeration system(s) for space heating, using no less than
25 percent of the sum of the design Total Heat of Rejection of all refrigeration systems that have individual
Total Heat of Rejection values of 150,000 Btu/h or greater at design conditions.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.6(b)4A: Stores located in Climate Zone 15.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.6(b)4A: HVAC systems or refrigeration systems that are reused for an
addition or alteration.
B. The increase in hydrofluorocarbon refrigerant charge associated with refrigeration heat recovery equipment
and piping shall be no greater than 0.35 lbs per 1,000 Btu/h of heat recovery heating capacity.
(c) Mandatory Requirements for Enclosed Parking Garages. Mechanical ventilation systems for enclosed parking
garages where the total design exhaust rate for the garage is greater than or equal to 10,000 cfm shall conform to all of
the following:
1. Automatically detect contaminant levels and stage fans or modulate fan airflow rates to 50 percent or less of
design capacity provided acceptable contaminant levels are maintained.
2. Have controls and/or devices that will result in fan motor demand of no more than 30 percent of design wattage at
50 percent of design airflow.
3. CO shall be monitored with at least one sensor per 5,000 ft2, with the sensor located in the highest expected
concentration locations, with at least two sensors per proximity zone. A proximity zone is defined as an area that
is isolated from other areas either by floor or other impenetrable obstruction.
4. CO concentration at all sensors is maintained at 25 ppm or less at all times.
5. The ventilation rate shall be at least 0.15 cfm/ft2 when the garage is scheduled to be occupied.

6. The system shall maintain the garage at negative or neutral pressure relative to other occupiable spaces when the
garage is scheduled to be occupied.
7. CO sensors shall be:
A. Certified by the manufacturer to be accurate within plus or minus 5 percent of measurement.
B. Factory calibrated.
C. Certified by the manufacturer to drift no more than 5 percent per year.
D. Certified by the manufacturer to require calibration no more frequently than once a year.
E. Monitored by a control system. The system shall have logic that automatically checks for sensor failure by
the following means. Upon detection of a failure, the system shall reset to design ventilation rates and
transmit an alarm to the facility operators.
i. If any sensor has not been calibrated according to the manufacturer’s recommendations within the
specified calibration period, the sensor has failed.
ii. During unoccupied periods the system compares the readings of all sensors, e.g. if any sensor is more
than 15 ppm above or below the average of all sensors for longer than 4 hours, the sensor has failed.
iii. During occupied periods the system compares the readings of sensors in the same proximity zone, e.g. if
the 30 minute rolling average for any sensor in a proximity zone is more than 15 ppm above or below
the 30 minute rolling average for other sensor(s) in that proximity zone, the sensor has failed.
8. Parking Garage Ventilation System Acceptance. Before an occupancy permit is granted for a parking garage
system subject to Section 120.6(c), the following equipment and systems shall be certified as meeting the
Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance, as specified by the Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7. A
Certificate of Acceptance shall be submitted to the enforcement agency that certifies that the equipment and
systems meet the acceptance requirements specified in NA7.12.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.6(c): Any garage, or portion of a garage, where more than 20 percent of the vehicles
expected to be stored have non gasoline combustion engines.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.6(c): Additions and alterations to existing garages where less than 10,000 cfm of new
exhaust capacity is being added.
(d) Mandatory Requirements for Process Boilers
1. Combustion air positive shut-off shall be provided on all newly installed process boilers as follows:
A. All process boilers with an input capacity of 2.5 MMBtu/h (2,500,000 Btu/h) and above, in which the boiler
is designed to operate with a non-positive vent static pressure.
B. All process boilers where one stack serves two or more boilers with a total combined input capacity per stack
of 2.5 MMBtu/h (2,500,000 Btu/h).
2. Process boiler combustion air fans with motors 10 horsepower or larger shall meet one of the following for newly
installed boilers:
A. The fan motor shall be driven by a variable speed drive; or
B. The fan motor shall include controls that limit the fan motor demand to no more than 30 percent of the total
design wattage at 50 percent of design air volume.
3. Newly installed process boilers with an input capacity of 5 MMBtu/h (5,000,000 Btu/h) to 10 MMBtu/h
(10,000,000 Btu/h) shall maintain excess (stack-gas) oxygen concentrations at less than or equal to 5.0 percent by
volume on a dry basis over firing rates of 20 percent to 100 percent. Combustion air volume shall be controlled
with respect to firing rate or measured flue gas oxygen concentration. Use of a common gas and combustion air
control linkage or jack shaft is prohibited.
4. Newly installed process boilers with an input capacity greater than 10 MMBtu/h (10,000,000 Btu/h) shall
maintain excess (stack-gas) oxygen concentrations at less than or equal to 3.0 percent by volume on a dry basis
over firing rates of 20 percent to 100 percent. Combustion air volume shall be controlled with respect to

measured flue gas oxygen concentration. Use of a common gas and combustion air control linkage or jack shaft
is prohibited.
(e) Mandatory Requirements for Compressed Air Systems. All new compressed air systems, and all additions or
alterations of compressed air systems where the total combined online horsepower (hp) of the compressor(s) is 25
horsepower or more shall meet the requirements of Subsections 1 through 3. These requirements apply to the
compressors and related controls that provide compressed air and do not apply to any equipment or controls that use
or process the compressed air.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.6(e): Alterations of existing compressed air systems that include one or more
centrifugal compressors.
1. Trim Compressor and Storage. . The compressed air system shall be equipped with an appropriately sized trim
compressor and primary storage to provide acceptable performance across the range of the system and to avoid
control gaps. The compressed air system shall comply with subsection A or B below:
A. The compressed air system shall include one or more variable speed drive (VSD) compressors. For systems
with more than one compressor, the total combined capacity of the VSD compressor(s) acting as trim
compressors must be at least 1.25 times the largest net capacity increment between combinations of
compressors. The compressed air system shall include primary storage of at least one gallon per actual cubic
feet per minute (acfm) of the largest trim compressor; or,
B. The compressed air system shall include a compressor or set of compressors with total effective trim capacity
at least the size of the largest net capacity increment between combinations of compressors, or the size of the
smallest compressor, whichever is larger. The total effective trim capacity of single compressor systems
shall cover at least the range from 70 percent to 100 percent of rated capacity. The effective trim capacity of
a compressor is the size of the continuous operational range where the specific power of the compressor
(kW/100 acfm) is within 15 percent of the specific power at its most efficient operating point. The total
effective trim capacity of the system is the sum of the effective trim capacity of the trim compressors. The
system shall include primary storage of at least 2 gallons per acfm of the largest trim compressor.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 120.6(e)1: Compressed air systems in existing facilities that are adding or replacing
less than 50 percent of the online capacity of the system.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 120.6(e)1: Compressed air systems that have been approved by the Energy
Commission Executive Director as having demonstrated that the system serves loads for which typical air
demand fluctuates less than 10 percent.
2. Controls. Compressed air systems with more than one compressor online, having a combined horsepower rating
of more than 100 hp, must operate with a controller that is able to choose the most energy efficient combination
of compressors within the system based on the current air demand as measured by a sensor.
3. Compressed Air System Acceptance. Before an occupancy permit is granted for a compressed air system
subject to Section 120.6(e), the following equipment and systems shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance
Requirements for Code Compliance, as specified by the Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7. A Certificate
of Acceptance shall be submitted to the enforcement agency that certifies that the equipment and systems meet
the acceptance requirements specified in NA 7.13.

SECTION 120.7 –MANDATORY INSULATION REQUIREMENTS

Any newly constructed nonresidential and high-rise residential and hotel/motel building shall meet the minimum
requirements in this Section.
(a) Roof/Ceiling Insulation. The opaque portions of the roof/ceiling that separates conditioned spaces from
unconditioned spaces or ambient air shall meet the applicable requirements of Items 1 and 2 below:
1. Metal Building- The weighted average U-factor of the roof assembly shall not exceed 0.098.
2. Wood Framed and Others- The weighted average U-factor of the roof assembly shall not exceed 0.075.
(b) Wall Insulation. The opaque portions of walls that separate conditioned spaces from unconditioned spaces or
ambient air shall meet the applicable requirements of Items 1 through 6 below:
1. Metal Building- The weighted average U-factor of the wall assembly shall not exceed 0.113.
2. Metal Framed- The weighted average U-factor of the wall assembly shall not exceed 0.105.
3. Light Mass Walls- A 6 inches or greater Hollow Core Concrete Masonry Unit shall have a U-factor not to
exceed 0.440.
4. Heavy Mass Walls- A 8 inches or greater Hollow Core Concrete Masonry Unit shall have a U-factor not to
exceed 0.690.
5. Wood Framed and Others- The weighted average U-factor of the wall assembly shall not exceed 0.110.
6 Spandrel Panels and Glass Curtain Wall- The weighted average U-factor of the Glass spandrel panels and
glass curtain wall assembly shall not exceed 0.280.
(c) Floor and Soffit Insulation. The opaque portions of floors and soffits that separate conditioned spaces from
unconditioned spaces or ambient air shall meet the applicable requirements of Items 1 and 2 below:
1. Raised Mass Floors- Shall have a minimum of 3 inches of lightweight concrete over a metal deck or the
weighted average U-factor of the floor assembly shall not exceed 0.269.
2. Other Floors-The weighted average U-factor of the floor assembly shall not exceed 0.071.
3. Heated Slab Floor-A heated slab floor shall be insulated to meet the requirements of Section 110.8(g)
SECTION 120.7 –MANDATORY INSULATION REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 120.8 BUILDING COMMISSIONING

For all new nonresidential buildings, the subsections of 120.8 (a) through (i) for building commissioning shall be included
in the design and construction processes of the building project to verify that the building energy systems and components
meet the owner’s or owner representative’s project requirements. All building systems and components covered by
Sections 110.0, 120.0, 130.0, and 140.0 shall be included in the scope of the commissioning requirements in this Section,
excluding covered processes. For buildings less than 10,000 ft2, only the design review requirements in Sections 120.8(d)
and 120.8(e) shall be completed.
(a) Summary of Commissioning Requirements. The following items shall be completed:
1. Owner’s or owner representative’s project requirements;
2. Basis of design;
3. Design phase design review;
4. Commissioning measures shown in the construction documents;
5. Commissioning plan;
6. Functional performance testing;
7. Documentation and training; and
8. Commissioning report.
(b) Owner’s or Owner Representative’s Project Requirements (OPR). The energy-related expectations and
requirements of the building shall be documented before the design phase of the project begins. This documentation
shall include the following:
1. Energy efficiency goals;
3. Ventilation requirements;
4. Project program, including facility functions and hours of operation, and need for after hours operation; and
5. Equipment and systems expectations.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.8(b): Buildings less than 10,000 ft2.
(c) Basis of Design (BOD). A written explanation of how the design of the building systems meets the OPR shall be
completed at the design phase of the building project, and updated as necessary during the design and construction
phases. The Basis of Design document shall cover the following systems:
1. Heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls;
2. Indoor lighting system and controls; and
3. Water heating systems and controls; and
4. Covered processes.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.8(c): Buildings less than 10,000 ft2.
(d) Design Phase Design Review.
1. Design Reviewer Requirements. For buildings less than 10,000 ft2, design phase design review may be
completed by the design engineer. Buildings between 10,000 and 50,000 ft2 require completion of the Design
Review Checklist by either an engineer in-house to the design firm but not associated with the building project, or
a third party design engineer. For buildings larger than 50,000 ft2 or for buildings with complex mechanical
systems, an independent, review of these documents by a third party design engineer is required.

2. Design Review. During the schematic design phase of the building project, the owner or owner’s representative,
design team and design reviewer must meet to discuss the project scope, schedule and how the design reviewer
will coordinate with the project team. The building owner or owner's representative shall include the Design
Review Checklist compliance form in the Certificate of Compliance documentation (see Section 10-103).
3. Construction Documents Design Review. The Construction Documents Design Review compliance form lists
the items that shall be checked by the design reviewer during the construction document review. The completed
form shall be returned to the owner and design team for review and sign-off. The building owner or owner's
representative shall include this Construction Documents Design Review compliance form in the Certificate of
Compliance documentation (see Section 10-103).
(e) Commissioning measures shown in the construction documents. Include commissioning measures or
requirements in the construction documents (plans and specifications). Commissioning measures or requirements
should be clear, detailed and complete to clarify the commissioning process. These requirements should include the
list of systems and assemblies commissioned, testing scope, roles and responsibilities of contractors, requirements for
meetings, management of issues, the commissioning schedule, operations and maintenance manual development and
of training, and checklist and test form development, execution and documentation. Include, for information only,
roles of non-contractor parties.
(f) Commissioning Plan. Prior to permit issuance a commissioning plan shall be completed to document how the project
will be commissioned and shall be started during the design phase of the building project. The Commissioning Plan
shall include the following:
1. General project information; and
2. Commissioning goals; and
3 Systems to be commissioned; and
4. Plans to test systems and components, which shall include:
A. An explanation of the original design intent; and
B. Equipment and systems to be tested, including the extent of tests; and
C. Functions to be tested; and
D. Conditions under which the test shall be performed; and
E. Measurable criteria for acceptable performance; and
F. Commissioning team information; and
G. Commissioning process activities, schedules and responsibilities. Plans for the completion of commissioning
requirements listed in Sections 120.8(g) through 120.8(i) shall be included.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.8(f): Buildings less than 10,000 ft2.
(g) Functional performance testing. Functional performance tests shall demonstrate the correct installation and
operation of each component, system and system-to-system interface in accordance with the acceptance test
requirements in Sections 120.5, 120.6, 130.4 and 140.9. Functional performance testing reports shall contain
information addressing each of the building components tested, the testing methods utilized, and include any readings
and adjustments made.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.8(g): Buildings less than 10,000 ft2.
(h) Documentation and training. A Systems Manual and Systems Operations Training shall be completed.
1. Systems manual. Documentation of the operational aspects of the building shall be completed within the
Systems Manual and delivered to the building owner or representative and facilities operator. The Systems
Manual shall include the following:
A. Site information, including facility description, history and current requirements; and
B. Site contact information; and

C. Instructions for basic operations and maintenance, including general site operating procedures, basic
troubleshooting, recommended maintenance requirements, and a site events log; and
D. Description of major systems; and
E. Site equipment inventory and maintenance notes; and
F. A copy of all special inspection verifications required by the enforcing agency or the Standards.
2. Systems operations training. The training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type or
system shall be documented in the commissioning report. Training materials shall include the following:
A. System and equipment overview (i.e., what the equipment is, what it does and with what other systems or
equipment it interfaces)
B. Review and demonstration of operation, servicing and preventive maintenance procedures
C. Review of the information in the Systems Manual
D. Review of the record drawings on the systems and equipment
EXCEPTION to Section 120.8(h): Buildings less than 10,000 ft2.
(i) Commissioning report. A complete report of commissioning process activities undertaken through the design,
construction and reporting recommendations for post-construction phases of the building project shall be completed
and provided to the owner or representative.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.8(i): Buildings less than 10,000 ft2.

SECTION 120.9 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMERCIAL

BOILERS.
(a) Combustion air positive shut-off shall be provided on all newly installed boilers as follows:
1. All boilers with an input capacity of 2.5 MMBtu/h (2,500,000 Btu/h) and above, in which the boiler is designed
to operate with a non-positive vent static pressure.
2. All boilers where one stack serves two or more boilers with a total combined input capacity per stack of 2.5
MMBtu/h (2,500,000 Btu/h).
(b) Boiler combustion air fans with motors 10 horsepower or larger shall meet one of the following for newly installed
boilers:
1. The fan motor shall be driven by a variable speed drive, or
2. The fan motor shall include controls that limit the fan motor demand to no more than 30 percent of the total
design wattage at 50 percent of design air volume.
(c) Newly installed boilers with input capacity 5 MMBtu/h (5,000,000 Btu/h) and greater shall maintain excess (stack-
gas) oxygen concentrations at less than or equal to 5.0 percent by volume on a dry basis over firing rates of 20 percent
to 100 percent. Combustion air volume shall be controlled with respect to firing rate or flue gas oxygen
concentration. Use of a common gas and combustion air control linkage or jack shaft is prohibited.
EXCEPTION to Section 120.9(c): Boilers with steady state full-load thermal efficiency 85 percent or higher.
SECTION 120.9 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMERCIAL BOILERS.

SUBCHAPTER 4
NONRESIDENTIAL, HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL, AND
HOTEL/MOTEL OCCUPANCIES—MANDATORY
REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING SYSTEMS AND
EQUIPMENT, AND ELECTRICAL POWER
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
SECTION 130.0 – LIGHTING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT—GENERAL

(a) Except as provided in Subsection (b), the design and installation of all lighting systems and equipment in
nonresidential, high-rise residential, hotel/motel buildings, outdoor lighting, and electrical power distribution systems
subject to Part 6 shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 130.0 through 130.5.
(b) Functional areas where compliance with the residential lighting Standards is required. The design and
installation of all lighting systems, lighting controls, and equipment in the following functional areas shall comply
with the applicable provisions of Section 150.0(k). In buildings containing these functional areas, all other functional
areas, such as common areas, shall comply with the applicable nonresidential lighting Standards.
1. High-rise residential dwelling units.
2. Outdoor lighting that is attached to a high-rise residential or hotel/motel building, and is separately controlled
from the inside of a dwelling unit or guest room.
3. Fire station dwelling accommodations.
4. Hotel and motel guest rooms. Additionally, hotel and motel guest rooms shall meet the requirements of Section
130.1(c)8.
5. Dormitory and Senior housing dwelling accommodations.
(c) Luminaire classification and power. Luminaires shall be classified and wattage determined as follows:
1. Luminaire labeling. Luminaire wattage shall be labeled as follows:
A. The maximum relamping rated wattage of a luminaire shall be listed on a permanent, pre-printed, factory-
installed label, as specified by UL 1574, 1598, 2108, or 8750, as applicable; and
B, The factory-installed maximum relamping rated wattage label shall not consist of peel-off or peel-down
layers or other methods that allow the rated wattage to be changed after the luminaire has been shipped from
the manufacturer.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.0(c)1B: Peel-down labels may be used only for the following luminaires when
they can accommodate a range of lamp wattages without changing the luminaire housing, ballast,
transformer or wiring. Qualifying luminaires shall have a single lamp, and shall have integrated ballasts or
transformers. Peel-down labels must be layered such that the rated wattage reduces as successive layers are
removed.
i. High intensity discharge luminaires, having an integral electronic ballast, with a maximum relamping
rated wattage of 150 watts.
ii. Low-voltage luminaires (except low voltage track systems), ≤ 24 volts, with a maximum relamping rated
wattage of 50 watts.
iii. Compact fluorescent luminaires, having an integral electronic ballast, with a maximum relamping rated
wattage of 42 watts.

2. Luminaires with line voltage lamp holders not containing permanently installed ballasts or transformers, wattage
of such luminaires shall be determined as follows:
A. The maximum relamping rated wattage of the luminaire; and
B. For recessed luminaires with line-voltage medium screw base sockets, wattage shall not be less than 50 watts
per socket.
3. Luminaires and luminaire housings designed to accommodate a variety of trims or modular components that
allow the conversion between incandescent and any other lighting technology without changing the luminaire
housing or wiring shall be classified as incandescent.
4. Screw-based adaptors shall not be used to convert an incandescent luminaire to any type of non-incandescent
technology. Screw-based adaptors, including screw-base adaptors classified as permanent by the manufacturer,
shall not be recognized for compliance with Part 6.
5. Luminaires and luminaire housings manufactured with incandescent screw base sockets shall be classified only as
incandescent. Field modifications, including hard wiring of an LED module, shall not be recognized as
converting an incandescent luminaire or luminaire housing to a non-incandescent technology for compliance with
Part 6.
6. Luminaires with permanently installed or remotely installed ballasts. The wattage of such luminaries shall be
determined as follows:
A. Wattage shall be the operating input wattage of the rated lamp/ballast combination published in ballast
manufacturer’s catalogs based on independent testing lab reports as specified by UL 1598.
B. Replacement of lamps in a luminaire manufactured or rated for use with linear fluorescent lamps, with linear
lamps of a different technology such as linear LED lamps, shall not be recognized as converting the
fluorescent luminaire to a different technology for compliance with Part 6.
7. Line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway which allows the addition or relocation of luminaires without
altering the wiring of the system. The wattage of such luminaires shall be determined by one of the following
methods:
A. The wattage of line voltage busway and track rated for more than 20 amperes shall be the total volt-ampere
rating of the branch circuit feeding the busway and track.
B. The wattage of line voltage busway and track rated for 20 amperes or less shall be determined by one of the
following methods:
i. The volt-ampere rating of the branch circuit feeding the track or busway; or
ii. The higher of the rated wattage of all of the luminaires included in the system, where luminaire
classification and wattage is determined according to the applicable provisions in Section 130.0(c), or 45
watts per linear foot; or
iii. When using a line-voltage track lighting integral current limiter, the higher of the volt-ampere rating of
an integral current limiter controlling the track or busway, or 12.5 watts per linear foot of track or
busway. An Integral current limiter shall be certified to the Energy Commission in accordance with
Section 110.9, and shall comply with the Lighting Control Installation Requirements in accordance with
Section 130.4, to qualify to use subsection Biii to determine luminaire power; or
iv. When using a dedicated track lighting supplementary overcurrent protection panel, the sum of the
ampere (A) rating of all of the overcurrent protection devices times the branch circuit voltages. Track
lighting supplementary overcurrent protection panels shall comply with the applicable requirements in
Section 110.9, and shall comply with the Lighting Control Installation Requirements in accordance with
Section 130.4, to qualify to use subsection Biv to determine luminaire power.
8. Luminaires and lighting systems with permanently installed or remotely installed transformers. The wattage of
such luminaires shall be determined as follows:
A. For low-voltage luminaires that do not allow the addition of lamps, lamp holders, or luminaires without
rewiring, the wattage shall be the rated wattage of the lamp/transformer combination.

B. For low-voltage lighting systems, including low voltage tracks and other low-voltage lighting systems which
allow the addition of lamps, lamp holders, or luminaires without rewiring, the wattage shall be the maximum
rated input wattage of the transformer, labeled in accordance with item 1, or the maximum rated wattage
published in transformer manufacturer’s catalogs, as specified by UL 2108.
9. Light emitting diode (LED) Luminaires, and LED Light Engine.
A. The wattage of such luminaires shall be the maximum rated input wattage of the system when tested in
accordance with IES LM-79-08.
B. The maximum rated input wattage shall be labeled in accordance with Section 130.0(c)1.
C. An LED lamp, integrated or non-integrated type in accordance with the definition in ANSI/IES RP-16-2010,
shall not be classified as a LED lighting system for compliance with Part 6. LED modules having screw-
bases including screw based pig-tails, screw-based sockets, or screw-based adaptors shall not be recognized
as a LED lighting system for compliance with Part 6.
D. Luminaires and luminaire housings equipped with screw-base sockets shall not be classified as a LED
lighting system for compliance with Part 6.
E. Luminaires manufactured or rated for use with low-voltage incandescent lamps, into which have been
installed LED modules or LED lamps, shall not be recognized as a LED lighting system for compliance with
Part 6.
F. For LED lighting systems which allow the addition of luminaires or light engines without rewiring, the
wattage of such luminaires shall be the maximum rated input wattage of the power supply, labeled in
accordance with Section 130.0(c)1 or published in the power supply manufacturer’s catalog.
10. The wattage of all other miscellaneous lighting equipment shall be the maximum rated wattage of the lighting
equipment, or operating input wattage of the system, labeled in accordance with Section 130.0(c)1, or published
in manufacturer’s catalogs, based on independent testing lab reports as specified by UL 1574 or UL 1598.
Lighting technologies listed in subsections 2 through 9 shall be determined in accordance with the applicable
requirements in subsections 1 through 9.
(d) Lighting Controls. All lighting controls and equipment shall comply with the applicable requirements in Section
110.9, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
.

SECTION 130.1 – INDOOR LIGHTING CONTROLS THAT SHALL BE

INSTALLED
(a) Area Controls.
1. All luminaires shall be functionally controlled with manually switched ON and OFF lighting controls. Each area
enclosed by ceiling-height partitions shall be independently controlled.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.1(a)1: Up to 0.2 watts per square foot of lighting in any area within a building may
be continuously illuminated during occupied times to allow for emergency egress, if:
A. The area is designated an emergency egress area on the plans and specifications submitted to the
enforcement agency under Section 10-103(a)2 of Part 1; and
B. The control switches for the egress lighting are not accessible to unauthorized personnel.
2. The lighting controls shall meet the following requirements:
A. Be readily accessible; and
B. Be operated with a manual switch that is located in the same room or area with the lighting that is controlled
by that lighting control; and
C. If controlling dimmable luminaires, be a dimmer switch that allows manual ON and OFF functionality, and
is capable of manually controlling lighting through all lighting control steps that are required in Section
130.1(b).
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.1(a)2: In malls, auditoriums, retail and wholesale sales floors, industrial
facilities, convention centers, and arenas, the lighting control shall be located so that a person using the lighting
control can see the lights or area controlled by that lighting control, or so that the area being lit is annunciated.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.1(a)2: Public restrooms having two or more stalls may use a manual switch not
accessible to unauthorized personnel.
3. Other Lighting Controls.
A. Other lighting controls may be installed in addition to the manual lighting controls provided they do not
override the functionality of controls installed in accordance with Section 130.1(a)1, 2, or 4.
4. Separately Controlled Lighting Systems. In addition to the requirements in Section 130.1(a)1, 2, and 3:
A. General lighting shall be separately controlled from all other lighting systems in an area.
B. Floor and wall display, window display, case display, ornamental, and special effects lighting shall each be
separately controlled on circuits that are 20 amps or less.
C. When track lighting is used, general, display, ornamental, and special effects lighting shall each be separately
controlled.
(b) Multi-Level Lighting Controls. The general lighting of any enclosed area 100 square feet or larger, with a
connected lighting load that exceeds 0.5 watts per square foot shall meet the following requirements:
1. Lighting shall have the required number of control steps and meet the uniformity requirements in accordance
with TABLE 130.1-A; and
2. Multi-level lighting controls shall not override the functionally of other lighting controls required for compliance
with Sections 130.1(a), and (c) through (e); and
3. Each luminaire shall be controlled by at least of one of the following methods:
A. Manual dimming meeting the applicable requirements of Section 130.1(a)
SECTION 130.1 – INDOOR LIGHTING CONTROLS THAT SHALL BE INSTALLED

B. Lumen maintenance as defined in Section 100.1

C. Tuning as defined in Section 100.1
D. Automatic daylighting controls in accordance with Section 130.1(d)
E. Demand responsive lighting controls in accordance with Section 130.1(e)
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.1(b): Classrooms, with a connected general lighting load of 0.7 watts per square feet
and less, shall have at least one control step between 30-70 percent of full rated power.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.1(b): An area enclosed by ceiling height partitions that has only one luminaire with
no more than two lamps.
(c) Shut-OFF Controls
1. In addition to lighting controls installed to comply with Sections 130.1(a) and (b), all installed indoor lighting
shall be equipped with controls that meet the following requirements:
A. Shall be controlled with an occupant sensing control, automatic time-switch control, signal from another
building system, or other control capable of automatically shutting OFF all of the lighting when the space is
typically unoccupied; and
B. Separate controls for the lighting on each floor; and
C. Separate controls for a space enclosed by ceiling height partitions not exceeding 5,000 square feet; and
EXCEPTION to Section 130.1(c)1C: In the following function areas the area controlled may not exceed
20,000 square feet: Malls, auditoriums, single tenant retail, industrial, convention centers, and arenas,
D. Separate controls for general, display, ornamental, and display case lighting.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.1(c)1: Where the lighting is serving an area that is in continuous use, 24 hours
per day/365 days per year.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.1(c)1: Lighting complying with Section 130.1(c)5, or 7.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 130.1(c)1: In office buildings, up to 0.05 watts per square foot of lighting in any area
within a building may be continuously illuminated, provided that the area is designated an emergency egress area
on the plans and specifications submitted to the enforcement agency under Section 10-103(a)2 of Part 1.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 130.1(c)1: Electrical equipment rooms subject to Article 110.26(D) of the California
Electric Code.
2. Countdown timer switches shall not be used to comply with the automatic shut-OFF control requirements in
Section 130.1(c)1.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.1(c)2: Single-stall bathrooms less than 70 square feet, and closets less than 70
square feet may use countdown timer switches with a maximum setting capability of ten minutes to comply with
the automatic shut-Off requirements.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.1(c)2: Lighting in a Server Aisle in a Server Room, as defined in Section 100.1,
may use countdown timer switches with a maximum setting capability of 30 minutes to comply with the
automatic shut-OFF requirements.
3. If an automatic time-switch control, other than an occupant sensing control, is installed to comply with Section
130.1(c)1, it shall incorporate an override lighting control that:
A. Complies with Section 130.1(a); and
B. Allows the lighting to remain ON for no more than 2 hours when an override is initiated.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.1(c)3B: In the following function areas, the override time may exceed 2 hours:
Malls, auditoriums, single tenant retail, industrial, and arenas where captive-key override is utilized.

4. If an automatic time-switch control, other than an occupant sensing control, is installed to comply with Section
130.1(c)1, it shall incorporate an automatic holiday "shut-OFF" feature that turns OFF all loads for at least 24
hours, and then resumes the normally scheduled operation.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.1(c)4: In retail stores and associated malls, restaurants, grocery stores, churches,
and theaters, the automatic time-switch control is not required to incorporate an automatic holiday shut-OFF
feature.
5. Areas where Occupant Sensing Controls are required to shut OFF All Lighting. In offices 250 square feet or
smaller, multipurpose rooms of less than 1,000 square feet, classrooms of any size, and conference rooms of any
size, lighting shall be controlled with occupant sensing controls to automatically shut OFF all of the lighting
when the room is unoccupied. In addition, controls shall be provided that allow the lights to be manually shut-
OFF in accordance with Section 130.1(a) regardless of the sensor status.
6. Areas where partial ON/OFF occupant sensing controls are required in addition to complying with Section
130.1(c)1.
A. In aisle ways and open areas in warehouses, lighting shall be controlled with occupant sensing controls that
automatically reduce lighting power by at least 50 percent when the areas are unoccupied. The occupant
sensing controls shall independently control lighting in each aisle way, and shall not control lighting beyond
the aisle way being controlled by the sensor.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.1(c)6A: In aisle ways and open areas in warehouses in which the installed
lighting power is 80 percent or less of the value allowed under the Area Category Method, occupant sensing
controls shall reduce lighting power by at least 40 percent.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.1(c)6A: When metal halide lighting or high pressure sodium lighting is
installed in warehouses, occupant sensing controls shall reduce lighting power by at least 40 percent.
B. In library book stack aisles 10 feet or longer that are accessible from only one end, and library book stack
aisles 20 feet or longer that are accessible from both ends, lighting shall be controlled with occupant sensing
controls that automatically reduce lighting power by at least 50 percent when the areas are unoccupied. The
occupant sensing controls shall independently control lighting in each aisle way, and shall not control
lighting beyond the aisle way being controlled by the sensor.
C. Lighting installed in corridors and stairwells shall be controlled by occupant sensing controls that separately
reduce the lighting power in each space by at least 50 percent when the space is unoccupied. The occupant
sensing controls shall be capable of automatically turning the lighting fully ON only in the separately
controlled space, and shall be automatically activated from all designed paths of egress.
7. Areas where partial ON/OFF occupant sensing controls are required instead of complying with Section
130.1(c)1.
A. Lighting in stairwells and common area corridors which provide access to guestrooms and dwelling units of
high-rise residential buildings and hotel/motels shall be controlled with occupant sensing controls that
automatically reduce lighting power by at least 50 percent when the areas are unoccupied. The occupant
sensing controls shall be capable of automatically turning the lighting fully ON only in the separately
controlled space, and shall be automatically activated from all designed paths of egress.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.1(c)7A: In corridors and stairwells in which the installed lighting power is 80
percent or less of the value allowed under the Area Category Method, occupant sensing controls shall reduce
power by at least 40 percent.
B. In parking garages, parking areas and loading and unloading areas, general lighting shall be controlled by
occupant sensing controls having at least one control step between 20 percent and 50 percent of design
lighting power. No more than 500 watts of rated lighting power shall be controlled together as a single zone.
A reasonably uniform level of illuminance shall be achieved in accordance with the applicable requirements
in TABLE 130.1-A. The occupant sensing controls shall be capable of automatically turning the lighting
fully ON only in the separately controlled space, and shall be automatically activated from all designed paths
of egress.

Interior areas of parking garages are classified as indoor lighting for compliance with Section 130.1(c)7B.
Parking areas on the roof of a parking structure are classified as outdoor hardscape and shall comply with the
applicable provisions in Section 130.2.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.1(c)7B: Metal halide luminaires with a lamp plus ballast mean system
efficacy of greater than 75 lumens per watt, used for general lighting in parking garages, parking areas and
loading and unloading areas, shall be controlled by occupant sensing controls having at least one control step
between 20 percent and 60 percent of design lighting power.
8. Hotel motel guest rooms shall have captive card key controls, occupancy sensing controls, or automatic controls
such that, no longer than 30 minutes after the guest room has been vacated, lighting power is switched off.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.1(c)8: One high efficacy luminaire as defined in TABLE 150.0-A or 150.0-B that
is switched separately and where the switch is located within 6 feet of the entry door.
(d) Automatic Daylighting Controls.

1. Daylit Zones shall be defined as follows:
A. SKYLIT DAYLIT ZONE is the rough area in plan view under each skylight, plus 0.7 times the average
ceiling height in each direction from the edge of the rough opening of the skylight, minus any area on a plan
beyond a permanent obstruction that is taller than the following: A permanent obstruction that is taller than
one-half the distance from the floor to the bottom of the skylight. The bottom of the skylight is measured
from the bottom of the skylight well for skylights having wells, or the bottom of the skylight if no skylight
well exists.
For the purpose of determining the skylit daylit zone, the geometric shape of the skylit daylit zone shall be
identical to the plan view geometric shape of the rough opening of the skylight; for example, for a
rectangular skylight the skylit daylit zone plan area shall be rectangular, and for a circular skylight the skylit
daylit zone plan area shall be circular.
B. PRIMARY SIDELIT DAYLIT ZONE is the area on a plan directly adjacent to each vertical glazing, one
window head height deep into the area, and window width plus 0.5 times window head height wide on each
side of the rough opening of the window, minus any area on a plan beyond a permanent obstruction that is 6
feet or taller as measured from the floor.
C. SECONDARY SIDELIT DAYLIT ZONE is the area on a plan directly adjacent to each vertical glazing,
two window head heights deep into the area, and window width plus 0.5 times window head height wide on
each side of the rough opening of the window, minus any area on a plan beyond a permanent obstruction that
is 6 feet or taller as measured from the floor.
Note: Modular furniture walls shall not be considered a permanent obstruction.
2. Luminaires providing general lighting that are in or are partially in the Skylit Daylit Zones or the Primary Sidelit
Daylit Zones shall be controlled independently by fully functional automatic daylighting controls that meet the
applicable requirements of Section 110.9, and the applicable requirements below:
A. All Skylit Daylit Zones and Primary Sidelit Daylit Zones shall be shown on the plans.
B. Luminaires in the Skylit Daylit Zone shall be controlled separately from those in the Primary Sidelit Daylit
Zones.
C. Luminaires that fall in both a Skylit and Primary Sidelit Daylit Zone shall be controlled as part of the Skylit
Daylit Zone.
D. Automatic Daylighting Control Installation and Operation. For luminaires in daylight zones, automatic
daylighting controls shall be installed and configured to operate according to all of the following
requirements:
i. Photosensors shall be located so that they are not readily accessible to unauthorized personnel, and the
location where calibration adjustments are made to automatic daylighting controls shall not be readily
accessible to unauthorized personnel.

ii. Automatic daylighting controls shall provide functional multi-level lighting having at least the number
of control steps specified in TABLE 130.1-A.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.1(d)2Dii: Controlled lighting having a lighting power density less than
0.3 W/ft2 is not required to provide multi-level lighting controls.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.1(d)2Dii: When skylights are replaced or added to an existing building
where there is an existing general lighting system that is not being altered, multi-level lighting controls
are not required.
iii. For each space, the combined illuminance from the controlled lighting and daylight shall not be less than
the illuminance from controlled lighting when no daylight is available.
iv. In areas served by lighting that is daylight controlled, when the illuminance received from the daylight is
greater than 150 percent of the design illuminance received from the general lighting system at full
power, the general lighting power in that daylight zone shall be reduced by a minimum of 65 percent.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.1(d)2: Rooms in which the combined total installed general lighting power in
the Skylit Daylit Zone and Primary Sidelit Daylit Zone is less than 120 Watts.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.1(d)2: Rooms which have a total glazing area of less than 24 square feet.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.1(d)2: Parking garages complying with Section 130.1(d)3.
3. Parking Garage Daylighting Requirements. In a parking garage area with a combined total of 36 square feet or
more of glazing or opening, luminaires providing general lighting that are in the combined primary and secondary
sidelit daylit zones shall be controlled independently by automatic daylighting controls, and shall meet the
following requirements as applicable:
A. All primary and secondary sidelit daylit zones shall be shown on the plans.
B. Automatic Daylighting Control Installation and Operation. Automatic daylighting control shall be installed
and configured to operate according to all of the following requirements:
i. Automatic daylighting controls shall have photosensors that are located so that they are not readily
accessible to unauthorized personnel, and the location where calibration adjustments are made to the
automatic daylighting controls shall not be readily accessible to unauthorized personnel.
ii. Automatic daylighting controls shall be multi-level, continuous dimming or ON/OFF.
iii. The combined illuminance from the controlled lighting and daylight shall not be less than the
illuminance from controlled lighting when no daylight is available.
iv. When primary sidelit zones receive illuminance levels greater than 150 percent of the illuminance
provided by the controlled lighting when no daylight is available, the controlled lighting power
consumption shall be zero.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.1(d)3: Luminaires located in the daylight transition zone and luminaires for only
dedicated ramps. Daylight transition zone and dedicated ramps are defined in Section 100.1.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.1(d)3: The total combined general lighting power in the primary sidelit daylight
zones is less than 60 watts.
(e) Demand Responsive Controls.
Lighting power in buildings larger than 10,000 square feet shall be capable of being automatically reduced in response
to a
Demand Responsive Signal; so that the building’s total lighting power can be lowered by a minimum of 15 percent
below the total installed lighting power. Lighting shall be reduced in a manner consistent with uniform level of
illumination requirements in TABLE 130.1-A.
Spaces that are non-habitable shall not be used to comply with this requirement, and spaces with a lighting power
density of less than 0.5 watts per square foot shall not be counted toward the building’s total lighting power.

TABLE 130.1-A MULTI-LEVEL LIGHTING CONTROLS AND UNIFORMITY REQUIREMENTS

Minimum Required Control Steps Uniform level of illuminance shall
Luminaire Type be achieved by:
( percent of full rated power1 )
Line-voltage sockets except GU-24

Low-voltage incandescent systems
Continuous dimming 10-100 percent
LED luminaires and LED source systems
GU-24 rated for LED
GU-24 sockets rated for fluorescent > 20 watts
Continuous dimming 20-100 percent
Pin-based compact fluorescent > 20 watts2
GU-24 sockets rated for fluorescent ≤ 20 watts Stepped dimming; or
Pin-based compact fluorescent ≤ 20 watts 2 Minimum one step between Continuous dimming; or
30-70 percent
Linear fluorescent and U-bent fluorescent ≤ 13 Switching alternate lamps in a
watts luminaire
Minimum one step in each range:
Stepped dimming; or
Continuous dimming; or
Linear fluorescent and U-bent fluorescent > 13 switching alternate lamps in
watts each luminaire, having a
20-40 % 50-70 % 80-85 % 100 %
minimum of 4 lamps per
luminaire, illuminating the
same area and in the same
manner
Step dimming; or
Minimum one step between Continuous dimming; or
Track Lighting 30 – 70 percent
Separately switching circuits
in multi-circuit track with a
minimum of two circuits.
HID > 20 watts Stepped dimming; or
Induction > 25 watts Continuous dimming; or
Minimum one step between Switching alternate lamps in
50 - 70 percent each luminaire, having a
minimum of 2 lamps per
Other light sources
luminaire, illuminating the
same area and in the same
manner.
1. Full rated input power of ballast and lamp, corresponding to maximum ballast factor
2. Includes only pin based lamps: twin tube, multiple twin tube, and spiral lamps

SECTION 130.2 – OUTDOOR LIGHTING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

(a) Outdoor Incandescent Lighting. All outdoor incandescent luminaires rated over 100 watts, determined in
accordance with Section 130.0(c)2, shall be controlled by a motion sensor.
(b) Luminaire Cutoff Requirements. All outdoor luminaires rated for use with lamps greater than 150 lamp watts,
determined in accordance with Section 130.0(c), shall comply with Backlight, Uplight, and Glare (collectively
referred to as "BUG" in accordance with IES TM-15-11, Addendum A) requirements as follows:
1. There are no Backlight requirements in Section 130.2 of Part 6; and
2. Maximum zonal lumens for Uplight shall be in accordance with TABLE 130.2-A; and
3. Maximum zonal lumens for Glare shall be in accordance with TABLE 130.2-B.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.2(b): Signs.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.2(b): Lighting for building facades, public monuments, statues, and vertical surfaces
of bridges.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 130.2(b): Lighting not permitted by a health or life safety statute, ordinance, or regulation
to be a cutoff luminaire.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 130.2(b): Temporary outdoor lighting.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 130.2(b): Replacement of existing pole mounted luminaires in hardscape areas meeting
all of the following conditions:
A. Where the existing luminaire does not meet the luminaire BUG requirements in Section 130.2(b); and
B. Spacing between existing poles is greater than 6 times the mounting height of the existing luminaires; and
C. Where no additional poles are being added to the site; and
D. Where new wiring to the luminaires is not being installed; and
E. Provided that the connected lighting power wattage is not increased.
EXCEPTION 6 to Section 130.2(b): Luminaires that illuminate the public right of way on publicly maintained
roadways, sidewalks, and bikeways.
(c) Controls for Outdoor Lighting. Outdoor lighting controls shall be installed that meet the following requirements as
applicable:
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.2(c): Outdoor lighting not permitted by a health or life safety statute, ordinance, or
regulation to be turned OFF.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.2(c): Lighting in tunnels required to be illuminated 24 hours per day and 365 days per
year.
1. All installed outdoor lighting shall be controlled by a photocontrol or outdoor astronomical time-switch control
that automatically turns OFF the outdoor lighting when daylight is available.
2. All installed outdoor lighting shall be circuited and independently controlled from other electrical loads by an
automatic scheduling control.
3. All installed outdoor lighting, where the bottom of the luminaire is mounted 24 feet or less above the ground,
shall be controlled with automatic lighting controls that meet all of the following requirements:
A. Shall be motion sensors or other lighting control systems that automatically controls lighting in accordance
with item B in response to the area being vacated of occupants; and
B. Shall be capable of automatically reducing the lighting power of each luminaire by at least 40 percent but not
exceeding 80 percent, or provide continuous dimming through a range that includes 40 percent through 80
percent, and

C. Shall employ auto-ON functionality when the area becomes occupied; and
D. No more than 1,500 watts of lighting power shall be controlled together.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.2(c)3: Lighting for Outdoor Sales Frontage, Outdoor Sales Lots, and Outdoor
Sales Canopies complying with Section 130.2(c)4.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.2(c)3: Lighting for Building Facades, Ornamental Hardscape and Outdoor
Dining complying with Section 130.2(c)5.
EXCEPTION 3to Section 130.2(c)3:, Outdoor lighting, where luminaire rated wattage is determined in accordance
with Section 130.0(c), and which meet one of the following conditions:
A. Pole-mounted luminaires each with a maximum rated wattage of 75 watts; or
B. Non-pole mounted luminaires with a maximum rated wattage of 30 watts each; or
C. Linear lighting with a maximum wattage of 4 watts per linear foot of luminaire.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 130.2(c)3: Applications listed as Exceptions to Section 140.7(a) shall not be required to
meet the requirements of Section 130.2(c)3.
4. For Outdoor Sales Frontage, Outdoor Sales Lots, and Outdoor Sales Canopies lighting, an automatic lighting
control shall be installed that meets the following requirements:
A. A part-night outdoor lighting control as defined in Section 100.1; or
B. Motion sensors capable of automatically reducing lighting power by at least 40 percent but not exceeding 80
percent, and which have auto-ON functionality.
5. For Building Facade, Ornamental Hardscape and Outdoor Dining lighting, an automatic lighting control shall be
installed that meets one or more of the following requirements:
A. A part-night outdoor lighting control as defined in Section 100.1; or
B. Motion sensors capable of automatically reducing lighting power by at least 40 percent but not exceeding 80
percent, and which have auto-ON functionality; or
C. A centralized time-based zone lighting control capable of automatically reducing lighting power by at least
50 percent.
D. Outdoor wall mounted luminaires having a bilaterally symmetric distribution as described in the IES
Handbook (typically referred to as "wall packs") where the bottom of the luminaire is mounted 24 feet or less
above the ground shall comply with the applicable requirements in Section 130.2(c)3.
TABLE 130.2-A Uplight Ratings (Maximum Zonal Lumens)

Maximum Zonal Lumens per Outdoor Lighting Zone
Secondary Solid Angle
OLZ 1 OLZ 2 OLZ 3 OLZ 4
Uplight High (UH)
100 to 180 degrees 10 50 500 1,000
Uplight Low (UL)
90 to <100 degrees 10 50 500 1,000

TABLE 130.2-B Glare Ratings (Maximum Zonal Lumens)

Glare Rating for Asymmetrical Luminaire Types (Type 1, Type II, Type III, Type IV)
Secondary Solid Angle
OLZ 1 OLZ 2 OLZ 3 OLZ 4
Forward Very High (FVH)
80 to 90 degrees 100 225 500 750
Backlight Very High (BVH)
80 to 90 degrees 100 225 500 750
Forward High (FH)
60 to <80 degrees 1,800 5,000 7,500 12,000
Backlight High (BH)
60 to <80 degrees 500 1,000 2,500 5,000
Glare Rating for Quadrilateral Symmetrical Luminaire Types (Type V, Type V Square)
Secondary Solid Angle OLZ 1 OLZ 2 OLZ 3 OLZ 4
Forward Very High (FVH)

80 to 90 degrees 100 225 500 750
Backlight Very High (BVH)
80 to 90 degrees 100 225 500 750
Forward High (FH)
60 to <80 degrees 1,800 5,000 7,500 12,000
Backlight High (BH)
60 to <80 degrees 1,800 5,000 7,500 12,000

SECTION 130.3 – SIGN LIGHTING CONTROLS

(a) Controls for Sign Lighting. All sign lighting shall meet the requirements below as applicable:
1. Indoor Signs. All indoor sign lighting shall be controlled with an automatic time-switch control or astronomical
time-switch control.
2. Outdoor Signs. Outdoor sign lighting shall meet the following requirements as applicable:
A. All outdoor sign lighting shall be controlled with a photocontrol in addition to an automatic time-switch
control, or an astronomical time-switch control.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.3(a)2A: Outdoor signs in tunnels, and signs in large permanently covered
outdoor areas that are intended to be continuously lit, 24 hours per day and 365 days per year.
B. All outdoor sign lighting that is ON both day and night shall be controlled with a dimmer that provides the
ability to automatically reduce sign lighting power by a minimum of 65 percent during nighttime hours.
Signs that are illuminated at night and for more than 1 hour during daylight hours shall be considered ON
both day and night.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.3(a)2B: Outdoor signs in tunnels and large covered areas that are intended to
be illuminated both day and night.
3. Demand Responsive Electronic Message Center Control. An Electronic Message Center (EMC) having a new
connected lighting power load greater than 15 kW shall have a control installed that is capable of reducing the
lighting power by a minimum of 30 percent when receiving a demand response signal.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.3(a)3: Lighting for EMCs that is not permitted by a health or life safety statute,
ordinance, or regulation to be reduced by 30 percent.
SECTION 130.3 – SIGN LIGHTING CONTROLS

SECTION 130.4 –LIGHTING CONTROL ACCEPTANCE AND

INSTALLATION CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
(a) Lighting Control Acceptance Requirements. Before an occupancy permit is granted for a newly constructed
building or area, or a new lighting system serving a building, area, or site is operated for normal use, indoor and
outdoor lighting controls serving the building, area, or site shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements
for Code Compliance in accordance with Section 130.4. A Certificate of Acceptance shall be submitted to the
enforcement agency under Section 10-103(a) of Part 1, that:
1. Certifies plans, specifications, installation certificates, and operating and maintenance information meet the
requirements of Part 6.
2. Completes the applicable procedures in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7.6, NA7.7, NA7.8, and NA7.9;
and submits all applicable compliance forms.
3. Certifies that automatic daylight controls comply with Section 130.1(d) and Reference Nonresidential Appendix
NA7.6.1
4. Certifies that lighting shut-OFF controls comply with Section 130.1(c) and Reference Nonresidential Appendix
NA7.6.2
5. Certifies that demand responsive controls comply with Section 130.1(e) and Reference Nonresidential Appendix
NA7.6.3
6. Certifies that outdoor lighting controls comply with the applicable requirements of Section 130.2(c) and
Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7.8.
(b) Lighting Control Installation Certificate Requirements. To be recognized for compliance with Part 6 an
Installation Certificate shall be submitted in accordance with Section 10-103(a) for any lighting control system,
Energy Management Control System, track lighting integral current limiter, track lighting supplementary overcurrent
protection panel, interlocked lighting system, lighting Power Adjustment Factor, or additional wattage available for a
videoconference studio, in accordance with the following requirements, as applicable:
1. Certification that when a lighting control system is installed to comply with lighting control requirements in Part
6 it complies with the applicable requirements of Section 110.9; and complies with Reference Nonresidential
Appendix NA7.7.1.
2. Certification that when an Energy Management Control System is installed to function as a lighting control
required by Part 6 it functionally meets all applicable requirements for each application for which it is installed,
in accordance with Sections 110.9, 130.0 through 130.5, 140.6 through 150.0, and 150.2; and complies with
Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7.7.2.
3. Certification that line-voltage track lighting integral current limiters comply with the applicable requirements of
Section 110.9 and installed wattage has been determined in accordance with Section 130.0(c); and comply with
Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7.7.3.
4. Certification that line-voltage track lighting supplementary overcurrent protection panels comply with the
applicable requirements of Section 110.9 and installed wattage has been determined in accordance with Section
130.0(c); and comply with Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7.7.4.
5. Certification that interlocked lighting systems used to serve an approved area comply with Section 140.6(a)1; and
comply with Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7.7.5.
6. Certification that lighting controls installed to earn a lighting Power Adjustment Factor (PAF) comply with
Section 140.6(a)2; and comply with Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7.7.6.
7. Certification that additional lighting wattage installed for a videoconference studio complies with Section
140.6(c)2Gvii; and complies with Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7.7.7.
SECTION 130.4 –LIGHTING CONTROL ACCEPTANCE AND INSTALLATION CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS

(c) When certification is required by Title 24, Part 1, Section 10-103-A, the acceptance testing specified by Section 130.4
shall be performed by a Certified Lighting Controls Acceptance Test Technician (CLCATT). If the CLCATT is
operating as an employee, the CLCATT shall be employed by a Certified Lighting Controls Acceptance Test
Employer. The CLCATT shall disclose on the Certificate of Acceptance a valid CLCATT certification identification
number issued by an approved Acceptance Test Technician Certification Provider. The CLCATT shall complete all
Certificate of Acceptance documentation in accordance with the applicable requirements in Section 10-103(a)4.
SECTION 130.5 –ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

(a) Service Metering. Each electrical service shall have permanently installed user-accessible metering of total electrical
energy use per TABLE 130.5-A.
(b) Disaggregation of Electrical Circuits. Electrical power distribution systems shall be designed to permit the
disaggregated measurement of electrical load energy uses downstream from the service meter according to TABLE
130.5-B. Additive and subtractive methods may be used to determine aggregate and disaggregated energy use. This
may be accomplished by any of the following methods:
1. Separate switchboards, motor control centers, or panelboards to which are connected only the required load or
group of loads; or
2. Subpanels of the above to which are connected only the required load or group of loads and for which the
subpanel load can be independently measured in aggregate; or
3. Branch circuits, taps or disconnects requiring overcurrent protection devices rated 60 amperes or greater.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.5(b) Buildings for which a complete metering and measurement system is
EXCEPTION to Section 130.5(a) Buildings for which the utility company provides a meter for occupant or user use
that indicates instantaneous kW demand and kWh for a user-resettable period.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.5(a) Buildings for which the utility company provides a meter for occupant or user use
that indicates instantaneous kW demand and kWh for a user-resettable period.
provided that at a minimum measures and reports the loads called for in TABLE 130.5-B.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.5(b) Alterations where all of the following conditions exist are not required to
comply with this section:
A. The following existing equipment remains in place:
i. Service distribution switchboards or panelboards; and
ii. Feeders; and
iii. Motor control centers or panelboards.
B. Existing equipment included in item A (above) remains unaltered except for:
i. Changes to load circuit connections; or
ii. Changes to the quantity of outgoing overcurrent protection devices; or
iii. Changes to the ampacity of outgoing overcurrent protection devices.
(c) Voltage Drop
1. Feeders. Feeder conductors shall be sized for a maximum voltage drop of 2 percent at design load.
2. Branch Circuits. Branch circuit conductors shall be sized for a maximum voltage drop of 3 percent at design
load.
EXCEPTION to Section 130.5(c): Feeder conductors and branch circuits that are dedicated to emergency services.

(d) Circuit Controls for 120-Volt Receptacles. In all buildings, both controlled and uncontrolled 120 volt receptacles
shall be provided in each private office, open office area, reception lobby, conference room, kitchenette in office
spaces, and copy room. Additionally, hotel/motel guest rooms shall comply with item 5. Controlled receptacles shall
meet the following requirements, as applicable:
1. Electric circuits serving controlled receptacles shall be equipped with automatic shut-OFF controls following the
requirements prescribed in Section 130.1(c)(1 through 5); and
2. At least one controlled receptacle shall be installed within 6 feet from each uncontrolled receptacle or a split-
wired duplex receptacle with one controlled and one uncontrolled receptacle shall be installed; and
3. Controlled receptacles shall have a permanent marking to differentiate them from uncontrolled receptacles; and
4. For open office areas, controlled circuits shall be provided and marked to support installation and configuration
of office furniture with receptacles that comply with Section 130.5(d) 1, 2, and 3; and
5. For hotel and motel guest rooms at least one-half of the 120-volt receptacles in each guest room shall be
controlled receptacles that comply with Section 130.5(d)1, 2, and 3. Electric circuits serving controlled
receptacles shall have captive card key controls, occupancy sensing controls, or automatic controls such that, no
longer than 30 minutes after the guest room has been vacated, power is switched off.
6. Plug-in strips and other plug-in devices that incorporate an occupant sensor shall not be used to comply with this
requirement.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 130.5(d): In open office areas, controlled circuit receptacles are not required if, at time of final
permit, workstations are installed, and each workstation is equipped with an occupant sensing control that is permanently
mounted in each workstation, and which controls a hardwired, nonresidential-rated power strip. Plug-in strips and other
plug-in devices that incorporate an occupant sensor shall not be used for this exception.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 130.5(d): Receptacles that are only for the following purposes:
i. Receptacles specifically for refrigerators and water dispensers in kitchenettes.
ii. Receptacles located a minimum of six feet above the floor that are specifically for clocks.
iii. Receptacles for network copiers, fax machines, A/V and data equipment other than personal computers in copy
rooms.
iv. Receptacles on circuits rated more than 20 amperes.
(e) Demand responsive controls and equipment. Demand responsive controls and equipment shall be capable of
receiving and automatically responding to at least one standards based messaging protocol which enables demand
response after receiving a demand response signal.
(f) Energy Management Control System (EMCS).
1. An EMCS may be installed to comply with the requirements of one or more lighting controls if it meets the
following minimum requirements:
A. Provides all applicable functionality for each specific lighting control or system for which it is installed in
accordance with Section 110.9; and
B. Complies with all applicable Lighting Control Installation Requirements in accordance with Section 130.4
for each specific lighting control or system for which it is installed; and
C. Complies with all applicable application requirements for each specific lighting control or system for which
it is installed, in accordance with Part 6.
2. An EMCS may be installed to comply with the requirements of a thermostat if it complies with all applicable
application requirements for each thermostat in accordance with Part 6.

TABLE 130.5-A MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR METERING OF ELECTRICAL LOAD

Services rated more
Services rated more than
Services rated 50 kVA than 50kVA and less Services rated more
Meter Type 250 kVA and less than or
or less than or equal to 250 than 1000kVA
equal to 1000kVA
kVA
Instantaneous (at the time) kW
Required Required Required Required
demand
Historical peak demand (kW) Not required Not required Required Required
Resettable kWh Required Required Required Required
kWh per rate period Not required Not required Not required Required

TABLE 130.5-B MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SEPARATION OF ELECTRICAL LOAD

Services rated more
Services rated more than
Services rated than 50kVA and Services rated more than
Load Type 250 kVA and less than or
50 kVA or less less than or equal to 1000kVA
equal to 1000kVA
250 kVA
Lighting including exit and
All lighting in All lighting disaggregated All lighting disaggregated by
egress lighting and exterior Not required
aggregate by floor, type or area floor, type or area
lighting
HVAC systems and
components including
chillers, fans, heaters, All HVAC in aggregate and
All HVAC in All HVAC in aggregate and each
furnaces, package units, Not required each HVAC load rated at
aggregate HVAC load rated at least 50kVA
cooling towers, and least 50 kVA
circulation pumps associated
with HVAC
Domestic and service water
All loads in
system pumps and related Not required All loads in aggregate All loads in aggregate
aggregate
systems and components
All plug load in All plug load separated by
All plug load separated by floor,
aggregate floor, type or area
Plug load including type or area
appliances rated less than Not required Groups of plug loads Groups of plug loads
All groups of plug loads
exceeding 25 kVA exceeding 25 kVA
25 kVA exceeding 25 kVA connected load
connected load in an connected load in an area
in an area less than 5000 sf
area less than 5000 sf less than 5000 sf
Elevators, escalators,
All loads in
moving walks, and transit Not required All loads in aggregate All loads in aggregate
aggregate
systems
Other individual non-HVAC
loads or appliances rated Not required All Each Each
25kVA or greater
Industrial and commercial
load centers 25 kVA or
greater including theatrical Not required All Each Each
lighting installations and
commercial kitchens
Renewable power source
Each group Each group Each group Each group
(net or total)
Loads associated with All loads in
Not required All loads in aggregate All loads in aggregate
renewable power source aggregate
Charging stations for electric All loads in All loads in
All loads in aggregate All loads in aggregate
vehicles aggregate aggregate

SUBCHAPTER 5
HOTEL/MOTEL OCCUPANCIES—PERFORMANCE AND
PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE APPROACHES FOR
ACHIEVING ENERGY EFFICIENCY
SECTION 140.0 – PERFORMANCE AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE

APPROACHES
Nonresidential, high-rise residential and hotel/motel buildings shall meet all of the following:
(a) The requirements of Sections 100.0 through 110.10 applicable to the building project (mandatory measures).
(b) The requirements of Sections 120.0 through 130.5 (mandatory measures).
(c) Either the performance compliance approach (energy budgets) in Section 140.1 or the prescriptive compliance
approach in Section 140.2 for the climate zone in which the building will be located. Climate zones are shown in
FIGURE 100.1-A.
NOTE: The Commission periodically updates, publishes, and makes available to interested persons and local enforcement
agencies precise descriptions of the climate zones, which is available by zip code boundaries depicted in the Reference
Joint Appendices along with a list of the communities in each zone.
SECTION 140.1 – PERFORMANCE APPROACH: ENERGY BUDGETS

A building complies with the performance approach if the energy budget calculated for the Proposed Design Building
under Subsection (b) is no greater than the energy budget calculated for the Standard Design Building under
Subsection (a).
(a) Energy Budget for the Standard Design Building. The energy budget for a proposed building is determined by
applying the mandatory and prescriptive requirements to the Proposed Design Building. The energy budget is the
sum of the TDV energy for space-conditioning, indoor lighting, mechanical ventilation, service water heating, and
covered process loads.
(b) Energy Budget for the Proposed Design Building. The energy budget for a Proposed Design Building is determined
by calculating the TDV energy for the Proposed Design Building. The energy budget is the sum of the TDV energy
for space-conditioning, mechanical ventilation and service water heating.
(c) Calculation of Energy Budget. The TDV energy for both the Standard Design Building and the Proposed Design
Building shall be computed by Compliance Software certified for this use by the Commission. The processes for
Compliance Software approval by the Commission are documented in the Nonresidential ACM Approval Manual.
SECTION 140.0 – PERFORMANCE AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE APPROACHES

SECTION 140.2 – PRESCRIPTIVE APPROACH

In order to comply with the prescriptive approach under this section, a building shall be designed with and shall have
constructed and installed:
(a) A building envelope that complies with Section 140.3(a) or 140.3(b), and for applicable buildings Section 140.3(c);
(b) A space-conditioning system that complies with Section 140.4;
(c) A service water-heating system that complies with Section 140.5;
(d) A lighting system that complies with Section 140.6;
(e) An outdoor lighting system that complies with Section 140.7;
(f) Interior and exterior signs that comply with Section 140.8; and
(g) Covered processes that comply with Section 140.9.
SECTION 140.2 – PRESCRIPTIVE APPROACH

SECTION 140.3 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING

ENVELOPES
A building complies with this section by being designed with and having constructed and installed either: (1) envelope
components that comply with each of the requirements in Subsection (a) for each individual component and the
requirements of Subsection (c) where they apply; or (2) an envelope that complies with the overall requirements in
Subsection (b) and the requirements of Subsection (c) where they apply.
(a) Envelope Component Approach.
1. Exterior roofs and ceilings. Exterior roofs and ceilings shall comply with each of the applicable requirements in
this subsection:
A. Roofing Products. Shall meet the requirements of Section 110.8 and the applicable requirements of
Subsections i through ii:
i. Nonresidential buildings:
a. Low-sloped roofs in climate zones 1 through 16 shall have:
1. A minimum aged solar reflectance of 0.63 and a minimum thermal emittance of 0.75; or
2. A minimum Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) of 75.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.3(a)1Aia: Wood-framed roofs in climate zones 3 and 5 are exempt
from the requirements of Section 140.3(a)1Aia if the roof assembly has a U-factor of 0.039 or
lower.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.3(a)1Aia: Metal building roofs in climate zones 3 and 5 are exempt
from the requirements if the roof assembly has a U-factor of 0.048 or lower.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.3(a)1Aia: Roof constructions that have thermal mass with a weight
of at least 25 lb/ft² over the roof membrane are exempt from the requirements of Section
140.3(a)1Aia.
EXCEPTION 4 to SECTION 140.3(a)1Aia: An aged solar reflectance less than 0.63 is allowed
provided the maximum roof/ceiling U-factor in TABLE 140.3 is not exceeded.
b. Steep-sloped roofs in climate zones 1 through 16 shall have a minimum aged solar reflectance of 0.20
and a minimum thermal emittance of 0.75, or a minimum SRI of 16.
ii. High-rise residential buildings and hotels and motels:
a. Low-sloped roofs in climate zones 10, 11, 13, 14 and 15 shall have a minimum aged solar reflectance
of 0.55 and a minimum thermal emittance of 0.75, or a minimum SRI of 64.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.3(a)1Aiia: Roof constructions that have thermal mass with a weight of
at least 25 lb/ft² over the roof membrane .
b. Steep-sloped roofs in climate zones 2 through 15 shall have a minimum aged solar reflectance of
0.20 and a minimum thermal emittance of 0.75, or a minimum SRI of 16.
SECTION 140.3 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ENVELOPES

TABLE 140.3 ROOF/CEILING INSULATION TRADEOFF FOR AGED SOLAR REFLECTANCE

Nonresidential
Wood framed Wood Framed Wood Framed Wood Framed
Metal Building and Other and Other and Other
and Other,
Climate Zone Climate Zone
Aged Solar Climate Zone Climate Zone Climate Zone
Reflectance 1-16 7&8
1 &5 2-4, 9-16 6
U-factor U-factor
U-factor U-factor U-factor
0.62-0.60 0.061 0.045 0.036 0.065 0.059

0.59-0.55 0.054 0.041 0.034 0.058 0.053
0.54-0.50 0.049 0.038 0.032 0.052 0.048
0.49-0.45 0.047 0.035 0.030 0.047 0.044
0.44-0.40 0.043 0.033 0.028 0.043 0.040
0.39-0.35 0.039 0.031 0.027 0.039 0.037
0.34-0.30 0.035 0.029 0.025 0.037 0.035
0.29-0.25 0.033 0.027 0.024 0.034 0.032
EXCEPTION to Section 140.3(a)1A: Roof area covered by building integrated photovoltaic panels and
building integrated solar thermal panels are not required to meet the minimum requirements for solar
reflectance, thermal emittance, or SRI.
B. Roof Insulation. Roofs shall have an overall assembly U-factor no greater than the applicable value in
TABLE 140.3-B, C or D, and where required by Section 110.8(e), insulation shall be placed in direct contact
with a continuous roof or drywall ceiling.
2. Exterior Walls. Exterior walls shall have an overall assembly U-factor no greater than the applicable value in
TABLE 140.3-B, C or D.
3. Demising Walls. Demising walls shall meet the requirements of Section 110.8(f).
4. Exterior Floors and Soffits. Exterior floors and soffits shall have an overall assembly U-factor no greater than
the applicable value in TABLE 140.3-B, C or D
5. Fenestration. Vertical Windows shall:
A. have (1) a west-facing area no greater than 40 percent of the gross west-facing exterior wall area, or 6 feet
times the west-facing display perimeter, whichever is greater; and (2) a total area no greater than 40 percent
of the gross exterior wall area, or 6 feet times the display perimeter, whichever is greater; and
EXCEPTION to Section 140.3(a)5A: Window area in demising walls is not counted as part of the window
area for this requirement. Demising wall area is not counted as part of the gross exterior wall area or display
perimeter for this requirement.
B. Have an area-weighted average U-factor no greater than the applicable value in TABLE 140.3-B, C or D.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.3(a)5B: For vertical fenestration containing chromogenic type glazing:
i. the lower-rated labeled U-factor shall be used with automatic controls to modulate the amount of heat
flow into the space in multiple steps in response to daylight levels or solar intensity; and
ii. chromogenic glazing shall be considered separately from other fenestration; and
iii. area-weighted averaging with other fenestration that is not chromogenic shall not be permitted.

C. Have an area-weighted average Relative Solar Heat Gain Coefficient, RSHGC, excluding the effects of
interior shading, no greater than the applicable value in TABLE 140.3-B, C or D.
For purposes of this paragraph, the Relative Solar Heat Gain Coefficient, RSHGC, of a vertical window is:
i. the solar heat gain coefficient of the window; or
ii. relative solar heat gain as calculated by EQUATION 140.3-A, if the window has an overhang that
extends beyond each side of the window jamb by a distance equal to the overhang’s horizontal
projection.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.3(a)5C: An area-weighted average Relative Solar Heat Gain of 0.56 or less
shall be used for windows:
a. that are in the first story of exterior walls that form a display perimeter; and
b. for which codes restrict the use of overhangs to shade the windows.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.3(a)5C: For vertical fenestration containing chromogenic type glazing:
i. the lower-rated labeled RSHGC shall be used with automatic controls to modulate the amount of heat
flow into the space in multiple steps in response to daylight levels or solar intensity; and
D. Have an area-weighted average Visible Transmittance (VT) no less than the applicable value in TABLE
140.3-B and C, or EQUATION 140.3-B, as applicable.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.3(a)5D: When the fenestration’s primary and secondary sidelit daylit zones
are completely overlapped by one or more skylit daylit zones, then the fenestration need not comply with
Section 140.3(a)5D.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.3(a)5D: If the fenestration’s visible transmittance is not within the scope of
NFRC 200, ASTM E972, or EQUATION 140.3-B, then the VT shall be calculated according to Reference
Nonresidential Appendix NA6.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.3(a)5D: For vertical fenestration containing chromogenic type glazing:
i. the higher rated labeled VT shall be used with automatic controls to modulate the amount of light
transmitted into the space in multiple steps in response to daylight levels or solar intensity; and
EQUATION 140.3-A RELATIVE SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENT, RSHGC
⎡ aH ⎛H⎞ ⎤
2
RSHG = SHGC win × ⎢1 + + b⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎢⎣ V ⎝ V ⎠ ⎥⎦
WHERE:
RSHG = Relative solar heat gain.

SHGCwin = Solar heat gain coefficient of the window.
H = Horizontal projection of the overhang from the surface of the window in feet, but no
greater than V.
V = Vertical distance from the window sill to the bottom of the overhang in feet.

a = -0.41 for north-facing windows, -1.22 for south-facing windows, and -0.92 for east and
west-facing windows.
b = 0.20 for north-facing windows, 0.66 for south-facing windows, and 0.35 for east and
west-facing windows.
EQUATION 140.3-B VERTICAL FENESTRATION MINIMUM VT
VT ≥ 0.11/ WWR
WHERE:
WWR = Window Wall Ratio, the ratio of (i) the total window area of the entire building to (ii)
the total gross exterior wall area of the entire building. If the WWR is greater than
0.40, then 0.40 shall be used as the value for WWR in EQUATION 140.3-B.
VT = Visible Transmittance of framed window.
6. Skylights. Skylights shall:
A. Have an area no greater than 5 percent of the gross exterior roof area (SRR); and
EXCEPTION to Section 140.3(a)6A: Atria over 55 feet high shall have a skylight area no greater than 10
percent of the gross exterior roof area.
B. Have an Area-Weighted Performance Rating U-factor no greater than the applicable value in
TABLE 140.3-B, C or D.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.3(a)6B: For skylights containing chromogenic type glazing:
i. the lower-rate labeled U-factor shall be used with automatic controls to modulate the amount of U-factor
heat flow into the space in multiple steps in response to daylight levels or solar intensity; and
ii. chromogenic glazing shall be considered separately from other skylights; and
iii. area-weighted averaging with other skylights that is not chromogenic shall not be permitted.
C. Have an area-weighted performance rating Solar Heat Gain Coefficient no greater than the applicable value
in TABLE 140.3-B, C or D.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.3(a)6C: For skylights containing chromogenic type glazing:
i. the lower-rated labeled SHGC shall be used with automatic controls to modulate the amount of heat flow
into the space in multiple steps in response to daylight levels or solar intensity; and
iii. area-weighted averaging with other skylights that are not chromogenic shall not be permitted.
D. Have an Area-Weighted Performance Rating VT no less than the applicable value in TABLE 140.3-B or C;
and
EXCEPTION to Section 140.3(a)6D: For skylights containing chromogenic type glazing:
i. the higher-rated labeled VT shall be used used with automatic controls to modulate the amount of heat
flow into the space in multiple steps in response to daylight levels or solar intensity and;
iii. area-weighted averaging with other skylights that are not chromogenic shall not be permitted.
E. Have a glazing material or diffuser that has a measured haze value greater than 90 percent, determined
according to ASTM D1003, or other test method approved by the Energy Commission.
7. Exterior doors. All exterior doors that separate conditioned space from unconditioned space or from ambient air
shall have a U-factor not greater than the applicable value in TABLE 140.3-B, C or D. Doors that are more than
one-half glass in area are considered Glazed Doors.

8. Relocatable Public School Buildings. In complying with Sections 140.3(a)1 to 7 shall meet the following:
A. Relocatable public school buildings shall comply with TABLE 140.3-B for a specific climate zone when the
manufacturer or builder of the relocatable public school building certifies that the building is intended for use
only in a specific climate zone; or
B. Relocatable public school buildings shall comply with TABLE 140.3-D for any climate zone when the
manufacturer or builder of the relocatable public school building certifies that the building is intended for use
in any climate zone; and
C. The manufacturer or builder of a relocatable public school building shall certify that components of the
building comply with requirements of this section by:
i. The placement of two (2) metal identification labels on the building, one mechanically fastened and
visible from the exterior and the other mechanically fastened to the interior frame above the ceiling at
the end of the module., both labels stating (in addition to any other information by the Division of the
State Architect or other law) "Complies with Title 24, Part 6 for all Climate Zones; and
ii. Identification of the location of the 2 labels on the plans submitted to the enforcing agency.
9. Air Barrier. To meet the requirement of Table 140.3-A, all buildings shall have a continuous air barrier that is
designed and constructed to control air leakage into, and out of, the building’s conditioned space. The air barrier
shall be sealed at all joints for its entire length and shall be composed of:
A. Materials that have an air permeance not exceeding 0.004 cfm/ft2, under a pressure differential of 0.3 in. w.g.
(1.57 psf) (0.02 L/m2 at 75 pa), when tested in accordance with ASTM E2178; or
EXCEPTION to Section 140.3(a)9A: Materials in TABLE 140.3-A shall be deemed to comply with
section 140.3(a)9A provided if all joints are sealed and all of the materials are installed as air barriers in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

TABLE 140.3-A MATERIALS DEEMED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 140.3(a)9A

MATERIALS AND THICKNESS MATERIALS AND THICKNESS
1 Plywood – min. 3/8 inches thickness 9 Built up roofing membrane
2 Oriented strand board – min. 3/8 inches thickness 10 Modified bituminous roof membrane
Extruded polystyrene insulation board – min. ½
3 11 Fully adhered single-ply roof membrane
inches thickness
Foil-back polyisocyanurate insulation board – min. A Portland cement or Portland sand parge, or a
4 12
½ inches thickness gypsum plaster, each with min. 5/8 inches thickness
Closed cell spray foam with a minimum density of
5 13 Cast-in-place concrete, or precast concrete
2.0 pcf and a min. 2.0 inches thickness
Open cell spray foam with a density no less than
6 0.4 pcf and no greater than 1.5 pcf, and a min. 5½ 14 Fully grouted concrete block masonry
inches thickness
Exterior or interior gypsum board min. 1/2 inches
7 15 Sheet steel or sheet aluminum
thickness
8 Cement board – min. 1/2 inches thickness
B. Assemblies of materials and components that have an average air leakage not exceeding 0.04 cfm/ft2, under
a pressure differential of 0.3 in. w.g (1.57 psf) (0.2 L/m2 at 75 pa), when tested in accordance with ASTM
E2357, ASTM E1677, ASTM E1680, or ASTM E283; or
EXCEPTION to Section 140.3(a)9B: The following materials shall be deemed to comply with section
140.3(a)9B if all joints are sealed and all of the materials are installed as air barriers in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions:
i. Concrete masonry walls that have at least two coatings of paint or at least two coatings of sealer coating.
ii. Concrete masonry walls with integral rigid board insulation.
iii. Structurally Insulated Panels.
iv. Portland cement or Portland sand parge, or stucco, or a gypsum plaster, each with min. 1/2 inches
thickness
C. The entire building has an air leakage rate not exceeding 0.40 cfm/ft2 at a pressure differential of 0.3 in w.g.
(1.57 psf) (2.0 L/ m2 at 75 pa), when the entire building is tested, after completion of construction, in
accordance with ASTM E779 or another test method approved by the Commission.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.3(a)9: Relocatable Public School Buildings.

Climate Zone
TABLE 140.3-B – PRESCRIPTIVE ENVELOPE
CRITERIA FOR NONRESIDENTIAL
BUILDINGS (INCLUDING RELOCATABLE
PUBLIC SCHOOL BUILDINGS WHERE
MANUFACTURER CERTIFIES USE ONLY IN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SPECIFIC CLIMATE ZONE; NOT
INCLUDING HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL
BUILDINGS AND GUEST ROOMS OF
HOTEL/MOTEL BUILDINGS)
Metal Building 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065
Ceilings
Roofs/
Wood Framed
0.049 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.049 0.075 0.067 0.067 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039
and Other
Metal Building 0.113 0.061 0.113 0.061 0.061 0.113 0.113 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.057 0.061
Maximum U-factor
Metal-framed 0.098 0.062 0.082 0.062 0.062 0.098 0.098 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062
Walls
Mass Light1 0.196 0.170 0.278 0.227 0.440 0.440 0.440 0.440 0.440 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170
1
Mass Heavy 0.253 0.650 0.650 0.650 0.650 0.690 0.690 0.690 0.690 0.650 0.184 0.253 0.211 0.184 0.184 0.160
Wood-framed
0.102 0.059 0.110 0.059 0.102 0.110 0.110 0.102 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.042 0.059
and Other
Mass 0.092 0.092 0.269 0.269 0.269 0.269 0.269 0.269 0.269 0.269 0.092 0.092 0.092 0.092 0.092 0.058
Envelope
Floors/
Soffits
Other 0.048 0.039 0.071 0.071 0.071 0.071 0.071 0.071 0.071 0.071 0.039 0.071 0.071 0.039 0.039 0.039
Aged Solar
0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63
sloped
Low-
Reflectance
Products
Roofing
Thermal Emittance 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
Aged Solar
0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
Sloped
Steep-
Reflectance
Thermal Emittance 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0. 75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
Air Barrier NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ
Exterior Doors, Non-Swinging 0.50 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 0.50
Maximum U-factor Swinging 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70

All Climate Zones

Fixed Operable Curtainwall or Glazed Doors
Window Window Storefront
Max 0.36 0.46 0.41 0.45

Area-Weighted
Performance Rating
U-factor
Vertical
Max RSHGC 0.25 0.22 0.26 0.23

Area-Weighted
Fenestration
Min VT 0.42 0.32 0.46 0.17

Envelope
Performance Rating
Maximum WWR% 40%
Glass, Curb Mounted Glass, Deck Mounted Plastic, Curb Mounted
Max 0.58 0.46 0.88

Area-Weighted
Skylights
Performance Rating
U-factor
Max SHGC 0.25 0.25 NR
Area-Weighted
Performance Rating Min VT 0.49 0.49 0.64
Maximum SRR% 5%

TABLE 140.3-C – PRESCRIPTIVE ENVELOPE CRITERIA FOR HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS AND GUEST ROOMS OF HOTEL/MOTEL BUILDINGS
Climate Zone
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Metal Building 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.065
Ceilings
Roofs/
Wood Framed and

0.034 0.028 0.039 0.028 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028
Other
Maximum U-factor
Metal Building 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.057 0.057 0.057 0.057 0.057 0.057
Envelope
Metal-framed 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105
Walls
1
Mass Light 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.227 0.227 0.227 0.196 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.170
1
Mass Heavy 0.160 0.160 0.160 0.184 0.211 0.690 0.690 0.690 0.690 0.690 0.184 0.253 0.211 0.184 0.184 0.160
Wood-framed and
0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.059 0.042 0.059 0.059 0.042 0.042 0.042
Other
Mass 0.045 0.045 0.058 0.058 0.058 0.069 0.092 0.092 0.092 0.069 0.058 0.058 0.058 0.045 0.058 0.037
Floors/
Soffits
Other 0.034 0.034 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.071 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.034 0.039 0.034
Aged Solar Reflectance NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 0.55 0.55 0.55 NR 0.55 0.55 0.55 NR

sloped
Low-
Thermal Emittance NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 0.75 0.75 0.75 NR 0.75 0.75 0.75 NR

Products
Roofing
Aged Solar Reflectance NR 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 NR
Sloped
Steep-
Thermal Emittance NR 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0. 75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 NR
Non-Swinging 0.50 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 0.50
Exterior Doors,
Maximum U-factor Swinging 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70

All Climate Zones

Fixed Operable Curtainwall/ Glazed Doors
Window Window Storefront
Max 0.36 0.46 0.41 0.45

Area-Weighted
U-factor
Performance Rating
Vertical
Max RSHGC 0.25 0.22 0.26 0.23

Area-Weighted
Fenestration
0.42 0.32 0.46 0.17

Envelope
Performance Rating Min VT

Maximum WWR% 40%
Glass, Curb Mounted Glass, Deck Mounted Plastic, Curb Mounted
Max 0.58 0.46 0.88

Area-Weighted
Skylights
U-factor
Performance Rating
Max SHGC 0.25 0.25 NR
Area-Weighted
Min VT 0.49 0.49 0.64
Performance Rating
Maximum SRR% 5%
Notes:
1. Light mass walls are walls with a heat capacity of at least 7.0 Btu/h-ft² and less than 15.0 Btu/h-ft². Heavy mass walls are walls with a heat capacity of at
least 15.0 Btu/h-ft².

TABLE 140.3-D PRESCRIPTIVE ENVELOPE CRITERIA FOR RELOCATABLE PUBLIC SCHOOL

BUILDINGS FOR USE IN ALL CLIMATE ZONES
Roofs/Ceilings
Roofs of Metal Buildings Maximum U-factor 0.048
Roofs of all non-Metal Buildings Maximum U-factor 0.039
Roofing Products – Aged Reflectance/Emittance
Low-sloped Low-Sloped 0.63/0.75
Steep-Sloped Steep-Sloped 0.20/0.75
Walls
Walls of Wood frame buildings Maximum U-factor 0.059
Walls of Metal frame buildings Maximum U-factor 0.062
Walls of Metal buildings Maximum U-factor 0.057
Walls of Mass/7.0≤ HC, any building Maximum U-factor 0.170
All Other Walls Maximum U-factor 0.059
Floors and soffits of all buildings Maximum U-factor 0.048
Windows of all buildings
U-factor Maximum U-factor 0.47
RSHGC Maximum RSHGC 0.26
Glazed Doors, All Buildings
Max Average Weighted U-factor 0.45
Max Average Weighted RSHGC 0.23
Exterior Doors, all buildings
Non-Swinging doors Maximum U-factor 0.50
Swinging doors Maximum U-factor 0.70
Skylights
Glass with Curb Maximum U-factor 0.99
Glass without Curb Maximum U-factor 0.57
Plastic with Curb Maximum U-factor 0.87
Glass Skylights 0-2% SRR Maximum SHGC 0.46
2.1-5% SRR Maximum SHGC 0.36
Plastic Skylights 0-2% SRR Maximum SHGC 0.69
2.1-5% SRR Maximum SHGC 0.57

(b) RESERVED
(c) Minimum Daylighting Requirement for Large Enclosed Spaces. In climate zones 2 through 15, conditioned
enclosed spaces, and unconditioned enclosed spaces, that are greater than 5,000 ft² and that are directly under a roof
with ceiling heights greater than 15 feet, shall meet the following requirements:
1. A combined total of at least 75percent of the floor area, as determined in building floor plan (drawings) view,
shall be within one or more of the following:
A. Primary Sidelight Daylight Zone in accordance with Section 130.1(d)1B, or
B. Skylit Daylit Zone in accordance with Section 130.1(d)1A.
2. All Skylit Daylit Zones and Primary Sidelit Daylit Zones shall be shown on building plans.
3. General lighting in daylit zones shall be controlled in accordance with Section 130.1(d).
4. Skylights shall:
A. Have a glazing material or diffuser that has a measured haze value greater than 90 percent, tested according
to ASTM D1003 (notwithstanding its scope) or another test method approved by the Commission; and
B. If the space is conditioned, meet the requirements in Section 140.3(a)6.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.3(c): Auditoriums, churches, movie theaters, museums, and refrigerated warehouses.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.3(c): In buildings with unfinished interiors, future enclosed spaces for which there
are plans to have:
A. A floor area of less than or equal to 5,000 square feet; or
B. Ceiling heights of less than or equal to 15 feet. This exception shall not be used for S-1 or S-2 (storage), or
for F-1 or F-2 (factory) occupancies.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.3(c): Enclosed spaces having a designed general lighting system with a lighting
power density less than 0.5 watts per square foot.

SECTION 140.4 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACE

CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
A building complies with this section by being designed with and having constructed and installed a space-conditioning
system that meets the applicable requirements of Subsections (a) through (m).
(a) Sizing and Equipment Selection. Mechanical heating and mechanical cooling equipment shall be the smallest size,
within the available options of the desired equipment line, necessary to meet the design heating and cooling loads of
the building, as calculated according to Subsection (b).
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(a): Where it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency that
oversizing will not increase building TDV energy use.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(a): Standby equipment with controls that allow the standby equipment to operate
only when the primary equipment is not operating.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.4(a): Multiple units of the same equipment type, such as multiple chillers and boilers,
having combined capacities exceeding the design load, if they have controls that sequence or otherwise optimally
control the operation of each unit based on load.
(b) Calculations. In making equipment sizing calculations under Subsection (a), all of the following rules shall apply:
1. Methodology. The methodologies, computer programs, inputs, and assumptions approved by the Commission
shall be used.
2. Heating and cooling loads. Heating and cooling system design loads shall be determined in accordance with the
procedures described in the ASHRAE Handbook, Fundamentals Volume, or as specified in a method approved
by the Commission.
3. Indoor design conditions. Indoor design temperature and humidity conditions for general comfort applications
shall be determined in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 55 or the ASHRAE Handbook, Fundamentals
Volume, Chapter 8, except that winter humidification and summer dehumidification shall not be required.
4. Outdoor design conditions. Outdoor design conditions shall be selected from Reference Joint Appendix JA2,
which is based on data from the ASHRAE Climatic Data for Region X. Heating design temperatures shall be no
lower than the Heating Winter Median of Extremes values. Cooling design temperatures shall be no greater than
the 0.5 percent Cooling Dry Bulb and Mean Coincident Wet Bulb values.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.4(b)4: Cooling design temperatures for cooling towers shall be no greater than the
0.5 percent Cooling Design Wet bulb values.
5. Ventilation. Outdoor air ventilation loads shall be calculated using the ventilation rates required in Section 120.1.
6. Envelope. Envelope heating and cooling loads shall be calculated using envelope characteristics, including
square footage, thermal conductance, solar heat gain coefficient or shading coefficient, and air leakage, consistent
with the proposed design.
7. Lighting. Lighting loads shall be based on actual design lighting levels or power densities as specified in Section
140.6.
8. People. Occupant density shall be based on the expected occupancy of the building and shall be the same as
determined under Section 120.1(b)2B, if used. Sensible and latent heat gains shall be as listed in the 2005
ASHRAE Handbook- Fundamentals, Chapter 30, Table 1.
9. Process loads. Loads caused by a process shall be based upon actual information on the intended use of the
building.
10. Miscellaneous equipment. Equipment loads other than process loads shall be calculated using design data
compiled from one or more of the following sources:
A. Actual information based on the intended use of the building; or
SECTION 140.4 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACE CONDITIONING SYSTEMS

B. Published data from manufacturer's technical publications or from technical societies, such as the ASHRAE
Handbook, Applications Volume; or
C. Other data based on the designer's experience of expected loads and occupancy patterns.
11. Internal heat gains. Internal heat gains may be ignored for heating load calculations.
12. Safety factor. Design loads may be increased by up to 10 percent to account for unexpected loads or changes in
space usage.
13. Other loads. Loads such as warm-up or cool-down shall be calculated from principles based on the heat capacity
of the building and its contents, the degree of setback, and desired recovery time; or may be assumed to be no
more than 30 percent for heating and 10 percent for cooling of the steady-state design loads. In addition, the
steady-state load may include a safety factor in accordance with Section 140.4(b)12.
(c) Power Consumption of Fans. Each fan system used for space conditioning shall meet the requirements of Items 1, 2,
3 and 4 below. Total fan system power demand equals the sum of the power demand of all fans in the system that are
required to operate at design conditions in order to supply air from the heating or cooling source to the conditioned
space, and to return it back to the source or to exhaust it to the outdoors; however, total fan system power demand
need not include (i) the additional power demand caused solely by air treatment or filtering systems with final
pressure drops more than 245 pascals or one-inch water column (only the energy accounted for by the amount of
pressure drop that is over 1 inch may be excluded), or (ii) fan system power caused solely by exempt process loads.
1. Constant volume fan systems. The total fan power index at design conditions of each fan system with total
horsepower over 25 hp shall not exceed 0.8 watts per cfm of supply air.
2. Variable air volume (VAV) systems.
A. The total fan power index at design conditions of each fan system with total horsepower over 25 hp shall not
exceed 1.25 watts per cfm of supply air; and
B. Static Pressure Sensor Location. Static pressure sensors used to control variable air volume fans shall be
placed in a position such that the controller set point is no greater than one-third the total design fan static
pressure, except for systems with zone reset control complying with Section140.4(c)2C. If this results in the
sensor being located downstream of any major duct split, multiple sensors shall be installed in each major
branch with fan capacity controlled to satisfy the sensor furthest below its setpoint; and.
C. Set Point Reset. For systems with direct digital control of individual zone boxes reporting to the central
control panel, static pressure set points shall be reset based on the zone requiring the most pressure; i.e., the
set point is reset lower until one zone damper is nearly wide open.
3. Air-treatment or filtering systems. For systems with air-treatment or filtering systems, calculate the total
adjusted fan power index using Equation 140.4-A:
EQUATION 140.4-A ADJUSTED TOTAL FAN POWER INDEX
Adjusted total fan power index = Fan power index x Fan Adjustment
⎛ SP − 1 ⎞
Fan Adjustment = 1 − ⎜⎜ a ⎟⎟
⎝ SPf ⎠
WHERE:
SPa = Air pressure drop across the air-treatment or filtering system.

SPf = Total pressure drop across the fan.
4. Fractional HVAC Motors for Fans. HVAC motors for fans that are less than1 hp and 1/12 hp or greater shall be
electronically-commutated motors or shall have a minimum motor efficiency of 70 percent when rated in

accordance with NEMA Standard MG 1-2006 at full load rating conditions. These motors shall also have the
means to adjust motor speed for either balancing or remote control. Belt-driven fans may use sheave adjustments
for airflow balancing in lieu of a varying motor speed.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(c)4: Motors in fan-coils and terminal units that operate only when providing
heating to the space served.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(c)4: Motors in space conditioning equipment certified under Section 110.1 or
110.2.
(d) Space-conditioning Zone Controls. Each space-conditioning zone shall have controls that prevent:
1. Reheating; and
2. Recooling; and
3. Simultaneous provisions of heating and cooling to the same zone, such as mixing or simultaneous supply of air
that has been previously mechanically heated and air that has been previously cooled either by cooling equipment
or by economizer systems.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(d): Zones served by variable air-volume systems that are designed and controlled
to reduce, to a minimum, the volume of reheated, re-cooled, or mixed air are allowed only if the controls meet all of
the following requirements:
A. For each zone with direct digital controls (DDC):
i. The volume of primary air that is reheated, re-cooled, or mixed air supply shall not exceed the larger of:
a. 50 percent of the peak primary airflow; or
b. The design zone outdoor airflow rate per Section 120.1.
ii. The volume of primary air in the deadband shall not exceed the larger of:
a. 20 percent of the peak primary airflow; or
b. The design zone outdoor airflow rate per Section 120.1.
iii. The first stage of heating consists of modulating the zone supply air temperature setpoint up to a
maximum setpoint no higher than 95ºF while the airflow is maintained at the dead band flow rate.
iv. The second stage of heating consists of modulating the airflow rate from the dead band flow rate up to
the heating maximum flow rate.
B. For each zone without DDC, the volume of primary air that is reheated, re-cooled, or mixed air supply shall
not exceed the larger of the following:
i. 30 percent of the peak primary airflow; or
ii. The design zone outdoor airflow rate per Section 120.1.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(d): Zones with special pressurization relationships or cross-contamination control
needs.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.4(d): Zones served by space-conditioning systems in which at least 75 percent of the
energy for reheating, or providing warm air in mixing systems, is provided from a site-recovered or site-solar energy
source.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 140.4(d): Zones in which specific humidity levels are required to satisfy exempt process
loads. Computer Rooms or other spaces where the only process load is from IT equipment may not use this exception.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 140.4(d): Zones with a peak supply-air quantity of 300 cfm or less.
(e) Economizers.
1. Each cooling fan system that has a design total mechanical cooling capacity over 54,000 Btu/hr shall include
either:

A. An air economizer capable of modulating outside-air and return-air dampers to supply 100 percent of the
design supply air quantity as outside-air; or
B. A water economizer capable of providing 100 percent of the expected system cooling load as calculated in
accordance with a method approved by the Commission, at outside air temperatures of 50°F dry-bulb and
45°F wet-bulb and below.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(e)1: Where special outside air filtration and treatment, for the reduction and
treatment of unusual outdoor contaminants, makes compliance infeasible.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(e)1: Where the use of outdoor air for cooling will affect other systems, such as
humidification, dehumidification, or supermarket refrigeration systems, so as to increase overall building TDV
energy use.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.4(e)1: Systems serving high-rise residential living quarters and hotel/motel guest
rooms.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 140.4(e)1: Where cooling systems have the cooling efficiency that meets or exceeds
the cooling efficiency improvement requirements in TABLE 140.4-A.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 140.4(e)1: Fan systems primarily serving computer room(s). See Section 140.9(a) for
computer room economizer requirements.
TABLE 140.4-A ECONOMIZER TRADE-OFF TABLE FOR COOLING SYSTEMS

a
Climate Zone Efficiency Improvement
1 70%
2 65%
3 65%
4 65% a
If a unit is rated with an IPLV, IEER or
5 70% SEER, then to eliminate the required air
6 30% or water economizer, the applicable
7 30%
minimum cooling efficiency of the HVAC
unit must be increased by the percentage
8 30%
shown. If the HVAC unit is only rated
9 30% with a full load metric, such as EER or
10 30% COP cooling, then that metric must be
11 30% increased by the percentage shown.
12 30%
13 30%
14 30%
15 30%
16 70%
2. If an economizer is required by Section 140.4(e)1 it shall be:

A. Designed and equipped with controls so that economizer operation does not increase the building heating
energy use during normal operation; and
EXCEPTION to Section 140.4(e)2A: Systems that provide 75 percent of the annual energy used for
mechanical heating from site-recovered energy or a site-solar energy source.
B. Capable of providing partial cooling even when additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the
remainder of the cooling load.
3. If an economizer is required by Section 140.4(e)1, and an air economizer is used to meet the requirement, then it
shall be a type listed in, and shall have high limit shutoff controls complying with TABLE 140.4-B,

TABLE 140.4-B AIR ECONOMIZER HIGH LIMIT SHUT OFF CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Required High Limit (Economizer Off When):
Device Typea Climate Zones
Equationb Description
1, 3, 5, 11-16 TOA > 75°F Outdoor air temperature exceeds 75°F
2, 4, 10 TOA > 73°F Outdoor air temperature exceeds 73°F
Fixed Dry Bulb
6, 8, 9 TOA > 71°F Outdoor air temperature exceeds 71°F
7 TOA > 69°F Outdoor air temperature exceeds 69°F
Outdoor air temperature exceeds return air
1, 3, 5, 11-16 TOA > TRA°F
temperature
2, 4, 10 TOA > TRA-2°F
temperature minus 2°F
Differential Dry Bulb
6, 8, 9 TOA > TRA-4°F
7 TOA > TRA-6°F
Fixed Enthalpyc + Fixed Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds 28 Btu/lb of dry airc or
All hOA > 28 Btu/lbc or TOA > 75°F
Drybulb Outdoor air temperature exceeds 75°F
a
Only the high limit control devices listed are allowed to be used and at the setpoints listed. Others such as Dew Point,
Fixed Enthalpy, Electronic Enthalpy, and Differential Enthalpy Controls, may not be used in any climate zone for
compliance with Section 140.4(e)1 unless approval for use is provided by the Energy Commission Executive Director.
b
Devices with selectable (rather than adjustable) setpoints shall be capable of being set to within 2°F and 2 Btu/lb of the
setpoint listed.
c
At altitudes substantially different than sea level, the Fixed Enthalpy limit value shall be set to the enthalpy value at 75°F
and 50% relative humidity. As an example, at approximately 6,000 foot elevation, the fixed enthalpy limit is
approximately 30.7 Btu/lb.
4. If an economizer is required by Section 140.4(e)1, and an air economizer is used to meet the requirement, then
the air economizer, and all return air dampers on any individual cooling fan system that has a total mechanical
cooling capacity over 45,000 Btu/hr shall have the following features:
A. Warranty. 5-year Manufacturer warranty of economizer assembly.
B. Damper reliability testing. Suppliers of economizers shall certify that the economizer assembly, including
but not limited to outdoor air damper, return air damper, drive linkage, and actuator, have been tested and are
able to open and close against the rated airflow and pressure of the system after 60,000 damper opening and
closing cycles.
C. Damper leakage. Economizer and return dampers shall be certified in accordance with AMCA Publication
511 to have a maximum leakage rate of 10 cfm/sf at 1.0 in. w.g.
D. Adjustable setpoint. If the high-limit control is fixed dry-bulb or fixed enthalpy + fixed dry-bulb then the
control shall have an adjustable setpoint.
E. Sensor accuracy. Outdoor air, return air, mixed air, and supply air sensors shall be calibrated within the
following accuracies.
i. Drybulb and wetbulb temperatures accurate to ±2°F over the range of 40°F to 80°F.
ii. Enthalpy accurate to ±3 Btu/lb over the range of 20 Btu/lb to 36 Btu/lb.
iii. Relative humidity (RH) accurate to ±5 percent over the range of 20percent to 80 percent RH.
F. Sensor calibration data. Data used for control of the economizer shall be plotted on a sensor performance
curve.

G. Sensor high limit control. Sensors used for the high limit control shall be located to prevent false readings,
including but not limited to being properly shielded from direct sunlight.
H. Relief air system. Relief air systems shall be capable of providing 100 percent outside air without over-
pressurizing the building.
5. Systems that include an air economizer to meet Section 140.4(e)1 shall include the following:
A. Unit controls shall have mechanical capacity controls interlocked with economizer controls such that the
economizer is at 100 percent open position when mechanical cooling is on and does not begin to close until
the leaving air temperature is less than 45oF.
B. Direct Expansion (DX) units that control the capacity of the mechanical cooling directly based on occupied
space temperature shall have a minimum of 2 stages of mechanical cooling capacity, per the following
effective dates:
i. ≥ 75,000 Btu/hr – Effective 1/1/2014
ii. ≥ 65,000 Btu/hr – Effective 1/1/2016
C. Effective 1/1/2014, DX units not within the scope of Section 140.4(e)5,B, such as those that control space
temperature by modulating the airflow to the space, shall (i) comply with the requirements in TABLE 140.4-
C, and (ii) shall have controls that do not false load the mechanical cooling system by limiting or disabling
the economizer or by any other means, such as hot gas bypass, except at the lowest stage of mechanical
cooling capacity.
TABLE 140.4-C DIRECT EXPANSION (DX) UNIT REQUIREMENTS FOR COOLING

STAGES AND COMPRESSOR DISPLACEMENT
Minimum Number of Minimum Compressor
Cooling Capacity
Mechanical Cooling Stages Displacement
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and ≤ 35% full load
3 stages
< 240,000 Btu/h
≤ 25% full load
≥ 240,000 Btu/h 4 stages
(f) Supply Air Temperature Reset Controls. Space-conditioning systems supplying heated or cooled air to multiple
zones shall include controls that automatically reset supply-air temperatures. Air distribution systems serving zones
that are likely to have constant loads, such as interior zones, shall be designed for the air flows resulting from the fully
reset supply air temperature. Supply air temperature reset controls shall be:
1. In response to representative building loads or to outdoor air temperature; and
2. At least 25 percent of the difference between the design supply-air temperature and the design room air
temperature.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(f): Systems that meet the requirements of Section 140.4(d), without using
Exception 1 or 2 to that section.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(f): Where supply-air temperature reset would increase overall building energy use.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.4(f): Systems supplying zones in which specific humidity levels are required to
satisfy exempt process loads. Computer Rooms or other spaces with only IT equipment may not use this exception.
(g) Electric Resistance Heating. Electric resistance heating systems shall not be used for space heating.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(g): Where an electric-resistance heating system supplements a heating system in
which at least 60 percent of the annual energy requirement is supplied by site-solar or recovered energy.

EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(g): Where an electric-resistance heating system supplements a heat pump heating
system, and the heating capacity of the heat pump is more than 75 percent of the design heating load calculated in
accordance with Section 140.4(a) at the design outdoor temperature specified in Section 140.4(b)4.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.4(g): Where the total capacity of all electric-resistance heating systems serving the
entire building is less than 10 percent of the total design output capacity of all heating equipment serving the entire
building.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 140.4(g): Where the total capacity of all electric-resistance heating systems serving the
entire building, excluding those allowed under Exception 2, is no more than 3 kW.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 140.4(g): Where an electric resistance heating system serves an entire building that is not
a high-rise residential or hotel/motel building; and has a conditioned floor area no greater than 5,000 square feet; and
has no mechanical cooling; and is in an area where natural gas is not currently available and an extension of a natural
gas system is impractical, as determined by the natural gas utility.
(h) Heat Rejection Systems.
1. Scope. Subsection 140.4(h) applies to heat rejection equipment used in comfort cooling systems such as air-
cooled condensers, open cooling towers, closed-circuit cooling towers, and evaporative condensers.
2. Fan Speed Control. Each fan powered by a motor of 7.5 hp (5.6 kW) or larger shall have the capability to
operate that fan at 2/3 of full speed or less, and shall have controls that automatically change the fan speed to
control the leaving fluid temperature or condensing temperature or pressure of the heat rejection device.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(h)2: Heat rejection devices included as an integral part of the equipment listed
in TABLE 110.2-A through TABLE 110.2-I.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(h)2: Condenser fans serving multiple refrigerant circuits.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.4(h)2: Condenser fans serving flooded condensers.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 140.4(h)2: Up to 1/3 of the fans on a condenser or tower with multiple fans where
the lead fans comply with the speed control requirement.
3. Tower Flow Turndown. Open cooling towers configured with multiple condenser water pumps shall be
designed so that all cells can be run in parallel with the larger of:
A. The flow that is produced by the smallest pump; or
B. 50 percent of the design flow for the cell.
4. Limitation on Centrifugal Fan Cooling Towers. Open cooling towers with a combined rated capacity of 900
gpm and greater at 95°F condenser water return, 85°F condenser water supply, and 75°F outdoor wet-bulb
temperature, shall use propeller fans and shall not use centrifugal fans.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(h)4: Cooling towers that are ducted (inlet or discharge) or have an external
sound trap that requires external static pressure capability.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(h)4: Cooling towers that meet the energy efficiency requirement for propeller
fan towers in Section 110.2, TABLE 110.2-G.
5. Multiple Cell Heat Rejection Equipment. Multiple cell heat rejection equipment with variable speed fan drives
shall:
A. Operate the maximum number of fans allowed that comply with the manufacturer’s requirements for all
system components, and
B. Control all operating fans to the same speed. Minimum fan speed shall comply with the minimum allowable
speed of the fan drive per the manufactures recommendation. Staging of fans is allowed once the fans are at
their minimum operating speed.
(i) Minimum Chiller Efficiency. Chillers shall meet or exceed Path B from TABLE 110.2-D
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(i): Chillers with electrical service > 600V.

EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(i): Chillers attached to a heat recovery system with a design heat recovery capacity
> 40 percent of the design chiller cooling capacity.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.4(i): Chillers used to charge thermal energy storage systems where the charging
temperature is < 40 °F.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 140.4(i): In buildings with more than 3 chillers, only 3 chillers are required to meet the
Path B efficiencies.
(j) Limitation of Air-Cooled Chillers. Chilled water plants shall not have more than 300 tons provided by air-cooled
chillers.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(j): Where the water quality at the building site fails to meet manufacturer’s
specifications for the use of water-cooled chillers.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(j): Chillers that are used to charge a thermal energy storage system with a design
temperature of less than 40 degrees F (4 degrees C).
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.4(j): Air cooled chillers with minimum efficiencies approved by the Commission
pursuant to Section 10-109(d).
(k) Hydronic System Measures
1. Hydronic Variable Flow Systems. HVAC chilled and hot water pumping shall be designed for variable fluid
flow and shall be capable of reducing pump flow rates to no more than the larger of: a) 50 percent or less of the
design flow rate; or b) the minimum flow required by the equipment manufacturer for the proper operation of
equipment served by the system.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(k)1: Systems that include no more than three control valves.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(k)1: Systems having a total pump system power less than or equal to 1.5 hp.
2. Chiller Isolation. When a chilled water system includes more than one chiller, provisions shall be made so that
flow through any chiller is automatically shut off when that chiller is shut off while still maintaining flow through
other operating chiller(s). Chillers that are piped in series for the purpose of increased temperature differential
shall be considered as one chiller.
3. Boiler Isolation. When a hot water plant includes more than one boiler, provisions shall be made so that flow
through any boiler is automatically shut off when that boiler is shut off while still maintaining flow through other
operating boiler(s).
4. Chilled and Hot Water Temperature Reset Controls. Systems with a design capacity exceeding 500,000
Btu/hr supplying chilled or heated water shall include controls that automatically reset supply water temperatures
as a function of representative building loads or outside air temperature.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.4(k)4: Hydronic systems that use variable flow to reduce pumping energy in
accordance with Section 140.4(k)1.
5. Water-Cooled Air Conditioner and Hydronic Heat Pump Systems. Water circulation systems serving water-
cooled air conditioners, hydronic heat pumps, or both, that have total pump system power exceeding 5 hp shall
have flow controls that meet the requirements of Section 140.4(k)6. Each such air conditioner or heat pump shall
have a two-position automatic valve interlocked to shut off water flow when the compressor is off.
6. Variable Flow Controls.
A. Variable Speed Drives. Individual pumps serving variable flow systems and having a motor horsepower
exceeding 5 hp shall have controls or devices (such as variable speed controls) that will result in pump motor
demand of no more than 30 percent of design wattage at 50 percent of design water flow. The pumps shall be
controlled as a function of required differential pressure.
B. Pressure Sensor Location and Setpoint.
i. For systems without direct digital control of individual coils reporting to the central control panel,
differential pressure shall be measured at the most remote heat exchanger or the heat exchanger
requiring the greatest differential pressure.

ii. For systems with direct digital control of individual coils with a central control panel, the static pressure
set point shall be reset based on the valve requiring the most pressure, and the setpoint shall be no less
than 80 percent open. Pressure sensors may be mounted anywhere.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.4(k)6: Heating hot water systems.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.4(k)6: Condenser water systems serving only water-cooled chillers.
7. Hydronic Heat Pump (WLHP) Controls. Hydronic heat pumps connected to a common heat pump water loop
with central devices for heat rejection and heat addition shall have controls that are capable of providing a heat
pump water supply temperature deadband of at least 20°F between initiation of heat rejection and heat addition
by the central devices.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.4(k)7: Where a system loop temperature optimization controller is used to
determine the most efficient operating temperature based on real-time conditions of demand and capacity, dead
bands of less than 20°F shall be allowed.
(l) Air Distribution System Duct Leakage Sealing. Duct systems shall be sealed to a leakage rate not to exceed 6
percent of the nominal air handler airflow rate as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing, in
accordance with the applicable procedures in Reference Nonresidential Appendices NA1 and NA2 if the criteria in
subsections 1, 2, and 3 below are met:
1. The duct system provides conditioned air to an occupiable space for a constant volume, single zone, space-
conditioning system; and
2. The space conditioning system serves less than 5,000 square feet of conditioned floor area; and
3. The combined surface area of the ducts located in the following spaces is more than 25 percent of the total
surface area of the entire duct system:
A. Outdoors; or
B. In a space directly under a roof that
i. Has a U-factor greater than the U-factor of the ceiling, or if the roof does not meet the requirements of
Section 140.3(a)1B, or
ii. Has fixed vents or openings to the outside or unconditioned spaces; or
C. In an unconditioned crawlspace; or
D. In other unconditioned spaces.
(m) Fan Control. As of the applicable date listed in TABLE 140.4-D, each cooling system listed in TABLE 140.4-D shall
be designed to vary the indoor fan airflow as a function of load and shall comply with the following requirements:
1. DX and chilled water cooling systems that control the capacity of the mechanical cooling directly based on
occupied space temperature shall (i) have a minimum of 2 stages of fan control with no more than 66percent
speed when operating on stage 1; and (ii) draw no more than 40 percent of the fan power at full fan speed, when
operating at 66 percent speed.
2. All other systems, including but not limited to DX cooling systems and chilled water systems that control the
space temperature by modulating the airflow to the space, shall have proportional fan control such that at 50
percent air flow the power draw is no more than 30 percent of the fan power at full fan speed.
3. Systems that include an air side economizer to meet 140.4(e)1 shall have a minimum of 2 speeds of fan control
during economizer operation.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.4(m): Modulating fan control is not required for chilled water systems with all fan
motors <1 HP, or for evaporative systems with all fan motors < 1 HP, if the systems are not used to provide
ventilation air and all indoor fans cycle with the load.

TABLE 140.4-D EFFECTIVE DATES FOR FAN CONTROL SYSTEMS

Cooling System Type Fan Motor Size Cooling Capacity Effective Date
≥ 110,000 Btu/hr 1/1/2012
DX Cooling any ≥ 75,000 Btu/hr 1/1/2014
≥ 65,000 Btu/hr 1/1/2016
≥ 5 HP any 1/1/2010
Chilled Water and
≥ 1 HP any 1/1/2014
Evaporative
≥ 1/4 HP any 1/1/2016

SECTION 140.5 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE WATER

HEATING SYSTEMS
(a) Nonresidential Occupancies. A service water heating system installed in a nonresidential building complies with this
section if it complies with the applicable requirements of Sections 110.1, 110.3 and 120.3.
(b) High-Rise Residential and Hotel/Motel Occupancies. A service water heating system installed in a high-rise
residential or hotel/motel building complies with this section if it meets the requirements of Section 150.1(c)8.
SECTION 140.6 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR INDOOR

LIGHTING
A building complies with this section if:
i. The Calculation of Actual Indoor Lighting Power Density of all proposed building areas combined, calculated
under Subsection (a) is no greater than the Density Calculation of Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density,
Specific Methodologies calculated under Subsection (c); and
ii. The Calculation of Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density, General Rules comply with Subsection (b); and
iii. General lighting complies with the Automatic Daylighting Controls in Secondary Daylit Zone requirements in
Subsection (d).
(a) Calculation of Actual Indoor Lighting Power Density. The actual indoor Lighting Power Density of all proposed
building areas is the total watts of all planned permanent and portable lighting systems in all areas of the proposed
building; subject to the applicable adjustments under Subdivisions 1 through 3 of this subsection and the requirements
of Subdivision 4 of this subsection.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.6(a): Up to 0.3 watts per square foot of portable lighting for office areas shall not be
required to be included in the calculation of actual indoor Lighting Power Density.
1. Two interlocked lighting systems: No more than two lighting systems may be used for an area, and if there are
two they must be interlocked. Where there are two interlocked lighting systems, the watts of the lower wattage
system may be excluded from the actual indoor Lighting Power Density if:
A. An Installation Certificate detailing compliance with Section 140.6(a)1 is submitted in accordance with
Section 10-103 and Section 130.4; and
B. The area or areas served by the interlocking systems is an auditorium, a convention center, a conference
room, a multipurpose room, or a theater; and
C. The two lighting systems are interlocked with a Nonprogrammable Double-Throw Switch to prevent
simultaneous operation of both systems.
For compliance with Part 6 a Nonprogrammable Double-Throw Switch is an electrical switch commonly
called a "single pole double throw" or "three-way" switch that is wired as a selector switch allowing one of
two loads to be enabled. It can be a line voltage switch or a low voltage switch selecting between two relays.
It cannot be overridden or changed in any manner that would permit both loads to operate simultaneously.
2. Reduction of wattage through controls. In calculating actual indoor Lighting Power Density, the installed
watts of a luminaire providing general lighting in an area listed in TABLE 140.6-A may be reduced by the
product of (i) the number of watts controlled as described in TABLE 140.6-A, times (ii) the applicable Power
Adjustment Factor (PAF), if all of the following conditions are met:
A. An Installation Certificate is submitted in accordance with Section 130.4(b); and
SECTION 140.5 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE WATER HEATING SYSTEMS

B. Luminaires and controls meet the applicable requirements of Section 110.9, and Sections 130.0 through
130.5; and
C. The controlled lighting is permanently installed general lighting systems and the controls are permanently
installed nonresidential-rated lighting controls. (Thus, for example, portable lighting, portable lighting
controls, and residential rated lighting controls shall not qualify for PAFs.)
When used for determining PAFs for general lighting in offices, furniture mounted luminaires that comply
with all of the following conditions shall qualify as permanently installed general lighting systems:
i. The furniture mounted luminaires shall be permanently installed no later than the time of building permit
inspection; and
ii. The furniture mounted luminaires shall be permanently hardwired; and
iii. The furniture mounted lighting system shall be designed to provide indirect general lighting; and
iv. Before multiplying the installed watts of the furniture mounted luminaire by the applicable PAF, 0.3
watts per square foot of the area illuminated by the furniture mounted luminaires shall be subtracted
from installed watts of the furniture mounted luminaires; and
v. The lighting control for the furniture mounted luminaire complies with all other applicable requirements
in Section 140.6(a)2.
D. At least 50 percent of the light output of the controlled luminaire is within the applicable area listed in
TABLE 140.6-A. Luminaires on lighting tracks shall be within the applicable area in order to qualify for a
PAF.
E. Only one PAF from TABLE 140.6-A may be used for each qualifying luminaire. PAFs shall not be added
together unless allowed in TABLE 140.6-A.
F. Only lighting wattage directly controlled in accordance with Section 140.6(a)2 shall be used to reduce the
calculated actual indoor Lighting Power Densities as allowed by Section 140.6(a)2. If only a portion of the
wattage in a luminaire is controlled in accordance to Section 140.6(a)2, then only that portion of controlled
wattage may be reduced in calculating actual indoor Lighting Power Density.
G. Lighting controls used to qualify for a PAF shall be designed and installed in addition to manual, multi-level,
and automatic lighting controls required in Section 130.1, and in addition to any other lighting controls
required by any provision of Part 6.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.6(a)2G: Lighting controls designed and installed for the sole purpose of
compliance with Section 130.1(b)3 may be used to qualify for a PAF, provided the lighting controls are
designed and installed in addition to all manual, and automatic lighting controls otherwise required in
Section 130.1.
H. To qualify for the PAF for a Partial-ON Occupant Sensing Control in TABLE 140.6-A, a Partial-On
Occupant Sensing Control shall meet all of the following requirements:
i. The control shall automatically deactivate all of the lighting power in the area within 30 minutes after
the room has been vacated; and
ii. The first stage shall automatically activate between 30-70 percent of the lighting power in the area and
may be a switching or dimming system; and
iii. The second stage shall require manual activation of the alternate set of lights, and this manual-ON
requirements shall not be capable of conversion from manual-ON to automatic-ON functionality via
manual switches or dip switches; and
iv. Switches shall be located in accordance with Section 130.1(a) and shall allow occupants to manually do
all of the following regardless of the sensor status: activate the alternate set of lights in accordance with
item (iii); activate 100 percent of the lighting power; and deactivate all of the lights.
SECTION 140.6 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR INDOOR LIGHTING

I. To qualify for the PAF for an occupant sensing control controlling the general lighting in large open plan
office areas above workstations, in accordance with TABLE 140.6-A, the following requirements shall be
met:
i. The open plan office area shall be greater than 250 square feet; and
ii. This PAF shall be available only in office areas which contain workstations; and
iii. Controlled luminaires shall only be those which provide general lighting directly above the controlled
area, or furniture mounted luminaires that comply with Section 140.6(a)2 and provide general lighting
directly above the controlled area; and
iv. Qualifying luminaires shall be controlled by occupant sensing controls that meet all of the following
requirements, as applicable:
a. Infra-red sensors shall be equipped by the manufacturer, of fitted in the field by the installer, with
lenses or shrouds to prevent them from being triggered by movement outside of the controlled area.
b. Ultrasonic sensors shall be tuned to reduce their sensitivity to prevent them from being triggered by
movements outside of the controlled area.
c. All other sensors shall be installed and adjusted as necessary to prevent them from being triggered
by movements outside of the controlled area.
J. To qualify for the PAF for a Manual Dimming System PAF or a Multiscene Programmable Dimming System
PAF in TABLE 140.6-A, the lighting shall be controlled with a control that can be manually operated by the
user.
K. To qualify for the PAF for a Demand Responsive Control in TABLE 140.6-A, a Demand Responsive
Control shall meet all of the following requirements:
i. The building shall be 10,000 square feet or smaller; and
ii. The controlled lighting shall be capable of being automatically reduced in response to a demand
response signal; and
iii. Lighting shall be reduced in a manner consistent with uniform level of illumination requirements in
TABLE 130.1-A; and
iv. Spaces that are non-habitable shall not be used to comply with this requirement, and spaces with a
lighting power density of less than 0.5 watts per square foot shall not be counted toward the building’s
total lighting power.
L. To qualify for the PAF for Combined Manual Dimming plus Partial-ON Occupant Sensing Control in
TABLE 140.6-A, (i) the lighting controls shall comply with the applicable requirements in Section
140.6(a)2J; and (ii) the lighting shall be controlled with a dimmer control that can be manually operated, or
with a multi-scene programmable control that can be manually operated.
3. Lighting wattage excluded. The watts of the following indoor lighting applications may be excluded from actual
indoor Lighting Power Density. (Indoor lighting not listed below shall comply with all applicable nonresidential
indoor lighting requirements in Part 6.):
A. In theme parks: Lighting for themes and special effects.
B. Studio lighting for film or photography provided that these lighting systems are in addition to and separately
switched from a general lighting system.
C. Lighting for dance floors, lighting for theatrical and other live performances, and theatrical lighting used for
religious worship, provided that these lighting systems are additions to a general lighting system and are
separately controlled by a multiscene or theatrical cross-fade control station accessible only to authorized
operators.
D. In civic facilities, transportation facilities, convention centers, and hotel function areas: Lighting for
temporary exhibits, if the lighting is an addition to a general lighting system and is separately controlled from
a panel accessible only to authorized operators.

E. Lighting installed by the manufacturer in walk-in freezers, vending machines, food preparation equipment,
and scientific and industrial equipment.
F. In medical and clinical buildings: Examination and surgical lights, low-ambient night-lights, and lighting
integral to medical equipment, provided that these lighting systems are additions to and separately switched
from a general lighting system.
G. Lighting for plant growth or maintenance, if it is controlled by a multi-level astronomical time-switch control
that complies with the applicable provisions of Section 110.9.
H. Lighting equipment that is for sale.
I. Lighting demonstration equipment in lighting education facilities.
J. Lighting that is required for exit signs subject to the CBC. Exit signs shall meet the requirements of the
K. Exitway or egress illumination that is normally off and that is subject to the CBC.
L. In hotel/motel buildings: Lighting in guestrooms (lighting in hotel/motel guestrooms shall comply with
Section 130.0(b). (Indoor lighting not in guestrooms shall comply with all applicable nonresidential lighting
requirements in Part 6.)
M. In high-rise residential buildings: Lighting in dwelling units (Lighting in high-rise residential dwelling units
shall comply with Section 130.0(b).) (Indoor lighting not in dwelling units shall comply with all applicable
nonresidential lighting requirements in Part 6.)
N. Temporary lighting systems. (As defined in Section 100.1.)
O. Lighting in occupancy group U buildings less than 1,000 square feet.
P. Lighting in unconditioned agricultural buildings less than 2,500 square feet.
Q. Lighting systems in qualified historic buildings, as defined in the State Historic Building Code (Title 24, Part
8), are exempt from the Lighting Power Density allowances, if they consist solely of historic lighting
components or replicas of historic lighting components. If lighting systems in qualified buildings contain
some historic lighting components or replicas of historic components, combined with other lighting
components, only those historic or historic replica components are exempt. All other lighting systems in
qualified historic buildings shall comply with the Lighting Power Density allowances.
R. Lighting in nonresidential parking garages for seven or less vehicles: Lighting in nonresidential parking
garages for seven or less vehicles shall comply with the applicable residential parking garage provisions of
Section 150.0(k).
S. Lighting for signs: Lighting for signs shall comply with Section 140.8.
T. Lighting for automatic teller machines that are located inside parking garages.
U. Lighting in refrigerated cases less than 3,000 square feet. (Lighting in refrigerated cases less than 3,000
square feet shall comply with the Title 20 Appliance Efficiency Regulations).
V. Lighting in elevators where the lighting meets the requirements of ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1, 2010.
4. Luminaire Classification and Power. Luminaire Classification and Power shall be determined in accordance
with Section 130.0(c).
(b) Calculation of Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density: General Rules
1. The allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density allotment for conditioned areas shall be calculated separately from
the allowed Lighting Power Density allotment for unconditioned areas. Each allotment is applicable solely to the
area to which it applies, and there shall be no trade-offs between conditioned and unconditioned area allotments.
2. Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density allotment shall be calculated separately from the allowed Outdoor
Lighting Power Density allotment. Each allotment is applicable solely to the area to which it applies, and there
shall be no trade-offs between the separate Indoor and Outdoor allotments.

3. The Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density allotment for general lighting shall be calculated as follows:
A. The Complete Building Method, as described in Section 140.6(c)1, shall be used only for an entire building,
except as permitted by Section 140.6(c)1. As described more fully in Section 140.6(c)1, and subject to the
adjustments listed there, the Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density allotment for general lighting for the
entire building shall be calculated as follows:
i. For a conditioned building, the product of the square feet of conditioned space of the building times the
applicable allotment of watts per square foot described in TABLE 140.6-B.
ii. For an unconditioned building, the product of the square foot of unconditioned space of the building
times the applicable allotment of watts per square feet described in TABLE 140.6-B.
B. The Area Category Method, as described in Section 140.6(c)2, shall be used either by itself for all areas in
the building, or when some areas in the building use the Tailored Method described in Section 140.6(c)3.
Under the Area Category Method (either by itself or in conjunction with the Tailored Method), as described
more fully in Section 140.6(c)2, and subject to the adjustments listed there, the allowed Indoor Lighting
Power Density allotment for general lighting shall be calculated for each area in the building as follows:
i. For conditioned areas, by multiplying the conditioned square feet of the area times the applicable
allotment of watts per square foot for the area shown in TABLE 140.6-C (or TABLE 140.6-D if the
Tailored Method is used for that area).
ii. For unconditioned areas, by multiplying the unconditioned square feet of the area times the applicable
allotment of watts per square foot for the area shown in TABLE 140.6-C (or TABLE 140.6-D if the
Tailored Method is used for that area).
The Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density allotment for general lighting for one area for which the Area
Category Method was used may be increased up to the amount that the Allowed Indoor Lighting Power
Density allotment for general lighting for another area using the Area Category Method or Tailored Method
is decreased, except that such increases and decreases shall not be made between conditioned and
unconditioned space.
C. The Tailored Method, as described in Section 140.6(c)3, shall be used either by itself for all areas in the
building, or when some areas in the building use the Area Category Method described in Section 140.6(c)2.
Under the Tailored Method (either by itself or in conjunction with the Area Category Method) as described
more fully in Section 140.6(c)3, and subject to the adjustments listed there, allowed Indoor Lighting Power
Density allotment for general lighting shall be calculated for each area in the building as follows:
i. For conditioned areas, by multiplying the conditioned square feet of the area times the applicable
allotment of watts per square foot for the area shown in TABLE140.6-D (or TABLE140.6-C if the Area
Category Method is used for that area);
ii For unconditioned areas, by multiplying the unconditioned square feet of the area times the applicable
allotment of watts per square foot for the area shown in TABLE140.6-D (or TABLE140.6-C if the Area
Category Method is used for that area);
The Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density allotment for general lighting for one area for which the
Tailored Method was used may be increased up to the amount that the Allowed Indoor Power Lighting
Density for general lighting for another area is decreased, but only if the Tailored Method or Area Category
Method was used for the other area, except that such increases and decreases shall not be made between
conditioned and unconditioned space.
D. If the Area Category Method is used for an area, the Tailored Method may not be used for that area. If the
Tailored Method is used for an area, the Area Category Method may not be used for that area.
4. Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density allotments for all lighting power allotments other than general lighting shall be
restricted as follows:
A. When using the Area Category Method, allowed Indoor Lighting Power allotments for specialized task work;
ornamental; precision commercial and industrial work; white board or chalk board; accent, display and
feature; decorative; or Videoconferencing Studio; may not be increased as a result of, or otherwise traded off
against, decreasing any other allotment; and

B. When using the Tailored Method, allowed Indoor Lighting Power allotments for wall display; floor display
and task; ornamental/special effect; or very valuable display case; may not be increased, or otherwise traded
between any of the separate allotments.
(c) Calculation of Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density: Specific Methodologies. The allowed indoor Lighting
Power Density for each building type, or each primary function area shall be calculated using only one of the methods
in Subsection 1, 2 or 3 below as applicable.
1. Complete Building Method. Requirements for using the Complete Building Method include all of the following:
A. The Complete Building Method shall be used only for building types, as defined in Section 100.1, that are
specifically listed in TABLE 140.6-B. (For example, retail and wholesale stores, hotel/motel, and high-rise
residential buildings shall not use this method.)
B. The Complete Building Method shall be used only on projects involving:
i. Entire buildings with one type of use occupancy; or
EXCEPTION to Section 140.6(c)1Bi: If a parking garage plus another type of use listed in TABLE
140.6-B are part of a single building, the parking garage portion of the building and other type of use
portion of the building shall each separately use the Complete Building Method.
ii. Mixed occupancy buildings where one type of use makes up at least 90 percent of the entire building (in
which case, when applying the Complete Building Method, it shall be assumed that the primary use is
100 percent of the building); or
iii. A tenant space where one type of use makes up at least 90 percent of the entire tenant space (in which
case, when applying the Complete Building Method, it shall be assumed that the primary use is 100
percent of the tenant space).
C. The Complete Building Method shall be used only when the applicant is applying for a lighting permit and
submits plans and specifications for the entire building or the entire tenant space.
D. Under the Complete Building Method, the allowed indoor Lighting Power allotment is the Lighting Power
Density value times the floor area of the entire building.
2. Area Category Method. Requirements for using the Area Category Method include all of the following:
A. The Area Category Method shall be used only for primary function areas, as defined in Section 100.1, that
are listed in TABLE 140.6-C.
B. Primary Function Areas in TABLE 140.6-C shall not apply to a complete building. Each primary function
area shall be determined as a separate area.
C. For purposes of compliance with Section 140.6(c)2, an "area" shall be defined as all contiguous areas which
accommodate or are associated with a single primary function area listed in TABLE 146.0-C.
D. Where areas are bounded or separated by interior partitions, the floor area occupied by those interior
partitions may be included in a Primary Function Area.
E. If at the time of permitting for a newly constructed building, a tenant is not identified for a multi-tenant area,
a maximum of 0.6 watts per square foot shall be allowed for the lighting in each area in which a tenant has
not been identified. The area shall be classified as Unleased Tenant Area.
F. Under the Area Category Method, the allowed indoor Lighting Power Density for each primary area is the
Lighting Power Density value in TABLE 140.6-C times the square feet of the primary function. The total
allowed indoor Lighting Power Density for the building is the sum of all allowed indoor Lighting Power
Densities for all areas in the building.
G. In addition to the allowed indoor Lighting Power Density calculated according to Sections 140.6(c)2. A
through F, the building may add additional lighting power allowances for specialized task work, ornamental,
precision, accent, display, decorative, and white boards and chalk boards, in accordance with the footnotes in
TABLE 140.6-C under the following conditions:

i. Only primary function areas having a footnote next to the allowed Lighting Power Density allotments in
TABLE 140.6-C shall qualify for the added lighting power allowances in accordance with the correlated
footnote listed at the bottom of the table; and
ii. The additional lighting power allowances shall be used only if the plans clearly identify all applicable
task areas and the lighting equipment designed to illuminate these tasks; and
iii. Tasks that are performed less than two hours per day or poor quality tasks that can be improved are not
eligible for the additional lighting power allowances; and
iv. The additional lighting power allowances shall not utilize any type of luminaires that are used for
general lighting in the building; and
v. The additional lighting power allowances shall not be used when using the Complete Building Method,
or when the Tailored Method is used for any area in the building; and
vi. The additional lighting power allowed is the smaller of lighting power listed in the applicable footnote in
TABLE 140.6-C, or the actual design wattage; and
vii. In addition to all other additional lighting power allowed under Sections 140.6(c)2Gi through vi, up to
1.5 watts per square foot of additional lighting power shall be allowed in a videoconferencing studio, as
defined in Section 100.1, provided the following conditions are met:
a. A completed and signed Installation Certificate is prepared and submitted in accordance with
Section 130.4(b), specifically detailing compliance with the applicable requirements of Section
140.6(c)2Gvii; and
b. The Videoconferencing Studio is a room with permanently installed videoconferencing cameras,
audio equipment, and playback equipment for both audio-based and video-based two-way
communication between local and remote sites; and
c. General lighting is switched in accordance with TABLE 130.1-A; and
d. Wall wash lighting is separately switched from the general lighting system; and
e. All of the lighting in the studio, including general lighting and additional lighting power allowed by
Section 140.6(c)2Gvii is controlled by a multiscene programmable control system (also known as a
scene preset control system).
3. Tailored Method. Requirements for using the Tailored Method include all of the following:
A. The Tailored Method shall be used only for primary function areas listed in TABLE 140.6-D, as defined in
Section 100.1, and for IES allowances listed in Section 140.6(c)3H.
B. Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density allotments for general lighting shall be determined according to
Section 140.6(c)3G or H, as applicable. General lighting shall not qualify for a mounting height multiplier.
C. For compliance with this item, an "area" shall be defined as all contiguous areas which accommodate or are
associated with a single primary function area listed in TABLE 140.6-D.
D. Where areas are bounded or separated by interior partitions, the floor area occupied by those interior
partitions may be included in a Primary Function Area.
E. In addition to the allowed indoor Lighting Power Density allotments for general lighting calculated
according to Sections 140.6(c)3G or H, as applicable, the building may add additional lighting power
allowances for wall display, floor display and task lighting, ornamental/special effects, and very valuable
display cases according to Section 140.6(c)3I through L.
F. The general lighting system shall not use narrow beam direction lamps, wall-washer, valance, direct cove, or
perimeter linear slot types of lighting systems.
G. Determine allowed indoor Lighting Power Density allotments for general lighting for primary function areas
listed in TABLE 140.6-D as follows:

i. Use the IES Illuminance values (Lux) listed in Column 2 to determine the Allowed General Lighting
Power Density allotments for the area.
ii. Determine the room cavity ratio (RCR) for the area. The RCR shall be calculated according to the
applicable equation in TABLE 140.6-F.
iii. Find the allowed Lighting Power Density allotments in TABLE 140.6-G that is applicable to the IES
illuminance value (Lux) from Column 2 of Table 140.6-D (as described in item i.) and the RCR
determined in accordance with TABLE 140.6-F (as described in item ii).
iv. Determine the square feet of the area in accordance with Section 140.6(c)3C and D.
v. Multiply the allowed Lighting Power Density allotment, as determined in accordance with item iii by the
square feet of each primary function area, as determined in accordance with item iv. The product is the
Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density allotment for general lighting for the area.
H. Determine allowed indoor Lighting Power Density allotments for general lighting for only specific primary
function areas NOT listed in TABLE 140.6-D as follows:
i. Use this Section only to calculate allowed indoor lighting power densities for general lighting in the
following primary function areas. Do not use Section 140.6(c)3H for any primary function areas NOT
listed below:
a. Exercise Center, Gymnasium
b. Medical and Clinical Care
c. Police Stations and Fire Stations
d. Public rest areas along state and federal roadways
e. Other primary function areas that are not listed in TABLE140.6-D
ii. When calculating allowed indoor Lighting Power Density allotments for general lighting using Section
140.6(c)3H, the building shall not add additional lighting power allowances for any other use, including
but not limited to wall display, floor display and task, ornamental/special effects, and very valuable
display case lighting.
iii. Calculate the allowed indoor Lighting Power Density for each primary function area in the building as
follows:
a. Determine the illuminance values (Lux) for according to the Tenth Edition IES Lighting Handbook
(IES HB), using the Recommended Horizontal Maintained Illuminance Targets for Observers 25-65
years old for illuminance.
b. Determine the room cavity ratio (RCR) for area. The RCR shall be calculated according to the
applicable equation in TABLE 140.6-F.
c. Find the allowed lighting power density in TABLE 140.6-G that is applicable to the illuminance
value (Lux) determined in accordance with item (a) and the RCR determined in accordance with
item (b).
d. Determine the square feet of the area. For compliance with this item, an "area" shall be defined as
all contiguous areas which accommodate or are associated with a single primary function area listed
in item (i). Where areas are bounded or separated by interior partitions, the floor area occupied by
those interior partitions may be included in a Primary Function Area.
e. Multiply the square feet determined in accordance with item (d), by the allowed lighting power
density determined in accordance with item (c). The product is the Allowed Indoor Lighting Power
Density allotment for general lighting for the area.
I. Determine additional allowed power for wall display lighting according to column 3 of Table 140.6-D for
each primary function area as follows:

i. Additional wall display lighting power shall not be available when using Section 140.6(c)3H for
determining the Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density allotment for general lighting for the area.
ii. Floor displays shall not qualify for wall display allowances.
iii. Qualifying wall lighting shall:
a. Be mounted within 10 feet of the wall having the wall display. When track lighting is used for wall
display, and where portions of that lighting track are more than 10 feet from the wall and other
portions are within 10 feet of the wall, portions of track more than 10 feet from the wall shall not be
used for the wall display allowance.
b. Be a lighting system type appropriate for wall lighting. Lighting systems appropriate for wall
lighting are lighting track adjacent to the wall, wall-washer luminaires, luminaires behind a wall
valance or wall cove, or accent light. (Accent luminaires are adjustable or fixed luminaires with
PAR, R, MR, AR, or other directional lamp types.)
iv. Additional allowed power for wall display lighting is available only for lighting that illuminates walls
having wall displays. The length of display walls shall include the length of the perimeter walls,
including but not limited to closable openings and permanent full height interior partitions. Permanent
full height interior partitions are those that (I) extend from the floor to no more than two feet of the
ceiling or are taller than ten feet, and (II) are permanently anchored to the floor, provided, however, that
neither commercial industrial stacks nor industrial storage stacks are permanent full height interior
partitions.
v. The wall display mounting height multiplier is the applicable factor from TABLE 140.6-E. Mounting
height is the distance from the finished floor to the bottom of the luminaire. Wall display lighting with
varying mounting heights shall be separately determined under item vi.
vi. The additional allowed power for wall display lighting shall be the smaller of:
a. The product of wall display power determined in accordance with TABLE 140.6-D, times the wall
display lengths determined in accordance with item iv, times the mounting height multiplier
determined in accordance with item v; or
b. The actual power used for the wall display lighting systems.
J. Determine additional allowed power for floor display lighting and task lighting as follows:
i. Neither additional allowed power for floor display lighting nor additional allowed power for task
lighting shall be available when using Section 140.6(c)3H for determining allowed indoor Lighting
Power Density allotment for general lighting.
ii. Displays that are installed against a wall shall not qualify for the floor display lighting power
allowances.
iii. Lighting internal to display cases shall be counted as floor display lighting in accordance with Section
140.6(c)3J; or very valuable display case lighting in accordance with Section 140.6(c)3Liii and iv.
iv. Additional allowed power for floor display lighting, and additional allowed power for task lighting, may
be used by qualifying floor display lighting systems, qualifying task lighting systems, or a combination
of both. For floor areas qualifying for both floor display and task lighting power allowances, the
additional allowed power shall be used only once for the same floor area, so that the allowance shall not
be additive.
v. Qualifying floor display lighting shall:
a. Be mounted no closer than 2 feet to a wall.
b. Consist of only (I) directional lighting types, such as PAR, R, MR, AR; or (II) lighting employing
optics providing directional display light from non-directional lamps.
c. If track lighting is used, shall be only track heads that are classified as direction lighting types.
vi. Qualifying task lighting shall:

a. Be located immediately adjacent to and capable of illuminating the task for which it is installed.
b. Be of a type different from the general lighting system.
c. Be separately switched from the general lighting system.
vii. If there are illuminated floor displays, floor display lighting power shall be used only if allowed by
column 4 of TABLE 140.6-D.
viii. Additional allowed power for a combination of floor display lighting and task lighting shall be available
only for (I) floors having floor displays; or (II) floors not having floor displays but having tasks having
illuminance recommendations that appear in the Tenth Edition of the IES Lighting Handbook and that
are higher than the general lighting level in column 2 of TABLE 140.6-D. The square footage of floor
display or the square footage of task areas shall be determined in accordance with Section 140.6(c)3C
and D, except that any floor area designed to not have floor displays or tasks, such as floor areas
designated as a path of egress, shall not be included for the floor display allowance.
ix. For floor display lighting where the bottom of the luminaire is 12 feet or higher above the finished floor,
the wattage allowed in column 4 of TABLE 140.6-D may be increased by multiplying the floor display
lighting power allowance by the appropriate factor from TABLE 140.6-E
Luminaire mounting height is the distance from the finished floor to the bottom of the luminaire. Wall
display lighting with varying mounting heights shall be separately determined under item x.
x. The additional allowed power for floor display lighting for each applicable area shall be the smaller of:
a. The product of allowed floor display and task lighting power determined in accordance with Section
140.6(c)3Jvii times the floor square footage determined in accordance with Section 140.6(c)3Jviii
times the height multiplier if appropriate in accordance with Section 140.6(c)3Jix; or
b. The actual power used for the floor display lighting systems.
K. Determine additional allowed power for ornamental/special effects lighting as follows:
i. Additional allowed power for ornamental/special effects lighting shall not be available when using
Section 140.6(c)3H for determining general Lighting Power Density allowances.
ii. Qualifying ornamental lighting includes luminaires such as chandeliers, sconces, lanterns, neon and cold
cathode, light emitting diodes, theatrical projectors, moving lights, and light color panels when any of
those lights are used in a decorative manner that does not serve as display lighting or general lighting.
iii. Additional lighting power for ornamental/special effects lighting shall be used only if allowed by
column 5 of TABLE 140.6-D.
iv. Additional lighting power for ornamental/special effects lighting shall be used only in areas having
ornamental/special effects lighting. The square footage of the floor area shall be determined in
accordance with Section 140.6(c)3C and D, and it shall not include floor areas not having
ornamental/special effects lighting.
v. The additional allowed power for ornamental/special effects lighting for each applicable area shall be the
smaller of:
a. The product of the allowed ornamental/special effects lighting power determined in accordance with
Section 140.6(c)3Kiii, times floor square footage determined in accordance with Section
140.6(c)3Kiv; or
b. The actual power of allowed ornamental/special effects lighting.
L. Determine additional allowed power for very valuable display case lighting as follows:
i. Additional allowed power for very valuable display case lighting shall not be available when using
Section 140.6(c)3H for determining general Lighting Power Density allowances.
ii. Additional allowed power for very valuable display case lighting shall be available only for display
cases in appropriate function areas in retail merchandise sales, museum, and religious worship.

iii. To qualify for additional allowed power for very valuable display case lighting, a case shall contain
jewelry, coins, fine china, fine crystal, precious stones, silver, small art objects and artifacts, and/or
valuable collections the display of which involves customer inspection of very fine detail from outside
of a locked case.
iv. Qualifying lighting includes internal display case lighting or external lighting employing highly
directional luminaires specifically designed to illuminate the case or inspection area without spill light,
and shall not be fluorescent lighting unless installed inside of a display case.
v. If there is qualifying very valuable display case lighting, in accordance with Section 140.6(c)3Liii, the
smallest of the following separate lighting power for display cases presenting very valuable display
items is permitted:
a. The product of the area of the primary function and 0.8 watt per square foot; or
b. The product of the area of the display case and 12 watts per square foot; or
c. The actual power of lighting for very valuable displays.
(d) Automatic Daylighting Controls in Secondary Daylit Zones. All luminaires providing general lighting that is in, or
partially in a Secondary Sidelit Daylit Zone as defined in Section 130.1(d)1C, and that is not in a Primary Sidelit
Daylit Zone shall:
1. Be controlled independently from all other luminaires by automatic daylighting controls that meet the applicable
requirements of Section 110.9; and
2. Be controlled in accordance with the applicable requirements in Section 130.1(d)2; and
3. All Secondary Sidelit Daylit Zones shall be shown on the plans submitted to the enforcing agency.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.6(d): Luminaires in Secondary Sidelit Daylit Zone(s) in areas where the total wattage of
general lighting is less than 120 Watts.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.6(d): Luminaires in parking garages complying with Section 130.1(d)3.
TABLE 140.6-A LIGHTING POWER DENSITY ADJUSTMENT FACTORS (PAF)

TYPE OF CONTROL TYPE OF AREA FACTOR
a. To qualify for any of the Power Adjustment Factors in this table, the installation shall comply with the applicable requirements in Section 140.6(a)2
b. Only one PAF may be used for each qualifying luminaire unless combined below.
c. Lighting controls that are required for compliance with Part 6 shall not be eligible for a PAF
Any area ≤ 250 square feet enclosed by floor-to-ceiling partitions; any size
1. Partial-ON Occupant Sensing Control 0.20
classroom, conference or waiting room.
No larger than 125 square feet 0.40
In open plan offices > 250 square
2. Occupant Sensing Controls in Large Open
feet: One sensor controlling an From 126 to 250 square feet 0.30
Plan Offices
area that is:
From 251 to 500 square feet 0.20
3. Dimming Manual Dimming 0.10
Hotels/motels, restaurants, auditoriums, theaters
System Multiscene Programmable 0.20
All building types less than 10,000 square feet.
4. Demand Responsive Control Luminaires that qualify for other PAFs in this table may also qualify for this 0.05
demand responsive control PAF
5. Combined Manual Dimming plus Partial-ON Any area ≤ 250 square feet enclosed by floor-to-ceiling partitions; any size
0.25
Occupant Sensing Control classroom, conference or waiting room

TABLE 140.6-B COMPLETE BUILDING METHOD LIGHTING POWER DENSITY VALUES

ALLOWED LIGHTING POWER DENSITY
TYPE OF BUILDING
(WATTS PER SQUARE FOOT)
Auditorium Building 1.5
Classroom Building 1.1
Commercial and Industrial Storage Building 0.6
Convention Center Building 1.2
Financial Institution Building 1.1
General Commercial Building/Industrial Work Building 1.0
Grocery Store Building 1.5
Library Building 1.3
Medical Building/Clinic Building 1.1
Office Building 0.8
Parking Garage Building 0.2
Religious Facility Building 1.6
Restaurant Building 1.2
School Building 1.0
Theater Building 1.3
All others buildings 0.6
TABLE 140.6-C AREA CATEGORY METHOD - LIGHTING POWER DENSITY VALUES (WATTS/FT²)
ALLOWED
ALLOWED LIGHTING
PRIMARY FUNCTION AREA LIGHTING PRIMARY FUNCTION AREA
POWER (W/ft²)
POWER (W/ft²)
3 3
Auditorium Area 1.5 Library Area Reading areas 1.2
2 3
Auto Repair Area 0.9 Stack areas 1.5
3
Beauty Salon Area 1.7 Lobby Area Hotel lobby 1.1
3 3
Civic Meeting Place Area 1.3 Main entry lobby 1.5
Classroom, Lecture, Training, Vocational 5 Locker/Dressing Room
1.2 0.8
Areas
Commercial and Industrial Storage Areas Lounge Area 3
0.6 1.1
(conditioned and unconditioned)
Commercial and Industrial Storage Areas Malls and Atria 3
0.7 1.2
(refrigerated)
Convention, Conference, Multipurpose 3 Medical and Clinical Care Area
1.4 1.2
and Meeting Center Areas
Corridor, Restroom, Stair, and Support Office Area > 250 square feet
0.6 0.75
Areas
3
Dining Area 1.1 ≤ 250 square feet 1.0
Electrical, Mechanical, Telephone 2 Parking Garage Area Parking Area
0.7 0.14
Rooms
Exercise Center, Gymnasium Areas 1.0 Dedicated Ramps 0.3
Exhibit, Museum Areas Daylight Adaptation
2.0 0.6
Zones 9
3 3
Financial Transaction Area 1.2 Religious Worship Area 1.5
General Low bay 2 Retail Merchandise Sales, Wholesale 6 and 7
0.9 1.2
Commercial Showroom Areas
and Industrial 2
High bay 1.0
Work Areas
4 3
Precision 1.2 Theater Area Motion picture 0.9

6 and 7 3
Grocery Sales Area 1.2 Performance 1.4
3
Hotel Function Area 1.5 Transportation Function Area 1.2
8
Kitchen, Food Preparation Areas 1.6 Videoconferencing Studio 1.2
1 3
Laboratory Area, Scientific 1.4 Waiting Area 1.1
Laundry Area 0.9 All other areas 0.6
Footnotes for this table are listed below.
FOOTNOTES FOR TABLE 140.6-C:
See Section 140.6(c)2 for an explanation of additional lighting power available for specialized task work, ornamental, precision, accent, display,
decorative, and white boards and chalk boards, in accordance with the footnotes in this table. The smallest of the added lighting power listed in each
footnote below, or the actual design wattage, may be added to the allowed lighting power only when using the Area Category Method of compliance.
Footnote Type of lighting system allowed Maximum allowed added lighting power. (W/ft2 of task
number area unless otherwise noted)
1 Specialized task work 0.2 W/ft2
2 Specialized task work 0.5 W/ft2
3 Ornamental lighting as defined in Section 100.1 and in accordance with 0.5 W/ft2
Section 140.6.(c)2.
4 Precision commercial and industrial work 1.0 W/ft2
5 Per linear foot of white board or chalk board. 5.5 W per linear foot
6 Accent, display and feature lighting - luminaires shall be adjustable or 0.3 W/ft2
directional
7 Decorative lighting - primary function shall be decorative and shall be in 0.2 W/ft2
addition to general illumination.
8 Additional Videoconferencing Studio lighting complying with all of the 1.5 W/ft2
requirements in Section 140.6(c)2Gvii.
9 Daylight Adaptation Zones shall be no longer than 66 feet from the entrance to the parking garage

TABLE 140.6-D TAILORED METHOD LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES

1 2 3 4 5
Allowed
Combined Floor
General
Wall Display Display Power Allowed Ornamental/ Special
Primary Function Area Illumination
Power (W/ft) and Task Effect Lighting
Level (Lux)
Lighting Power
(W/ft²)
Auditorium Area 300 2.25 0.3 0.5
Civic Meeting Place 300 3.15 0.2 0.5
Convention, Conference, Multipurpose, and
300 2.50 0.4 0.5
Meeting Center Areas
Dining Areas 200 1.50 0.6 0.5
Exhibit, Museum Areas 150 15.0 1.2 0.5
Financial Transaction Area 300 3.15 0.2 0.5
Grocery Store Area 500 8.00 0.9 0.5
Hotel Function Area 400 2.25 0.2 0.5
Lobby Area:
Hotel lobby 200 3.15 0.2 0.5
Main entry lobby 200 0 0.2 0
Lounge Area 200 7.00 0 0.5
Malls and Atria 300 3.50 0.5 0.5
Religious Worship Area 300 1.50 0.5 0.5
Retail Merchandise Sales, and Showroom Areas 400 14.00 1.0 0.5
Theater Area:
Motion picture 200 3.00 0 0.5
Performance 200 6.00 0 0.5
Transportation Function Area 300 3.15 0.3 0.5
Waiting Area 300 3.15 0.2 0.5
TABLE 140.6-E ADJUSTMENTS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT ABOVE FLOOR

Height in feet above finished floor and bottom of
Floor Display or Wall Display – Multiply by
luminaire(s)
< 12' 1.00
12' to 16' 1.15
> 16’ 1.30
TABLE 140.6-F ROOM CAVITY RATIO (RCR) EQUATIONS

Determine the Room Cavity Ratio for TABLE 140.6-G using one of the following equations.
Room cavity ratio for rectangular rooms
5 × H × (L + W )
RCR =
L×W
Room cavity ratio for irregular-shaped rooms
2.5 × H × P
RCR =
A
Where: L =Length of room; W = Width of room; H =Vertical distance from the work plane to the centerline of the lighting fixture; P = Perimeter of
room, and A = Area of room

TABLE 140.6-G ILLUMINANCE LEVEL (LUX) POWER DENSITY VALUES (WATTS/FT²)

Illuminance Level (Lux) RCR ≤ 2.0 RCR > 2.0 and ≤ 3.5 RCR > 3.5 and ≤ 7.0 RCR > 7.0
50 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6
100 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.2
200 0.6 0.8 1.3 1.9
300 0.8 1.0 1.4 2.0
400 0.9 1.1 1.5 2.2
500 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4
600 1.2 1.4 2.0 2.9
700 1.4 1.7 2.3 3.3
800 1.6 1.9 2.6 3.8
900 1.8 2.2 3.0 4.3
1000 1.9 2.4 3.3 4.8

SECTION 140.7 – REQUIREMENTS FOR OUTDOOR LIGHTING
(a) An outdoor lighting installation complies with this section if it meets the requirements in Subsections (b) and (c), and
the actual outdoor lighting power installed is no greater than the allowed outdoor lighting power calculated under
Subsection (d). The allowed outdoor lighting shall be calculated according to Outdoor Lighting Zone in Title 24, Part
1, Section 10-114.
EXCEPTIONS to Section 140.7(a): When more than 50 percent of the light from a luminaire falls within one or
more of the following applications, the lighting power for that luminaire shall be exempt from Section 140.7:
1. Temporary outdoor lighting.
2. Lighting required and regulated by the Federal Aviation Administration, and the Coast Guard.
3. Lighting for public streets, roadways, highways, and traffic signage lighting, including lighting for driveway
entrances occurring in the public right-of-way.
4. Lighting for sports and athletic fields, and children’s playgrounds.
5. Lighting for industrial sites, including but not limited to, rail yards, maritime shipyards and docks, piers and
marinas, chemical and petroleum processing plants, and aviation facilities.
6. Lighting specifically for Automated Teller Machines as required by California Financial Code Section 13040, or
required by law through a local ordinance.
7. Lighting of public monuments.
8. Lighting of signs complying with the requirements of Sections 130.3 and 140.8.
9. Lighting of tunnels, bridges, stairs, wheelchair elevator lifts for American with Disabilities Act (ADA)
compliance, and ramps that are other than parking garage ramps.
10. Landscape lighting.
11. In theme parks: outdoor lighting only for themes and special effects.
12. Lighting for outdoor theatrical and other outdoor live performances, provided that these lighting systems are
additions to area lighting systems and are controlled by a multiscene or theatrical cross-fade control station
accessible only to authorized operators.
13. Outdoor lighting systems for qualified historic buildings, as defined in the California Historic Building Code
(Title 24, Part 8), if they consist solely of historic lighting components or replicas of historic lighting
components. If lighting systems for qualified historic buildings contain some historic lighting components or
replicas of historic components, combined with other lighting components, only those historic or historic replica
components are exempt. All other outdoor lighting systems for qualified historic buildings shall comply with
Section 140.7.
(b) Outdoor Lighting Power Trade-offs. Outdoor lighting power trade-offs shall be determined as follows:
1. Allowed lighting power determined according to Section 140.7(d)1 for general hardscape lighting allowance may
be traded to specific applications in Section 140.7(d)2, provided the hardscape area from which the lighting
power is traded continues to be illuminated in accordance with Section 140.7(d)1A.
2. Allowed lighting power determined according to Section 140.7(d)2 for additional lighting power allowances for
specific applications shall not be traded between specific applications, or to hardscape lighting in Section
140.7(d)1.
3. Trading off lighting power allowances between outdoor and indoor areas shall not be permitted.
(c) Calculation of Actual Lighting Power. The wattage of outdoor luminaires shall be determined in accordance with
Section 130.0(c).

(d) Calculation of Allowed Lighting Power. The allowed lighting power shall be the combined total of the sum of the
general hardscape lighting allowance determined in accordance with Section 140.7(d)1, and the sum of the additional
lighting power allowance for specific applications determined in accordance with Section 140.7(d)2.
1. General Hardscape Lighting Allowance. Determine the general hardscape lighting power allowances as
follows:
A. The general hardscape area of a site shall include parking lot(s), roadway(s), driveway(s), sidewalk(s),
walkway(s), bikeway(s), plaza(s), and other improved area(s) that are illuminated. In plan view of the site,
determine the illuminated hardscape area, which is defined as any hardscape area that is within a square
pattern around each luminaire or pole that is 10 times the luminaire mounting height with the luminaire in the
middle of the pattern, less any areas that are within a building, beyond the hardscape area, beyond property
lines, or obstructed by a structure. The illuminated hardscape area shall include portions of planters and
landscaped areas that are within the lighting application and are less than or equal to 10 feet wide in the short
dimensions and are enclosed by hardscape or other improvement on at least three sides. Multiply the
illuminated hardscape area by the Area Wattage Allowance (AWA) from TABLE 140.7-A for the
appropriate Lighting Zone.
B. Determine the perimeter length of the general hardscape area. The total perimeter shall not include portions
of hardscape that is not illuminated according to Section 140.7(d)1A. Multiply the hardscape perimeter by
the Linear Wattage Allowance (LWA) for hardscape from TABLE 140.7-A for the appropriate lighting zone.
The perimeter length for hardscape around landscaped areas and permanent planters shall be determined as
follows:
i. Landscaped areas completely enclosed within the hardscape area, and which have a width or length less
than 10 feet wide, shall not be added to the hardscape perimeter length.
ii. Landscaped areas completely enclosed within the hardscape area, and which width or length is a
minimum of 10 feet wide, the perimeter of the landscaped areas or permanent planter shall be added to
the hardscape perimeter length.
iii. Landscaped edges that are not abutting the hardscape shall not be added to the hardscape perimeter
length.
C. Determine the Initial Wattage Allowance (IWA) for general hardscape lighting from TABLE 140.7-A for the
appropriate lighting zone. The hardscape area shall be permitted one IWA per site.
D. The general hardscape lighting allowance shall be the sum of the allowed watts determined from (A), (B) and
(C) above.
2. Additional Lighting Power Allowance for Specific Applications. Additional lighting power for specific
applications shall be the smaller of the additional lighting allowances for specific applications determined in
accordance with TABLE 140.7-B for the appropriate lighting zone, or the actual installed lighting power meeting
the requirements for the allowance.
TABLE 140.7-A GENERAL HARDSCAPE LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE

Type of Power Allowance Lighting Zone 1 Lighting Zone 2 Lighting Zone 3 Lighting Zone 4
Area Wattage Allowance (AWA) 0.035 W/ft² 0.045 W/ft² 0.090 W/ft² 0.115 W/ft²
Linear Wattage Allowance (LWA) 0.25 W/lf 0.45 W/lf 0.60 W/lf 0.85 W/lf
Initial Wattage Allowance (IWA) 340 W 510 W 770 W 1030 W

TABLE 140.7-B ADDITIONAL LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS
All area and distance measurements in plan view unless otherwise noted.
Lighting Application Lighting Lighting Lighting Lighting
Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4
WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER APPLICATION. Use all that apply as appropriate.
Building Entrances or Exits. Allowance per door. Luminaires qualifying 30 60 90 90
for this allowance shall be within 20 feet of the door. watts watts watts watts
Primary Entrances to Senior Care Facilities, Police Stations, 45 80 120 130
Hospitals, Fire Stations, and Emergency Vehicle Facilities. Allowance watts watts watts watts
per primary entrance(s) only. Primary entrances shall provide access for
the general public and shall not be used exclusively for staff or service
personnel. This allowance shall be in addition to the building entrance or
exit allowance above. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be
within 100 feet of the primary entrance.
Drive Up Windows. Allowance per customer service location. Luminaires 40 75 125 200
qualifying for this allowance shall be within 2 mounting heights of the sill watts watts watts watts
of the window.
Vehicle Service Station Uncovered Fuel Dispenser. Allowance per 120 175 185 330
fueling dispenser. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be within watts watts watts watts
2 mounting heights of the dispenser.
WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER UNIT LENGTH (w/linear ft). May be used for one or two frontage side(s) per site.
Outdoor Sales Frontage. Allowance for frontage immediately adjacent to No 22.5 36 45
the principal viewing location(s) and unobstructed for its viewing length. Allowance W/linear ft W/linear ft W/linear ft
A corner sales lot may include two adjacent sides provided that a different
principal viewing location exists for each side. Luminaires qualifying for
this allowance shall be located between the principal viewing location and
the frontage outdoor sales area.
WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER HARDSCAPE AREA (W/ft²). May be used for any illuminated hardscape area on the site.
Hardscape Ornamental Lighting. Allowance for the total site No 0.02 0.04 0.06
illuminated hardscape area. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall Allowance W/ft² W/ft² W/ft²
be rated for 100 watts or less as determined in accordance with Section
130.0(d), and shall be post-top luminaires, lanterns, pendant luminaires, or
chandeliers.
WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER SPECIFIC AREA (W/ft²). Use as appropriate provided that none of the following specific applications shall
be used for the same area.
Building Facades. Only areas of building façade that are illuminated shall No 0.18 0.35 0.50
qualify for this allowance. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall Allowance W/ft² W/ft² W/ft²
be aimed at the façade and shall be capable of illuminating it without
obstruction or interference by permanent building features or other objects.
Outdoor Sales Lots. Allowance for uncovered sales lots used exclusively 0.164 0.555 0.758 1.285
for the display of vehicles or other merchandise for sale. Driveways, W/ft² W/ft² W/ft² W/ft²
parking lots or other non sales areas shall be considered hardscape areas
even if these areas are completely surrounded by sales lot on all sides.
Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be within 5 mounting
heights of the sales lot area.
Vehicle Service Station Hardscape. Allowance for the total illuminated 0.014 0.155 0.308 0.485
hardscape area less area of buildings, under canopies, off property, or W/ft² W/ft² W/ft² W/ft²
obstructed by signs or structures. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance
shall be illuminating the hardscape area and shall not be within a building,
below a canopy, beyond property lines, or obstructed by a sign or other
structure.
Vehicle Service Station Canopies. Allowance for the total area within the 0.514 1.005 1.300 2.200
drip line of the canopy. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be W/ft² W/ft² W/ft² W/ft²
located under the canopy.
Sales Canopies. Allowance for the total area within the drip line of the No 0.655 0.908 1.135
canopy. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be located under Allowance W/ft² W/ft² W/ft²
the canopy.
Non-sales Canopies. Allowance for the total area within the drip line of 0.084 0.205 0.408 0.585
the canopy. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be located W/ft² W/ft² W/ft² W/ft²
under the canopy.

Lighting Application Lighting Lighting Lighting Lighting

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4
Guard Stations. Allowance up to 1,000 square feet per vehicle lane. 0.154 0.355 0.708 0.985
Guard stations provide access to secure areas controlled by security W/ft² W/ft² W/ft² W/ft²
personnel who stop and may inspect vehicles and vehicle occupants,
including identification, documentation, vehicle license plates, and vehicle
contents. Qualifying luminaires shall be within 2 mounting heights of a
vehicle lane or the guardhouse.
Student Pick-up/Drop-off zone. Allowance for the area of the student No 0.12 0.45 No
pick-up/drop-off zone, with or without canopy, for preschool through 12th Allowance W/ft² W/ft² Allowance
grade school campuses. A student pick-up/drop off zone is a curbside,
controlled traffic area on a school campus where students are picked-up
and dropped off from vehicles. The allowed area shall be the smaller of the
actual width or 25 feet, times the smaller of the actual length or 250 feet.
Qualifying luminaires shall be within 2 mounting heights of the student
pick-up/drop-off zone.
Outdoor Dining. Allowance for the total illuminated hardscape of outdoor 0.014 0.135 0.240 0.400
dining. Outdoor dining areas are hardscape areas used to serve and W/ft² W/ft² W/ft² W/ft²
consume food and beverages. Qualifying luminaires shall be within 2
mounting heights of the hardscape area of outdoor dining.
Special Security Lighting for Retail Parking and Pedestrian 0.007 0.009 0.019 No
Hardscape. This additional allowance is for illuminated retail parking and W/ft² W/ft² W/ft² Allowance
pedestrian hardscape identified as having special security needs. This
allowance shall be in addition to the building entrance or exit allowance.

SECTION 140.8 – REQUIREMENTS FOR SIGNS

This section applies to all internally illuminated and externally illuminated signs, unfiltered light emitting diodes (LEDs),
and unfiltered neon, both indoor and outdoor. Each sign shall comply with either subsection (a) or (b), as applicable.
(a) Maximum Allowed Lighting Power.
1. For internally illuminated signs, the maximum allowed lighting power shall not exceed the product of the
illuminated sign area and 12 watts per square foot. For double-faced signs, only the area of a single face shall be
used to determine the allowed lighting power.
2. For externally illuminated signs, the maximum allowed lighting power shall not exceed the product of the
illuminated sign area and 2.3 watts per square foot. Only areas of an externally lighted sign that are illuminated
without obstruction or interference, by one or more luminaires, shall be used.
3. Lighting for unfiltered light emitting diodes (LEDs) and unfiltered neon shall comply with Section 140.8(b).
(b) Alternate Lighting Sources. The sign shall comply if it is equipped only with one or more of the following light
sources:
1. High pressure sodium lamps; or
2. Metal halide lamps that are:
A. Pulse start or ceramic served by a ballast that has a minimum efficiency of 88 percent or greater; or
B. Pulse start that are 320 watts or smaller, are not 250 watt or 175 watt lamps, and are served by a ballast that
has a minimum efficiency of 80 percent.
Ballast efficiency is the measured output wattage to the lamp divided by the measured operating input
wattage when tested according to ANSI C82.6-2005.
3. Neon or cold cathode lamps with transformer or power supply efficiency greater than or equal to following:
A. A minimum efficiency of 75 percent when the transformer or power supply rated output current is less than
50 mA; or
B. A minimum efficiency of 68 percent when the transformer or power supply rated output current is 50 mA or
greater.
The ratio of the output wattage to the input wattage is at 100 percent tubing load.
4. Fluorescent lighting systems meeting one of the following requirements:
A. Use only lamps with a minimum color rendering index (CRI) of 80; or
B. Use only electronic ballasts with a fundamental output frequency not less than 20 kHz.
5. Light emitting diodes (LEDs) with a power supply having an efficiency of 80 percent or greater; or
EXCEPTION to Section 140.8(b)5: Single voltage external power supplies that are designed to convert 120 volt
AC input into lower voltage DC or AC output, and have a nameplate output power less than or equal to 250
watts, shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Appliance Efficiency Regulations (Title 20).
6. Compact fluorescent lamps that do not contain a medium screw base sockets (E24/E26).
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.8: Unfiltered incandescent lamps that are not part of an electronic message center
(EMC), an internally illuminated sign, or an externally illuminated sign.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.8: Exit signs. Exit signs shall meet the requirements of the Appliance Efficiency
Regulations.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.8: Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shall meet the requirements of the Appliance
Efficiency Regulations.
SECTION 140.8 – REQUIREMENTS FOR SIGNS

SECTION 140.9 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR COVERED

PROCESSES
(a) Prescriptive Requirements for Computer Rooms. A computer room complies with this section by being designed
with and having constructed and installed a cooling system that meets the requirements of Subsections 1 through 6.
1. Economizers. Each individual cooling system primarily serving computer room(s) shall include either:
A. An integrated air economizer capable of providing 100 percent of the expected system cooling load as
calculated in accordance with a method approved by the Commission, at outside air temperatures of 55°F
dry-bulb/50°F wet-bulb and below; or
B. An integrated water economizer capable of providing 100 percent of the expected system cooling load as
calculated in accordance with a method approved by the Commission, at outside air temperatures of 40°F
dry-bulb/35°F wet-bulb and below.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.9(a)1: Individual computer rooms under 5 tons in a building that does not have
any economizers.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.9(a)1: New cooling systems serving an existing computer room in an existing
building up to a total of 50 tons of new cooling equipment per building.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.9(a)1: New cooling systems serving a new computer room in an existing
building up to a total of 20 tons of new cooling equipment per building.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 140.9(a)1: A computer room may be served by a fan system without an economizer
if it is also served by a fan system with an economizer that also serves non-computer room(s) provided that all of
the following are met:
i. The economizer system is sized to meet the design cooling load of the computer room(s) when the non-
computer room(s) are at 50 percent of their design load; and
ii. The economizer system has the ability to serve only the computer room(s), e.g. shut off flow to non-
computer rooms when unoccupied; and
iii. The non-economizer system does not operate when the outside air drybulb temperatures is below 60oF
and, the cooling load of the non-computer room(s) served by the economizer system is less than 50
percent of design load.
2. Reheat. Each computer room zone shall have controls that prevent reheating, recooling, and simultaneous
provisions of heating and cooling to the same zone, such as mixing or simultaneous supply of air that has been
previously mechanically heated and air that has been previously cooled, either by cooling equipment or by
economizer systems.
3. Humidification. Non-adiabatic humidification (e.g. steam, infrared) is prohibited. Only adiabatic humidification
(e.g. direct evaporative, ultrasonic) is permitted.
4. Power Consumption of Fans. The total fan power at design conditions of each fan system shall not exceed 27
W/kBtu·h of net sensible cooling capacity.
5. Fan Control. Each unitary air conditioner with mechanical cooling capacity exceeding 60,000 Btu/hr and each
chilled water fan system shall be designed to vary the airflow rate as a function of actual load and shall have
controls and/or devices (such as two-speed or variable speed control) that will result in fan motor demand of no
more than 50 percent of design wattage at 66 percent of design fan speed.
6. Containment. Computer rooms with air-cooled computers in racks and with a design load exceeding 175
kW/room shall include air barriers such that there is no significant air path for computer discharge air to
recirculate back to computer inlets without passing through a cooling system.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.9(a)6: Expansions of existing computer rooms.
SECTION 140.9 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR COVERED PROCESSES

EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.9(a)6: Computer racks with a design load less than 1 kW/rack.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 140.9(a)6: Equivalent energy performance based on computational fluid dynamics or
other analysis.
(b) Prescriptive Requirements for Commercial Kitchens.
1. Kitchen exhaust systems.
A. Replacement air introduced directly into the hood cavity of kitchen exhaust hoods shall not exceed 10percent
of the hood exhaust airflow rate.
B. For kitchen/dining facilities having total Type I and Type II kitchen hood exhaust airflow rates greater than
5,000 cfm, each Type I hood shall have an exhaust rate that complies with TABLE 140.9-A. If a single hood
or hood section is installed over appliances with different duty ratings, then the maximum allowable flow
rate for the hood or hood section shall not exceed the TABLE 140.9-A values for the highest appliance duty
rating under the hood or hood section. Refer to ASHRAE Standard 154-2011 for definitions of hood type,
appliance duty, and next exhaust flow rate.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.9(b)1B: 75 percent of the total Type I and Type II exhaust replacement air
is transfer air that would otherwise be exhausted.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.9(b)1B: Existing hoods not being replaced as part of an addition or
alteration.
TABLE 140.9-A MAXIMUM NET EXHAUST FLOW RATE, CFM PER LINEAR FOOT OF HOOD LENGTH
Type of Hood Light Duty Medium Duty Heavy Duty Extra Heavy
Equipment Equipment Equipment Duty Equipment
Wall-mounted 140 210 280 385
Canopy
Single Island 280 350 420 490
Double Island 175 210 280 385
Eyebrow 175 175 Not Allowed Not Allowed
Backshelf / Passover 210 210 280 Not Allowed
2. Kitchen ventilation.
A. Mechanically cooled or heated makeup air delivered to any space with a kitchen hood shall not exceed the
greater of:
i. The supply flow required to meet the space heating and cooling load; or
ii. The hood exhaust flow minus the available transfer air from adjacent spaces. Available transfer air is
that portion of outdoor ventilation air serving adjacent spaces not required to satisfy other exhaust needs,
such as restrooms, not required to maintain pressurization of adjacent spaces, and that would otherwise
be relieved from the building.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.9(b)2A: Existing kitchen makeup air units not being replaced as part of an
addition or alteration.
B. A kitchen/dining facility having a total Type I and Type II kitchen hood exhaust airflow rate greater than
5,000 cfm shall have one of the following:
i. At least 50 percent of all replacement air is transfer air that would otherwise be exhausted; or
ii. Demand ventilation system(s) on at least 75 percent of the exhaust air. Such systems shall:
a. Include controls necessary to modulate airflow in response to appliance operation and to maintain
full capture and containment of smoke, effluent and combustion products during cooking and idle;
and
b. Include failsafe controls that result in full flow upon cooking sensor failure; and

c. Include an adjustable timed override to allow occupants the ability to temporarily override the
system to full flow; and
d. Be capable of reducing exhaust and replacement air system airflow rates to the larger of:
(i) 50 percent of the total design exhaust and replacement air system airflow rates; or
(ii) The ventilation rate required per Section 120.1.
iii. Listed energy recovery devices with a sensible heat recovery effectiveness of not less than 40 percent on
at least 50 percent of the total exhaust airflow; and
iv. A minimum of 75 percent of makeup air volume that is:
a. Unheated or heated to no more than 60°F; and
b. Uncooled or cooled without the use of mechanical cooling.
EXCEPTION to Section 140.9(b)2B: Existing hoods not being replaced as part of an addition or alteration.
3. Kitchen Exhaust System Acceptance. Before an occupancy permit is granted for a commercial kitchen subject
to 140.9(b), the following equipment and systems shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for
Code Compliance, as specified by the Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA7. A Certificate of Acceptance
shall be submitted to the enforcement agency that certifies that the equipment and systems meet the acceptance
requirements specified in NA7.11.
(c) Prescriptive Requirements for Laboratory exhaust systems. For buildings with laboratory exhaust systems where
the minimum circulation rate to comply with code or accreditation standards is 10 ACH or less, the design exhaust
airflow shall be capable of reducing zone exhaust and makeup airflow rates to the regulated minimum circulation rate,
or the minimum required to maintain pressurization requirements, whichever is larger. Variable exhaust and makeup
airflow shall be coordinated to achieve the required space pressurization at varied levels of demand and fan system
capacity.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 140.9(c): Laboratory exhaust systems serving zones where constant volume is required
by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, facility Environmental Health & Safety department or other applicable code.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 140.9(c): New zones on an existing constant volume exhaust system.

SUBCHAPTER 6
HOTEL/MOTEL OCCUPANCIES—ADDITIONS,
ALTERATIONS, AND REPAIRS
SECTION 141.0 – ADDITIONS, ALTERATIONS, AND REPAIRS TO

EXISTING BUILDINGS THAT WILL BE NONRESIDENTIAL, HIGH-RISE
RESIDENTIAL, AND HOTEL/MOTEL OCCUPANCIES AND TO EXISTING
OUTDOOR LIGHTING FOR THESE OCCUPANCIES AND TO INTERNALLY
AND EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGNS
Covered process requirements for additions, alterations and repairs to existing buildings are covered in Section 141.1.
(a) Additions. Additions shall meet either Item 1 or 2 below.
1. Prescriptive approach. The envelope and lighting of the addition, any newly installed space-conditioning
system or water-heating system serving the addition, any addition to an outdoor lighting system, and any new
sign installed in conjunction with an indoor or outdoor addition shall meet the applicable requirements of
Sections 110.0 through 130.5 and Sections 140.2 through 140.9.
2. Performance approach.
A. The envelope and indoor lighting in the conditioned space of the addition, and any newly installed space-
conditioning system or water-heating system serving the addition, shall meet the applicable requirements of
Sections 110.0 through 130.5; and
B. Either:
i. The addition alone shall comply with Section 140.1; or
ii. Existing plus addition plus alteration. The standard design for existing plus addition, plus alteration
energy use is the combination of the existing building’s unaltered components to remain, existing
building altered components that are the more efficient, in TDV energy, of either the existing conditions,
or the requirements of Section 141.0(b)2, plus the proposed addition's energy use meeting the
requirements of Section 140.1. The proposed design energy use is the combination of the existing
building’s unaltered components to remain and the altered component’s energy features, plus the
proposed energy features of the addition.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 141.0(a): When heating, cooling, or service water heating to an addition are provided by
expanding existing systems, the existing systems and equipment need not comply with Sections 110.0 through 120.9,
or Sections 140.4 through 140.5.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 141.0(a): Where an existing system with electric reheat is expanded by adding variable
air volume (VAV) boxes to serve an addition, total electric reheat capacity may be expanded so that the total capacity
does not exceed 150 percent of the existing installed electric heating capacity in any one permit, and the system need
not comply with Section 140.4(g). Additional electric reheat capacity in excess of 150 percent of the existing installed
electric heating capacity may be added subject to the requirements of the Section 140.4(g).
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 141.0(a): Duct Sealing. When ducts are extended from an existing duct system to serve
the addition, the existing duct system and the extended ducts shall meet the applicable requirements specified in
Section 141.0(b)2D.
OUTDOOR LIGHTING FOR THESE OCCUPANCIES AND TO INTERNALLY AND EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SI
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 141.0(a): Additions that increase the area of the roof by 2,000 square feet or less are exempt
from the requirements of Section 110.10.
(b) Alterations. Alterations to existing nonresidential, high-rise residential, or hotel/motel buildings, relocatable public
school buildings or alterations in conjunction with a change in building occupancy to a nonresidential, high-rise
residential, or hotel/motel occupancy are not subject to Subsection (a) and shall meet 1, and either item 2 or 3 below:
1. Mandatory Insulation Requirements for Roofs, Walls, and Floors. Altered components in a nonresidential,
high-rise residential, and hotel/motel buildings shall meet the minimum requirements in this Section.
A. Roof/Ceiling Insulation. The opaque portions of the roof/ceiling that separate conditioned spaces from
unconditioned spaces or ambient air shall meet the requirements of Section 141.0(b)2Biii.
B. Wall Insulation. For the altered opaque portion of walls separating conditioned spaces from unconditioned
spaces or ambient air shall meet the applicable requirements of Items 1 through 4 below:
1. Metal Building. A minimum of R-13 insulation between framing members, or the weighted average U-
factor of the wall assembly shall not exceed U-0.113.
2. Metal Framed. A minimum of R-13 insulation between framing members, or the weighted average U-
factor of the wall assembly shall not exceed U-0.217.
3. Wood Framed and Others. A minimum of R-11 insulation between framing members, or the weighted
average U-factor of the wall assembly shall not exceed U-0.110.
4. Spandrel Panels and Glass Curtain Walls. A minimum of R-4, or the weighted average U-factor of
the wall assembly shall not exceed U-0.280.
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)1B: Light and heavy mass walls.
C. Floor Insulation. For the altered portion of raised floors that separate conditioned spaces from
unconditioned spaces or ambient air shall meet the applicable requirements of Items 1 through 3 below:
1. Raised Framed Floors. A minimum of R-11 insulation between framing members, or the weighted
average U-factor of the floor assembly shall not exceed the U-factor of U-0.071.
2. Raised Mass Floors in High-rise Residential and Hotel/Motel Guest Rooms. A minimum of R-6
insulation, or the weighted average U-factor of the floor assembly shall not exceed the U-factor of U-
0.111.
3. Raised Mass Floors in Other Occupancies. No minimum U-factor requirement.
2. Prescriptive approach. The altered components of the envelope, or space–conditioning, lighting and water
heating systems, and any newly installed equipment serving the alteration, shall meet the applicable requirements
of Sections 110.0 through 110.9, Sections 120.0 through 120.6, and Sections 120.8 through 130.5; and
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)2: The requirements of Section 120.2(i) shall not apply to alterations of space-
conditioning systems or components.
A. Fenestration alterations other than repairs and those subject to Section 141.0(b)2 shall meet the applicable
requirements below:
i. For all nonresidential, high-rise residential, and hotel/motel occupancies, when fenestration is altered or
where there are alterations that do not increase the fenestration area, all altered fenestration shall meet
the requirements of TABLE 141.0-A. When new fenestration area is added to alterations it shall meet
the requirements of TABLE 140.3-B, C or D.
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)2Ai: The RSHG and Visible Transmittance (VT) requirement of
Table 141.0-A shall not apply when:
1. 150 square feet or less of an entire building's fenestration is replaced, or
2. 50 square feet or less of fenestration area is added, or
3. 50 square feet or less of skylight is added.
Table 141.0-A Altered Window Maximum U-Factor and Minimum RSHGC

Climate
Zone 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
U-factor 0.47 0.47 0.58 0.47 0.58 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47
RSHGC 0.41 0.31 0.41 0.31 0.41 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.41
VT See TABLE 140.3-B, C, and D for all Climate Zones
B. Existing roofs being replaced, recovered or recoated, of a nonresidential, high-rise residential and
hotels/motels shall meet the requirements of Section 110.8(i). Roofs with more than 50 percent of the roof
area or more than 2,000 square feet of roof, whichever is less, is being altered the requirements of i through
iii below apply:
i. Roofing Products. Nonresidential buildings:
a. Low-sloped roofs in climate zones 1 through16 shall have a minimum aged solar reflectance of 0.63
b. Steep-sloped roofs in climate zones 1 through16 shall have a minimum aged solar reflectance of
0.20 and a minimum thermal emittance of 0.75, or a minimum SRI of 16.
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)2Bia: An aged solar reflectance less than 0.63 is allowed
provided the maximum roof/ceiling U-factor in TABLE 141.0-B is not exceeded.
ii. Roofing Products. High-rise residential buildings and hotels and motels:
a. Low-sloped roofs in climate zones 10, 11, 13, 14 and 15 shall have a minimum aged solar
reflectance of 0.55 and a minimum thermal emittance of 0.75, or a minimum SRI of 64.
b. Steep-sloped roofs climate zones 2 through 15 shall have a minimum aged solar reflectance of 0.20
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 141.0(b)2Bi and ii: Roof area covered by building integrated photovoltaic
panels and building integrated solar thermal panels are not required to meet the minimum requirements
for solar reflectance, thermal emittance, or SRI.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 141.0(b)2Bi and ii: Roof constructions that have thermal mass over the roof
membrane with a weight of at least 25 lb/ft² are not required to meet the minimum requirements for solar
reflectance, thermal emittance, or SRI.
Table 141.0-B Roof/Ceiling Insulation Tradeoff for Aged Solar Reflectance
Aged Solar Climate Climate

Zone Zone 2, 10‐
Reflectance
16
1, 3‐9
U‐factor
U‐factor
0.62‐ 0.60 0.075 0.052
0.59‐0.55 0.066 0.048
0.54‐0.50 0.060 0.044
0.49‐0.45 0.055 0.041
0.44‐0.40 0.051 0.039
0.39‐0.35 0.047 0.037
0.34‐0.30 0.044 0.035
0.29‐0.25 0.042 0.034
iii. For nonresidential buildings, high-rise residential buildings and hotels and motels, when roofs are
exposed to the roof deck, or to the roof recover boards and meets Section 141.0(b)2Bi and ii the exposed
area shall be insulated to the levels specified in TABLE 141.0-C.
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)2Biii
a. Existing roofs that are insulated with at least R-7 insulation or it has a U-factor lower than 0.089
are not required to meet the R-value requirement of TABLE 141.0-C.
b. If mechanical equipment is located on the roof and will not be disconnected and lifted as part of
the roof replacement, insulation added may be limited to the maximum insulation thickness that
will allow a height of 8 inches (203 mm) from the roof membrane surface to the top of the base
flashing.
c. If adding the required insulation will reduce the base flashing height to less than 8 inches (203
mm) at penthouse or parapet walls, the insulation added may be limited to the maximum insulation
thickness that will allow a height of 8 inches (203 mm) from the roof membrane surface to the top
of the base flashing, provided that the conditions in subsections i through iv apply:
i. The penthouse or parapet walls are finished with an exterior cladding material other than the
roofing covering membrane material; and
ii. The penthouse or parapet walls have exterior cladding material that must be removed to
install the new roof covering membrane to maintain a base flashing height of 8 inches (203
mm); and
iii. For nonresidential buildings, the ratio of the replaced roof area to the linear dimension of
affected penthouse or parapet walls shall be less than 25 square feet per linear foot for
climate zones 2, and 10 through 16, and less than 100 square feet per linear foot for climate
zones 1, and 3 though 9; and
iv. For high-rise residential buildings, hotels or motels, the ratio of the replaced roof area to the
linear dimension of affected penthouse or parapet walls shall be less than 25 square feet per
linear foot for all climate zones.
v. Tapered insulation may be used which has a thermal resistance less than that prescribed in
TABLE 141.0-C at the drains and other low points, provided that the thickness of insulation
is increased at the high points of the roof so that the average thermal resistance equals or
exceeds the value that is specified in TABLE 141.0-C.
TABLE 141.0-C INSULATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOF ALTERATIONS
High-Rise Residential and Guest Rooms of Hotel/Motel

Nonresidential
Buildings
Continuous Continuous
Insulation Insulation
Climate Zone U-factor U-factor
R-value R-value
1 R-8 0.082 R-14 0.055
2 R-14 0.055 R-14 0.055
3-9 R-8 0.082 R-14 0.055
10-16 R-14 0.055 R-14 0.055
C. New or Replacement Space-Conditioning Systems or Components other than new or replacement space-
conditioning system ducts shall meet the requirements of Section 140.4 applicable to the systems or
components being altered.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 141.0(b)2C. Sub-section (b)2C does not apply to replacements of equivalent or
lower capacity electric resistance space heaters for high rise residential apartment units.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 141.0(b)2C. Sub-section (b)2C does not apply to replacement of electric reheat
of equivalent or lower capacity electric resistance space heaters, when natural gas is not available.
D. Altered Duct Systems. When new or replacement space-conditioning system ducts are installed to serve an
existing building, the new ducts shall meet the requirements of Section 120.4. If the space conditioning
system meets the criteria of Sections 140.4(l)1, 2, and 3, the duct system shall be sealed as confirmed
through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with the procedures for duct sealing of an
existing duct system as specified in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA2, to meet one of the following
requirements:
i. If the new ducts form an entirely new or replacement duct system directly connected to the air handler,
the measured duct leakage shall be equal to, or less than 6 percent of the system air handler airflow as
confirmed by field verification and diagnostic testing utilizing the procedures in Reference
Nonresidential Appendix Section NA2.1.4.2.1.
Entirely new or replacement duct systems installed as part of an alteration shall be constructed of at least
75 percent new duct material, and up to 25 percent may consist of reused parts from the building's
existing duct system (e.g., registers, grilles, boots, air handler, coil, plenums, duct material) if the reused
parts are accessible and can be sealed to prevent leakage.
ii. If the new ducts are an extension of an existing duct system, the combined new and existing duct system
shall meet one of the following requirements:
a. The measured duct leakage shall be equal to or less than 15 percent of the system air handler airflow
as confirmed by field verification and diagnostic testing utilizing the procedures in Reference
Nonresidential Appendix Section NA2.1.4.2.1; or
b. If it is not possible to comply with the duct leakage criterion in subsection 141.0(b)2Diia, then all
accessible leaks shall be sealed and verified through a visual inspection and a smoke test performed
by a certified HERS rater utilizing the methods specified in Reference Nonresidential Appendix
NA2.1.4.2.2.
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)2Dii: Duct Sealing. Existing duct systems that are extended, which
are constructed, insulated or sealed with asbestos are exempt from the requirements of subsection
141.0(b)2Dii.
E. Altered Space-Conditioning Systems. When a space-conditioning system is altered by the installation or
replacement of space-conditioning system equipment (including replacement of the air handler, outdoor
condensing unit of a split system air conditioner or heat pump, or cooling or heating coil):
i. For all altered units where the existing thermostat does not comply with Reference Joint Appendix JA5,
the existing thermostat shall be replaced with a thermostat that complies with Reference Joint Appendix
JA5. All newly installed space-conditioning systems requiring a thermostat shall be equipped with a
thermostat that complies with Reference Joint Appendix JA5; and
ii. The duct system that is connected to the new or replaced space-conditioning system equipment shall be
sealed, if the duct system meets the criteria of Sections 140.4(l)1, 2, and 3, as confirmed through field
verification and diagnostic testing, in accordance with the applicable procedures for duct sealing of
altered existing duct systems as specified in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA2, and conforming
to the applicable leakage compliance criteria in Section 141.0(b)2D.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 141.0(b)2E: Duct Sealing. Buildings altered so that the duct system no longer
meets the criteria of Sections 144 (l)1, 2, and 3 are exempt from the requirements of subsection 141.0(b)2E.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 141.0(b)2E: Duct Sealing. Duct systems that are documented to have been
previously sealed as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with
procedures in the Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA2 are exempt from the requirements of subsection
141.0(b)2E.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 141.0(b)2E: Duct Sealing. Existing duct systems constructed, insulated or
sealed with asbestos are exempt from the requirements of subsection 141.0(b)2E.
F. Spaces with lighting systems installed for the first time shall meet the requirements of Sections 110.9, 130.0,
130.1, 130.2, 130.4, 130.5, 140.3(c), 140.6, and 140.7.
G. When the requirements of Section 130.1(d) are triggered by the addition of skylights to an existing building
and the lighting system is not re-circuited, the daylighting control need not meet the multi-level requirements
in Section 130.1(d).
H. New internally and externally illuminated signs shall meet the requirements of Sections 110.9, 130.3 and
140.8.
I. For each enclosed space, alterations to existing indoor lighting shall meet the following requirements:
i. Luminaire Classification and Power shall be determined in accordance with Section 130.0(c).
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)2Ii: For only a Lighting System Alteration in accordance with
Section 141.0(b)2Iii, or a Luminaire Modifications-in-Place in accordance with Section 141.0(b)2Iiii; an
existing incandescent, fluorescent, or HID luminaire may be modified and classified as a luminaire
having a different number of, or type of light source(s), provided all of the following conditions are met:
a. The luminaire has been previously used and is in an existing installation; and,
b. The modified luminaire is listed with the different number or type of light source(s) under the
installed conditions; and
c. The different light source(s) is not an LED lamp, integrated or non integrated type, as defined by
ANI/IES RP-16-2010; and
d. The modified luminaire does not contain:
1. Unused fluorescent or HID ballast(s); or
2. Unused HID or fluorescent lamp sockets; or
3. Sockets used only for lamp support; or
4. Screw sockets of any kind or for any purpose; and
e. The wattage of the modified luminaire shall be published in the manufacturer’s catalog based on
accredited testing lab reports.
ii. Lighting System Alterations shall meet the applicable requirements in TABLE 141.0-E and the
following:
a. Lighting System Alterations include alterations where an existing lighting system is modified,
luminaires are replaced, or luminaires are disconnected from the circuit, removed and reinstalled,
whether in the same location or installed elsewhere.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 141.0(b)2Iii: Alterations that qualify as a Luminaire Modification-in-
Place.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 141.0(b)2Iii: Portable luminaires, luminaires affixed to moveable
partitions, and lighting excluded in accordance to Section 140.6(a)3.
iii. Luminaire Modifications-in-Place shall meet the applicable requirements in TABLE 141.0-F and the
following:
a. To qualify as a Luminaire Modification-in-Place, luminaires shall only be modified by one or more
of the following methods:
1. Replacing lamps and ballasts with like type or quantity in a manner that preserves the original
luminaire listing.
2. Changing the number or type of light source in a luminaire including: socket renewal, removal
or relocation of sockets or lampholders, and/or related wiring internal to the luminaire including
the addition of safety disconnecting devices.
3. Changing the optical system of a luminaire in part or in whole.
4. Replacement of whole luminaires one for one in which the only electrical modification involves
disconnecting the existing luminaire and reconnecting the replacement luminaire.
b. Luminaire Modifications-In-Place shall include only alterations to lighting system meeting the
following conditions:
1. Luminaire Modifications-in-Place shall not be part of or the result of any general remodeling or
renovation of the enclosed space in which they are located.
2. Luminaire Modifications-in-Place shall not cause, be the result of, or involve any changes to
the panelboard or branch circuit wiring, including line voltage switches, relays, contactors,
dimmers and other control devices, providing power to the lighting system.
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)2Iiii2. Circuit modifications strictly limited to the addition
of occupancy or vacancy sensors and class two lighting controls are permitted for Luminaire
Modifications-in-Place
iv. Lighting Wiring Alterations shall meet the applicable requirements in Sections 110.9, 130.1, and
130.4.
a. Lighting Wiring Alterations include the following:
1. Adding a circuit feeding luminaires.
2. Modifying or relocating wiring to provide power to new or relocated luminaires.
3. Replacing wiring between a switch or panelboard and luminaire(s).
4. Replacing or installing a new panelboard feeding lighting systems.
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)2Iiv. Lighting Wiring Alterations allowed for Luminaire
Modifications-in-Place in accordance with Section 141.0(b)2Iiii.
v. Any lighting alteration that increases the installed lighting power in an enclosed space shall meet the
requirements of Sections 110.9, 130.0, 130.1, 130.4, 140.3(c), and 140.6.
vi. Lighting Alterations and Luminaire Modifications-in-Place shall not exceed the lighting power
allowance in Section 140.6.
vii. The following indoor lighting alterations are not required to comply with the lighting requirements in
Title 24, Part 6:
a. Replacement in kind of parts of an existing luminaire that include only new lamps, lamp holders, or
lenses, when replacement of those parts is not a Luminaire-Modification-in-Place in accordance
with Section 141.0(b)2Iiii.
b. Lighting Alterations directly caused by the disturbance of asbestos.
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)2Iviib: Lighting alterations made in conjunction with asbestos
abatement shall comply with the applicable requirements in Section 141.0(b)2I.
J. Alterations to existing outdoor lighting systems shall meet the following requirements:
i. Alterations that increase the connected lighting load in a lighting application listed in TABLE 140.7-A
or 140.7-B shall meet the applicable requirements of Sections 130.0, 130.2, 130.4, and 140.7; and
ii. In alterations that replace 10 percent or more of the luminaires in a lighting application listed in TABLE
140.7-A or 140.7-B, the altered luminaires shall meet the applicable requirements of Sections 130.0,
130.2, 130.4; and
iii. In alterations that replace more than 50 percent of the luminaires in a lighting application listed in
TABLE 140.7-A or 140.7-B, the lighting in that application shall meet the applicable requirements of
Sections 130.0, 130.2, 130.4, and 140.7.
K. Alterations to existing internally and externally illuminated signs that increase the connected lighting load,
replace and rewire more than 50 percent of the ballasts, or relocate the sign to a different location on the
same site or on a different site shall meet the requirements of Section 140.8
L. Replacement of parts of an existing sign, including replacing lamps, the sign face or ballasts, that do not
require rewiring or that are done at a time other than when the sign is relocated, is not an alteration subject to
the requirements of Section 141.0(b)2K.
M. Service water-heating systems shall meet the requirements of Section 140.5, except for the solar water
heating requirements.
N. A building shell for which interior walls or ceilings are installed for the first time shall meet the requirements
of Section 140.3(c)
3. Performance approach.
A. The altered envelope, space–conditioning system, lighting and water heating components, and any newly
installed equipment serving the alteration, shall meet the applicable requirements of Sections 110.0 through
110.9, Sections 120.0 through 120.6, and Sections 120.8 through 130.5.
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)3A Window Films. Applied window films installed as part of an
alteration complies with the U-factor, RSHGC and VT requirements of TABLE 141.0-D.
B. The standard design for an altered component shall be the higher efficiency of existing conditions or the
requirements stated in TABLE 141.0-D. For components not being altered, the standard design shall be
based on the existing conditions. When the third party verification option is specified, all components
proposed for alteration must be verified. The Executive Director shall determine the qualifications required
by the third party inspector.
TABLE 141.0-D – The Standard Design For An Altered Component

Altered Component Standard Design Without Third Standard Design With Third Party
Party Verification of Existing Verification of Existing Conditions Shall be
Conditions Shall be Based On Based On
Roof/Ceiling Insulation,
Wall Insulation, and The requirements of Section 141.0(b)2.
Floor/Soffit Insulation
Fenestration
The allowed glass area shall be
the smaller of the a. or b. below:
a. The proposed glass area: or
The U-factor and RSHGC requirements
b. The larger of: The existing U-factor and RSHGC levels.
of TABLE 141.0-A.
1.The existing glass area
that remains; or
2.The area allowed in
Section 140.3(a)5A.
Space-Conditioning System The requirements of Sections 141.0(b)2C, 141.0(b)2Di or Section 141.0(b)2Dii, and
Equipment and Ducts Section 141.0(b)2E.
Window Film The U-factor of 0.40 and SHGC value of The existing fenestration in the alteration
0.35. shall be based on TABLE 110.6-A and
Table 110.6-B.
Service Water Heating Systems The requirements of Section 140.5 without solar water heating requirements.
Roofing Products The requirements of Section 141.0(b)2B.
Lighting System The requirements of Sections 141.0(b)2F, through 141.0(b)2K.
All Other Measures The proposed efficiency levels.
C. The proposed design shall be based on the actual values of the altered components.
NOTES TO SECTION 141.0(b)3:
1. If an existing component must be replaced with a new component, that component is considered an
altered component for the purpose of determining the energy budget and must meet the requirements of
Section 141.0(b)3.
2. The standard design shall assume the same geometry and orientation as the proposed design.
3. The “existing efficiency level’ modeling rules, including situations where nameplate data is not
available, are described in the Nonresidential ACM Reference Manual.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 141.0(b): When heating, cooling or service water heating for an alteration are provided
by expanding existing systems, the existing systems and equipment need not comply with Sections 110.0 through
120.9 and Section 140.4 or 140.5.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 141.0(b): When existing heating, cooling or service water heating systems or components
are moved within a building, the existing systems or components need not comply with Sections 110.0 through 120.9
and Section 140.4 or 140.5.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 141.0(b): Where an existing system with electric reheat is expanded when adding
variable air volume (VAV) boxes to serve an alteration, total electric reheat capacity may be expanded not to exceed
20 percent of the existing installed electric capacity in any one permit and the system need not comply with Section
140.4(g). Additional electric reheat capacity in excess of 20 percent may be added subject to the requirements of the
Section 140.4(g).
Relocation or moving of a relocatable public school building is not considered an alteration for the purposes of
complying with Title 24, Part 6. If an alteration is made to envelope, space–conditioning system, lighting or water
heating components of a relocatable public school building, the alteration is subject to Section 141.0(b).
(c) Repairs. Repairs shall not increase the preexisting energy consumption of the repaired component, system, or
equipment.
(d) Alternate Method of Compliance. Any addition, alteration, or repair may comply with the requirements of Title 24,
Part 6 by meeting the applicable requirements for the entire building.
TABLE 141.0-E Requirements for Luminaire Alterations

Quantity of existing Resulting Lighting Power for Applicable Mandatory Control Multi-level Lighting Control
affected luminaires Each Enclosed Space Provisions for Each Enclosed Requirements for Each Altered
per Enclosed Space 1 Space Luminaire
Alterations that do not change the area of the enclosed space or the space type
Sum total < 10% of Existing lighting power is permitted Existing provisions are permitted Existing controls are permitted
existing luminaires
Sum total ≥ 10% of ≤ 85% of allowed lighting power §130.1(a), (c) Two level lighting control 2
existing luminaires per Section 140.6 Area Category or §130.1(b)
Method
> 85% of allowed lighting power §130.1(a), (c), (d) 3 §130.1(b)
per Section 140.6 Area Category
Method
Alterations that change the area of the enclosed space or the space type or increase the lighting power in the enclosed space
Any number Comply with Section 140.6 §130.0(d) 3 §130.1(b)
§130.1(a), (c), (d) 3, (e)
1. Affected luminaires include any luminaire that is changed, replaced, removed, relocated; or, connected to, altered or revised wiring, except as
permitted by EXCEPTIONS 1 and 2 to Section 141.0(b)2Iii:
2. Two level lighting control shall have at least one control step between 30 and 70% of design lighting power in a manner providing reasonably
uniform illuminations
3. Daylight controls in accordance with Section 130.0(d) are required only for luminaires that are altered.
TABLE 141.0-F Requirements for Luminaire Modifications-in-Place

For compliance with this Table, building space is defined as any of the following:
1. A complete single story building
2. A complete floor of a multi floor building
3. The entire space in a building of a single tenant under a single lease
4. All of the common, not leasable space in single building
Quantity of affected luminaires Resulting Lighting Power per Applicable mandatory Applicable multi-level lighting
per Building Space per annum Each Enclosed Space Where control provisions for each control requirements for each
≥ 10% of Existing Luminaires are enclosed space 1 modified luminaire 2
Luminaire Modifications-in-Place
Sum total < 40 Luminaire Existing lighting power is permitted Existing provisions are Existing controls are permitted
Modifications-in-Place permitted
≤ 85% of allowed lighting power per §130.1(a), (c) Two level lighting
Section 140.6 Area Category control 3
Method
Sum total ≥ 40 Luminaire Or §130.1(b)
Modifications-in-Place > 85% of allowed lighting power per §130.0(d) 4 §130.1(b)
Section 140.6 Area Category §130.1(a), (c), (d) 4
Method
1. Control requirements only apply to enclosed spaces for which there are Luminaire Modifications-in-Place.
2. Multi-level controls are required only for luminaires for which there are Luminaire Modifications-in-Place.
3. Two level lighting control shall have at least one control step between 30% and 70% of design lighting power in a manner providing reasonably
uniform illuminations
4. Daylight controls in accordance with Section 130.0(d) are required only for luminaires that are modified-in-place.
SECTION 141.1 – REQUIREMENTS FOR COVERED PROCESSES IN

ADDITIONS, ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING BUILDINGS THAT WILL BE
NONRESIDENTIAL, HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL, AND HOTEL/MOTEL
OCCUPANCIES
(a) Refrigerated Warehouses. A refrigerated warehouse complies with this section if it complies with the applicable
requirements of Sections 120.6(a).
(b) Commercial Refrigeration. Commercial refrigeration systems comply with this section if they comply with the
applicable requirements of Sections 120.6(b).
(c) Enclosed Parking Garages. An enclosed parking garage complies with this section if it complies with the applicable
requirements of Sections 120.6(c).
(d) Process Boilers. A process boiler complies with this section if it complies with the applicable requirements of
Sections 120.6(d).
(e) Compressed Air Systems. Compressed air systems comply with this section if they comply with the applicable
requirements of Sections 120.6(e).
SECTION 141.1 – REQUIREMENTS FOR COVERED PROCESSES IN ADDITIONS, ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING

BUILDINGS THAT WILL BE NONRESIDENTIAL, HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL, AND HOTEL/MOTEL OCCUPANCIES
SUBCHAPTER 7
LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS – MANDATORY
FEATURES AND DEVICES
SECTION 150.0 – MANDATORY FEATURES AND DEVICES

Any newly constructed low-rise residential building shall meet the requirements of this Section
(a) Ceiling and Rafter Roof Insulation. The opaque portions of ceilings separating conditioned spaces from
unconditioned spaces or ambient air shall meet the requirements of 1 or 2 below:
1. Ceilings and rafter roofs shall be insulated between wood-framing members with insulation resulting in an
installed thermal resistance of R-30 or greater for the insulation alone. Attic access doors shall have permanently
attached insulation using adhesive or mechanical fasteners. The attic access shall be gasketed to prevent air
leakage.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.0(a)1: Insulation of rafter roofs in an alteration shall be insulated between wood-
framing members with insulation resulting in an installed thermal resistance of R-19 or greater.
2. The weighted average U-factor shall not exceed 0.031 that would result from installing R-30 insulation between
wood-framing members.
(b) Loose-fill Insulation. When loose-fill insulation is installed, the minimum installed weight per square foot shall
conform with the insulation manufacturer's installed design weight per square foot at the manufacturer's labeled R-
value.
(c) Wall Insulation. Insulation installed in opaque portions of above grade framed walls separating conditioned spaces
from unconditioned spaces or ambient air shall meet the requirements of 1, 2 or 3 below:
1. Walls shall be insulated between framing members with insulation having an installed thermal resistance of not
less than R-13 in 2x4 inch framing, or the U-factor shall not exceed U-0.102 that results from installing R-13 in a
2x4 inch wood framed assembly; and
EXCEPTION to Section 150(c)1: Existing walls already insulated to an installed thermal resistance of R-11 or
greater.
2. Walls shall be insulated between framing members with insulation having an installed thermal resistance of not
less than R-19 in framing of 2x6 inch or greater, or the U-factor shall not exceed the U-0.074 that results from
installing R-19 in a 2x6 inch or greater wood framed assembly; and
3. Bay Window roofs and floors shall be insulated to meet the wall insulation requirements of TABLE 150.1-A.
(d) Raised-floor Insulation. Raised floors separating conditioned space from unconditioned space or ambient air shall
meet the requirements of 1 or 2 below:
1. Floors shall be insulated between wood-framing members with insulation having an installed thermal resistance
of R-19 or greater.
2. The weighted average U-factor of floor assemblies shall not exceed 0.037 that would result from installing R-19
insulation between wood-framing members and accounting for the effects of framing members.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.0(d): A building with a controlled ventilation or unvented crawlspace may omit
raised floor insulation if all of the following are met:
A. The foundation walls are insulated to meet the wall insulation minimums as shown in TABLE 150.1-A; and
B. A Class I or Class II vapor retarder is placed over the entire floor of the crawlspace; and

C. Vents between the crawlspace and outside air are fitted with automatically operated louvers that are
temperature actuated; and
D. The requirements in Reference Residential Appendix RA4.5.1.
(e) Installation of Fireplaces, Decorative Gas Appliances and Gas Logs
1. If a masonry or factory-built fireplace is installed, it shall have the following:
A. Closeable metal or glass doors covering the entire opening of the firebox; and
B. A combustion air intake to draw air from the outside of the building, which is at least 6 square inches in area
and is equipped with a readily accessible, operable, and tight-fitting damper or combustion-air control
device; and
EXCEPTION to Section 150.0(e)1B: An outside combustion-air intake is not required if the fireplace will
be installed over concrete slab flooring and the fireplace will not be located on an exterior wall.
C. A flue damper with a readily accessible control.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.0(e)1C: When a gas log, log lighter, or decorative gas appliance is installed in
a fireplace, the flue damper shall be blocked open if required by the CMC or the manufacturer's installation
instructions.
2. Continuous burning pilot lights and the use of indoor air for cooling a firebox jacket, when that indoor air is
vented to the outside of the building, are prohibited.
(f) RESERVED
(g) Vapor Retarder
1. In Climate Zones 14 and 16 a Class II vapor retarder shall be installed on the conditioned space side of all
insulation in all exterior walls, vented attics, and unvented attics with air-permeable insulation; and
2. In Climate Zones 1-16 with unvented crawl spaces the earth floor of the crawl space shall be covered with a Class
I or Class II vapor retarder; or
3. In a building having a controlled ventilation crawl space, a Class I or Class II vapor retarder shall be placed over
the earth floor of the crawl space to reduce moisture entry and protect insulation from condensation, as specified
in the exception to Section 150.0(d).
(h) Space-Conditioning Equipment.
1. Building Cooling and Heating Loads. Building heating and cooling loads shall be determined using a method
based on any one of the following:
A. The ASHRAE Handbook, Equipment Volume, Applications Volume, and Fundamentals Volume; or
B. The SMACNA Residential Comfort System Installation Standards Manual; or
C. The ACCA Manual J.
The cooling and heating loads are two of the criteria that shall be used for equipment sizing and selection.
NOTE: Heating systems are required to have a minimum heating capacity adequate to meet the minimum
requirements of the CBC. The furnace output capacity and other specifications are published in the Commission's
directory of certified equipment or other directories approved by the Commission.
2. Design conditions. For the purpose of sizing the space-conditioning (HVAC) system, the indoor design
temperatures shall be 68°F for heating and 75°F for cooling. Outdoor design conditions shall be selected from
Reference Joint Appendix JA2, which is based on data from the ASHRAE Climatic Data for Region X. The
outdoor design temperatures for heating shall be no lower than the Heating Winter Median of Extremes values.
The outdoor design temperatures for cooling shall be no greater than the 1.0 percent Cooling Dry Bulb and Mean
Coincident Wet Bulb values.
3. Outdoor Condensing Units.

A. Clearances. Installed air conditioner and heat pump outdoor condensing units shall have a clearance of at
least five (5) feet (1.5 meters) from the outlet of any dryer vent.
4. Central Forced-Air Heating Furnaces.
A. Temperature Rise. Central forced-air heating furnace installations shall be configured to operate in
conformance with the furnace manufacturer's maximum inlet-to-outlet temperature rise specifications.
(i) Thermostats. Heating systems shall be equipped with thermostats that meet the requirements of Section 110.2(c).
(j) Water System Piping and Insulation for Piping, Tanks, and Cooling System Lines.
1. Storage tank insulation.
A. Storage gas water heaters with an energy factor equal to or less than the federal minimum standards shall be
externally wrapped with insulation having an installed thermal resistance of R-12 or greater.
B. Unfired hot water tanks, such as storage tanks and backup storage tanks for solar water-heating systems,
shall be externally wrapped with insulation having an installed thermal resistance of R-12 or greater or have
internal insulation of at least R-16 and a label on the exterior of the tank showing the insulation R-value.
2. Water piping and cooling system line insulation thickness and conductivity. Piping shall be insulated to the
thicknesses as follows:
A. All domestic hot water system piping conditions listed below, whether buried or unburied, must be insulated
and the insulation thickness shall be selected based on the conductivity range in TABLE 120.3-A and the
insulation level shall be selected from the fluid temperature range based on the thickness requirements in
TABLE 120.3-A:
i. The first 5 feet (1.5 meters) of hot and cold water pipes from the storage tank.
ii. All piping with a nominal diameter of 3/4 inch (19 millimeter) or larger.
iii. All piping associated with a domestic hot water recirculation system regardless of the pipe diameter.
iv. Piping from the heating source to storage tank or between tanks.
v. Piping buried below grade..
vi. All hot water pipes from the heating source to the kitchen fixtures.
B. In addition to insulation requirements, all domestic hot water pipes that are buried below grade must be
installed in a water proof and non-crushable casing or sleeve that allows for installation, removal, and
replacement of the enclosed pipe and insulation.
C. Pipe for cooling system lines shall be insulated as specified in subsection A. Piping for steam and hydronic
heating systems or hot water systems with pressure above 15 psig (103 kPa) shall meet the requirements in
TABLE 120.3-A.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 150.0(j)2: Factory-installed piping within space-conditioning equipment certified
under Section 110.1 or 110.2.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 150.0(j)2: Piping that serves process loads, gas piping, cold domestic water piping,
condensate drains, roof drains, vents, or waste piping.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 150.0(j)2: Piping that penetrates framing members shall not be required to have pipe
insulation for the distance of the framing penetration. Metal piping that penetrates metal framing shall use
grommets, plugs, wrapping or other insulating material to assure that no contact is made with the metal framing.
Insulation shall butt securely against all framing members.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 150.0(j)2: Piping installed in interior or exterior walls shall not be required to have
pipe insulation if all of the requirements are met for compliance with Quality Insulation Installation (QII) as
specified in the Reference Residential Appendix RA3.5.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 150.0(j)2: Piping installed in attics with a minimum of 4 inches (10 cm) of attic
insulation on top of the piping shall not be required to have pipe insulation.

NOTE: Where the Executive Director approves a water heater calculation method for particular water heating
recirculation systems, piping insulation requirements are those specified in the approved calculation method.
3. Insulation Protection. Insulation outside conditioned space shall be protected from damage, including that due
to sunlight, moisture, equipment maintenance, and wind. Protection includes but is not limited to the following:
A. Insulation exposed to weather shall either be rated for outdoor use or installed with a cover suitable for
outdoor service; e.g., protected by aluminum, sheet metal, painted canvas, or plastic cover. Cellular foam
insulation shall be protected as above or painted with a coating that is water retardant and provides shielding
from solar radiation that can cause degradation of the material.
B. Insulation covering chilled water piping and refrigerant suction piping located outside the conditioned space
shall have a Class I or Class II vapor retarding facing, or the insulation shall be installed at the thickness that
qualifies as a Class I or Class II vapor retarder.
(k) Residential Lighting.
1. Luminaire Requirements
A. Luminaire Efficacy: Installed luminaires shall be classified as high-efficacy or low-efficacy for compliance
with Section 150.0(k) in accordance with TABLE 150.0-A or TABLE 150.0-B, as applicable.
B. Hybrid Luminaires: When a high efficacy and low efficacy lighting system are combined together in a
single luminaire, the high efficacy and low efficacy lighting systems shall separately comply with the
applicable provisions of Section 150.0(k).
C. Luminaire Wattage and Classification. The Wattage and Classification of permanently installed luminaires
in residential kitchens shall be determined in accordance with Section 130.0(c). In residential kitchens, the
wattage of electrical boxes finished with a blank cover or where no electrical equipment has been installed,
and where the electrical box can be used for a luminaire or a surface mounted ceiling fan, shall be calculated
as 180 watts of low efficacy lighting per electrical box.
D. Electronic Ballasts. Ballasts for fluorescent lamps rated 13 watts or greater shall be electronic and shall have
an output frequency no less than 20 kHz.
E. Night Lights. Permanently installed night lights and night lights integral to installed luminaires or exhaust
fans shall be rated to consume no more than five watts of power per luminaire or exhaust fan as determined
in accordance with Section 130.0(c). Night lights shall not be required to be controlled by vacancy sensors.
F. Lighting Integral to Exhaust Fans. Lighting integral to exhaust fans shall meet the applicable requirements
of Section 150.0(k).
EXCEPTION to Section 150.0(k)1F: Lighting installed by the manufacturer in kitchen exhaust hoods.
2. Switching Devices and Controls.
A. High efficacy luminaires shall be switched separately from low efficacy luminaires.
B. Exhaust fans shall be switched separately from lighting systems.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.0(k)2B: Lighting integral to an exhaust fan may be on the same switch as the
fan provided the lighting can be switched OFF in accordance with the applicable provisions in Section
150(k)2 while allowing the fan to continue to operate for an extended period of time.
C. Luminaires shall be switched with readily accessible controls that permit the luminaires to be manually
switched ON and OFF.
D. Lighting controls and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
E. No controls shall bypass a dimmer or vacancy sensor function where that dimmer or vacancy sensor has been
installed to comply with Section 150.0(k).
F. Lighting controls shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 110.9.
G. An Energy Management Control System (EMCS) may be used to comply with dimmer requirements in
Section 150.0(k) if at a minimum it provides the functionality of a dimmer in accordance with Section 110.9,

meets the installation certificate requirements in Section 130.4, the EMCS requirements in Section 130.5,
and complies with all other applicable requirements in Section 150.0(k)2.
H. An Energy Management Control System (EMCS) may be used to comply with vacancy sensor requirements
in Section 150.0(k) if at a minimum it provides the functionality of a vacancy sensor in accordance with
Section 110.9, meets the installation certificate requirements in Section 130.4, the EMCS requirements in
Section 130.5, and complies with all other applicable requirements in Section 150.0(k)2.
I. A multi-scene programmable controller may be used to comply with dimmer requirements in Section
150.0(k) if at a minimum it provides the functionality of a dimmer in accordance with Section 110.9, and
complies with all other applicable requirements in Section 150.0(k)2.
3. Lighting in Kitchens.
A. A minimum of 50 percent of the total rated wattage of permanently installed lighting in kitchens shall be
high efficacy.
B. For the purpose of compliance with Section 150.0(k), kitchen lighting includes all permanently installed
lighting in the kitchen except for lighting that is internal to cabinets for the purpose of illuminating only the
inside of the cabinets. Lighting in areas adjacent to the kitchen, including but not limited to dining and nook
areas, are considered kitchen lighting if they are not separately switched from kitchen lighting.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.0(k)3: Up to 50 watts for dwelling units less than or equal to 2,500 ft² or 100 watts
for dwelling units larger than 2,500 ft² may be exempt from the 50 percent high efficacy requirement when all
lighting in the kitchen is controlled in accordance with the applicable provisions in Section 150.0(k)2, and is also
controlled by vacancy sensors or dimmers.
4. Lighting Internal to Cabinets. Permanently installed lighting that is internal to cabinets shall use no more than
20 watts of power per linear foot of illuminated cabinet. The length of an illuminated cabinet shall be determined
using one of the following measurements, regardless of the number of shelves or the number of doors per cabinet
section:
A. One horizontal length of illuminated cabinet; or
B. One vertical length, per illuminated cabinet section; or
C. No more than one vertical length per every 40 horizontal inches of illuminated cabinet.
5. Lighting in Bathrooms. Lighting installed in bathrooms shall meet the following requirements:
A. A minimum of one high efficacy luminaire shall be installed in each bathroom; and
B. All other lighting installed in each bathroom shall be high efficacy or controlled by vacancy sensors.
6. Lighting in Garages, Laundry Rooms, and Utility Rooms. Lighting installed in attached and detached garages,
laundry rooms, and utility rooms shall be high efficacy luminaires and controlled by vacancy sensors.
7. Lighting other than in Kitchens, Bathrooms, Garages, Laundry Rooms, and Utility Rooms. Lighting
installed in rooms or areas other than in kitchens, bathrooms, garages, laundry rooms, and utility rooms shall be
high efficacy, or shall be controlled by either dimmers or vacancy sensors.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 150.0(k)7: Luminaires in closets less than 70 square feet.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 150.0(k)7: Lighting in detached storage buildings less than 1,000 square feet located
on a residential site.
8. Recessed Luminaires in Ceilings. Luminaires recessed into ceilings shall meet all of the following
requirements:
A. Be Listed, as defined in Section 100.1, for zero clearance insulation contact (IC) by Underwriters
Laboratories or other nationally recognized testing/rating laboratory; and
B. Have a label that certifies that the luminaire is airtight with air leakage less than 2.0 CFM at 75 Pascals when
tested in accordance with ASTM E283. An exhaust fan housing shall not be required to be certified airtight;
and

C. Be sealed with a gasket or caulk between the luminaire housing and ceiling, and shall have all air leak paths
between conditioned and unconditioned spaces sealed with a gasket or caulk; and
D. For recessed compact fluorescent luminaires with ballasts to qualify as high efficacy for compliance with
Section 150.0(k), the ballasts shall be certified to the Commission to comply with the applicable
requirements in Section 110.9; and
E. Allow ballast maintenance and replacement to be readily accessible to building occupants from below the
ceiling without requiring the cutting of holes in the ceiling.
9. Residential Outdoor Lighting. Luminaires providing residential outdoor lighting shall meet the following
requirements, as applicable:
A. For single-family residential buildings, outdoor lighting permanently mounted to a residential building or
other buildings on the same lot shall be high efficacy, or may be low efficacy if it meets all of the following
requirements:
i. Controlled by a manual ON and OFF switch that does not override to ON the automatic actions of items
ii or iii below; and
ii. Controlled by a motion sensor not having an override or bypass switch that disables the motion sensor,
or controlled by a motion sensor having a temporary override switch which temporarily bypasses the
motion sensing function and automatically reactivates the motion sensor within 6 hours
iii. Controlled by one of the following methods:
a. Photocontrol not having an override or bypass switch that disables the photocontrol; or
b. Astronomical time clock not having an override or bypass switch that disables the astronomical time
clock, and which is programmed to automatically turn the outdoor lighting OFF during daylight
hours; or
c. Energy management control system which meets all of the following requirements:
At a minimum provides the functionality of an astronomical time clock in accordance with Section
110.9; meets the Installation Certification requirements in Section 130.4; meets the requirements for
an EMCS in Section 130.5; does not have an override or bypass switch that allows the luminaire to
be always ON; and, is programmed to automatically turn the outdoor lighting OFF during daylight
hours.
B. For low-rise multi-family residential buildings, outdoor lighting for private patios, entrances, balconies, and
porches; and outdoor lighting for residential parking lots and residential carports with less than eight vehicles
per site shall comply with one of the following requirements:
i. Shall comply with Section 150.0(k)9A; or
ii. Shall comply with the applicable requirements in Sections 110.9, 130.0, 130.2, 130.4, 140.7, and 141.0.
C. For low-rise residential buildings with four or more dwelling units, outdoor lighting not regulated by Section
150.0(k)9B or Section 150.0(k)9D shall comply with the applicable requirements in Sections 110.9, 130.0,
130.2, 130.4, 140.7, and 141.0.
D. Outdoor lighting for residential parking lots and residential carports with a total of eight or more vehicles per
site shall comply with the applicable requirements in Sections 110.9, 130.0, 130.2, 130.4, 140.7, and 141.0.
10. Internally illuminated address signs. Internally illuminated address signs shall:
A. Comply with Section 140.8; or
B. Shall consume no more than 5 watts of power as determined according to Section 130.0(c).
11. Residential Garages for Eight or More Vehicles. Lighting for residential parking garages for eight or more
vehicles shall comply with the applicable requirements for nonresidential garages in Sections 110.9, 130.0, 130.1,
130.4, 140.6, and 141.0.
12. Interior Common Areas of Low-rise Multi-Family Residential Buildings.

A. In a low-rise multi-family residential building where the total interior common area in a single building
equals 20 percent or less of the floor area, permanently installed lighting for the interior common areas in
that building shall be high efficacy luminaires or controlled by an occupant sensor.
B. In a low-rise multi-family residential building where the total interior common area in a single building
equals more than 20 percent of the floor area, permanently installed lighting in that building shall:
i. Comply with the applicable requirements in Sections 110.9, 130.0, 130.1, 140.6, and 141.0; and
ii. Lighting installed in corridors and stairwells shall be controlled by occupant sensors that reduce the
lighting power in each space by at least 50 percent. The occupant sensors shall be capable of turning the
light fully On and Off from all designed paths of ingress and egress.
(l) Slab Edge Insulation. Material used for slab edge insulation shall meet the following minimum specifications:
1. Water absorption rate for the insulation material alone without facings no greater than 0.3 percent when tested in
accordance with Test Method A – 24-Hour-Immersion of ASTM C272.
2. Water vapor permeance no greater than 2.0 perm/inch when tested in accordance with ASTM E96.
3. Concrete slab perimeter insulation shall be protected from physical damage and ultraviolet light deterioration.
4. Insulation for a heated slab floor shall meet the requirements of Section 110.8(g).
(m) Air-Distribution and Ventilation System Ducts, Plenums, and Fans.
1. CMC Compliance. All air-distribution system ducts and plenums, including, but not limited to, mechanical
closets and air-handler boxes, shall be installed, sealed and insulated to meet the requirements of the CMC
Sections 601.0, 602.0, 603.0, 604.0, 605.0 and ANSI/SMACNA-006-2006 HVAC Duct Construction Standards
Metal and Flexible 3rd Edition, incorporated herein by reference. Portions of supply-air and return-air ducts and
plenums of a space heating or cooling system shall either be insulated to a minimum installed level of R-6.0 (or
any higher level required by CMC Section 605.0) or be enclosed entirely in directly conditioned space as
confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with the requirements of Reference
Residential Appendix RA3.1.4.3.8. Connections of metal ducts and the inner core of flexible ducts shall be
mechanically fastened. Openings shall be sealed with mastic, tape, or other duct-closure system that meets the
applicable requirements of UL 181, UL 181A or UL 181B or aerosol sealant that meets the requirements of UL
723. If mastic or tape is used to seal openings greater than 1/4 inch, the combination of mastic and either mesh or
tape shall be used.
Building cavities, support platforms for air handlers, and plenums defined or constructed with materials other
than sealed sheet metal, duct board or flexible duct shall not be used for conveying conditioned air. Building
cavities and support platforms may contain ducts. Ducts installed in cavities and support platforms shall not be
compressed to cause reductions in the cross-sectional area of the ducts.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.0(m)1: Ducts and fans integral to a wood heater or fireplace.
2. Factory-Fabricated Duct Systems.
A. All factory-fabricated duct systems shall comply with UL 181 for ducts and closure systems, including
collars, connections, and splices, and be labeled as complying with UL 181. UL 181 testing may be
performed by UL laboratories or a laboratory approved by the Executive Director.
B. All pressure-sensitive tapes, heat-activated tapes, and mastics used in the manufacture of rigid fiberglass
ducts shall comply with UL 181 and UL 181A.
C. All pressure-sensitive tapes and mastics used with flexible ducts shall comply with UL 181 and UL 181B.
3. Field-Fabricated Duct Systems.
A. Factory-made rigid fiberglass and flexible ducts for field-fabricated duct systems shall comply with UL 181.
All pressure-sensitive tapes, mastics, aerosol sealants, or other closure systems used for installing field-
fabricated duct systems shall meet the applicable requirements of UL 181, UL 181A, and UL 181B.

B. Mastic sealants and mesh.

i. Sealants shall comply with the applicable requirements of UL 181, UL 181A, and UL 181B, and be
nontoxic and water resistant.
ii. Sealants for interior applications shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C731 and D2202,
iii. Sealants for exterior applications shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C731, C732, and D2202,
iv. Sealants and meshes shall be rated for exterior use.
C. Pressure-sensitive tape. Pressure-sensitive tapes shall comply with the applicable requirements of UL 181,
UL 181A, and UL 181B.
E. Drawbands used with flexible duct.
i. Drawbands shall be either stainless-steel worm-drive hose clamps or UV-resistant nylon duct ties.
ii. Drawbands shall have a minimum tensile strength rating of 150 pounds.
iii. Drawbands shall be tightened as recommended by the manufacturer with an adjustable tensioning tool.
F. Aerosol-sealant closures.
i. Aerosol sealants shall meet the requirements of UL 723 and be applied according to manufacturer
specifications.
ii. Tapes or mastics used in combination with aerosol sealing shall meet the requirements of this section.
4. Duct Insulation R-value Ratings. All duct insulation product R-values shall be based on insulation only
(excluding air films, vapor retarder, or other duct components) and tested C-values at 75°F mean temperature at
the installed thickness, in accordance with ASTM C518 or ASTM C177, incorporated herein by reference, and
certified pursuant to Section 110.8.
5. Duct Insulation Thickness. The installed thickness of duct insulation used to determine its R-value shall be
determined as follows:
A. For duct board, duct liner, and factory-made rigid ducts not normally subjected to compression, the nominal
insulation thickness shall be used.
B. For duct wrap, installed thickness shall be assumed to be 75 percent (25 percent compression) of nominal
thickness.
C. For factory-made flexible air ducts, the installed thickness shall be determined by dividing the difference
between the actual outside diameter and nominal inside diameter by two.
6. Duct Labeling. Insulated flexible duct products installed to meet this requirement shall include labels, in
maximum intervals of 3 feet, showing the thermal performance R-value for the duct insulation itself (excluding
air films, vapor retarder, or other duct components), based on the tests in Section 150.0(m)4 and the installed
thickness determined by Section 150.0(m)5C.
7. Backdraft Dampers. All fan systems, regardless of volumetric capacity, that exchange air between the building
conditioned space and the outside of the building shall be provided with backdraft or automatic dampers to
prevent unintended air leakage through the fan system when the fan system is not operating.
8. Gravity Ventilation Dampers. All gravity ventilating systems that serve conditioned space shall be provided
with either automatic or readily accessible, manually operated dampers in all openings to the outside except
combustion inlet and outlet air openings and elevator shaft vents.
9. Protection of Insulation. Insulation shall be protected from damage, including that due to sunlight, moisture,
equipment maintenance, and wind but not limited to the following: Insulation exposed to weather shall be

suitable for outdoor service e.g., protected by aluminum, sheet metal, painted canvas, or plastic cover. Cellular
foam insulation shall be protected as above or painted with a coating that is water retardant and provides
shielding from solar radiation that can cause degradation of the material.
10. Porous Inner Core Flex Duct. Flexible ducts having porous inner cores shall not be used.
11. Duct System Sealing and Leakage Testing. When space conditioning systems utilize forced air duct systems to
supply conditioned air to an occupiable space, the ducts shall be sealed, as confirmed through field verification
and diagnostic testing, in accordance with all applicable procedures specified in Reference Residential Appendix
RA3.1, and the leakage compliance criteria specified in Reference Residential Appendix TABLE RA3.1-2, and
conforming to one of the following subsections A, B, or C as applicable:
A. For single family dwellings and townhouses with the air-handling unit installed and the ducts connected
directly to the air handler, the total leakage of the duct system shall not exceed 6 percent of the nominal
system air handler airflow as determined utilizing the procedures in Reference Residential Appendix Section
RA3.1.4.3.1.
B. For single family dwellings and townhouses at the rough-in stage of construction prior to installation of the
dwelling's interior finishing:
i. Air-handling unit installed.
If the air-handling unit is installed and the ducts are connected directly to the air handler, the total
leakage of the duct system shall not exceed 6 percent of the nominal system air handler airflow as
determined utilizing the procedures in Reference Residential Appendix Sections RA3.1.4.3.2,
RA3.1.4.3.2.1, and RA3.1.4.3.3.
ii. Air-handling unit not yet installed.
If the air-handling unit is not yet installed, the total leakage of the duct system shall not exceed 4 percent
of the nominal system air handler airflow as determined utilizing the procedures in Reference
Residential Appendix Sections RA3.1.4.3.2, RA3.1.4.3.2.2, and RA3.1.4.3.3.
C. For multi-family dwellings with the air-handling unit installed and the ducts connected directly to the air
handler, regardless of duct system location,
i. The total leakage of the duct system shall not exceed 12 percent of the nominal system air handler
airflow as determined utilizing the procedures in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.1,
or
ii. The duct system leakage to outside shall not exceed 6 percent of the nominal system air handler airflow
as determined utilizing the procedures in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.4.
12. Air Filtration. Mechanical systems that supply air to an occupiable space through ductwork exceeding 10 ft (3
m) in length and through a thermal conditioning component, except evaporative coolers, shall be provided with
air filter devices in accordance with the following:
A. System Design and Installation.
i. The system shall be designed to ensure that all recirculated air and all outdoor air supplied to the
occupiable space is filtered before passing through the system's thermal conditioning components.
ii. The system shall be designed to accommodate the clean-filter pressure drop imposed by the system air
filter device(s). The design airflow rate and maximum allowable clean-filter pressure drop at the design
airflow rate applicable to each air filter device shall be determined.
iii. All system air filter devices shall be located and installed in such a manner as to allow access and
regular service by the system owner.
iv. All system air filter device locations shall be labeled to disclose the applicable design airflow rate and
the maximum allowable clean-filter pressure drop as determined according to subsection ii above. The
labels shall be permanently affixed to the air filter device readily legible, and visible to a person
replacing the air filter media.

B. Air Filter Media Efficiency. The system shall be provided with air filter media having a designated
efficiency equal to or greater than MERV 6 when tested in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 52.2, or a
particle size efficiency rating equal to or greater than 50percent in the 3.0–10 μm range when tested in
accordance with AHRI Standard 680.
C. Air Filter Media Pressure Drop. The system shall be provided with air filter media that conforms to the
maximum allowable clean-filter pressure drop determined according to Section 150.0(m)12Aii, as rated
using AHRI Standard 680, for the applicable design airflow rate(s) for the system air filter device(s). If the
alternative to 150.0(m)13B is utilized for compliance, the design clean-filter pressure drop for the system air
filter media shall conform to the requirements given in TABLE 150.0-C or 150.0-D.
D. Air Filter Media Product Labeling. The system shall be provided with air filter media that has been labeled
by the manufacturer to disclose the efficiency and pressure drop ratings that demonstrate conformance with
Sections 150.0(m)12B and 150.0(m)12C
13. Duct System Sizing and Air Filter Grille Sizing. Space conditioning systems that utilize forced air ducts to
supply cooling to an occupiable space shall:
A. Have a hole for the placement of a static pressure probe (HSPP), or a permanently installed static pressure
probe (PSPP) in the supply plenum downstream of the air conditioning evaporator coil. The size, location,
and labeling of the HSPP or PSPP shall conform to the requirements specified in Reference Residential
Appendix RA3.3.1.1 as confirmed by field verification and diagnostic testing; and
EXCEPTION to 150.0(m)13A: Systems that cannot conform to the specifications for hole location in
Reference Residential Appendix Figure RA3.3-1 shall not be required to provide holes as described in Figure
RA3.3-1.
B. Demonstrate, in every control mode, airflow greater than 350 CFM per ton of nominal cooling capacity
through the return grilles, and an air-handling unit fan efficacy less than or equal to 0.58 W/CFM as
confirmed by field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with the procedures given in Reference
Residential Appendix RA3.3.
ALTERNATIVE to Section 150.0(m)13B: Standard ducted systems (systems without zoning dampers)
may comply by meeting the applicable requirements in TABLE 150.0-C or TABLE 150.0-D as confirmed by
field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with the procedures in Reference Residential Appendix
Sections RA3.1.4.4 and RA3.1.4.5. The design clean-filter pressure drop requirements of Section
150.0(m)12C for the system air filter device(s) shall conform to the requirements given in TABLE 150.0-C
and 150.0-D.
EXCEPTION to 150.0(m)13B: Multi-speed compressor systems or variable speed compressor systems
shall verify air flow (cfm/ton) and fan efficacy (Watt/cfm) for system operation at the maximum compressor
speed and the maximum air handler fan speed.
14. RESERVED
15. Zonally Controlled Central Forced Air Systems. Zonally controlled central forced air cooling systems shall be
capable of simultaneously delivering, in every zonal control mode, an airflow from the dwelling, through the air
handler fan and delivered to the dwelling, of greater than 350 CFM per ton of nominal cooling capacity, and
operating at an air-handling unit fan efficacy of less than or equal to 0.58 W/CFM as confirmed by field
verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with the applicable procedures specified in Reference
Residential Appendix RA3.3.
EXCEPTION to 150.0(m)15: Multi-speed compressor systems or variable speed compressor systems, or single
speed compressor systems that utilize the performance compliance approach set forth in Section 150.1(b) shall
demonstrate compliance for airflow (cfm/ton) and fan efficacy (Watt/cfm) by operating the system at maximum
compressor capacity and maximum system fan speed and with all zones calling for conditioning.
(n) Water Heating System.
1. Systems using gas or propane water heaters to serve individual dwelling units shall include the following
components:

A. A 120V electrical receptacle that is within 3 feet from the water heater and accessible to the water heater
with no obstructions; and
B. A Category III or IV vent, or a Type B vent with straight pipe between the outside termination and the space
where the water heater is installed; and
C. A condensate drain that is no more than 2 inches higher than the base of the installed water heater, and
allows natural draining without pump assistance, and
D. A gas supply line with a capacity of at least 200,000 Btu/hr.
2. Water heating recirculation loops serving multiple dwelling units shall meet the requirements of Section
110.3(c)5.
3. Solar water-heating systems and collectors shall be certified and rated by the Solar Rating and Certification
Corporation (SRCC) or by a testing agency approved by the Executive Director.
(o) Ventilation for Indoor Air Quality. All dwelling units shall meet the requirements of ASHRAE Standard 62.2,
Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low-Rise Residential Buildings. Window operation is not a
permissible method of providing the Whole-Building Ventilation airflow required in Section 4 of ASHRAE Standard
62.2. Continuous operation of central forced air system air handlers used in central fan integrated ventilation systems
is not a permissible method of providing the whole-building ventilation airflow required in Section 4 of ASHRAE
Standard 62.2. Additionally, all dwelling units shall meet the following requirements:
1. Field Verification and Diagnostic Testing.
A. Airflow Performance. The Whole-Building Ventilation airflow required by Section 4 of ASHRAE Standard
62.2 shall be confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with the applicable
procedures specified in Reference Residential Appendix RA3.7.
(p) Pool Systems and Equipment Installation. Any residential pool system or equipment installed shall comply with the
applicable requirements of Section 110.4, as well as the requirements listed in this section.
1. Pump sizing and flow rate.
A. All pumps and pump motors installed shall be listed in the Commission’s directory of certified equipment
and shall comply with the Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
B. All pump flow rates shall be calculated using the following system equation:
H = C×F2
WHERE:
H is the total system head in feet of water.
F is the flow rate in gallons per minute (gpm).
C is a coefficient based on the volume of the pool:
0.0167 for pools less than or equal to 17,000 gallons.
0.0082 for pools greater than 17,000 gallons.
C. Filtration pumps shall be sized, or if programmable, shall be programmed, so that the filtration flow rate is
not greater than the rate needed to turn over the pool water volume in 6 hours or 36 gpm, whichever is
greater; and
D. Pump motors used for filtration with a capacity of 1 hp or more shall be multi-speed; and
E. Each auxiliary pool load shall be served by either separate pumps or the system shall be served by a multi-
speed pump; and
EXCEPTION to Section 150.0(p)1E: Pumps less than 1 hp may be single speed.
F. Multi-speed pumps shall have controls which default to the filtration flow rate when no auxiliary pool loads
are operating; and

G. For multi-speed pumps, the controls shall default to the filtration flow rate setting within 24 hours and shall
have an override capability for servicing.
2. System piping.
A. A length of straight pipe that is greater than or equal to at least 4 pipe diameters shall be installed before the
pump; and
B. Pool piping shall be sized so that the velocity of the water at maximum flow for auxiliary pool loads does not
exceed 8 feet per second in the return line and 6 feet per second in the suction line; and
C. All elbows shall be sweep elbows or of an elbow-type that has a pressure drop of less than the pressure drop
of straight pipe with a length of 30 pipe diameters.
3. Filters. Filters shall be at least the size specified in NSF/ANSI 50 for public pool intended applications.
4. Valves. Minimum diameter of backwash valves shall be 2 inches or the diameter of the return pipe, whichever is
greater.
(q) Fenestration Products. Fenestration separating conditioned space from unconditioned space or outdoors shall meet
the requirements of either Item 1 or 2 below:
1. Fenestration, including skylight products, must have a maximum U-factor of 0.58.
2. The weighted average U-factor of all fenestration, including skylight products, shall not exceed 0.58.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.0(q)1: Up to 10 square feet of fenestration area or 0.5 percent of the Conditioned
Floor Area, whichever is greater, is exempt from the maximum U-factor requirement.
(r) Solar Ready Buildings. Shall meet the requirements of Section 110.10 applicable to the building project.
TABLE 150.0-A CLASSIFICATION OF HIGH EFFICACY AND LOW EFFICACY LIGHT SOURCES
High Efficacy Light Sources Low Efficacy Light Sources
Luminaires manufactured, designed and rated for Luminaires manufactured, designed or rated for use with any of the
use with only lighting technologies in this column lighting technologies in this column shall be classified as low
shall be classified as high efficacy: efficacy.
1. Pin-based linear or compact fluorescent lamps 1. Line-voltage lamp holders (sockets) capable of operating
with electronic ballasts. Compact fluorescent incandescent lamps of any type.
lamps ≥ 13 watts shall have 4 pins for
2. Low-voltage lamp holders capable of operating incandescent
compliance with the electronic ballast
lamps of any type.
requirements in Section 150.0(k)1D.
3. High efficacy lamps installed in low-efficacy luminaires,
2. Pulse-start metal halide lamps.
including screw base compact fluorescent and screw base LED
3. High pressure sodium lamps. lamps.
4. GU-24 sockets rated for LED lamps. 3. Mercury vapor lamps.
5. GU-24 sockets rated for compact fluorescent 4. Track lighting or other flexible lighting system which allows
lamps. the addition or relocation of luminaires without altering the
wiring of the system.
6. Luminaires using LED light sources which have
been certified to the Commission as high 6. Luminaires using LED light sources which have not been
efficacy in accordance with Reference Joint certified to the Commission as high efficacy.
Appendix JA8.
7. Lighting systems which have modular components that allow
7. Luminaire housings rated by the manufacturer conversion between high-efficacy and low-efficacy lighting
for use with only LED light engines. without changing the luminaires’ housing or wiring.
8. Induction lamps. 8. Electrical boxes finished with a blank cover or where no
electrical equipment has been installed, and where the electrical
Note: Adaptors which convert an incandescent lamp
box can be used for a luminaire or a surface mounted ceiling

holder to a high-efficacy luminaire shall not be fan.

used to classify a luminaire as high efficacy.
TABLE 150.0-B MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR OTHER LIGHT SOURCES TO QUALIFY AS HIGH EFFICACY
Use this table to determine luminaire efficacy only for lighting systems not listed in TABLE 150.0-A
Luminaire Power Rating Minimum Luminaire Efficacy to Qualify as High Efficacy
5 watts or less 30 lumens per watt
over 5 watts to 15 watts 45 lumens per watt
over 15 watts to 40 watts 60 lumens per watt
over 40 watts 90 lumens per watt
Note: Determine minimum luminaire efficacy using the system initial rated lumens divided by the luminaire total rated
system input power.
TABLE 150.0-C: Return Duct Sizing for Single Return Duct Systems
Return duct length shall not exceed 30 feet and shall contain no more than 180 degrees of bend. If the total bending exceeds 90 degrees, one bend shall be a
metal elbow.
Return grille devices shall be labeled in accordance with the requirements in section 150.0(m)12A to disclose the grille's design airflow rate and a
maximum allowable clean-filter pressure drop of 12.5 Pa (0.05 inches water) for the air filter media as rated in accordance with AHRI Standard 680 for the
design airflow rate for the return grille.
Minimum Total Return Filter Grille Gross Area
System Nominal Cooling Capacity (Ton)* Minimum Return Duct Diameter (inch) (inch2)
1.5 16 500
2.0 18 600
2.5 20 800
*Not applicable to systems with nominal cooling capacity greater than 2.5 tons or less than 1.5 ton
TABLE 150.0-D: Return Duct Sizing for Multiple Return Duct Systems
Each return duct length shall not exceed 30 feet and shall contain no more than 180 degrees of bend. If the total bending exceeds 90 degrees, one bend shall
be a metal elbow.
Return grille devices shall be labeled in accordance with the requirements in section 150.0(m)12A to disclose the grille's design airflow rate and a
maximum allowable clean-filter pressure drop of 12.5 Pa (0.05 inches water) for the air filter media as rated in accordance with AHRI Standard 680 for the
design airflow rate for the return grille.
Return Duct 1 Return Duct 2 Minimum Total Return Filter Grille Gross
System Nominal Cooling
Area
Capacity (Ton)* Minimum Diameter (inch) Minimum Diameter (inch) (inch2)
1.5 12 10 500
2.0 14 12 600
2.5 14 14 800
3.0 16 14 900
3.5 16 16 1000
4 .0 18 18 1200
5 .0 20 20 1500

*Not applicable to systems with nominal cooling capacity greater than 5.0 tons or less than 1.5 tons.

SUBCHAPTER 8
LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS - PERFORMANCE
AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE APPROACHES FOR
NEWLY CONSTRUCTED RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
SECTION 150.1 – PERFORMANCE AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE

APPROACHES FOR NEWLY CONSTRUCTED RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
(a) Basic Requirements. New low-rise residential buildings shall meet all of the following:
1. The requirements of Sections 110.0 through 110.10 are applicable to new residential buildings.
2. The requirements of Section 150.0 (mandatory features).
3. Either the performance standards or the prescriptive standards set forth in this section for the climate zone in
which the building will be located. Climate zones are shown in Reference Joint Appendix JA2 –Weather /Climate
Data.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.1(a)3: If a single contiguous subdivision or tract falls in more than one climate
zone, all buildings in the subdivision or tract may be designed to meet the performance or prescriptive standards
for the climate zone that contains 50 percent or more of the dwelling units.
NOTE: The Commission periodically updates, publishes, and makes available to interested persons and local
enforcement agencies precise descriptions of the climate zones, which is available in Reference Joint Appendix
JA2 –Weather/Climate Data.
4. For other provisions applicable to new low-rise residential buildings, refer to Section 100.0.
(b) Performance Standards. A building complies with the performance standard if the energy budget calculated for the
Proposed Design Building under Subsection 2 is no greater than the energy budget calculated for the Standard Design
Building under Subsection 1.
1. Energy Budget for the Standard Design Building. The energy budget for a Standard Design Building is
determined by applying the mandatory and prescriptive requirements to the Proposed Design Building. The
energy budget is the sum of the TDV energy for space-conditioning, mechanical ventilation and water heating.
2. Energy Budget for the Proposed Design Building. The energy budget for a Proposed Design Building is
determined by calculating the TDV energy for the Proposed Design Building. The energy budget is the sum of
the TDV energy for space-conditioning, mechanical ventilation and water heating. The energy budget for the
Proposed Design Building is reduced if on-site renewable energy generation is installed, according to methods
established by the Commission in the Residential ACM Reference Manual.
3. Calculation of Energy Budget. The TDV energy for both the Standard Design Building and the Proposed
Design Building shall be computed by Compliance Software certified for this use by the Commission. The
processes for Compliance Software approval are documented in the Residential ACM Approval Manual.
4. Compliance Demonstration Requirements for Performance Standards.
A. Certificate of Compliance and Application for a Building Permit. The application for a building permit shall
include documentation pursuant to Sections 10-103(a)1 and 10-103(a)2 which demonstrates, using an
approved calculation method, that the building has been designed so that its TDV energy use from depletable
energy sources does not exceed the combined water-heating and space-conditioning energy budgets for the
applicable climate zone.

CONSTRUCTED RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
EXCEPTION to Section 150.1(b)4A: MULTIPLE ORIENTATION: A permit applicant may demonstrate

compliance with the energy budget requirements of Section 150.1(a) and (b) for any orientation of the same
building model if the documentation demonstrates that the building model with its proposed designs and
features would comply in each of the four cardinal orientations.
B. Field verification of installed features, materials, components, manufactured devices, and system
performance shall be documented on applicable Certificates of Installation pursuant to Section 10-103(a)3,
and applicable Certificates of Verification pursuant to Section 10-103(a)5, in accordance with the following
requirements when applicable:
i. SEER Rating. When performance compliance requires installation of space a conditioning system with
a SEER rating that is greater than the minimum SEER rating required by TABLE 150.1-A, the installed
system shall be field verified in accordance with the procedures specified in Reference Residential
Appendix RA3.4.4.1.
ii. EER Rating. When performance compliance requires installation of a space conditioning system that
meets or exceeds a specified EER rating, the installed system shall be field verified in accordance with
the procedures specified in Reference Residential Appendix RA3.4.4.1.
iii. Low Leakage Air Handler. When performance compliance requires installation of a low leakage air-
handling unit that meets the qualifications in Reference Joint Appendix JA9, the installed air-handling
unit shall be field verified in accordance with the procedures specified in Reference Residential
Appendix RA3.1.4.3.9.
(c) Prescriptive Standards/Component Package. Buildings that comply with the prescriptive standards shall be
designed, constructed, and equipped to meet all of the requirements for the appropriate climate zone shown in TABLE
150.1-A. In TABLE 150.1-A, a NA (not allowed) means that feature is not permitted in a particular climate zone and
a NR (no requirement) means that there is no prescriptive requirement for that feature in a particular climate zone.
Installed components shall meet the following requirements:
1. Insulation.
A. Roof/Ceiling insulation shall be installed with a U-factor equal to or less than, or R-value equal to or greater
than shown in TABLE 150.1-A. The maximum U-factors or the minimum R-values shown are for insulation
installed between wood-framing members.
B. Wall (including heated basements and crawl spaces) insulation shall be installed that has a U-factor equal to
or less than, or R-value equal to or greater than shown in TABLE 150.1-A shall be installed. The maximum
U-factors or minimum opaque wall R-values shown are for insulation installed between wood-framing
members. Above grade mass walls and below grade walls shall have insulation installed resulting in a wall
assembly U-factor equal to or less than shown in TABLE 150.1-A.
i. Walls less than a 2x6 framed wall shall meet the equivalent U-factor indicated in TABLE 150.1-A.
ii. Walls greater than or equal to a 2x6 framed wall shall meet the equivalent U-factor indicated in TABLE
150.1-A.
C. Raised-floor insulation shall be installed with a U-factor equal to or less than, or an R-value equal to or
greater than shown in TABLE 150.1-A. The maximum U-factors or minimum R-values shown are for
insulation installed between wood-framing members.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.1(c)1C: Raised-floor insulation may be omitted if the foundation walls are
insulated to meet the wall insulation minimums shown in TABLE 150.1-A, and a vapor retarder is placed
over the entire floor of the crawl space, and the vents are fitted with automatically operated louvers, and the
requirements of Reference Residential Appendix RA4.5.1 are met.
D. Slab floor perimeter insulation shall be installed with a U-factor equal to or less than or R-value equal to or
greater than shown in TABLE 150.1-A. The minimum depth of concrete-slab floor perimeter insulation shall
be 16 inches or the depth of the footing of the building, whichever is less.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.1(c)1: The insulation requirements of TABLE 150.1-A may also be met by
ceiling, roof deck, wall, or floor assemblies that meet equivalent maximum U-factors or minimum R-values

that consider the effects of all elements of the assembly, using a calculation method approved by the
Executive Director.
2. Radiant Barrier. A radiant barrier required in TABLE 150.1-A shall meet the requirements specified in Section
110.8(j), and shall meet the installation criteria specified in the Reference Residential Appendix RA4.
3. Fenestration.
A. Installed fenestration products shall have an area-weighted average U-factor and SHGC no greater than the
applicable value in TABLE 150.1-A and shall be determined in accordance with Section 110.6(a)2 and
110.6(a)3.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 150.1(c)3A: For each dwelling unit, up to 3 square feet of new glazing area
installed in doors and up to 3 square foot of new tubular skylights area with dual-pane diffusers shall not be
required to meet the U-factor and SHGC requirements of TABLE 150.1-A.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 150.1(c)3A: For each dwelling unit up, to 16 square feet of new skylight area
with a maximum U-factor of 0.55 and a maximum SHGC of 0.30.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 150.1(c)3A For fenestration containing chromogenic type glazing:
i. the lower-rated labeled U-factor and SHGC shall be used with automatic controls to modulate the amount
of solar gain and light transmitted into the space in multiple steps in response to daylight levels or solar
intensity to demonstrate compliance with this section;
iii. area-weighted averaging with other fenestration that is not chromatic shall not be permitted and shall be
determined in accordance with Section 110.6(a).
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 150.1(c)3A: For dwelling units containing unrated site-built fenestration only
and meeting the maximum area restriction, the U-factor and SHGC can be determined in accordance with the
Nonresidential Reference Appendix NA6 or use default values in TABLE 116-A and TABLE 116-B.
B. The maximum total fenestration area shall not exceed the percentage of conditioned floor area, CFA, as
indicated in TABLE 150.1-A. Total fenestration includes skylights and west-facing glazing.
C. The maximum west-facing fenestration area shall not exceed the percentage of conditioned floor area as
indicated in TABLE 150.1-A. West-facing fenestration area includes skylights tilted in any direction when
the pitch is less than 1:12.
4. Shading. Where TABLE 150.1-A requires a Maximum Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC), the requirements
shall be met by one of the following:
A. Complying with the required SHGC pursuant to Section 150.1(c)3A; or
B. An exterior operable shading louver or other exterior shading device that meets the required SHGC; or
C. A combination of Items A and B to achieve the same performance as achieved in Section 150.1(c)3A.
D. For south-facing glazing only, optimal overhangs shall be installed so that the south-facing glazing is fully
shaded at solar noon on August 21 and substantially exposed to direct sunlight at solar noon on December
21.
E. Exterior shading devices must be permanently secured with attachments or fasteners that are not intended for
removal.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.1(c)4E: Where the California Building Code (CBC) requires emergency
egress or where compliance would conflict with Health and Safety regulations.
5. RESERVED
6. Heating System Type. Heating system types shall be installed as required in TABLE 150.1-A.

EXCEPTION to Section 150.1(c)6: A supplemental heating unit may be installed in a space served directly or
indirectly by a primary heating system, provided that the unit thermal capacity does not exceed 2 kW or 7,000
Btu/hr and is controlled by a time-limiting device not exceeding 30 minutes.
7. Space Heating and Space Cooling. All space heating and space cooling equipment shall comply with minimum
Appliance Efficiency Regulations as specified in Sections 110.0 through 110.2 and meet all applicable
requirements of Sections 150.0 and 150.1(c)7
Additionally, all systems shall comply with the following requirements, as applicable:
A. Refrigerant Charge. When refrigerant charge verification or charge indicator display is shown as required
by TABLE 150.1-A,
i air-cooled air conditioners and air-source heat pumps (including but not limited to ducted split systems,
ducted packaged systems, and mini-split systems)shall shall comply with the following requirements if
the procedures are applicable to the system:
a. Have measurement access holes (MAH) installed according to the specifications in Reference
Residential Appendix RA3.2.2.3 as verified by field verification and diagnostic testing; and correct
refrigerant charge shall be confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance
with applicable procedures specified in Reference Residential Appendix Sections RA3.2.2, or RA1;
or
b. Be equipped with a charge indicator display (CID) device that provides a clearly visible indication
to the occupant when the air conditioner fails to meet the required system operating parameters
specified in the applicable section of Reference Joint Appendix JA6 for the installed CID
technology. The CID indication shall be constantly visible and within one foot of the air
conditioners thermostat. CID installations shall be confirmed by field verification and diagnostic
testing utilizing the procedures specified in Reference Residential Appendix RA3.4.2.
EXCEPTION to 150.1(c)7Aia: Systems that cannot conform to the specifications for hole location
in Reference Residential Appendix Figure RA3.2-1, shall not be required to provide holes as
described in Figure RA3.2-1.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.1(c)7Ai : When the outdoor temperature is less than 55 degrees F and the
installer utilizes the weigh-in charging procedure in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.2.3.1
to verify the refrigerant charge, the installer may elect to utilize the HERS Rater verification procedure
in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.2.3.2. If the HERS Rater verification procedure in
Section RA3.2.3.2 is used for compliance, the system's thermostat shall conform to the specifications in
Reference Joint Appendix JA5 and shall be capable of receiving and responding to Demand Response
Signals prior to final approval of the building permit by the enforcing agency.
ii. Air-cooled air conditioners or air-source heat pumps (including but not limited to packaged systems and
mini-split systems) that cannot comply with the requirements of Section 150.1(c)7Aia or 150.1(c)7Aib
shall conform to the following requirement:
a. Correct refrigerant charge shall be confirmed by the system installer utilizing the weigh-in charging
procedure specified in Reference Residential Appendix RA3.2.3.1, as confirmed through field
verification by a HERS Rater according to the procedure specified in Reference Residential
Appendix RA3.2.3.2.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.1(c)7A: Packaged systems for which the manufacturer has verified correct system
refrigerant charge prior to shipment from the factory are not required to confirm refrigerant charge through field
verification and diagnostic testing. The installer of these packaged systems shall submit Certificate of Installation
documentation that certifies the system is a packaged system for which the correct refrigerant charge has been
verified by the system manufacturer prior to shipment from the factory.
8. Domestic Water-Heating Systems. Water-heating systems shall meet the requirements of either A, B C, or D.
A. For systems serving individual dwelling units, a single gas or propane storage type water heater with an input
of 75,000 Btu per hour or less, and that meets the tank insulation requirements of Section 150.0(j) and the

requirements of Sections 110.1 and 110.3 shall be installed. For recirculation distribution systems, only
Demand Recirculation Systems with manual control pumps shall be used.
B. For systems serving individual dwelling units, a single gas or propane instantaneous water heater with an
input of 200,000 Btu per hour or less and no storage tank, and that meets the requirements of Sections 110.1
and 110.3 shall be installed. For recirculation distribution systems, only Demand Recirculation Systems with
manual control pumps shall be used.
C. For systems serving multiple dwelling units, a central water-heating system that includes the following
components shall be installed:
i. Gas or propane water heaters, boilers or other water heating equipment that meet the minimum
efficiency requirements of Sections 110.1 and 110.3; and
ii. A water heating recirculation loop that meets the requirements of Section 110.3(c)2 and Section
110.3(c)5 and is equipped with an automatic control system that controls the recirculation pump
operation based on measurement of hot water demand and hot water return temperature and has two
recirculation loops each serving half of the building; and
EXCEPTION to Section 150.1(c)8Cii: Buildings with eight or fewer dwelling units are exempt from
the requirement for two recirculation loops.
iii. A solar water-heating system meeting the installation criteria specified in Reference Residential
Appendix RA4 and with a minimum solar savings fraction of 0.20 in climate zones 1 through 9 or a
minimum solar savings fraction of 0.35 in climate zones 10 through 16. The solar savings fraction shall
be determined using a calculation method approved by the Commission.
D. For systems serving individual dwelling units, an electric-resistance storage or instantaneous water heater
may be installed as the main water heating source only if natural gas is unavailable, the water heater is
located within the building envelope, and a solar water-heating system meeting the installation criteria
specified in the Reference Residential Appendix RA4 and with a minimum solar savings fraction of 0.50 is
installed. The solar savings fraction shall be determined using a calculation method approved by the
Commission. Recirculation pumps shall not be used.
9. Space conditioning ducts. All ducts shall either be in directly conditioned space as confirmed by field
verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with Reference Residential Appendix RA3.1.4.3.8 or be
insulated to a minimum installed level as specified by TABLE 150.1-A. All ducts shall meet all applicable
mandatory requirements of Section 150.0(m).
NOTE: Requirements for duct insulation in TABLE 150.1-A do not apply to buildings with space conditioning
systems that do not have ducts.
10. Central Fan Integrated Ventilation Systems. Central forced air system fans used in central fan integrated
ventilation systems shall demonstrate, in Air Distribution Mode, an air-handling unit fan efficacy less than or
equal to 0.58 W/CFM as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with all
applicable procedures specified in Reference Residential Appendix RA3.3.
11. Roofing products. All roofing products shall meet the requirements of Section 110.8 and the applicable
requirements of subsection A or B:
A. Low-rise residential buildings with steep-sloped roofs, in climate zones 10 through 15 shall have a minimum
aged solar reflectance of 0.20 and a minimum thermal emittance of 0.75, or a minimum SRI of 16.
B. Low-rise residential buildings with low-sloped roofs; in climate zones 13 and 15 shall have a minimum aged
solar reflectance of 0.63 and a minimum thermal emittance of 0.75 or a minimum SRI of 75.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 150.1(c)11: Building integrated photovoltaic panels and building integrated
solar thermal panels are exempt from the minimum requirements for solar reflectance and thermal emittance
or SRI.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 150.1(c)11: Roof constructions that have thermal mass over the roof membrane
with a weight of at least 25 lb/ft² are exempt from the minimum requirements for solar reflectance and
thermal emittance or SRI.

12. Ventilation Cooling. Single family homes shall comply with the Whole House Fan (WHF) requirements shown
in TABLE 150.1-A. When a WHF is required, comply with subsections i through iii below:
A. Have installed one or more WHFs whose total Air Flow CFM as listed in the CEC Directory is at least 2
CFM/ft2 of conditioned floor area; and
B. Have at least 1 square foot of attic vent free area for each 375 CFM of rated whole house fan Air Flow CFM;
and
C. Provide homeowners who have WHFs with a one page “How to operate your whole house fan”
informational sheet.
13. HVAC System Bypass Ducts. Unless otherwise specified on the Certificate of Compliance, bypass ducts that
deliver conditioned supply air directly to the space conditioning system return duct airflow shall not be used. All
zonally controlled forced air systems shall be verified by a HERS Rater utilizing the procedure in Reference
Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.6 to confirm compliance with 150.1(c)13.

TABLE 150.1-A COMPONENT PACKAGE-A Standard Building Design
Climate Zone
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
U 0.025 U 0.031 U 0.031 U 0.031 U 0.031 U 0.031 U 0.031 U 0.031 R U 0.031 U 0.031 U 0.025 U 0.025 U 0.025 U 0.025 U 0.025 U 0.025
Roofs /Ceilings
R 38 R 30 R 30 R 30 R 30 R 30 R 30 30 R 30 R 30 R 38 R 38 R 38 R 38 R 38
U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065 U 0.065
Framed2
R 15+4 R 15+4 R15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4 R 15+4
2x4 or or or or or or or or or or or or or or or or
R 13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5 R13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5 R 13+5
Above Grade
Interior3
U 0.070 U 0.070 U 0.070 U 0.070 U 0.070 U 0.070 U 0.070 U 0.070 U0.070 U0.070 U0.070 U0.070 U0.070 U0.070 U0.070 U 0.059
Mass
Wall
R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 13 R 17
Exterior3
Mass
Wall
Walls R 8.0 R 8. R 8.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 13
Insulation1
Interior3
Below
Grade
Below Grade
Building Envelope
Exterior3
Below
Grade
R 5.0 R 5.0 R 5.0 R 5.0 R 5.0 R 5.0 R 5.0 R 5.0 R 5.0 R 5.0 R 5.0 R 5.0 R 5.0 R 10 R 10 R 19
Slab U 0.58
NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR
Perimeter R 7.0
Floors Raised
U 0.092 U 0.092 U 0.269 U 0.269 U0.269 U 0.269 U 0.269 U 0.269 U 0.269 U 0.269 U 0.092 U 0.138 U 0.092 U 0.092 U 0.138 U 0.092
Concrete Raised
R 8.0 R 8.0 R0 R0 R0 R0 R0 R0 R0 R0 R 8.0 4.0 R 8.0 R 8.0 R 4.0 R 8.0
Radiant Barrier NR REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ NR
Aged Solar
NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 0.6 NR 0.6 NR
Roofing Products
Reflectance
Low-sloped
Thermal
NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 0.75 NR 0.75 NR
Emittance
Aged Solar
NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 NR
Steep Sloped Reflectance
Thermal
NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 0. 75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 NR
Emittance
4
Maximum U-factor 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32
Fenestration
5
Maximum SHGC NR 0.25 NR 0.25 NR 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
Maximum Total Area 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%
Maximum West Facing Area NR 5% NR 5% NR 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
SECTION 150.1 – PERFORMANCE AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE APPROACHES FOR NEWLY CONSTRUCTED RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLE 150.1-A COMPONENT PACKAGE-A Standard Building Design (continuation)
Climate Zone
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Electric-Resistance Allowed No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Heating
Space
If gas, AFUE MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN
If Heat Pump, HSPF6 MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN
SEER MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN MIN
Refrigerant Charge Verification or

Space cooling
Charge Indicator Display

HVAC SYSTEM
NR REQ NR NR NR NR NR REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ NR
Whole House Fan7 NR NR NR NR NR NR NR REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ NR NR
Central Fan Integrated Ventilation

System Air
Handlers8
System Fan Efficacy

Central
REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ REQ
Ducts
Duct Insulation R-6 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-8 R-6 R-6 R-8 R-8 R-8
Heating
All Buildings System Shall meet Section 150.1(c)8

Water
SECTION 150.1 – PERFORMANCE AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE APPROACHES FOR NEWLY CONSTRUCTED RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
Footnote requirements to TABLE 150.1-A:

1. The U-factors/R-values shown for ceiling, wall and raised floor insulation are for wood-frame construction with insulation
installed between the framing members. For alternative construction assemblies, see Section 150.1(c)1A, B and C.
2. U-factors can be met by cavity insulation alone or with continuous insulation alone, or with both cavity and continuous
insulation that results in a U-factor equal to or less than the U-factor shown. “R-15+4” means R-15 cavity insulation plus
R-4 continuous insulation. Any combination of cavity insulation and/or continuous insulation that results in a U-factor
equal to or less than 0.065 is allowed, such as R-13+5.
3. Mass wall has a thermal heat capacity greater than or equal to 7.0 Btu/h-ft2. Below grade “interior” denotes insulation
installed on the inside surface of the wall. Below grade “exterior” denotes insulation installed on the outside surface of the
wall.
4. The installed fenestration products shall meet the requirements of Section 150.1(c)3.
5. The installed fenestration products shall meet the requirements of Section 150.1(c)4.
6. HSPF means "heating seasonal performance factor."
7. When whole house fans are required (REQ), only those whole house fans that are listed in the Appliance Efficiency
Directory may be installed. Compliance requires installation of one or more WHFs whose total airflow CFM is capable of
meeting or exceeding a minimum 2 cfm/square foot of conditioned floor area per Section 150.1(c)12.
8. A supplemental heating unit may be installed in a space served directly or indirectly by a primary heating system, provided
that the unit thermal capacity does not exceed 2 kilowatts or 7,000 Btu/hr and is controlled by a time-limiting device not
exceeding 30 minutes.

SUBCHAPTER 9
LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS - ADDITIONS AND
ALTERATIONS IN EXISTING LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL
BUILDINGS
SECTION 150.2 – ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS FOR ADDITIONS
AND ALTERATIONS IN EXISTING BUILDINGS THAT WILL BE LOW-RISE
RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES
(a) Additions. Additions to existing residential buildings shall meet the requirements of Sections 110.0 through 110.9
and Section 150.0(a) through (q), and either Section 150.2(a)1 or 2.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 150.2(a): Additions 1,000 square feet or less are exempt from the ASHRAE Standard
62.2 Section 4 requirements to provide whole-building ventilation airflow as referenced by Section 150.0(o), however
all other applicable requirements of ASHRAE Standard 62.2 as referenced by Section 150.0(o) shall be met by the
addition.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 150.2(a): Additions of 300 square feet or less are exempt from the roofing requirements
of Section 150.1(c)11
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 150.2(a): Existing inaccessible piping shall not require insulation as defined under
150.0(j)2Aiii.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 150.2(a): Space-Conditioning System. When heating or cooling will be extended to an
addition from the existing system(s), the existing heating and cooling equipment need not comply with Part 6. The
heating system capacity must be adequate to meet the minimum requirements of CBC Section 1204.1.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 150.2(a): Space-Conditioning System Ducts. When ducts are extended from an existing
duct system to serve the addition, the existing duct system and the extended ducts shall meet the applicable
requirements specified in Section 150.2(b)1D.
EXCEPTION 6 to Section 150.2(a): Additions 1,000 square feet or less are exempt from the Ventilation Cooling
requirements of Section 150.1(c)12.
1. Prescriptive approach. Additions to existing buildings shall meet the following additional requirements:
A. Additions that are greater than 700 square feet shall meet the prescriptive requirements of Section 150.1(c),
except that the maximum allowed fenestration area shall be the greater of 175 square feet or 20 percent of the
addition floor area, and the maximum allowed west-facing fenestration area shall be the greater of 70 square
feet or the requirements of Section 150.1(c).
B. Additions that are 700 square feet or less shall meet all the requirements of Section 150.1(c) except that the
wall insulation value need not exceed R-13. In climate zones 2, 4, and 6-16; the maximum allowed west-
facing fenestration area shall not be greater than 60 square feet; and shall also comply with either i or ii
below:
i. For additions that are 700 square feet or less but greater than 400 square feet, the maximum allowed
fenestration area limit is the greater of 120 square feet or 25 percent of the conditioned floor area of the
addition; or
ii. For additions that are 400 square feet or less, the maximum allowed fenestration area is the greater of 75
square feet or 30 percent of the conditioned floor area of the addition.
C. Additions larger than 1,000 square feet shall meet the ASHRAE Standard 62.2 Section 4 requirement to
provide whole-building ventilation airflow. The whole-building ventilation airflow rate shall be based on the

conditioned floor area of the entire dwelling unit comprised of the existing dwelling conditioned floor area
plus the addition conditioned floor area.
D. Water Heater. When a second water heater is installed as part of the addition, one of the following types of
water heaters shall be installed and assumed to comply:
i. A natural gas or propane water-heating system that meets the requirements of 150.1(c)8; or
ii. If no natural gas is connected to the building, an electric water heater that has an energy factor equal to
or greater than required under the Appliance Efficiency Regulations. Recirculation pumps shall not be
used; or
iii. A water-heating system determined by the Executive Director to use no more energy than the one
specified in Item 1 above; or if no natural gas is connected to the building, a water-heating system
determined by the Executive Director to use no more energy than the one specified in Item 2 above; or.
iv. Using the existing building plus addition compliance or addition alone compliance as defined in Section
150.2(a)2 demonstrate that the proposed water heating system uses no more energy than the system
defined in item 1 above regardless of the type or number of water heaters installed.
2. Performance approach. Performance calculations shall meet the requirements of Section 150.1(a) through (c),
pursuant to the applicable requirements in Items A, B, and C below.
A. For additions alone. The addition complies if the addition alone meets the energy budgets as specified in
Section 150.1(b).
B. Existing plus alteration plus addition. The standard design for existing plus alteration plus addition energy
use is the combination of the existing building’s unaltered components to remain; existing building altered
components that are the more efficient, in TDV energy, of either the existing conditions or the requirements
of Section 150.2(b)2; plus the proposed addition's energy use meeting the requirements of Section 150.2(a)1.
The proposed design energy use is the combination of the existing building’s unaltered components to
remain and the altered components’ energy features, plus the proposed energy features of the addition.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.2(a)2B: Existing structures with a minimum R-11 insulation in framed walls
showing compliance with 150.2(a)2 are exempt from showing compliance with Section 150.0(c).
C. Additions larger than 1,000 square feet shall meet the ASHRAE Standard 62.2 Section 4 requirement to
provide whole-building ventilation airflow. The whole-building ventilation airflow rate shall be based on the
conditioned floor area of the entire dwelling unit comprised of the existing dwelling conditioned floor area
plus the addition conditioned floor area.
(b) Alterations. Alterations to existing residential buildings or alterations in conjunction with a change in building
occupancy to a low-rise residential occupancy shall meet either Item 1 or 2 below.
1. Prescriptive approach. The altered component and any newly installed equipment serving the alteration shall
meet the applicable requirements of Sections 110.0 through 110.9 and all applicable requirements of Section
150.0(a) through (q); and
A. Fenestration. Alterations that add vertical fenestration and skylight area shall meet the total fenestration area
and west facing fenestration area, U-factor, and Solar Heat Gain Coefficient requirements of Section 150.1(c)
and TABLE 150.1-A .
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 150.2(b)1A: Alterations that add fenestration area of up to 75 square feet shall
not be required to meet the total fenestration area and west-facing fenestration area requirements of Sections
150.1(c)3B and C.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 150.2(b)1A: Alterations that add up to 16 square feet of new skylight area with a
maximum U-factor of 0.55 and a maximum SHGC of 0.30 area shall not be required to meet the total
fenestration area and west-facing fenestration area requirements of Sections 150.1(c)3B and C.
B. Replacement Fenestration. Replacement of fenestration, where existing fenestration area in an existing wall
or roof is replaced with a new manufactured fenestration product and up to the total fenestration area
removed in the existing wall or roof, the replaced fenestration shall meet the U-factor and Solar Heat Gain
Coefficient requirements of Sections 150.1(c)3A, and 150.1(c)4.

EXCEPTION 1 to Section 150.2(b)1B: Replacement of vertical fenestration no greater than 75 square feet
with a U-factor no greater than 0.40 in climate zones 1-16, and a SHGC value no greater than 0.35 in climate
zones 2, 4, and 6-16.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 150.2(b)1B: Replaced skylights must meet a U-factor no greater than 0.55, and a
SHGC value no greater than 0.30.
NOTE: Glass replaced in an existing sash and frame or replacement of sashes in an existing frame are
considered repairs.
C. Entirely New or Complete Replacement Space-Conditioning Systems installed as part of an alteration,
shall include all the system heating or cooling equipment (e.g. condensing unit and cooling or heating coil
for split systems; or complete replacement of a package unit); plus entirely new or replacement duct system
(150.2(b)1Diia); plus a new or replacement air handler.
Entirely New or complete replacement space-conditioning systems shall:
i. Meet the requirements of Sections 150.0(h), 150.0(i), 150.0(j)2, 150.0(j)3, 150.0(m)1 through,
150.0(m)11, 150.1(c)6, 150.1(c)7, 150.1(c)9, and 150.1(c)10; and
ii. Be limited to natural gas, liquefied petroleum gas, or the existing fuel type unless it can be demonstrated
that the TDV energy use of the new system is more efficient than the existing system.
D. Altered Duct Systems - Duct Sealing: In all climate zones when more than 40 feet of new or replacement
space-conditioning system ducts are installed in unconditioned space or indirectly conditioned space:
i. the new ducts shall meet the applicable requirements of Sections 150.0(m)1 through 150.0(m)11, and the
duct insulation requirements of TABLE 150.1-A, and
ii. the altered duct system shall be sealed as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in
accordance with all applicable procedures for duct sealing of altered existing duct systems specified in
Reference Residential Appendix RA3.1, utilizing the leakage compliance criteria specified in Reference
Residential Appendix TABLE RA3.1-2, and conforming to either subsection a or b below:
a. Entirely New or Complete Replacement Duct System. If the new ducts form an entirely new or
replacement duct system directly connected to the air handler, the measured duct leakage shall be
equal to or less than 6 percent of the system air handler airflow as confirmed by field verification
and diagnostic testing utilizing the procedures in Reference Residential Appendix Section
RA3.1.4.3.1.
Entirely new or complete replacement duct systems installed as part of an alteration shall be
constructed of at least 75 percent new duct material, and up to 25 percent may consist of reused
parts from the dwelling unit's existing duct system (e.g., registers, grilles, boots, air handler, coil,
plenums, duct material) if the reused parts are accessible and can be sealed to prevent leakage.
Entirely new or complete replacement duct systems shall also conform to the requirements of
Section 150.0(m)12 and 150.0(m)13
b. Extension of an Existing Duct System. If the new ducts are an extension of an existing duct
system, the combined new and existing duct system shall meet one of the following requirements:
1. The measured duct leakage shall be equal to or less than 15 percent of nominal system air
handler airflow as confirmed by field verification and diagnostic testing utilizing the procedures
in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.1; or
2. The measured duct leakage to outside shall be equal to or less than 10 percent of nominal
system air handler airflow as confirmed by field verification and diagnostic testing utilizing the
procedures in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.4; or
3. If it is not possible to meet the duct sealing requirements of either Section150.2(b)1Diib1, or
Section 150.2(b)1Diib2, then all accessible leaks shall be sealed and verified through a visual
inspection and a smoke test by a certified HERS rater utilizing the methods specified in
Reference Residential Appendix RA3.1.4.3.5.

EXCEPTION to Section 150.2(b)1Diib: Duct Sealing. Existing duct systems that are extended,
which are constructed, insulated or sealed with asbestos.
E. Altered Space-Conditioning System - Duct Sealing: In all climate zones, when a space-conditioning
system is altered by the installation or replacement of space-conditioning system equipment (including
replacement of the air handler, outdoor condensing unit of a split system air conditioner or heat pump, or
cooling or heating coil) the duct system that is connected to the altered space-conditioning system equipment
shall be sealed, as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with the
applicable procedures for duct sealing of altered existing duct systems as specified in Reference Residential
Appendix RA3.1 and the leakage compliance criteria specified in Reference Residential Appendix Table
RA3.1-2, conforming to one of the following requirements:
i. The measured duct leakage shall be equal to or less than 15 percent of system air handler airflow as
determined utilizing the procedures in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.1; or
ii. The measured duct leakage to outside shall be equal to or less than 10 percent of system air handler
airflow as determined utilizing the procedures in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.1.4.3.4;
or
iii. If it is not possible to meet the duct sealing requirements of either Section 150.2(b)1Ei, or Section
150.2(b)1Eii, then, all accessible leaks shall be sealed and verified through a visual inspection and a
smoke test by a certified HERS rater utilizing the methods specified in Reference Residential Appendix
RA3.1.4.3.5.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 150.2(b)1E: Duct Sealing. Duct systems that are documented to have been
previously sealed as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with
procedures in the Reference Residential Appendix RA3.1.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 150.2(b)1E: Duct Sealing. Duct systems with less than 40 linear feet in
unconditioned spaces as determined by visual inspection.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 150.2(b)1E: Duct Sealing. Existing duct systems constructed, insulated or
sealed with asbestos.
F. Altered Space-Conditioning System - Mechanical Cooling: When a space-conditioning system is an air
conditioner or heat pump that is altered by the installation or replacement of refrigerant-containing system
components such as the compressor, condensing coil, evaporator coil, refrigerant metering device, or
refrigerant piping, then any non-setback thermostats associated with the system shall be replaced with
thermostats meeting the requirements of Section 110.2(c).
Additionally, these systems shall comply with the following requirements as applicable:
i. In climate zones 2, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15, air-cooled air conditioners and air-source heat pumps
(including but not limited to ducted split systems, ducted package systems, and mini-split systems)shall
have proper refrigerant charge field verified in accordance with all applicable procedures specified in
Reference Residential Appendix Sections RA3.2.2, or Reference Residential Appendix RA1 if the
procedures in Sections RA3.2.2, or RA1 are applicable to the system, or be equipped with a CID that
meets the requirements in 150.1(c)7Aib if the CID is applicable to the system.
a. Systems that do not comply with the minimum 300 cfm per ton airflow requirement as specified in
Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.2.2.7.2 shall comply with the procedures in Section
RA3.2.2.7.3; and the system's thermostat shall conform to the specifications in Reference Joint
Appendix JA5 and shall be capable of receiving and responding to Demand Response Signals prior
to final approval of the building permit by the enforcing agency.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.2(b)1Fi: When the outdoor temperature is less than 55 degrees F and the
installer utilizes the weigh-in charging procedure in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.2.3.1
to verify the refrigerant charge, the installer may elect to utilize the HERS Rater verification procedure
in Reference Residential Appendix Section RA3.2.3.2. If the HERS Rater verification procedure in
Section RA3.2.3.2 is used for compliance, the system's thermostat shall conform to the specifications in
Reference Joint Appendix JA5 and shall be capable of receiving and responding to Demand Response
Signals prior to final approval of the building permit by the enforcing agency.

ii. In climate zones 2, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15, air-cooled air conditioners or air-source heat pumps
(including but not limited to packaged systems and mini-split systems) that cannot comply with the
requirements of Reference Residential Appendix Sections RA3.2.2, or RA1 shall conform to the
following requirement:
a. Correct refrigerant charge shall be confirmed by the system installer utilizing the weigh-in charging
procedure specified in Reference Residential Appendix RA3.2.3.1, as confirmed through field
verification by a HERS Rater according to the procedure specified in Reference Residential
Appendix RA3.2.3.2.
EXCEPTION to Section 150.2(b)1F: Altered Space-Conditioning System. Packaged systems for which
the manufacturer has verified correct system refrigerant charge prior to shipment from the factory are not
required to confirm refrigerant charge through field verification and diagnostic testing. The installer of these
packaged systems shall submit Certificate of Installation documentation that certifies the system is a
packaged system for which the correct refrigerant charge has been verified by the system manufacturer prior
to shipment from the factory.
G. Water-Heating System. Replacement service water-heating systems or components shall:
Meet the requirements of Section 150.0(j)2 and either be:
i. A natural gas or propane water-heating system that meets the requirements of 150.1(c)8. No
recirculation system shall be installed; or
ii. If no natural gas is connected to the building, an electric water heater that has an energy factor equal
to or greater than required under the Appliance Efficiency Regulations. For storage type water
heaters the capacity shall not exceed 60 gallons. No recirculation system shall be installed; or
iii. A water-heating system determined by the Executive Director to use no more energy than the one
specified in Item 1 above; or if no natural gas is connected to the building, a water-heating system
determined by the Executive Director to use no more energy than the one specified in Item 2
above; or
iv. Using the existing building plus addition compliance approach as defined in Section 150.2(b)2
demonstrate that the proposed water heating system uses no more energy than the system defined in
item 1 above regardless of the type or number of water heaters installed
EXCEPTION to Section 150.2(b): Existing inaccessible piping shall not require insulation as defined
under 150.0(j)2A iii.
H. Roofs. Replacements of the exterior surface of existing roofs shall meet the requirements of Section
110.8 and the applicable requirements of subsections i and ii where more than 50 percent of the roof is
being replaced:
i. Low-rise residential buildings with steep-sloped roofs, in climate zones 10 through 15 shall have a
minimum aged solar reflectance of 0.20 and a minimum thermal emittance of 0.75, or a minimum
SRI of 16.
EXCEPTION TO 150.2(b)1Hi: The following shall be considered equivalent to Subsection i:
a. Air-space of 1.0 inch (25 mm) is provided between the top of the roof deck to the bottom
of the roofing product; or
b. The installed roofing product has a profile ratio of rise to width of 1 to 5 for 50 percent or
greater of the width of the roofing product; or
c. Existing ducts in the attic are insulated and sealed according to Section 150.1(c)9; or
d. Buildings with at least R-38 ceiling insulation; or
e. Buildings with a radiant barrier in the attic meeting the requirements of Section 150.1(c)2;
or
f. Buildings that have no ducts in the attic; or

g. In climate zones 10-15, R-4 or greater insulation above the roof deck.
ii. Low-sloped roofs in climate zones 13 and 15 shall have a 3-year aged solar reflectance equal or greater
than 0.63 and a thermal emittance equal or greater than 0.75, or a minimum SRI of 75.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 150.2(b)1Hii: Buildings with no ducts in the attic.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 150.2(b)1Hii: The aged solar reflectance can be met by using insulation at
the roof deck specified in TABLE 150.2-A.
I. Lighting. Luminaire power and luminaire classification shall be determined in accordance with Section
130.0(c)
EXCEPTION to Section 150.2(b)1I: For only residential lighting alterations, Light Emitting Diode (LED)
modules may be hardwired into luminaire housings manufactured for use with incandescent lamps, provided
all of the following conditions are met:
a. The luminaire has been previously used and is in an existing installation; and,
b. The LED modules are not LED lamps, integrated or non integrated type, as defined by ANI/IES RP-
16-2010; and;
c. The LED modules comply with all other requirements in Section 130.0(c); and
d. The LED modules are certified as high efficacy to the Commission in accordance with Section
110.9; and
e. The LED modules are not connected using screw-based sockets or screw-base adaptors.
2. Performance approach. This performance approach shall only be used for projects that include tradeoffs
between two or more altered components that are listed in TABLE 150.2-B.
A. The altered components shall meet the applicable requirements of Sections 110.0 through 110.9 and Section
150.0(a) through (q); and
B. The standard design for an altered component shall be the higher efficiency of existing conditions or the
requirements stated in TABLE 150.2-B. For components not being altered, the standard design shall be
based on the existing conditions. When the third party verification option is specified as a requirement, all
components proposed for alteration must be verified.
TABLE 150.2-A AGED SOLAR REFLECTANCE INSULATION TRADE OFF TABLE

Roof Deck
Roof Deck Insulation
Aged Solar Reflectance Insulation Aged Solar Reflectance
R-value
R-value
0.62-0.60 2 0.44-0.40 12
0.59-0.55 4 0.39-0.35 16
0.54-0.50 6 0.34-0.30 20
0.49-0.45 8 0.29-0.25 24

TABLE 150.2-B STANDARD DESIGN FOR AN ALTERED COMPONENT

Standard Design Without Third Party
Standard Design With Third Party Verification of
Altered Component Verification of Existing Conditions Shall
Existing Conditions Shall be Based On
be Based On
Ceiling Insulation,
The requirements of Sections 150.0(a), (c),
Wall Insulation, and The existing insulation R-value
and (d)
Raised-floor Insulation
If the proposed U-factor is ≤ 0.40 and SHGC value is ≤ 0.35,
the standard design shall be based on the existing U-factor and
The U-factor of 0.40 and SHGC value of
SHGC values as verified. Otherwise, the standard design
Fenestration 0.35. The glass area shall be the glass area of
shall be based on the U-factor of 0.40 and SHGC value of
the existing building.
0.35. The glass area shall be the glass area of the existing
building.
The U-factor of 0.40 and SHGC value of The existing fenestration in the alteration shall be based on
Window Film
0.35. Table 110.6-A and Table 110.6-B.
Space-Heating and Space-Cooling The requirements of
The existing efficiency levels.
Equipment TABLE 150.1-A.
Air Distribution System
The requirements of Section 150.2(b)1D.
– Duct Sealing
Air Distribution System
The proposed efficiency levels. The existing efficiency levels.
– Duct Insulation
The requirements of Section 150.1(b)1
Water Heating Systems The existing efficiency energy factor.
without the solar water heating requirements.
Roofing Products The requirements of Section 150.2(b)1H.
All Other Measures The proposed efficiency levels. The existing efficiency levels.
C. The proposed design shall be based on the actual values of the altered components.
NOTES TO SECTION 150.2(b)2:
1. If an existing component must be replaced with a new component, that component is considered an altered
component for the purpose of determining the standard design altered component energy budget and must
meet the requirements of Section 150.2(b)2B.
2. The standard design shall assume the same geometry and orientation as the proposed design.
3. The “existing efficiency level” modeling rules, including situations where nameplate data is not available,
are described in the Residential ACM Approval Manual
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 150.2(b): Any dual-glazed greenhouse or garden window installed as part of an alteration
complies with the U-factor requirements in Section 150.1(c)3.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 150.2(b): Where the space in the attic or rafter area is not large enough to accommodate
the required R-value, the entire space shall be filled with insulation provided such installation does not violate Section
1203.2 of Title 24, Part 2.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 150.2(b): Space-Conditioning System Ducts. The requirements of 150.0(m)12,
150.0(m)13, 150.0(m)14, and 150.0(m)15 do not apply to altered existing duct systems.
(c) Whole Building. Any addition or alteration may comply with the requirements of Title 24, Part 6 by meeting the
requirements for the entire building.

2010 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE, CALIFORNIA CODE OF

REGULATIONS, TITLE 24, PART 4 CHAPTER 6, DUCT SYSTEMS
TABLE P4-A ADOPTION TABLE
CODE SECTION CEC
Entire 2010 CMC as noted in this table 1
601.0 X
602.0 X
604.0 X
605.0 X
1
Adopted by reference for Occupancies A, B, E, F, H, M, R, and S; see Sections 110.8(d)3, 120.4, and 150.0(m).
APPENDIX 1-A
STANDARDS AND DOCUMENTS REFERENCED IN THE ENERGY
EFFICIENCY REGULATIONS
AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE
AHRI 210/240-2008 Performance Rating of Unitary Air Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment
(2008 with Addendum 1)
ANSI/AHRI/CSA 310/380- Standard for Packaged Terminal Air-Conditioners and Heat Pumps (2004)
2004
AHRI 320-98 Water-Source Heat Pumps
AHRI 325-98 Ground Water-Source Heat Pumps (1998)
ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat
Pump Equipment (2007 with Addenda 1 and 2)
ANSI/AHRI 365-2009 Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning Condensing Units (2009)
ANSI/AHRI 460-2005 Performance Rating of Remote Mechanical-Draft Air-Cooled Refrigerant Condensers
(2005)
AHRI 550/590-2011 Performance Rating of Water-Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle
(2011)
ANSI/AHRI 560-2000 Absorption Water Chilling and Water Heating Packages (2000)
AHRI 680 Performance Rating of Residential Air Filter Equipment (2009)
Available from: Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
4301 North Fairfax Drive, Suite 425
Arlington, Virginia 22203
(703) 524-8800
2010 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE, CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 24, PART 4 CHAPTER 6,
DUCT SYSTEMS
AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS OF AMERICA

Manual J – Residential Load Calculation, Eighth Edition (2003)
Available from: Air Conditioning Contractors of America, Inc.
2800 Shirlington Road, Suite 300
Arlington, VA 22206
www.acca.org
(703) 575-4477
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE

ANSI Z21.10.3-2001 Gas Water Heaters, Volume 1, Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings above 75,000
Btu/h (2001)
ANSI Z21.13-2000 Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers (2000)
ANSI Z21.40.4-1996 Performance Testing and Rating of Gas-Fired, Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump
Appliances (1996)
ANSI Z21.47-2001 Gas-Fired Central Furnaces (2001)
ANSI Z83.8-2002 Gas Unit Heaters and Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces (2002)
Available from: American National Standards Institute
25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10036
(212) 642-4900
ANSI/NSPI-5 2003 Residential Inground Swimming Pools (2003)ANSI C82.6-2005
Ballasts for High-Intensity Discharge Lamps - Methods of Measurement
Available from: Association of Pool & Spas Professionals
2111 Eisenhower Ave.
Alexandria, VA 22314
(703) 838-0083
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS

(NATIONAL PUBLICATIONS)
ASHRAE Standard 55-2004 Thermal Environment Conditions for Human Occupancy
ASHRAE Standard 62.2- Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low-Rise Residential Buildings
2007
ASHRAE Handbook
Applications Volume, Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning Applications (2011)
Equipment Volume, Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning Systems and Equipment (2008)
Fundamentals Volume, Fundamentals (2009)
Available from: ASHRAE
1791 Tullie Circle N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30329-2305
www.ashrae.org
APPENDIX 1-A
STANDARDS AND DOCUMENTS REFERENCED IN THE ENERGY EFFICIENCY REGULATIONS
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS

(REGIONAL PUBLICATION)
ASHRAE Climatic Data for Region X Arizona, California, Hawaii, Nevada, Publication SPCDX, 1982, ISBN #20002196
and Supplement, 1994, ISBN #20002596
Available from: Order Desk
Building News
10801 National Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90064
(800) 873-6397 or (310) 474-7771
http://www.bnibooks.com/
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS

ASME A112.18.1-2011/CSA Plumbing Supply Fittings
B125.1-11
Available from: ASME
Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
(800) 843-2763
http://www.asme.org/
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS

ASTM C55-01 Standard Specification for Concrete Brick (2001)
ASTM C177-97 Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal
Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus (1997)
ASTM C272-01 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Structural Sandwich
Constructions (2001)
ASTM C335-95 Standard Test Method for Steady State Heat Transfer Properties of Horizontal Pipe
Insulation (1995)
ASTM C518-02 Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of
the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus (2002)
ASTM C731-00 Standard Test Method for Extrudability, After Package Aging, of Latex Sealants (2000)
ASTM C 732-01 Standard Test Method for Aging Effects of Artificial Weathering on Latex Sealants
(2001)
ASTM C 1167-96 Standard Specification for Clay Roof Tiles
ASTM C1371-98 Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials Near Room
Temperature Using Portable Emissometers (1998)
ASTM D822-01 Standard Practice for Filtered Open-Flame Carbon-Arc Exposures of Paint and Related
Coatings (2001)
ASTM D1003-00 Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastics
(2000)
ASTM D2824-02 Standard Specification for Aluminum-Pigmented Asphalt Roof Coatings, Nonfibered,
Asbestos Fibered, and Fibered without Asbestos, 2002
ASTM D3805-97 Standard Guide for Application of Aluminum-Pigmented Asphalt Roof Coatings, 1997
(reapproved 2009)
ASTM D4798-01 Standard Test Method Accelerated Weathering Test Conditions and Procedures for
Bituminours Materials (Xenon-Arc Method) (2001)
APPENDIX 1-A
ASTM E96-00 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials
ASTM E 283-91 (1999) Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior
Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the
Specimen
ASTM E408-71(2008) Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using Inspection-Meter
Techniques (2008)
ASTM E972 - 96(2007) Standard Test Method for Solar Photometric Transmittance of Sheet Materials Using
Sunlight.
ASTM E1980 – 01 Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low-Sloped
opaque Surfaces
ASTM E2178-03 Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials
ASTM E2357-05 Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage of Air Barrier Assemblies
ASTM E779-03 Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization
ASTM E1677-95 (2000) Standard Specification for an Air Retarder (AR) Material or System for Low-Rise Framed
Building Walls
ASTM C836-05 Standard Specification for High Solids Content, Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric
Waterproofing Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Course (2005)
ASTM C1583-04 Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Concrete Surfaces and the Bond Strength
or Tensile Strength of Concrete Repair and Overlay Materials by Direct Tension (Pull-off
Method) (2004)
ASTM D522-93a (2001) Standard Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings (2001)
ASTM D1653-03 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Organic Coating Films (2003)
ASTM D2370-98 (2002) Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Organic Coatings (2002)
ASTM D3468-99 Standard Specification for Liquid-Applied Neoprene and Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene
Used in Roofing and Waterproofing (1999)
ASTM D5870-95 (2003) Standard Practice for Calculating Property Retention Index of Plastics (2003)
ASTM D6083-05e1 Standard Specification for Liquid Applied Acrylic Coating Used in Roofing (2005)
ASTM D6694-01 Standard Specification for Liquid-Applied Silicone Coating Used in Spray Polyurethane
Foam Roofing (2001)
Available from: American Society for Testing and Materials
100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428-2959
(800) 262-1373 or (610) 832-9585
CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS COMMISSION

2010 California Electrical Code
2010 California Plumbing Code
2010 California Mechanical Code
2010 California Building Code
Available from: California Building Standards Commission
2525 Natomas Park Drive, Suite 130
Sacramento, CA 95833-2936
(916) 263-0916
www.bsc.ca.gov
APPENDIX 1-A
CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION

Appliance Efficiency Regulations
Building Energy Efficiency Standards for Residential and Nonresidential Buildings
Reference Appendices for the Building Energy Efficiency Standards for Residential and Nonresidential Buildings
Nonresidential Alternative Calculation Method (ACM) Approval Manual
Nonresidential Alternative Calculation Method (ACM) Reference Manual
Nonresidential Compliance Manual
Residential Alternative Calculation Method (ACM) Approval Manual
Residential Alternative Calculation Method (ACM) Reference Manual
Residential Compliance Manual
New Solar Homes Partnership Guidebook, currently adopted by the Energy Commissions.
Available from: California Energy Commission/Publications
1516 Ninth Street
Sacramento, CA 95814
(916) 654-5200
www.energy.ca.gov/title24.
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS

Standards for Insulating Material
Available from: California Department of Consumer Affairs
Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation
3485 Orange Grove Ave
North Highlands, CA 95660
(916) 574-2041
COOLING TECHNOLOGY INSTITUTE

CTI ATC-105-00 Acceptance Test Code for Water Cooling Towers (2000)
CTI STD-201-04 Standard for the Certification of Water-Cooling Tower Thermal Performance (2004)
Available from: Cooling Technology Institute
2611 FM 1960 West, Suite A-101
Houston, Texas 77068-3730
PO Box 73383
Houston, Texas 77273-3383
(281) 583-4087
APPENDIX 1-A
COOL ROOF RATING COUNCIL

CRRC-1 Product Rating Program Manual (2007)
Available from: Cool Roof Rating Council
1610 Harrison Street
Oakland, CA 94612
(866) 465-2523
www.coolroofs.org
HYDRONICS INSTITUTE
HI Heating Boiler Standard 86, 6th Edition, (1989)
Available from: Hydronics Institute
35 Russo Place, P.O. Box 218
Berkeley Heights, New Jersey 07922
(908) 464-8200
ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY OF NORTH AMERICA

The IESNA Lighting Handbook, Ninth Edition (2000)
Available from: IESNA
120 Wall Street, 17th Floor
New York, New York 10005-4001
(212) 248-5000
Email: iesna@iesna.org
INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL OFFICIALS

2007 California Mechanical Code
Available from: International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
2001 E. Walnut Drive South
Walnut, California 91789-2825
800 85-IAPMO (854-2766)
www.iapmo.org
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF BUILDING OFFICIALS

2007 California Building Code
Available from: International Conference of Building Officials
International Code Council Los Angeles District Office
5360 South Workman Mill Road
Whittier, California 90601-2298
(800) 284-4406
www.icbo.org
APPENDIX 1-A
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION

ISO-13256-1 Water-Source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for Performance - Part 1: Water-to-Air
and Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps (1998)
Available from: ISO
1, rue de Varembe
Case postale 56
CH-1211
Geneve 20, Switzerland
NATIONAL FENESTRATION RATING COUNCIL

NFRC 100 Procedures for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors (2011)
NFRC 200 Procedures for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficients and
Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence (2011)
NFRC 202 Procedure for Determining Translucent Fenestration Product Visible Transmittance at
Normal Incidence (2011)
Note: This Technical document has yet not been fully approved by NFRC. If this
document is not approved before the Building Energy Standards effective date it will be
removed.
NFRC 203 Procedure for Determining Visible Transmittance of Tubular Daylighting Devices (2012)
Note: This Technical document has yet not been fully approved by NFRC. If this
document is not approved before the Building Energy Standards effective date it will be
removed.
NFRC 400 Procedures for Determining Fenestration Product Air Leakage (2010)
Available from: National Fenestration Rating Council
8484 Georgia Ave.
Silver Spring, MD 20910
(301) 589-1776
WWW.NFRC.org and Email: info@nfrc.org
NSF INTERNATIONAL (FORMERLY NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION)

NSF/ANSI 50 2005 Circulation System Components and Related Materials for Swimming Pools, Spas/Hot
Tubs (2005)
Available from: NSF International
PO Box 130140
Ann Arbor, MI 48113
(734) 769-8010
SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
APPENDIX 1-A
Residential Comfort System Installation Standards Manual (1998)

Available from: Sheet Metal And Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)
4201 Lafayette Center Drive
Chantilly, VA 20151-1209
(703) 803-2980
www.smacna.org
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES
UL 181 Standard for Safety for Factory-made Air Ducts and Connectors (1996)
UL 181A Standard for Safety for Closure Systems for Use with Rigid Air Ducts and Air
Connectors (1994)
UL 181B Standard for Safety for Closure Systems for Use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air
Connectors (1995)
UL 723 Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials (1996)
UL 727 Standard for Oil-Fired Central Furnaces (1994)
UL 731 Standard for Oil-Fired Unit Heaters (1995)
UL 1574 Track Lighting Systems (2000)
UL 1598 Standard for Luminaires (2000)
UL 2108 Low Voltage Lighting Systems (2008)
Available from: Underwriters Laboratories
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062-2096
(847) 272-8800
APPENDIX 1-A

Title 24 Water Heater 2013 - Standards - FINAL

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Title 24 Water Heater 2013 - Standards - FINAL

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Title 24 Water Heater 2013 - Standards - FINAL

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2013 BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY

ARTICLE 1 – ENERGY BUILDING REGULATIONS ........................................................................................... 3

SECTION 10-101 – SCOPE

SECTION 110.8 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR INSULATION, ROOFING PRODUCTS AND

SECTION 10-101 – SCOPE

SECTION 140.9 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR COVERED PROCESSES ............................................192

ARTICLE 1 – ENERGY BUILDING REGULATIONS

SECTION 10-101 – SCOPE

SECTION 10-102 – DEFINITIONS

SECTION 10-101 – SCOPE

LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN is a professional certified by an authorized

SECTION 10-102 – DEFINITIONS

SECTION 10-102 – DEFINITIONS

SECTION 10-102 – DEFINITIONS

SECTION 10-103 – PERMIT, CERTIFICATE, INFORMATIONAL, AND

SECTION 10-103 – PERMIT, CERTIFICATE, INFORMATIONAL, AND ENFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR

SECTION 10-103 – PERMIT, CERTIFICATE, INFORMATIONAL, AND ENFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR

SECTION 10-103 – PERMIT, CERTIFICATE, INFORMATIONAL, AND ENFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR

SECTION 10-103 – PERMIT, CERTIFICATE, INFORMATIONAL, AND ENFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR

SECTION 10-103 – PERMIT, CERTIFICATE, INFORMATIONAL, AND ENFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR

Acceptance, or shall be signed by their authorized representative. When document registration is

SECTION 10-103 – PERMIT, CERTIFICATE, INFORMATIONAL, AND ENFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR

SECTION 10-103 – PERMIT, CERTIFICATE, INFORMATIONAL, AND ENFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR

(d) Enforcement Agency Requirements.

SECTION 10-103 – PERMIT, CERTIFICATE, INFORMATIONAL, AND ENFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR

Such verification shall include determination that:

SECTION 10-103-A – NONRESIDENTIAL LIGHTING CONTROLS

SECTION 10-103-A – NONRESIDENTIAL LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST TRAINING AND

SECTION 10-103-A – NONRESIDENTIAL LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST TRAINING AND

SECTION 10-103-A – NONRESIDENTIAL LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST TRAINING AND

SECTION 10-103-A – NONRESIDENTIAL LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST TRAINING AND

(g) Review by the Energy Commission.

SECTION 10-103-B – NONRESIDENTIAL MECHANICAL ACCEPTANCE

(i) NA7.5.1 Outdoor Air Ventilation Systems

SECTION 10-103-B – NONRESIDENTIAL MECHANICAL ACCEPTANCE TEST TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION

SECTION 10-103-B – NONRESIDENTIAL MECHANICAL ACCEPTANCE TEST TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION

t) Building Energy Efficiency Standards acceptance testing compliance

SECTION 10-103-B – NONRESIDENTIAL MECHANICAL ACCEPTANCE TEST TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION

A. NA7.5.1 Outdoor Air Ventilation Systems

SECTION 10-103-B – NONRESIDENTIAL MECHANICAL ACCEPTANCE TEST TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION

SECTION 10-104 – EXCEPTIONAL DESIGNS

SECTION 10-104 – EXCEPTIONAL DESIGNS

SECTION 10-105 – ENFORCEMENT BY THE COMMISSION

SECTION 10-106 – LOCALLY ADOPTED ENERGY STANDARDS

SECTION 10-107 – INTERPRETATIONS

SECTION 10-108 – EXEMPTION

SECTION 10-109 – COMPLIANCE SOFTWARE, ALTERNATIVE

SECTION 10-108 – EXEMPTION

SECTION 10-109 – COMPLIANCE SOFTWARE, ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT PACKAGES, EXCEPTIONAL

SECTION 10-110 – PROCEDURES FOR CONSIDERATION OF

SECTION 10-111 – CERTIFICATION AND LABELING OF FENESTRATION

A. Possession and calibration of equipment;

SECTION 10-112 – CRITERIA FOR DEFAULT TABLES

SECTION 10-112 – CRITERIA FOR DEFAULT TABLES

SECTION 10-113 – CERTIFICATION AND LABELING OF ROOFING

A. Possession and calibration of equipment; and

SECTION 10-114 – DETERMINATION OF OUTDOOR LIGHTING ZONES